Dell 3100 3000 Service Manual

DocuPrint C525 A
Service Manual 1st Edition
DocuPrint C525 A
Service Manual 1st Edition
This service manual covers the following models FUJI XEROX Co. Ltd. Color Laser Printer DocuPrint C525 A Related Materials No other related materials issued other than this service manual. Confidentiality This service manual is issued intending use by maintenance service personnel authorized by FUJI XEROX Co. Ltd. Copying, transferring or leasing this manual without prior consent by FUJI XEROX Co. Ltd. is prohibited. When a page becomes irrelavant (e.g. superceded by a replacement page), destroy the page by burning or shredding it. Handle with care to avoid loss or damage of the manual.
Issued: January 2005

Revision and Modification Information When design changes or revisions relating to this service manual occur, the overseas technical information or overseas service bulletin may be issued as supplementary information until such changes are accomodated in the updated version of this service manual.
CAUTION
Important changes including revisions of spare part numbers and adjustment specifications must immediately be reflected on the respective pages of this service manual upon reception of such information.
Edited by:
Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. CS&S TSC SDEG KSP R&D Business Park Bldg 6A7 3-2-1, Sakado, Takatsu-ku, Kawasaki-shi, Kanagawa, JAPAN 213-8508 TEL 044-812-7637 [XEROX] [The Document Company] are registered trademarks. PRINTED IN JAPAN
Company Name Department Name Telephone No. Full Name Employee No. .
Introduction
Getting to know the Service Manual How to use the Service Manual Terms and Symbols Abbreviations
Chapter 1 Service Call Procedure Chapter 2 Troubleshooting Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment Chapter 5 Parts List Chapter 6 General Chapter 7 Wiring Data Chapter 8 Accessories Chapter 9 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram) Not yet issued Chapter 10 Machine Overview
Preface
Preface
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
1 2 Getting to know the Service Manual .............................................................. Preface-2 How to use the Service Manual ..................................................................... Preface-2
2.1 2.2 Contents of Manual ......................................................................................................Preface-2 Information on Updating ...............................................................................................Preface-3
3 4
Terms and Symbols ....................................................................................... Preface-4 Abbreviations ................................................................................................. Preface-5
Preface-1
Introduction
1. Getting to know the Service Manual
1.
Getting to know the Service Manual

This manual is used as the standard service manual for the DocuPrint C525 A. Publication Comment Sheet Enter any comments and/or corrections regarding the DocuPrint C525 A service manual into the Publication Comment Sheet, and send it to FX/CSS/IBS through the OpCo TS or CS department.
2.
How to use the Service Manual

This manual describes the standard procedures for the servicing of the DocuPrint C525 A. Refer to Chapter 1 Service Call Procedure for efficient and effective servicing during maintenance calls.
2.1
Contents of Manual
Hardware This manual summarizes all technical information on the DocuPrint C525 A. Chapters This manual is divided into ten chapters as described below. Chapter 1 Service Call Procedure This chapter describes the general work and servicing procedures for the maintenance of the DocuPrint C525 A. Chapter 2 Troubleshooting This chapter describes the troubleshooting procedures other than image quality troubleshooting of the DocuPrint C525 A. It also describes how to use the diagnostics and some programs. Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting This chapter describes the image quality troubleshooting procedures of DocuPrint C525 A. Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment This chapter describes the disassembly, assembly, adjustment and replacement procedures for components of the DocuPrint C525 A. Chapter 5 Parts List This chapter contains spare parts list for DocuPrint C525 A. Chapter 6 General This chapter contains the following general information on DocuPrint C525 A. 6.1 Specifications 6.2 Tools and Service Consumables 6.3 Consumables 6.4 Periodic Replacement Parts 6.5 Installing the Printer 6.6 Setting the Printer Environment 6.7 Software Related Information Chapter 7 Wiring Data This chapter describes the wiring data of DocuPrint C525 A. 7.1 Connectors [P (Plug)/J (Jack)] 7.2 P/J Layout 7.3 Connection Charts 7.4 Connection Charts Between Parts
Preface-2
Introduction
2. How to use the Service Manual
Chapter 8 Accessories This chapter provides information on accessories and options specific to DocuPrint C525 A. 8.1 200/500 Sheet Feeder Installation Guide 8.2 Duplex Unit Installation Guide Chapter 9 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram) (Not yet issued) Chapter 10 Machine Overview This chapter gives an overview of the functions of the main components of DocuPrint C525 A.
2.2
Information on Updating
This manual will be revised and sent to each customer engineer as specified below. Revisions must be incorporated correctly to keep the manual up-to-date. Updating Procedure When the entire manual is revised, "1st Edition" on the front cover will be renewed to 1st Edition, 2nd Edition, 3rd Edition and so on. When this manual is partially revised, revisions will be sequentially indicated as Revision A, Revision B, Revision C, etc. All revised pages will be marked accordingly with "Revision A", "Revision B", "Revision C" and so on. Revision Sidebar When any paragraph, table or figure has been added or amended, a revision sidebar will be added to indicate where the revision was made.
(Example) If the same page is changed again due to a subsequent revision, revision sidebars associated with the previous revision(s) will be deleted.
Preface-3
Introduction
3. Terms and Symbols
3.
Terms and Symbols

Specific terms and symbols used in any particular chapter are described in the Preface for that section. The terms and symbols described here are used throughout this manual. The terms and symbols used at the beginning of a text are defined as follows:
DANGER
Indicates an imminently hazardous situation, such as death or serious injury if operators do not handle the machine correctly by disregarding the statement. Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, such as death or serious injury if operators do not handle the machine correctly by disregarding the statement. Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, such as injury or property damage if operators do not handle the machine correctly by disregarding the statement. Indicates that the printer or its components may be damaged if the instructed procedure is not strictly observed. Used to emphasize the procedure, servicing, and regulation. Used to describe the technical terminology and supplementary explanations. Used to explain purpose of adjustment. Indicates the disassembly/assembly procedure for reference. Indicates the adjustment procedure for reference. Indicates the parts list for reference. Means Assembly.
WARNING
CAUTION
INSTRUCTION NOTE REFERENCE OBJECTIVE

REP ADJ PL ASSY : : : :
Safety Critical Components (SCC) For the safety control of the Safety Critical Components and the components specified, follow the regulations regarding the Safety Critical Components set by Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd.
Preface-4
Introduction
4. Abbreviations
4.
Abbreviations
Abbreviations This manual contains abbreviations that are specific to this manual, as well as general abbreviations, which include: ADC AG APS ARC ASSY ATS B BCR Bk BLK BLU BRN BTR C CLN CRU CRUM CTRG DET DEVE. DIAG. DISP dpi DTS DUP ESB ESS F FEED, FDR FIP GND GRN GRY HT HUM HVPS ICDC ID IBT INTL, INLK IOT K L L/H LD LDD LED LEF LH LV LVPS M Automatic Density Control Analog Ground Auto Paper Select Auto Registration Control Assembly Auto Tray Switching Black Bias Charge Roll Black Black Blue Brown Bias Transfer Roll Cyan Cleaner Customer Replaceable Unit CRU Moniter Cartridge Detoner Roll Developer Diagnostic Dispense dots per inch Detack Saw Duplex Electro Static Brush Electric Subsystem Front Feeder Fault Isolation Procedure Ground Green Gray Half Tone Humidity High Voltage Power Supply Image Count Dispense Control Image Density, or Identification Intermediate Belt Transfer Interlock Image Output Terminal Black Left Left Hand Laser diode Lightly Doped Drain Light-emitting diode Long Edge Feed Left Hand Low Voltage Low Voltage Power Supply Magenta MAG MCU MOB MOT MSI N/P NVM OEM Mag. Roll Machine Control Unit Marks On Belt Motor Multi Sheet Inserter No Paper Non Volatile Memory Original Equipment Manufacuring OHP Overhead Project OP Operation OPC Organic Photo Conductor ORN ORANGE PC Personal Computer PCDC Pixel Count Dispense Control PH Paper Handling PHD Printer Head PNK Pink POP Paper On Photoreceptor PPM Prints Per Minute PR,P/R Process PV Print Volume PWB(A) Printed Wiring Boad (Assembly) R Right R Rear R/H Right Hand REF Refresher REGI. Registration RH Right Hand ROS Raster Output Scanner ROT Rotary RTC Rubber Tube Charger RTN Return SEF Short Edge Feed SG Signal Ground SMH Special Material Handler SNR Sensor SOL. Solenoid SOS Start Of Scan STM Single Tray Module SW Switch TEMP. Temperature TM Tray Module TNER, TNR Toner TP Thermopile TR Transfer VIO Violet WHT White XERO Xerographic Y Yellow YEL Yellow
Preface-5
Chapter 1 Service Call Procedure

Table of Contents
Table of Contents
1.1 Before Starting the Servicing ....................................................................................1-2
1.1.1 1.1.2 Safety ..................................................................................................................................... 1-2 Other Things to Note .............................................................................................................. 1-3
1.2 Servicing Call Procedure ..........................................................................................1-4 1.3 TRIM Servicing .........................................................................................................1-5

1.3.1 1.3.2 1.3.3 TRIM Servicing Procedure ..................................................................................................... 1-5 Machine Consumables and Periodic Replacement Parts ...................................................... 1-6 TRIM Check List ..................................................................................................................... 1-7
1-1

1.1 Before Starting the Servicing
1.1
1.1.1
Before Starting the Servicing

Safety
To prevent any accident that may occur during maintenance servicing, any WARNING or CAUTION regarding the servicing must be strictly observed. Do not perform any hazardous operation. 1. Power Supply To prevent electrical shocks, burns, or injury, etc., be sure to switch OFF the machine and disconnect the plug before starting the maintenance servicing. If the machine has to be switched ON, such as when measuring the voltage, take extra care to prevent an electrical shock. 2. Drive Area Never inspect or lubricate the drive area such as the gears during the machine operation. 3. Heavy Parts The weight of the machine is 24.5kg. When moving the machine to ensure sufficient working space, take extra care to prevent back pain. 4. Safety Device See that safety devices for preventing mechanical accidents, such as fuses, circuit breakers, interlock switches, etc., and those for protecting customers from injury, such as panels and covers, function properly. Modifications that hinder the function of any safety devices are strictly prohibited. 5. Installing and removing the parts The edge of parts and covers may be sharp, take care not to touch them. If the oil gets onto your hand, wipe it off before getting on with the servicing. When removing parts or cables, do not pull them out by force but remove them slowly. 6. Specified Tools Follow the instruction when a tool is specified. 7. Organic Solvents When using an organic solvent such as the Drum Cleaner or Machine Cleaner, pay attention to the following: Ensure good ventilation in the room to prevent too much intake of the solvent. Do not use heated solvent. Keep away from fire. 8. Cleaning the Toner and Developer As the toner may cause a dust explosion, sweep the spilt toner into a waste container. When using a cleaner to clean the remaining toner, be sure to use the FX standard toner-proof cleaner and not a customer's cleaner. Also, as the developer also contains toner, exercise the same caution during cleaning. 9. Modifications If any modifications are deemed necessary for the printer, submit an Application for Approval of Modification prior to performing any work. 10.Other Safety Precautions For safety, you should also pay attention to precautions other than the above 1 to 9 items. Follow the SAFE WORKING PRACTICES FOR ENGINEERS issued by FXAP EH and S (Environmental Health and Safety) to ensure greater safety during servicing,
1-2

1.1 Before Starting the Servicing 1.1.2 Other Things to Note
Pay attention to the following when performing maintenance service to avoid wrong or redundant servicing: 1. Reference Materials Before performing maintenance servicing, read all relevant technical materials such as SB, FTI, or FTO for a systematic approach. 2. Disassembling Make sure to check the assembled condition before removing parts or disassembling the machine. 3. Installation/Adjustment After the installation or adjustment is complete, check that no parts or tools are left inside or on the assemblies before using the machine. 4. Handling of parts/consumables replaced Make sure that the replaced parts or consumables as well as the packaging materials are collected back to the Service Center.
NOTE
For the separation and processing methods for the collected items, refer to the Common Technical Information No. 2-138 for all machines.
If you have replaced the following consumables, affix the "U" sticker for the recyclable parts to be handled appropriately. Drum Cartridge Individual Color Toner Cartridge For recyclable parts, fill the necessary items in the "U-TAG" and perform collection. 5. General precautions Take care not to disturb the customer's daily work. Place the drip cloth or paper on the customer's floor during work in the machine because color toners may dirty the floor and are difficult to clean. Throw any trash generated during the maintenance service into the trash bag and bring them to the servicing office. Record the service details and the consumables and parts replaced at visit in the Machine Service Log.
DocuPrint C525 A weighs 24.5kg. Always have 2 or more people available to move the printer. Refer to the Installation Procedures for details.
1-3

1.2 Servicing Call Procedure
1.2
Servicing Call Procedure

1. 2. 3. 4. 1. 2. 3. 4. Ask the operator(s) about the machine condition. Record the billing meter readings. Inspect any printing error, then check the machine. Check the Service Log.
Initial Actions
UM Call
Troubleshoot on Level 1. Troubleshoot. Check the print quality using the test patterns on the machine. Feed paper from the respective trays and, if necessary, clean or replace the Feed Roll. 5. Repair all the secondary problems. 6. Perform TRIM servicing. 1. Check the print quality using the test patterns on the machine. 2. Feed paper from the respective trays and, if necessary, clean or replace the Feed Roll. 3. Repair all the secondary problems. 4. Perform TRIM servicing. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Check overall operation/features. Check the machine exterior and consumables. Train the operator as required. Complete the Service Log and Service Report. Keep the print sample with the Service Log.
SM Call
Final Actions
1-4

1.3 TRIM Servicing
1.3
TRIM Servicing
TRIM Servicing for DocuPrint C525 A is performed in all SM/UM to maintain the performance of the machine. Independent visits for TRIM Servicing does not take place.
1.3.1
TRIM Servicing Procedure

1. Check overall operation before servicing Make prints with a test pattern containing 20% color pattern for each color, gradation pattern and grid pattern. 1. 20% color pattern for each color: Checks for any scratches on the IBT Belt and Drum, and for fusing failure. 2. Gradation pattern : Checks for improper low-density reproducibility, color balance and fusing failure. 3. Grid pattern : Checks for color misalignment and fusing failure. * Refer to Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3.4 Test Print on how to print test patterns.
2. Clean the interior of the machine Clean toner residues and paper powder etc. in the paper delivery system. (Clean especially the operation section of the operator.) 3. Inspect parts that require periodic replacement (consumables) and replace them if necessary. 4. Safety Precautions Check the connection of the power plug and any damage on the cord and the plug. 5. Check the overall operation after servicing as follows: Check machine operation. Check the print quality. Check the billing meter reading.
1-5

1.3 TRIM Servicing 1.3.2 Machine Consumables and Periodic Replacement Parts
Check the total number of copies printed during TRIM Servicing before replacing the machine consumables. Machine Consumables Consumables Black Toner Cartridge Cyan Toner Cartridge Magenta Toner Cartridge Yellow Toner Cartridge Drum Cartridge * Product Code CT200649 CT200650 CT200651 CT200652 CT350380 4KPV (*1) 4KPV (*1) 4KPV (*1) 4KPV (*1) 14KPV (*2) Life
Use Conditions (*1) Color/BW Ratio = 2:1, Print Ratio = 5% (*2) Color/BW Ratio = 2:1, Print Ratio = 5%, Quantity printed at one time = 2 pages on average
Periodic Replacement Parts Consumables Fuser Unit Deve Assy K Deve Assy Y Deve Assy M Deve Assy C 2nd BTR Assy * Life (Life Warning Interval) 100KPV (99KPV) 100KPV (99KPV) 67KPV (66KPV) 67KPV (66KPV) 67KPV (66KPV) 100KPV (99KPV) Remarks
Use Conditions (*1) Color/BW Ratio = 2:1, Print Ratio = 5%, Quantity printed at one time = 2 pages on average (*2) Replace the Fuser Unit and the 2nd BTR Assy at the same time (whichever needs to be replaced earlier) (*3) Replace Deve Assy K independently (*4) Replace Deve Assy Y, M and C at the same time (replace when whichever's life has expired)
1-6
Service Call Procedure

1.3 TRIM Servicing 1.3.3 TRIM Check List
A --- Perform checking. Clean, replace, or supply if necessary. B --- Always perform cleaning and checking. C --- Always perform replacement service at the specified interval. * Refer to pages 3-5 on how to print test patterns. No. 1.1 1.2 Servicing Items Pre-servicing check (check the sound of the machine in operation) Pre-servicing check (print test patterns) Clean the interior of the machine (paper delivery system) Retard Roll Fuser Unit 2nd BTR Assy Every time A A 100K Disassembly/ Adjustment No. Service Details REP9.1 REP9.2 5.1 5.2 5.3 Post-servicing check (print quality) Post-servicing check (machine in operation) Post-servicing check (meter) A A A Activate the machine and check that abnormal noise is not heard. Print built-in test patterns and check the print quality. (Check the 20% color pattern for each color for density unevenness and image deletion. Check the Drum/IBT belt for damage, and the patterns for gradation recurrence and low density recurrence.) Clean the paper dust and toner residue in the paper path and on the jam sensor. Clean especially the operation section of the operator. Check and clean the feed roll of the MSI. Check the H.Roll and P.Roll for scratches. Replace them if necessary. Check visually. Do not make direct contact. Make sure that the power plug is plugged in properly. Make sure that the power cords are not cracked and no wires are exposed. Make sure that no extension cord with insufficient capacity or power cord outside the specification for off-the-shelf power strips is used. Make sure that no multiple power plugs are added to a single socket. Print built-in test patterns to confirm that the print quality satisfies the specification. Check the paper feed and check for abnormal noise. Create the Service Log and Service Report.
2 3.1 3.2
A B A
C C C
Safety Precautions
CAUTION
Do not touch the Drum, IBT Belt and 2nd BTR inside the Drum Cartridge directly with your hands. Do not use solvents such as Drum cleaner. (Time is required for recovery.)
1-7
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
2.1 Preface......................................................................................................................2-4
2.1.1 2.1.2 2.1.3 2.1.4 2.1.5 2.2.1 2.2.2 Fault repair flow ...................................................................................................................... 2-4 Installation check .................................................................................................................... 2-5 Things to take note when servicing ........................................................................................ 2-6 Things to take note when using FIP ....................................................................................... 2-7 Warm Up Operation Flow Chart at Power ON........................................................................ 2-9 Level 1 FIP ........................................................................................................................... 2-10 FIP Flow ............................................................................................................................... 2-10
2.2 Level 1 Troubleshooting..........................................................................................2-10
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting..........................................................................................2-11

2.3.1 Error/Status Code List (Paper Jam) ..................................................................................... 2-11 2.3.2 Error/Status Code List (Except Paper Jam) ......................................................................... 2-14 2.3.3 Error Code FIP ..................................................................................................................... 2-21 FIP-1. 1 Y Toner Detached ............................................................................................................. 2-21 FIP-1. 2 M Toner Detached ............................................................................................................ 2-22 FIP-1. 3 C Toner Detached ............................................................................................................. 2-23 FIP-1. 4 K Toner Detached ............................................................................................................. 2-24 FIP-1. 5 XERO CRU Detached ....................................................................................................... 2-25 FIP-1. 6 XERO Communication Error ............................................................................................. 2-26 FIP-1. 7 XERO Verify Error ............................................................................................................. 2-28 FIP-1. 8 XERO Imitation Error ........................................................................................................ 2-29 FIP-1. 9 XERO ID Error .................................................................................................................. 2-30 FIP-1. 10 Y Toner Communication Error ........................................................................................ 2-31 FIP-1. 11 Y Toner Verify Error ........................................................................................................ 2-33 FIP-1. 12 Y Toner Imitation Error .................................................................................................... 2-34 FIP-1. 13 Y Toner ID Error .............................................................................................................. 2-35 FIP-1. 14 M Toner Communication Error ........................................................................................ 2-36 FIP-1. 15 M Toner Verify Error ........................................................................................................ 2-38 FIP-1. 16 M Toner Imitation Error ................................................................................................... 2-39 FIP-1. 17 M Toner ID Error ............................................................................................................. 2-40 FIP-1. 18 C Toner Communication Error ........................................................................................ 2-41 FIP-1. 19 C Toner Verify Error ........................................................................................................ 2-43 FIP-1. 20 C Toner Imitation Error .................................................................................................... 2-45 FIP-1. 21 C Toner ID Error .............................................................................................................. 2-46 FIP-1. 22 K Toner Communication Error ........................................................................................ 2-47 FIP-1. 23 K Toner Verify Error ........................................................................................................ 2-49 FIP-1. 24 K Toner Imitation Error .................................................................................................... 2-50 FIP-1. 25 K Toner ID Error .............................................................................................................. 2-51 FIP-1. 26 Tray1 PSNR1 On Jam .................................................................................................... 2-52 FIP-1. 27 MSI Regi On Jam ............................................................................................................ 2-56 FIP-1. 28 Tray Regi On Jam ........................................................................................................... 2-59 FIP-1. 29 Regi Off Jam ................................................................................................................... 2-62 FIP-1. 30 Exit On Jam ..................................................................................................................... 2-65 FIP-1. 31 BTR 2 Jam ...................................................................................................................... 2-70 FIP-1. 32 OHP (lead) Jam .............................................................................................................. 2-75 FIP-1. 34 Fuser In On Jam ............................................................................................................. 2-77 FIP-1. 35 Exit Off Jam ..................................................................................................................... 2-81 FIP-1. 36 Duplex Regi On Jam ....................................................................................................... 2-84 FIP-1. 37 Duplex Out On Jam ......................................................................................................... 2-88 FIP-1. 38 Duplex In On Jam ........................................................................................................... 2-90 FIP-1. 39 Static Jam ....................................................................................................................... 2-93 FIP-1. 40 Communication Error Feeder .......................................................................................... 2-94 FIP-1. 41 Communication Error Duplex .......................................................................................... 2-96 FIP-1. 42 PAGE Timeout ................................................................................................................ 2-97
2-1
Table of Contents
FIP-1. 43 NVRAM Error .................................................................................................................. 2-98 FIP-1. 44 TR0 Failure ..................................................................................................................... 2-99 FIP-1. 45 ROS Motor Failure ........................................................................................................ 2-101 FIP-1. 46 Deve Home Position Sensor Error ................................................................................ 2-102 FIP-1. 47 ADC Contamination ...................................................................................................... 2-103 FIP-1. 48 High Density .................................................................................................................. 2-104 FIP-1. 49 Low Density ................................................................................................................... 2-106 FIP-1. 51 High Coverage .............................................................................................................. 2-108 FIP-1. 52 BTR 2 Error ................................................................................................................... 2-109 FIP-1. 53 BTR 2 Advance Error .................................................................................................... 2-111 FIP-1. 54 Fuser Fail ...................................................................................................................... 2-113 FIP-1. 55 Temp Sensor Error ........................................................................................................ 2-115 FIP-1. 58 Humidity Sensor Error ................................................................................................... 2-116 FIP-1. 59 Feed Motor Failure ........................................................................................................ 2-117 FIP-1. 60 Duplex Motor Failure ..................................................................................................... 2-119 FIP-1. 61 IBT CLN Fail .................................................................................................................. 2-122 FIP-1. 62 Y Toner Life Over .......................................................................................................... 2-124 FIP-1. 63 M Toner Life Over ......................................................................................................... 2-125 FIP-1. 64 C Toner Life Over .......................................................................................................... 2-126 FIP-1. 65 K Toner Life Over .......................................................................................................... 2-127 FIP-1. 66 Waste Toner Bottle Life Over ........................................................................................ 2-128 FIP-1. 68 Regi Cover Open (P/H Cover Open) ............................................................................. 2-129 FIP-1. 69 2nd BTR Cover Open .................................................................................................... 2-130 FIP-1. 70 Exit Cover Open ............................................................................................................ 2-131 FIP-1. 71 Tray 1 Cover Open ........................................................................................................ 2-132 FIP-1. 72 Duplex Cover Open ....................................................................................................... 2-134 FIP-1. 73 Duplex Tray Open ......................................................................................................... 2-136 FIP-1. 74 Front Cover Open ......................................................................................................... 2-137 FIP-1. 75 Y Toner Life Warning .................................................................................................... 2-139 FIP-1. 76 M Toner Life Warning .................................................................................................... 2-140 FIP-1. 77 C Toner Life Warning .................................................................................................... 2-141 FIP-1. 78 K Toner Life Warning .................................................................................................... 2-142 FIP-1. 79 Toner Bottle Life Warning ............................................................................................. 2-143 FIP-1. 80 Xero CRU Life Warning / Xero CRU Life2 .................................................................... 2-144 FIP-1. 81 Electrical Noise ............................................................................................................. 2-145 FIP-1. 82 ESS-Related Error ........................................................................................................ 2-146 2.3.4 Abnormal Noise .................................................................................................................. 2-147 2.3.4.1 Abnormal Noise Troubleshooting Entry Chart .......................................................... 2-147 2.3.5 Operation Table in Each Mode........................................................................................... 2-148 FIP-1.N1 During Power ON .......................................................................................................... 2-148 FIP-1.N2 During STANDBY .......................................................................................................... 2-149 FIP-1.N3 During Printing (1 Sided) ............................................................................................... 2-150 FIP-1.N4 During Printing (2 Sided) ............................................................................................... 2-152 FIP-1.N5 During STANDBY .......................................................................................................... 2-155
2.4 How to use the Diag. (CE) Mode ..........................................................................2-156

2.4.1 Explanation......................................................................................................................... 2-156 2.4.2 Menu tree ........................................................................................................................... 2-157 2.4.3 Function Items in CE Mode ................................................................................................ 2-172 2.4.4 ESS Diag Details ................................................................................................................ 2-174 2.4.4.1 CodeROM Test ........................................................................................................ 2-174 2.4.4.2 EEPROM Test .......................................................................................................... 2-174 2.4.4.3 DRAM Test ............................................................................................................... 2-174 2.4.4.4 CENTRONICS Test .................................................................................................. 2-174 2.4.4.5 MAC+PHY Test ........................................................................................................ 2-175 2.4.4.6 HAYATE Test ........................................................................................................... 2-175 2.4.4.7 IOT Test ................................................................................................................... 2-175 2.4.4.8 PANEL Test .............................................................................................................. 2-176
2-2
Table of Contents
2.4.4.9 All Test ..................................................................................................................... 2-176 2.4.5 Other Diag./Settings ........................................................................................................... 2-177 2.4.5.1 Digital Input (DI) Test ............................................................................................... 2-177 2.4.5.2 Digital Input Test Parameter Table ........................................................................... 2-177 2.4.5.3 Digital Output (DO) Test ........................................................................................... 2-178 2.4.5.4 Digital Output Test Parameter Table ........................................................................ 2-178 2.4.5.5 NVM Access ............................................................................................................. 2-180 2.4.5.6 Parameter Settings ................................................................................................... 2-181 2.4.5.7 Installation Settings .................................................................................................. 2-181 2.4.6 Test Print ............................................................................................................................ 2-182 2.4.6.1 Grid ........................................................................................................................... 2-182 2.4.6.2 Grid 2 ........................................................................................................................ 2-182 2.4.6.3 Density 20% Pattern ................................................................................................. 2-182 2.4.6.4 Gradation Pattern ..................................................................................................... 2-182
2.5 Diag. by the Unit Alone .........................................................................................2-183

2.5.1 2.5.2 2.5.3 Overview............................................................................................................................. 2-183 Print Method ....................................................................................................................... 2-183 Test Print Pattern................................................................................................................ 2-184
2.6 NVM List ...............................................................................................................2-185
2-3
2.1 Preface
NOTE
This manual describes Fuji Xerox standard specifications and printer controllers in normal status.
2.1
Preface
Perform pre-check and verify the phenomenon, then use the FIP (Fault Isolation Procedure), "Diag. Operation", "Wiring Connection Charts", and "Operation Principles" to perform troubleshooting effectively.
2.1.1
Fault repair flow

Faults are repaired in the following flow: Check status and phenomenon
Perform pre-check
Start fault repair
Chapter 7 Perform FIP
Wiring Data
Chapter 10 Machine Overview
Check fault repair Perform preventive maintenance
*Clean the Feed Roll. Check for any other problems.
End
2-4
2.1 Preface 2.1.2 Installation check
Before troubleshooting, always check the following items. 1) The power supply voltage is within the specifications. 2) Check the power cord for damage, short-circuit, poor contact and improper connection. 3) The machine is properly grounded. 4) Avoid installing the machine at a place with high temperature, high humidity, low temperature, low humidity, or a place where the temperature will change drastically. 5) Avoid installing the machine near a water outlet, humidifier, heater or fire, dusty areas, or under the direct draft of an air-conditioner. 6) Avoid installing the machine in a place where volatile or flammable gas is generated. 7) Avoid installing the machine in a place exposed to direct sunlight. 8) Install the machine in a well-ventilated place. 9) Install the machine on a stable level surface. 10)Paper used must be within the specifications. (Standard paper is recommended.) 11)The machine must be properly handled. 12)The periodic replacement parts are replaced for every replacement sheet count.
2-5
2.1 Preface 2.1.3 Things to take note when servicing
1) When servicing, always remove the power cord unless required otherwise.
WARNING When the power is turned ON, never touch a current-carrying part
unless necessary. Also, as current is carried in the LVPS power switch/inlet even when the power is turned OFF, never touch the current-carrying part. 2) When the Interlock switch or security switch is turned ON with the covers removed and checking is carried out with the power turned ON, always remove the connector (P/J601) on the ROS ASSY.
WARNING When the Interlock switch or security switch is turned ON with the
covers removed and checking is carried out with the power turned ON, always remove the connector (P/J601) on the ROS ASSY because laser light may be emitted from the ROS ASSY. 3) When the Interlock switch or security switch is turned ON with the covers removed and checking is carried out with the power turned ON, be careful of high voltage from the HVPS.
WARNING When the Interlock switch or security switch is turned ON with the
covers removed and checking is carried out with the power turned ON, never touch the HVPS and high-voltage output parts because high voltage may be output from the HVPS. 4) 5) Be careful not to burn yourself when touching a hot part. When servicing, perform earthing for the service personnel with wrist bands etc. to remove static electricity from the body.
2-6
2.1 Preface 2.1.4 Things to take note when using FIP
1) In the FIP, the printer controller (PWBA ESS) is assumed to be functioning properly. Therefore, when a fault persists after troubleshooting, check by replacing with a functioning printer controller. If the fault persists, check by replacing in order the "Main Check Parts" and related parts in "Initial Check". Before troubleshooting using the FIP, prepare functioning MCU, LV/HVPS, FUSER ASSY, and 2ND BTR ASSY, etc. as they may be needed to identify failures/faults. During "Initial Check" in the FIP, do the checking at the level that can be easily carried out. For "Initial Check" in the FIP, besides the "Main Check Parts", check also the parts that configure the main check parts as well as other related parts. When servicing, always remove the power cord unless required otherwise. When the power cord is connected, never touch a current-carrying part unless necessary. Descriptions related to connectors are expressed as follows: "P/J12" -> The connector (P/J12) is connected "P12" -> The plug side when the connector (P/J12) is disconnected (except when the connector is directly connected to the board) "J12" -> The jack side when the connector (P/J12) is disconnected (except when the connector is directly connected to the board) In the FIP, "P/J1-2PIN <=> P/J3-4PIN" means that the plus side of the instrument should be connected to "2PIN" of "P/J1" and the minus side to "4PIN" of "P/J3". In the FIP, "P/J1<=>P/J2" means that all the relevant pins between the "P/J1" and "P/J2" should be measured. For voltage measurement in the FIP, "P/J1-2PIN <=> P/J3-4PIN" means that the "P/J3-4PIN" at the rear and minus side is always AG [Analog Ground], SG [Signal Ground], or RTN [Return]. Therefore, it is possible to connect the rear and minus side to another "AG", "SG", or "RTN" pin instead of "P/J3-4PIN" if the "AG", "SG", and "RTN" of both pins are conducting each other properly. However, care must be taken not to mess up "AG", "SG", and "RTN" because they are not at the same level.
2)
3) 4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10) A special tool must be used to measure the voltage of a small connector. Be careful when handling the tool as the edge of the tool is sharp. 11) When measuring a voltage, install the IBT ASSY, 2ND BTR ASSY and paper cassette and close the covers before turning ON the power to measure. 12) The numerical values described in the FIP are for reference only. Approximate values are considered to be the same. 13) Note that the parts that must be removed for checking specified in the FIP and their procedures are not described in the document. 14) "Replacement" in the FIP shows the parts that are considered to be the cause of the problem. Check by replacing the parts and the assembly parts (HIGH ASSY) that contains those parts.
2-7
2.1 Preface
15) In the FIP, the first feeding part using the paper cassette placed at the bottom of the machine is called "Tray 1" and the second part is called "Tray 2". 16) In the FIP, some procedures are separately described for each specification. Follow the instructions for your model to repair the faults.
2-8
2.1 Preface 2.1.5 Warm Up Operation Flow Chart at Power ON
The following shows the printer warm up operation flow (overview) from Power ON to Ready to Print.
Power ON If Deve Home Position Sensor Error occurs, go to FIP 1.46. Are errors displayed? No If the ID Errors occur, go to: XERO: Y Toner: M Toner: C Toner: K Toner: FIP 1.9 FIP 1.13 FIP 1.17 FIP 1.21 FIP 1.25 Rotary Operation Check & Home Position Correction (8 sec) MOT ASSY ROT operates.(*1) Fuser Warming Up CRUM Check & ADC TC Target Value Correction (*2) (16 sec) If Deve Home Position Sensor Error occurs, go to FIP 1.46. Yes Is Fuser Temp at power on lower than Fuser Temp Threshold? No If IBT CLN Fail occurs, go to FIP 1.61. IBT Brush Motor operates. (time-out in 45 sec) Heater is red and hot. If Fuser Fail occurs, go to FIP 1.54.
Yes
Resolve each error. (See Error/Status Codes List.)
Yes
Is there a certain difference or more between Environment SNR detected value at previous print and the one at current print?
Procon Sequence (*3) (30 sec or more) MOT ASSY ROT operates. (*1)
No
BTR/IBT Cleaning (11 sec) IBT Brush Motor operates.
*1 : Rotary rotates 360 degrees+some at Home Position Correction; 720 at Procon Sequence. *2 : ADC TC Correction corrects TC Target, based on Deve Housing driving time. *3 : Procon Sequence performs ADC Patch creation and reading to adjust toner/image density.
A total of 37~840 sec (depending on the environment)

No Are Cleaning and Fuser Warming Up complete? Yes Ready (to print) Leg_Sec001_031FA
2-9
2.2 Level 1 Troubleshooting
2.2
2.2.1
Level 1 Troubleshooting
Level 1 FIP
The FIP is the first step in diagnosing a problem. The FIP helps to proceed with troubleshooting while checking for any error codes and other kinds of problems.
2.2.2
FIP Flow
Ask the operator about the problem. Did the operator operate the machine correctly?
N
Explain to the operator how to operate the machine correctly.
Is an error message (error code) displayed on the Control Panel?
Y Y
N
Is it a jam problem?
N
Is it an image quality problem?
Y Y
N
Is there abnormal noise?
N
Refer to "Chapter 7 Wiring Data" to perform the appropriate troubleshooting.
Refer to "2.3.4 Abnormal Noise" and repair the problem.
Refer to "Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting" to repair the problem.
Ask the operator about the conditions when the jam occurred and to print again in the same mode. Does the jam occur again?
N
Check the status of the customer's problem again and perform the preventive maintenance by referring to "Chapter 7 Wiring Data", Disassembly/Adjustment procedure, or information, etc.
Take note of the Jam code. Refer to the FIP to solve the problem. Is the version of PWBA ESS and PWBA MCU the latest?
Refer to the FIP to solve the problem.
2-10
2.3
2.3.1
Level 2 Troubleshooting
Error/Status Code List (Paper Jam)
Leg_Sec001_020FA
LCD Display and Location of Occurrence Open Tray 1 & G Clear jam (1) Open Cover E Clear jam Or Open Unit D Clear Area E (2) Open Cover G Clear jam (3)
Error Details
Error Description
FIP/ Corrective Action FIP-1 26
Tray1 PSNR1 On Jam
The SENSOR T/R did not turn ON within the specified time after SOLENOID FEED - ON.
MSI Regi On Jam
The SENSOR REGI did not turn ON within the specified time after SOLENOID PICK UP - ON.
FIP-1 27
Tray Regi On Jam
The SENSOR REGI did not turn ON within the specified time after SENSOR T/R - ON.
FIP-1 28
2-11
LCD Display and Location of Occurrence Open Cover E Clear jam Or Open Unit D Clear Area E (3) (4) Open Cover A Clear jam Or Open Unit D Clear jam (4) (5) Open Cover F Clear jam Or Open Unit D Clear Area F (4) (5) Open Cover E Clear jam Or Open D and C Clear jam Or Load correct paper in tray (3) Open Cover F Clear jam (4) Open Cover A Clear jam (4) (5) (6) Open C of D and check for paper Or If none Clear Area E (8) (9) (3) Open D and C Clear jam (8) Open Unit D Clear jam (7) FIP/ Corrective Action
Error Details
Error Description
Regi Off Jam
The SENSOR REGI did not turn OFF within the specified time after CLUTCH ASSY REGI - ON.
FIP-1 29
Exit On Jam
The Exit Sensor did not turn ON and the SENSOR FUSER IN was turned OFF within the specified time after CLUTCH ASSY REGI ON.
FIP-1 30
BTR 2 Jam
The Exit Sensor did not turn ON and the SENSOR FUSER IN was turned ON within the specified time after CLUTCH ASSY REGI - ON.
FIP-1 31
OHP (lead) Jam
The SENSOR OHP did not detect Transparency when Transparency setting is selected, or detected Transparency when Transparency setting is not selected.
FIP-1 32
Fuser In On Jam
The SENSOR FUSER IN did not turn ON within the specified time after CLUTCH ASSY REGI ON. The Exit Sensor did not turn OFF within the specified time after SENSOR REGI - ON.
FIP-1 34
Exit Off Jam
FIP-1 35
Duplex Regi On Jam
The SENSOR REGI did not turn ON within the specified time after DUPLEX Load Signal (MCU). The SENSOR LOW PATH did not turn ON within the specified time after SENSOR UPPER PATH - ON. The SENSOR UPPER PATH did not turn ON within the specified time after Exit Sensor OFF.
FIP-1 36
Duplex Out On Jam
FIP-1 37
Duplex In On Jam
FIP-1 38
2-12
LCD Display and Location of Occurrence Open D and C Clear jam Open Unit D Clear jam Open Cover G Clear jam (No LCD Display) Open Cover E Clear jam Or Open Unit D Clear Area E Open Cover F Clear jam Or Open Unit D Clear Area F Open Cover A Clear jam Or Open Unit D Clear jam Open Cover H Clear jam Open Tray 2 & H Clear jam Open Cover G, H Clear jam FIP/ Corrective Action
Error Details
Error Description The SENSOR LOW PATH was turned ON at Power ON or when the I/L was closed. (Static Jam) The SENSOR UPPER PATH was turned ON at Power ON or when the I/L was closed. (Static Jam)
Static Jam (Remain at Dup Out) Static Jam (Remain at Dup In)
Static Jam The SENSOR T/R was turned ON at Power ON (Remain at Tray Path 1) or when the I/L was closed. (Static Jam) Static Jam (Remain at OHP) Static Jam (Remain at Regi) The SENSOR OHP was turned ON at Power ON or when the I/L was closed. (Static Jam) The SENSOR REGI was turned ON at Power ON or when the I/L was closed. (Static Jam)
FIP-1 39
Static Jam (Remain at Fuser In)
The SENSOR FUSER IN was turned ON at Power ON or when the I/L was closed. (Static Jam)
Static Jam (Remain at Exit)
The Exit Sensor was turned ON at Power ON or when the I/L was closed. (Static Jam) Remove jammed paper. Remove jammed paper. Remove jammed paper.
IOT Tray Path2 JAM
TrayPath2 Sensor JAM Detected
IOT Feeder2 JAM IOT Tray2 PSNR1 On JAM
Tray2 Misfeed JAM Detected
JAM Caused By Tray2 PSNR1 On
2-13
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2.3.2 Error/Status Code List (Except Paper Jam)
FIP/ Corrective Action FIP-1 1 FIP-1 2 FIP-1 3 FIP-1 4 FIP-1 5 FIP-1 6 FIP-1 7 FIP-1 8 FIP-1 9 FIP-1 10 FIP-1 11 FIP-1 12 FIP-1 13 FIP-1 14 FIP-1 15 FIP-1 16 FIP-1 17 FIP-1 18 FIP-1 19 FIP-1 20
Status Code Or LCD Display Load Yellow Cartridge Load Magenta Cartridge Load Cyan Cartridge Load Black Cartridge Load Drum Cartridge Load Drum Cartridge 009-361 009-366 009-366 Load Yellow Cartridge 009-364 009-369 009-369 Load Magenta Cartridge 009-363 009-368 009-368 Load Cyan Cartridge 009-362 009-367
Error Details
Error Description The yellow toner cartridge has not been installed. The magenta toner cartridge has not been installed. The cyan toner cartridge has not been installed. The black toner cartridge has not been installed. The drum cartridge has not been installed. A communication error occurred between the PWBA MCU and the ANTENNA ASSY (CRUM XERO). Data write error occurred in the ANTENNA ASSY (CRUM XERO). The drum cartridge with a different memory device has been installed. The drum cartridge with different specifications has been installed.
Y Toner Detached M Toner Detached C Toner Detached K Toner Detached XERO CRU Detached Xero Communication Error Xero Verify Error Xero Imitation Error Xero ID Error
A communication error occurred between the Y Toner Communication PWBA MCU and the ANTENNA CTRG Error (CRUM CTRIG). Y Toner Verify Error Y Toner Imitation Error Y Toner ID Error Data write error occurred in the ANTENNA CTRG (CRUM CTRIG). A yellow toner cartridge with a different memory device has been installed. A yellow toner cartridge with different specifications has been installed.
A communication error occurred between the M Toner Communication PWBA MCU and the ANTENNA CTRG Error (CRUM CTRIG). M Toner Verify Error M Toner Imitation Error M Toner ID Error Data write error occurred in the ANTENNA CTRG (CRUM CTRIG). A magenta toner cartridge with a different memory device has been installed. A magenta toner cartridge with different specifications has been installed.
A communication error occurred between the C Toner Communication PWBA MCU and the ANTENNA CTRG Error (CRUM CTRIG). C Toner Verify Error C Toner Imitation Error Data write error occurred in the ANTENNA CTRG (CRUM CTRIG). A cyan toner cartridge with a different memory device has been installed.
2-14
FIP/ Corrective Action FIP-1 21 FIP-1 22 FIP-1 23 FIP-1 24 FIP-1 25 FIP-1 40 FIP-1 41 FIP-1 42 FIP-1 43 FIP-1 44
Status Code Or LCD Display 009-367 Load Black Cartridge 009-365 009-370 009-370 004-310 004-311 004-371 003-356 004-321
Error Details
Error Description A cyan toner cartridge with different specifications has been installed.
C Toner ID Error
A communication error occurred between the K Toner Communication PWBA MCU and the ANTENNA CTRG Error (CRUM CTRIG). K Toner Verify Error K Toner Imitation Error K Toner ID Error Communication Error Feeder Communication Error Duplex PAGE Timeout NVRAM Error TR0 Failure Data write error occurred in the ANTENNA CTRG (CRUM CTRIG). A black toner cartridge with a different memory device has been installed. A black toner cartridge with different specifications has been installed. A communication error occurred between the PWBA MCU and the feeder. A communication error occurred between the PWBA MCU and the Duplex. The PAGEC/PAGE signal was not received within 60s after PFA had been sent. An error occurred in the NVRAM on the PWBA MCU. The PWBA MCU did not receive the output signals from the SENSOR TR-0 (TR0 Sensor) at the specified timing. The PWBA MCU did not receive the output signals from the SOS Sensor in the ROS within the specified time. The PWBA MCU did not receive the output signals from the Rotary Home Position Sensor within the specified time after the Rotary Developer had started rotation. An error occurred in the SENSOR ASSY ADC (ADC Sensor). The output value from the SENSOR ASSY ADC (ADC Sensor) exceeds the specified value. The output value from the SENSOR ASSY ADC (ADC Sensor) is below the specified value. The 500msec coverage for the lead edge of the image exceeds the limit. The inputs of the 2nd BTR Retract Sensor did not change during 2nd BTR initialization. The 2nd BTR Retract Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time.
006-370
ROS Motor Failure
FIP-1 45
004-332
Deve Home Position Sensor Error ADC Contamination High Density
FIP-1 46
009-340 009-341
FIP-1 47 FIP-1 48
009-342 009-344 009-359 009-358
Low Density High Coverage BTR 2 Error BTR 2 Advance Error
FIP-1 49 FIP-1 51 FIP-1 52 FIP-1 53
2-15
FIP/ Corrective Action
Status Code Or LCD Display
Error Details
Error Description The Control Thermistor detected a temperature higher than the specified value. The Safety Thermistor detected a temperature higher than the specified value. The Control Thermistor does not detect READY within the specified time after the Main Lamp was turned ON during warm up. The Main Lamp was still lit ON after the specified time had passed since the Control Thermistor had detected READY. The Control Thermistor detected a temperature lower than the specified value after the specified time had passed since the Main Lamp turned ON during warm up. The FUSER ASSY latch lever has not been installed properly. The SENSOR HUM & TEMP detected a temperature lower than -7 degrees Celsius or higher than 55 degrees Celsius. The inputs from the SENSOR HUM & TEMP are out of the specifications. The Feeder DRIVE ASSY FEED (Feed Motor) is not rotating at the specified speed. The Duplex MOTOR ASSY DUP (Lower Roll Motor) or MOTOR ASSY DUP INV (Upper Roll Motor) are not rotating at the specified speed. The SENSOR IBT RETRACT cannot detect Advance/Retract of the CAM ASSY-IBT CL. It is time to replace the yellow toner cartridge. It is time to replace the magenta toner cartridge. It is time to replace the cyan toner cartridge. It is time to replace the black toner cartridge. It is time to replace the waste toner bottle. The CHUTE ASSY-REAR is open. The CHUTE ASSY-FSR is open. The COVER FUSER is open. The Tray 1 Cover is open. The Duplex Cover is open. The Duplex is open. The COVER FRONT ASSY U or COVER TOP is open.
010-397
Fuser Fail
FIP-1 54
010-354 004-324 007-340 007-341 009-360 Replace Yellow Cartridge
Temp Sensor Error Humidity Sensor Error Feed Motor Failure Duplex Motor Failure IBT CLN Fail Y Toner Life Over
FIP-1 55 FIP-1 58 FIP-1 59 FIP-1 60 FIP-1 61 FIP-1 62 FIP-1 63 FIP-1 64 FIP-1 65 FIP-1 66 FIP-1 68 FIP-1 69 FIP-1 70 FIP-1 71 FIP-1 72 FIP-1 73 FIP-1 74
Replace Magenta M Toner Life Over Cartridge Replace Cyan Cartridge Replace Black Cartridge Replace Drum Cartridge Close Cover E Close Cover F Close Cover A Close Cover G Close Cover C Close Unit D C Toner Life Over K Toner Life Over Waste Toner Bottle Life Over Regi Cover Open 2nd BTR Cover Open Exit Cover Open Tray 1 Cover Open Duplex Cover Open Duplex Tray Open
Close FrontCover Front Cover Open
2-16
FIP/ Corrective Action FIP-1 75 FIP-1 76 FIP-1 77 FIP-1 78 FIP-1 79
Status Code Or LCD Display Replace Drum Cartridge Open Cover H 016-300 016-301 016-302 016-310 016-311 016-312 016-313 016-314 016-315 016-316 016-317 016-318 016-323 016-324 016-325 016-326
Error Details
Error Description The yellow toner cartridge has reached the set toner supply time limit but it can still work. The magenta toner cartridge has reached the set toner supply time limit but it can still work. The cyan toner cartridge has reached the set toner supply time limit but it can still work. The black toner cartridge has reached the set toner supply time limit but it can still work. The waste toner bottle is detected FULL by the SENSOR TNER FULL but can still work. The drum has exceeded its specified rotation count but it can still work. The drum rotation count has exceeded the specified count. The Feeder 2 Cover is open. CPU data cache error. CPU instruction cache error. CPU invalid exception. Built-in Font ROM check sum error. Option Font ROM check sum error. Detected by an HDD error. TBD
Y Toner Life Warning M Toner Life Warning C Toner Life Warning K Toner Life Warning Toner Bottle Life Warning Xero CRU Life Warning Xero CRU Life2 IOT Cover Feeder2 Open ESS Data Cache Error ESS Instruction Cache Error ESS Illegal Exception ESS FontROM Error (Main) ESS FontROM Error (Option) ESS HD Failure ASIC Failure Reserved (VSYNC error)
FIP-1 80
Interlock is close. FIP-1 82 FIP-1 82 FIP-1 82 FIP-1 82 FIP-1 82 FIP-1 82 FIP-1 82 FIP-1 82 FIP-1 82 FIP-1 82 FIP-1 82 FIP-1 82 FIP-1 82 FIP-1 82 FIP-1 82 FIP-1 82
ESS On Baord RAM W/R Detected at Intial On Baord RAM W/R Check. Check Failure ESS DIMM Slot RAM W/R Detected at Intial DIMM Slot RAM W/R Check. Check Failure ESS ROM Check(Main) Main Program ROM check sum error. Failure ESS DIMM Slot RAM Error ESS NVRAM1 W/R Check Failure ESS NVRAM2 W/R Check Failure Reserved (for NVRAM3) Reserved (for NVRAM4) This occurs when an unavailable DIMM is inserted in the DIMM Slot during initialization process at Power ON. Detected by Master NVRAM W/R Check Detected by Secondary NVRAM W/R Check
2-17
FIP/ Corrective Action FIP-1 82 FIP-1 82 Communication failure between the 1 CPU network and the ESS F/W. FIP-1 82 FIP-1 82
Status Code Or LCD Display
Error Details
Error Description
016-327 016-328 016-340 016-344
Detected by matching check of the systemESS NVRAM1 SIZE And required NVRAM size and the real size and of ID Check Failure the ID to be recorded at the first Power ON. Reserved (for NVRAM2) On Board Network Communication Failure On Board Network MAC Address Checksum Error On Board Network Ethernet BIST Parity/ RAM R/W Error On Board Network Internal Loopback Error Reserved PCI Option#0 Fail PCI Option#1 Fail IEEE1284 Data Error IOT-ESS Communication Failure USB Error (Spec only for DIAG) MACPHY CHIP TEST Error (Spec only for DIAG) MACPHY INT LOOP TEST Error (Spec only for DIAG) MACPHY EXT LOOP TEST Error (Spec only for DIAG) NIC-ESS Communication Failure NIC Flash ROM Boot Module Checksum Error NIC RAM R/W Test Error NIC Flash ROM Application Module Checksum Error NIC MAC Address Checksum Error NIC Ethernet BIST parity/RAM R/W Error NIC Internal Loopback Error Communication failure between the NIC and ESS. PCI option 0 detection error. PCI option 1 detection error. Detected by the IEEE1284 controller. Communication failure between the IOT and ESS.
016-345 016-346 016-351 016-360 016-361 016-350 016-370 016-355 016-380
FIP-1 82 FIP-1 82 FIP-1 82 FIP-1 82 FIP-1 82 FIP-1 82 FIP-1 82 FIP-1 82 FIP-1 82
016-381
FIP-1 82
016-382 016-330 016-331 016-332 016-333 016-334 016-335 016-336
FIP-1 82 FIP-1 82 FIP-1 82 FIP-1 82 FIP-1 82 FIP-1 82 FIP-1 82 FIP-1 82
2-18
FIP/ Corrective Action Power OFF/ ON Power OFF/ ON Power OFF/ ON Power OFF/ ON
Status Code Or LCD Display 009-343 001-358 001-360 010-317
Error Details
Error Description
IOT PCDC Error IOT Fan Error Fuser IOT Fan Error Rear IOT Fuser Detached
PCDC error detected. Fan Error Fuser detected. Fan Error Rear detected. Fuser Detached detected.
Turn OFF the power, reset Paper Tray Config Tray configuration error detected. (Includes all Tray Configuration Error the tray and Error wrong configurations.) turn ON the power. 009-371 IOT TONER ROTATE ERROR Rotation error during toner replacement. Cover is open. Open/close the tray or remove and reload paper in Bypass Tray.
%s Check paper
IOT Paper Size Mismatch
Paper Size Mismatch detected.
Load in %s %s %s
No Suitable Paper
No paper is loaded in all existing trays during job standby or when the paper feed automatic selection is specified (All Tray Empty). When the paper feed automatic selection is specified, paper loaded in all existing trays do not match the setting (All Tray Size Mismatch). When a paper tray is specified, no paper is loaded in the specified tray (Specified Tray Empty). When a paper tray is specified, the paper size loaded in the specified tray is different (Specified Tray Size Mismatch).
Out of memory Press Set Disk is full Press Set PDL Error Press Set Invalid job Press Set 016-383 016-384 016-385
Memory Overflow Hard Disk Full PDL Error Job Environment Violation A violation of the print conditions has occurred.
Press the Set button. Press the Set button. Press the Set button. Press the Set button. Press the Set button.
DOWNLOAD ID ERROR The download file ID is incorrect. DOWNLOAD RANGE ERROR DOWNLOAD HEADER ERROR
The write destination address during download Press the Set is incorrect. Range check error. button. The download file header information is incorrect. Press the Set button.
2-19
FIP/ Corrective Action Press the Set button. Press the Set button.
Status Code Or LCD Display 016-386 016-387 016-388 016-389 016-390 016-391 016-392 016-393 016-394
Error Details DOWNLOAD CHECKSUM ERROR DOWNLOAD FORMAT ERROR DOWNLOAD INITIAL ERROR DOWNLOAD INSERTION ERROR DOWNLOAD COMM ERROR
Error Description
The download file check sum is incorrect. The download file format is incorrect.
NIC activation in the download mode has failed Press the Set when downloading the optional NIC. button. Download was performed when the optional NIC was not installed. A communication error occurred when downloading the optional NIC. Press the Set button. Press the Set button. Press the Set button. FIP-1 82 FIP-1 82 FIP-1 82
DOWNLOAD PROTECT FW download was performed when FW ERROR update was prohibited by the panel settings. DOWNLOAD DELETE ERROR DOWNLOAD WRITE ERROR DOWNLOAD VERIFY ERROR Flash deletion error during download. Flash write error during download. Flash verify error during download.
2-20
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2.3.3 Error Code FIP
FIP-1. 1 Y Toner Detached
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU Y (PL9.2.2) HOUSING ASSY-DEVE Y (PL9.2.6) ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) Check TNR CRU Y (Y Toner Cartridge) model name Is a TNR CRU Y that complies with the specifications installed? Check installation of TNR CRU Y Is the TNR CRU Y installed properly? Does the error persist after the power is turned ON/OFF several times? Check installation of HOUSING ASSY-DEVE Y Is the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE Y installed properly? Does the error persist after the power is turned ON/OFF several times? Check TNR CRU Y after replacement Replace the TNR CRU Y. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check operation of ANTENNA CTRG Disconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU and connect it again. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J415-1 <=> J106-2 J415-2 <=> J106-1 Check HOUSING ASSY-DEVE Y after replacement Replace the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE Y. (REP9.6) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG after replacement Replace the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG. (REP9.2) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again?
Yes
No
Go to Step 2.
Replace with a TNR CRU Y that complies with the specifications. Reinstall and go to Step 3. Completed. Reinstall and go to Step 5. Completed.
2 3 4 5
Go to Step 3. Go to Step 4. Go to Step 5. Go to Step 6.
Go to Step 7.
Completed.
Go to Step 8.
Go to Step 9.
Go to Step 9.
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Go to Step 10.
Completed.
10
Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5)
Completed.
2-21
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 2 M Toner Detached
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU M (PL9.2.3) HOUSING ASSY-DEVE M (PL9.2.7) ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) Check TNR CRU M (M Toner Cartridge) model name Is a TNR CRU M that complies with the specifications installed? Check installation of TNR CRU M Is the TNR CRU M installed properly? Does the error persist after the power is turned ON/OFF several times? Check installation of HOUSING ASSY-DEVE M Is the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE M installed properly? Does the error persist after the power is turned ON/OFF several times? Check TNR CRU M after replacement Replace the TNR CRU M. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check operation of ANTENNA CTRG Disconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU and connect it again. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J415-1 <=> J106-2 J415-2 <=> J106-1 Check HOUSING ASSY-DEVE M after replacement Replace the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE M. (REP9.6) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG after replacement Replace the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG. (REP9.2) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again?
Yes
No
Go to Step 2.
Replace with a TNR CRU M that complies with the specifications. Reinstall and go to Step 3. Completed. Reinstall and go to Step 5. Completed.
2 3 4 5
Go to Step 7.
Completed.
Go to Step 8.
Go to Step 9.
Go to Step 9.
Go to Step 10.
Completed.
10
Completed.
2-22
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 3 C Toner Detached
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU C (PL9.2.4) HOUSING ASSY-DEVE C (PL9.2.8) ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) Check TNR CRU C (C Toner Cartridge) model name Is a TNR CRU C that complies with the specifications installed? Check installation of TNR CRU C Is the TNR CRU C installed properly? Does the error persist after the power is turned ON/OFF several times? Check installation of HOUSING ASSY-DEVE C Is the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE C installed properly? Does the error persist after the power is turned ON/OFF several times? Check TNR CRU C after replacement Replace the TNR CRU C. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check operation of ANTENNA CTRG Disconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU and connect it again. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect the P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J415-1 <=> J106-2 J415-2 <=> J106-1 Check HOUSING ASSY-DEVE C after replacement Replace the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE C. (REP9.6) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG after replacement Replace the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG. (REP9.2) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again?
Yes
No
Go to Step 2.
Replace with a TNR CRU C that complies with the specifications. Reinstall and go to Step 3. Completed. Reinstall and go to Step 5. Completed.
2 3 4 5
Go to Step 3. go to Step 4. Go to Step 5. Go to Step 6.
Go to Step 7.
Completed.
Go to Step 8.
Go to Step 9.
Go to Step 9.
Go to Step 10.
Completed.
10
Completed.
2-23
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 4 K Toner Detached
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU K (PL9.2.1) HOUSING ASSY-DEVE K (PL9.2.5) ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) Check TNR CRU K (K Toner Cartridge) model name Is a TNR CRU K that complies with the specifications installed? Check installation of TNR CRU K Is the TNR CRU K installed properly? Does the error persist after the power is turned ON/OFF several times? Check installation of HOUSING ASSY-DEVE K Is the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE K installed properly? Does the error persist after the power is turned ON/OFF several times? Check TNR CRU K after replacement Replace the TNR CRU K. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check operation of ANTENNA CTRG Disconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU and connect it again. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect the P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J415-1 <=> J106-2 J415-2 <=> J106-1 Check HOUSING ASSY-DEVE K after replacement Replace the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE K. (REP9.6) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG after replacement Replace the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG. (REP9.2) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again?
Yes
No
Go to Step 2.
Replace with a TNR CRU C that complies with the specifications. Reinstall and go to Step 3. Completed. Reinstall and go to Step 5. Completed.
2 3 4 5
Go to Step 7.
Completed.
Go to Step 8.
Go to Step 9.
Go to Step 9.
Go to Step 10.
Completed.
10
Completed.
2-24
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 5 XERO CRU Detached
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) HARNESS-ASSY XERO (PL7.1.12) GUIDE CRU ASSY D (PL7.1.4) or ANTENNA ASSY (PL7.1.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) Check IBT ASSY model name Is a IBT ASSY that complies with the specifications installed? Check installation of IBT ASSY Re-install the IBT ASSY. After the power is turned ON/OFF, does the error occur again? Check operation of ANTENNA CTRG Disconnect the P/J416 on the PWBA MCU and connect it again. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check HARNESS-ASSY XERO cables Disconnect P/J416 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J416-4 <=> J109-2 J416-5 <=> J109-1 Check IBT ASSY after replacement Replace the IBT ASSY. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check GUIDE CRU ASSY D or ANTENNA ASSY after replacement Replace the GUIDE CRU ASSY D or ANTENNA ASSY. (REP7.2) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again?
Yes
No
Go to Step 2.
Replace with a IBT ASSY that complies with the specifications.
Go to Step 3.
Completed.
Go to Step 4.
Go to Step 5.
Go to Step 5.
Replace the HARNESSASSY XERO.
Go to Step 6.
Completed.
Completed.
2-25
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 6 XERO Communication Error
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) GUIDE CRU ASSY D (PL7.1.4) or ANTENNA ASSY (PL7.1.10) HARNESS-ASSY XERO (PL7.1.12) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) Check IBT ASSY model name Is a IBT ASSY that complies with the specifications installed? Check installation of IBT ASSY Re-install the IBT ASSY. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check IBT ASSY after replacement Replace the IBT ASSY. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? ANTENNA ASSY check Is the ANTENNA ASSY dirty? When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check HARNESS-ASSY XERO cables Disconnect P/J416 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J416-4 <=> J109-2 J416-5 <=> J109-1 Check GUIDE CRU ASSY D or ANTENNA ASSY after replacement Replace the GUIDE CRU ASSY D or ANTENNA ASSY. (REP7.4) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the following power supplied from the LV/HVPS to the PWBA MCU? J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC
Yes
No
Go to Step 2.
Replace with a IBT ASSY that complies with the specifications. Completed.
Go to Step 3.
Go to Step 4. Clean the ANTENNA ASSY and go to Step 5. Go to Step 6.
Completed.
Go to Step 6.
Completed. Replace the HARNESSASSY XERO.
Go to Step 7.
Go to Step 8.
Completed.
Go to Step 9.
2-26
Procedure
Check Items Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8
Yes
No
Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6)
2-27
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 7 XERO Verify Error
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) GUIDE CRU ASSY D (PL7.1.4) or ANTENNA ASSY (PL7.1.10) HARNESS-ASSY XERO (PL7.1.12) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
Yes
No
Check installation of IBT ASSY Re-install the IBT ASSY. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check IBT ASSY after replacement Replace the IBT ASSY. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? ANTENNA ASSY check Is the ANTENNA ASSY dirty? When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check HARNESS-ASSY XERO cables Disconnect P/J416 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J416-4 <=> J109-2 J416-5 <=> J109-1 Check GUIDE CRU ASSY D or ANTENNA ASSY after replacement Replace the GUIDE CRU ASSY D or ANTENNA ASSY. (REP7.4) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the following power supplied from the LV/HVPS to the PWBA MCU? J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8
Go to Step 2.
Completed.
Go to Step 3. Clean the ANTENNA ASSY and go to Step 4. Go to Step 5.
Completed.
Go to Step 5.
Completed. Replace the HARNESSASSY XERO.
Go to Step 6.
Go to Step 7.
Completed.
Go to Step 8.
2-28
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 8 XERO Imitation Error
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) Check IBT ASSY model name Is a IBT ASSY that complies with the specifications installed? Check installation of IBT ASSY Re-install the IBT ASSY. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check IBT ASSY after replacement Replace the IBT ASSY. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the following power supplied from the LV/HVPS to the PWBA MCU? J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8
Yes
No
Go to Step 2.
Go to Step 3.
Go to Step 4.
Completed.
Go to Step 5.
2-29
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 9 XERO ID Error
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) Check IBT ASSY model name Is a IBT ASSY that complies with the specifications installed? Check IBT ASSY after replacement Replace the IBT ASSY. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the following power supplied from the LV/HVPS to the PWBA MCU? J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8
Yes
No
Go to Step 2.
Go to Step 3.
Go to Step 4.
2-30
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 10 Y Toner Communication Error
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU Y (PL9.2.2) ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10) or ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) Check TNR CRU Y (Y Toner Cartridge) model name Is a TNR CRU Y that complies with the specifications installed? Check installation of TNR CRU Y Reinstall the TNR CRU Y. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check TNR CRU Y after replacement Replace the TNR CRU Y. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? ANTENNA CTRG check Is the ANTENNA CTRG dirty? When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J415-1 <=> J106-2 J415-2 <=> J106-1 Check ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG after replacement Replace the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG. (REP9.2/REP9.3) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the following power supplied from the LV/HVPS to the PWBA MCU? J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC
Yes
No
Go to Step 2.
Replace with a TNR CRU Y that complies with the specifications. Completed.
Go to Step 3.
Go to Step 4. Clean the ANTENNA CTRG and go to Step 5. Go to Step 6.
Completed.
Go to Step 6.
Completed. Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Go to Step 7.
Go to Step 8.
Completed.
Go to Step 9.
2-31
Procedure
Yes
No
2-32
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 11 Y Toner Verify Error
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU Y (PL9.2.2) ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10) or ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
Yes
No
Check installation of TNR CRU Y (Y Toner Cartridge) Reinstall the TNR CRU Y. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check TNR CRU Y after replacement Replace the TNR CRU Y. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? ANTENNA CTRG check Is the ANTENNA CTRG dirty? When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J415-1 <=> J106-2 J415-2 <=> J106-1 Check ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG after replacement Replace the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG. (REP9.2/REP9.3) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the following power supplied from the LV/HVPS to the PWBA MCU? J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8
Go to Step 2.
Completed.
Completed.
Go to Step 5.
Go to Step 6.
Go to Step 7.
Completed.
Go to Step 8.
2-33
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 12 Y Toner Imitation Error
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU Y (PL9.2.2) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) Check TNR CRU Y (Y Toner Cartridge) model name Is a TNR CRU Y that complies with the specifications installed? Check installation of TNR CRU Y Reinstall the TNR CRU Y. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check TNR CRU Y after replacement Replace the TNR CRU Y. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the following power supplied from the LV/HVPS to the PWBA MCU? J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8
Yes
No
Go to Step 2.
Go to Step 3.
Go to Step 4.
Completed.
Go to Step 5.
2-34
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 13 Y Toner ID Error
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU Y (PL9.2.2) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) Check TNR CRU Y (Y Toner Cartridge) model name Is a TNR CRU Y that complies with the specifications installed? Check TNR CRU Y after replacement Replace the TNR CRU Y. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the following power supplied from the LV/HVPS to the PWBA MCU? J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8
Yes
No
Go to Step 2.
Go to Step 3.
Go to Step 4.
2-35
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 14 M Toner Communication Error
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU M (PL9.2.3) ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10) or ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) Check TNR CRU M (M Toner Cartridge) model name Is a TNR CRU M that complies with the specifications installed? Check installation of TNR CRU M Reinstall the TNR CRU M. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check TNR CRU M after replacement Replace the TNR CRU M. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? ANTENNA CTRG check Is the ANTENNA CTRG dirty? When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J415-1 <=> J106-2 J415-2 <=> J106-1 Check ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG after replacement Replace the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG. (REP9.2/REP9.3) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the following power supplied from the LV/HVPS to the PWBA MCU? J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC
Yes
No
Go to Step 2.
Replace with a TNR CRU M that complies with the specifications. Completed.
Go to Step 3.
Completed.
Go to Step 6.
Go to Step 6.
Go to Step 8.
Completed.
Go to Step 9.
2-36
Procedure
Yes
No
2-37
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 15 M Toner Verify Error
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU M (PL9.2.3) ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10) or ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
Yes
No
Check installation of TNR CRU M (M Toner Cartridge) Reinstall the TNR CRU M. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check TNR CRU M after replacement Replace the TNR CRU M. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check ANTENNA CTRG Is the ANTENNA CTRG dirty? When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J415-1 <=> J106-2 J415-2 <=> J106-1 Check ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG after replacement Replace the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG. (REP9.2/REP9.3) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the following power supplied from the LV/HVPS to the PWBA MCU? J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8
Go to Step 2.
Completed.
Completed.
Go to Step 5.
Go to Step 6.
Go to Step 7.
Completed.
Go to Step 8.
2-38
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 16 M Toner Imitation Error
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU M (PL9.2.3) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) Check TNR CRU M (M Toner Cartridge) model name Is a TNR CRU M that complies with the specifications installed? Check installation of TNR CRU M Reinstall the TNR CRU M. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check TNR CRU M after replacement Replace the TNR CRU M. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the following power supplied from the LV/HVPS to the PWBA MCU? J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8
Yes
No
Go to Step 2.
Go to Step 3.
Go to Step 4.
Completed.
Go to Step 5.
2-39
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 17 M Toner ID Error
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU M (PL9.2.3) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) Check TNR CRU M (M Toner Cartridge) model name Is a TNR CRU M that complies with the specifications installed? Check TNR CRU M after replacement Replace the TNR CRU M. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the following power supplied from the LV/HVPS to the PWBA MCU? J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8
Yes
No
Go to Step 2.
Go to Step 3.
Go to Step 4.
2-40
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 18 C Toner Communication Error
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU C (PL9.2.4) ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10) or ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) Check TNR CRU C (C Toner Cartridge) model name Is a TNR CRU C that complies with the specifications installed? Check installation of TNR CRU C Reinstall the TNR CRU C. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check TNR CRU C after replacement Replace the TNR CRU C. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check ANTENNA CTRG Is the ANTENNA CTRG dirty? When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J415-1 <=> J106-2 J415-2 <=> J106-1 Check ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG after replacement Replace the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG. (REP9.2/REP9.3) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the following power supplied from the LV/HVPS to the PWBA MCU? J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC
Yes
No
Go to Step 2.
Replace with a TNR CRU C that complies with the specifications. Completed.
Go to Step 3.
Completed.
Go to Step 6.
Go to Step 7.
Go to Step 8.
Completed.
Go to Step 9.
2-41
Procedure
Yes
No
2-42
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 19 C Toner Verify Error
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU C (PL9.2.4) ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10) or ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
Yes
No
Check installation of TNR CRU C (C Toner Cartridge) Reinstall the TNR CRU C. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check TNR CRU C after replacement Replace the TNR CRU C. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check ANTENNA CTRG Is the ANTENNA CTRG dirty? When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J415-1 <=> J106-2 J415-2 <=> J106-1 Check ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG after replacement Replace the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG. (REP9.2/REP9.3) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the following power supplied from the LV/HVPS to the PWBA MCU? J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC
Go to Step 2.
Completed.
Completed.
Go to Step 5.
Go to Step 6.
Go to Step 7.
Completed.
Go to Step 8.
2-43
Procedure
Check Items Check the cables between the HARNESS ASSY MAIN PWBA MCU and the LV/HVPS. Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8
Yes
No
2-44
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 20 C Toner Imitation Error
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU C (PL9.2.4) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) Check TNR CRU C (C Toner Cartridge) model name Is a TNR CRU C that complies with the specifications installed? Check installation of TNR CRU C Reinstall the TNR CRU C. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check TNR CRU C after replacement Replace the TNR CRU C. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the following power supplied from the LV/HVPS to the PWBA MCU? J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8
Yes
No
Go to Step 2.
Go to Step 3.
Go to Step 4.
Completed.
Go to Step 5.
2-45
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 21 C Toner ID Error
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU C (PL9.2.4) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) Check TNR CRU C (C Toner Cartridge) model name Is a TNR CRU C that complies with the specifications installed? Check TNR CRU C after replacement Replace the TNR CRU C. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the following power supplied from the LV/HVPS to the PWBA MCU? J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8
Yes
No
Go to Step 2.
Go to Step 3.
Go to Step 4.
2-46
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 22 K Toner Communication Error
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU K (PL9.2.1) ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10) or ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) Check TNR CRU K (K Toner Cartridge) model name Is a TNR CRU K that complies with the specifications installed? Check installation of TNR CRU K Reinstall the TNR CRU K. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check TNR CRU K after replacement Replace the TNR CRU K. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check ANTENNA CTRG Is the ANTENNA CTRG dirty? When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J415-1 <=> J106-2 J415-2 <=> J106-1 Check ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG after replacement Replace the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG. (REP9.2/REP9.3) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the following power supplied from the LV/HVPS to the PWBA MCU? J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC
Yes
No
Go to Step 2.
Replace with a TNR CRU K that complies with the specifications. Completed.
Go to Step 3.
Completed.
Go to Step 6.
Go to Step 7.
Go to Step 8.
Completed.
Go to Step 9.
2-47
Procedure
Yes
No
2-48
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 23 K Toner Verify Error
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU K (PL9.2.1) ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10) or ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
Yes
No
Check installation of TNR CRU K (K Toner Cartridge) Reinstall the TNR CRU K. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check TNR CRU K after replacement Replace the TNR CRU K. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check ANTENNA CTRG Is the ANTENNA CTRG dirty? When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J415-1 <=> J106-2 J415-2 <=> J106-1 Check ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG after replacement Replace the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG. (REP9.2/REP9.3) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the following power supplied from the LV/HVPS to the PWBA MCU? J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8
Go to Step 2.
Completed.
Completed.
Go to Step 5.
Go to Step 6.
Go to Step 7.
Completed.
Go to Step 8.
2-49
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 24 K Toner Imitation Error
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU K (PL9.2.1) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) Check TNR CRU K (K Toner Cartridge) model name Is a TNR CRU K that complies with the specifications installed? Check installation of TNR CRU K Reinstall the TNR CRU K. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check TNR CRU K after replacement Replace the TNR CRU K. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the following power supplied from the LV/HVPS to the PWBA MCU? J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8
Yes
No
Go to Step 2.
Go to Step 3.
Go to Step 4.
Completed.
Go to Step 5.
2-50
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 25 K Toner ID Error
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU K (PL9.2.1) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) Check TNR CRU K (K Toner Cartridge) model name Is a TNR CRU K that complies with the specifications installed? Check TNR CRU K after replacement Replace the TNR CRU K. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the following power supplied from the LV/HVPS to the PWBA MCU? J410-1 <=> J410-2: 3.3 VDC J410-3 <=> J410-4: 5 VDC J410-5/6 <=> J410-7/8: 24 VDC Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8
Yes
No
Go to Step 2.
Go to Step 3.
Go to Step 4.
2-51
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 26 Tray1 PSNR1 On Jam
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: ROLL ASSY TURN 500 (PL14.3.16) ROLL ASSY FEED 500 (PL14.4.11) HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500 (PL14.3.24) SOLENOID FEED (PL14.3.8) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) DRIVE ASSY FEED (PL14.3.7) PWBA TRAY 500 (PL14.3.3) HARNESS-ASSY FEED 1 (PL14.3.14) ACTUATOR T/R (PL14.4.6) SENSOR T/R (PL14.4.7) HARNESS ASSY FEED 3 (PL14.4.14) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) CLUTCH ASSY FEED (PL14.3.12) HARNESS-ASSY FEED MAIN (PL14.3.2) DRIVE ASSY FEED (PL14.3.7)
Yes
No
Check paper status Is the paper in the paper tray crumpled or damaged? Check paper size setting Does the paper size used match the paper size set in the Control Panel? When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Check shape and operation of Feeder ROLL ASSY Open the Feeder COVER-REAR 500 (PL14.2.3). Are the parts such as the ROLL ASSY TURN 500, HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500, or ROLL ASSY FEED 500 installed properly? Are they rotating smoothly free of dirt? Rotate the parts by hand to check. When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Check operation of SOLENOID FEED Is the SOLENOID FEED operating properly? Perform a test print for checking. Check HARNESS-ASSY FEED MAIN cables Disconnect P/J437 on the PWBA TRAY 500. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J437-16 <=> P610-2 J437-17 <=> P610-1 Check DRIVE ASSY FEED after replacement Replace the DRIVE ASSY FEED. (REP14.12) When a test print is performed, does the error occur again?
Replace with fresh dry paper.
Go to Step 2. Change the paper size setting and go to Step 3. Completed.
Go to Step 4.
Go to Step 4.
Go to Step 5.
Replace the appropriate roll.
5 6
Go to Step 6. Go to Step 12.
Completed. Go to Step 7.
Go to Step 8.
Replace the HARNESSASSY FEED MAIN.
Go to Step 9.
Completed.
2-52
Procedure
Check Items Check PWBA TRAY 500 after replacement Replace the PWBA TRAY 500. (REP14.10) When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Check HARNESS-ASSY FEED 1 cables Disconnect P/J435 on the PWBA TRAY CONT. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J435-2 <=> P608-9 J435-3 <=> P608-8 J435-4 <=> P608-7 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J421 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J421-7 <=> J608-4 J421-8 <=> J608-3 J421-9 <=> J608-2 Check operation of ACTUATOR T/R Is the ACTUATOR T/R operating smoothly? Does the ACTUATOR T/R go out of the detectable area of the Tray Path Sensor when there is paper and go into the detectable area when there is no paper? Check operation of SENSOR T/R Is 0 VDC the voltage measured between P437-15 <=> P437-14 on the PWBA TRAY CONT when the ACTUATOR T/R is in the SENSOR T/R detectable area and 5 VDC when it is out of the area? Check power supply to SENSOR T/R 5 VDC Remove the COVER LEFT 500. Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P437-13 <=> P437-14 on the PWBA TRAY 500? Check HARNESS-ASSY FEED MAIN cables Disconnect P/J437 and P/J618 on the PWBA TRAY CONT. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J437-13 <=> J618-3 J437-14 <=> J618-2 J437-15 <=> J618-1 Check HARNESS ASSY FEED 3 cables Disconnect P/J618. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? P618-4 <=> J120-3 P618-5 <=> J120-2 P618-6 <=> J120-1 Check 5 VDC power supply to PWBA TRAY 500 Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P435-6 <=> P435-5 on the PWBA TRAY 500?
Yes
No
Go to Step 10.
Completed.
10
Go to Step 11.
Replace the HARNESSASSY FEED 1. (REP14.16)
11
12
Go to Step 13.
Replace the ACTUATORT/R. (REP14.30)
13
Go to Step 22.
Go to Step 14.
14
Go to Step 15.
Go to Step 17.
15
Go to Step 16.
16
Replace the SENSOR T/R (REP14.31)
17
Go to Step 9.
Go to Step 18.
2-53
Procedure
Check Items Check HARNESS-ASSY FEED 1 cables Disconnect P/J435 on the PWBA TRAY CONT. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J435-6 <=> P608-5 J435-5 <=> P608-6 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J421 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J421-5 <=> J608-6 J421-6 <=> J608-5 Check 5 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P410-3 <=> P410-4 on the PWBA MCU? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 Check operation of CLUTCH ASSY FEED Is the CLUTCH ASY FEED operating properly? Perform a test print and check by the sound. Check HARNESS-ASSY FEED MAIN cables Disconnect P/J437 on the PWBA TRAY CONT. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J437-6 <=> P609-2 J437-7 <=> P609-1 Check CLUTCH ASSY FEED resistance Is the wiring resistance between both pins of the CLUTCH ASSY FEED 144 Ohm 10% (20 degrees Celsius)? Check 24 VDC power supply to PWBA TRAY 500 Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P435-9/10 <=> 435-7/8 on the PWBA TRAY 500? Check HARNESS-ASSY FEED 1 cables Disconnect P/J435 on the PWBA TRAY CONT. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J435-7 <=> P608-4 J435-8 <=> P608-3 J435-9 <=> P608-2 J435-10 <=> P608-1 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J421 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J421-1 <=> J608-10 J421-2 <=> J608-9 J421-3 <=> J608-8 J421-4 <=> J608-7
Yes
No Replace the HARNESSASSY FEED 1. (REP14.16)
18
Go to Step 19.
19
Go to Step 20.
20
Go to Step 21.
21
22
Go to Step 30.
Go to Step 23.
23
Go to Step 24.
Replace the HARNESSASSY FEED MAIN. Replace the CLUTCH ASSY FEED. (REP14.15) Go to Step 26.
24
Go to Step 25.
25
Go to Step 9.
26
Go to Step 27.
27
Go to Step 28.
2-54
Procedure
Check Items Check 24 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Disconnect the P/J410 on the PWBA MCU. Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8? Check HARNESS-ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Check 24 VDC power supply to DRIVE ASSY FEED Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P437-4 <=> P437-5 on the PWBA TRAY CONT? Check HARNESS-ASSY FEED MAIN cables Disconnect P/J437 on the PWBA TRAY 500. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J437-5 <=> J440-1 J437-4 <=> J440-2 J437-2 <=> J440-4 J437-1 <=> J440-5
Yes Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5)
No
28
Go to Step 29.
29
30
Go to Step 31.
Go to Step 25.
31
Go to Step 8.
2-55
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 27 MSI Regi On Jam
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: ROLL MSI (PL4.1.8) HOLDER ASSY RETARD MSI (PL4.1.16) CHUTE ASSY PAPER GUIDE (PL4.1.28) ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI (PL5.2.12) ROLL-PINCH (PL5.2.13) ACTUATOR-REGI (PL5.2.18) SENSOR REGI (PL5.2.19) HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 (PL4.1.26) HARNESS-ASSY P/H2 (PL5.2.21) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) MOTOR-PH (PL5.2.20) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI (PL5.2.22)
Yes
No
Check paper status Is the paper in the paper tray crumpled or damaged? Check paper size setting Does the paper size used match the paper size set in the Control Panel? When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Check shape and operation of MSI ROLL ASSY Remove the MSI. (REP4.1) Are the parts such as the ROLL MSI, HOLDER ASSY RETARD MSI, or CHUTE ASSY PAPER GUIDE installed properly? Are they rotating smoothly free of dirt? Rotate the parts by hand to check. Check shape and operation of ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI and ROLL-PINCH Open the CHUTE ASSY-REAR (PL5.1.2). Are the ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI and ROLL-PINCH installed properly? Are they rotating smoothly free of dirt? Rotate the parts by hand to check. When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Check paper position Has the paper lead edge passed through the PRE REGI ROLL?
Go to Step 4.
Go to Step 4.
Go to Step 5.
Replace the appropriate ROLL ASSY.
Go to Step 6.
Go to Step 7.
Completed.
Go to Step 8.
Go to Step 20.
2-56
Procedure
Check Items Check operation of ACTUATOR-REGI Is the ACTUATOR-REGI operating smoothly without any damage? Does the ACTUATOR-REGI go into the detectable area of the sensor when there is paper and go out of the detectable area when there is no paper? Check operation of SENSOR REGI Is 0 VDC the voltage measured between P408-12 <=> P408-11 on the PWBA MCU when the ACTUATOR REGI is in the detectable area of the sensor and 5 VDC when it is out of the area? Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR REGI Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P408-10 <=> P408-11 on the PWBA MCU? Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 cables Disconnect P/J408 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J408-10 <=> J603-3 J408-11 <=> J603-2 J408-12 <=> J603-1 Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H2 cables Disconnect P/J603 and P/J102 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? P603-10 <=> J102-3 P603-11 <=> J102-2 P603-12 <=> J102-1 Check 5 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P410-3 <=> P410-4 on the PWBA MCU? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 Check 24 VDC power supply to P/H MOTOR Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P409-6 <=> P409-5 on the PWBA MCU? Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 cables Disconnect the P/J409 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J409-1 <=> P604-6 J409-2 <=> P604-5 J409-3 <=> P604-4 J409-4 <=> P604-3 J409-5 <=> P604-2 J409-6 <=> P604-1
Yes
No Replace the ACTUATORREGI (REP5.10)
Go to Step 9.
Go to Step 15.
Go to Step 10.
10
Go to Step 11.
Go to Step 13.
11
Go to Step 12.
Replace the HARNESSASSY P/H1.
12
Replace the SENSOR REGI. (REP5.11) Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5)
13
Go to Step 14.
14
15
Go to Step 16.
Go to Step 18.
16
Go to Step 17.
2-57
Procedure
Check Items Check MOTOR-PH after replacement Replace the MOTOR-PH. (REP5.12) When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Check 24 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8 on the PWBA MCU? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 cables Disconnect P/J408 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J408-1 <=> J603-12 J408-2 <=> J603-11 Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H2 cables Disconnect the P/J603. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? P603-1 <=> P202-2 P603-2 <=> P202-1 Check CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI resistance Disconnect P/J202. Is the wiring resistance between both pins of the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI 144 Ohm 10% (20 degrees Celsius)?
Yes Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5)
No
17
Completed.
18
Go to Step 19.
19
20
Go to Step 21.
21
Go to Step 22.
Replace the HARNESSASSY P/H2. Replace the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI. (REP5.13)
22
Go to Step 18.
2-58
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 28 Tray Regi On Jam
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: ROLL ASSY TURN 500 (PL14.3.16) HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500 (PL14.3.24) ROLL ASSY FEED 500 (PL14.4.11) ROLL PINCH A (PL14.2.6) ROLL PINCH B (PL14.2.7) ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI (PL5.2.12) ROLL-PINCH (PL5.2.13) ACTUATOR-REGI (PL5.2.18) SENSOR REGI (PL5.2.19) HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 (PL4.1.26) HARNESS-ASSY P/H2 (PL5.2.21) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) MOTOR-PH (PL5.2.20) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI (PL5.2.22)
Yes
No
Check installation of feeder to Main Unit Remove and reinstall the feeder and perform a test print. Does the error occur again? Check paper status Is the paper in the paper tray crumpled or damaged? Check paper size setting Does the paper size used match the paper size set in the Control Panel? When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Check shape and operation of Feeder ROLL ASSY Open the Feeder COVER-REAR 500 (PL14.2.3). Are the parts such as the ROLL ASSY TURN 500, HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500, or ROLL ASSY FEED 500 installed properly? Are they rotating smoothly free of dirt? Rotate the parts by hand to check. Check shape and operation of Tray1 feeder ROLL PINCH A and ROLL PINCH B Open the COVER-REAR 500 (PL14.2.3). Are the ROLL PINCH A and ROLL PINCH B installed properly? Are they rotating smoothly free of dirt? Rotate the parts by hand to check.
Go to Step 2. Replace with fresh dry paper.
Completed.
Go to Step 5.
Go to Step 5.
Go to Step 6.
Replace the appropriate ROLL ASSY.
Go to Step 7.
Replace the appropriate ROLL PINCH.
2-59
Procedure
Check Items Check shape and operation of ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI and ROLL-PINCH Open the CHUTE ASSY-REAR (PL5.1.2). Are the ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI and ROLL-PINCH installed properly? Are they rotating smoothly free of dirt? Rotate the parts by hand to check. When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Check paper position Has the paper lead edge passed through the PRE REGI ROLL? Check operation of ACTUATOR-REGI Is the ACTUATOR-REGI operating smoothly without any damage? Does the ACTUATOR-REGI go into the detectable area of the sensor when there is paper and go out of the detectable area when there is no paper? Check operation of SENSOR REGI Is 0 VDC the voltage measured between P408-12 <=> P408-11 on the PWBA MCU when the ACTUATOR REGI is in the detectable area of the sensor and 5 VDC when it is out of the area? Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR REGI Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P408-10 <=> P408-11 on the PWBA MCU? Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 cables Disconnect P/J408 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J408-10 <=> J603-3 J408-11 <=> J603-2 J408-12 <=> J603-1 Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H2 cables Disconnect P/J603 and P/J102 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? P603-10 <=> J102-3 P603-11 <=> J102-2 P603-12 <=> J102-1 Check 5 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P410-3 <=> P410-4 on the PWBA MCU? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4
Yes
No
Go to Step 8.
8 9
10
Go to Step 11.
Replace the ACTUATORREGI. (REP5.10)
11
Go to Step 17.
Go to Step 12.
12
Go to Step 13.
Go to Step 15.
13
Go to Step 14.
14
Replace the SENSORREGI. (REP5.11) Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5)
15
Go to Step 16.
16
2-60
Procedure
Check Items Check 24 VDC power supply to P/H MOTOR Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P409-6 <=> P409-5 on the PWBA MCU? Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 cables Disconnect the P/J409 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J409-1 <=> P604-6 J409-2 <=> P604-5 J409-3 <=> P604-4 J409-4 <=> P604-3 J409-5 <=> P604-2 J409-6 <=> P604-1 Check MOTOR-PH after replacement Replace the MOTOR-PH. (REP5.12) When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Check 24 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8 on the PWBA MCU? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 cables Disconnect P/J408 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J408-1 <=> J603-12 J408-2 <=> J603-11 Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H2 cables Disconnect the P/J603. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? P603-1 <=> P202-2 P603-2 <=> P202-1 Check CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI resistance Disconnect P/J202. Is the wiring resistance between both pins of the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI 144 Ohm 10% (20 degrees Celsius)?
Yes
No
17
Go to Step 18.
Go to Step 20.
18
Go to Step 19.
19
Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5)
Completed.
20
Go to Step 21.
21
22
Go to Step 23.
23
Go to Step 24.
24
Go to Step 20.
2-61
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 29 Regi Off Jam
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: ROLL ASSY PRE-REGI (PL5.2.12) ROLL-PINCH (PL5.2.13) ROLL-REGI METAL (PL5.2.4) ROLL REGI RUBBER (PL5.2.8) ACTUATOR-REGI (PL5.2.18) SENSOR REGI (PL5.2.19) MOTOR-PH (PL5.2.20) HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 (PL4.1.26) HARNESS-ASSY P/H2 (PL5.2.21) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10)
Yes
No
Paper size check Is the paper within specifications used? Check paper size setting Does the paper size used match the paper size set in the Control Panel? When a test print is performed by Diag. operation, does the error occur again? Check shape and operation of ROLL ASSY PRE-REGI and ROLL-PINCH Open the CHUTE ASSY-REAR (PL5.1.2). Are the ROLL ASSY PRE-REGI and ROLL-PINCH installed properly? Are they rotating smoothly free of dirt? Rotate the parts by hand to check. Check shape and operation of ROLL-REGI METAL and ROLL REGI RUBBER Open the CHUTE ASSY-REAR. Are the ROLL-REGI and ROLL REGI RUBBER installed properly? Are they rotating smoothly free of dirt? Rotate the parts by hand to check. Check operation of ACTUATOR-REGI Is the ACTUATOR-REGI operating smoothly without any damage? Does the ACTUATOR-REGI go into the detectable area of the sensor when there is paper and go out of the detectable area when there is no paper? Check operation of SENSOR REGI Is 0 VDC the voltage measured between P408-12 <=> P408-11 on the PWBA MCU when the ACTUATOR REGI is in the detectable area of the SENSOR REGI and 5 VDC when it is out of the area?
Go to Step 2.
Use paper within specifications. Change the paper size setting and go to Step 3. Completed.
Go to Step 4.
Go to Step 4.
Go to Step 5.
Replace/ reinstall the appropriate roll.
Go to Step 6.
Replace/ reinstall the appropriate roll.
Go to Step 7.
Replace the ACTUATORREGI. (REP5.10)
Go to Step 8.
Go to Step 11.
2-62
Procedure
Check Items Check 24 VDC power supply to MOTOR-PH Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P409-6 <=> P409-5 on the PWBA MCU? Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 cables Disconnect P/J405 and P/J604 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J409-1 <=> P604-6 J409-2 <=> P604-5 J409-3 <=> P604-4 J409-4 <=> P604-3 J409-5 <=> P604-2 J409-6 <=> P604-1 Check MOTOR-PH after replacement Replace the MOTOR-PH. (REP5.12) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR REGI Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P408-10 <=> P408-11 on the PWBA MCU? Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 cables Disconnect P/J408 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J408-10 <=> J603-3 J408-11 <=> J603-2 J408-12 <=> J603-1 Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H2 cables Disconnect P/J603 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? P603-10 <=> J102-3 P603-11 <=> J102-2 P603-12 <=> J102-1 Check 24 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8 on the PWBA MCU? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Check 5 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P410-3 <=> P410-4 on the PWBA MCU?
Yes
No
Go to Step 9.
Go to Step 14.
Go to Step 10.
10
Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Go to Step 12.
Completed.
11
Go to Step 16.
12
Go to Step 13.
13
Replace the SENSOR REGI. (REP5.11) Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5)
14
Go to Step 15.
15
16
Go to Step 17.
2-63
Procedure
Check Items Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4
Yes
No
17
2-64
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 30 Exit On Jam
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) ROLL-REGI METAL (PL5.2.4) ROLL REGI RUBBER (PL5.2.8) CLUTCH ASSY REGI (PL5.2.2) HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 (PL4.1.26) HARNESS-ASSY P/H2 (PL5.2.21) MOTOR-PH (PL5.2.20) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.4) 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) SHAFT-CENT 2ND (PL6.1.9) FRAME ASSY BTR (PL6.1.10) BEARING-BRUSH CAM (PL6.1.11) IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) SENSOR FUSER IN (PL6.1.3) HARNESS ASSY ADC (PL6.1.30) HARNESS ASSY 2BTR SENS (PL6.1.4) CAM ASSY-2ND (PL6.1.13) SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT (PL6.1.22) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) MOT ASSY MICRO (PL11.1.7) EXIT SENSOR (Sensor in the Fuser) MOT ASSY FSR (PL11.1.3) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.6) HARNESS ASSY MCU C/L (PL10.1.2)
Yes
No
Check paper status Is the paper in the paper tray crumpled or damaged? Check paper size setting Does the paper size used match the paper size set in the Control Panel? When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Check the paper in the gate on the FUSER ASSY WARNING: Perform servicing after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Is there the remaining paper in the gate on the FUSER ASSY? When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check shape and operation of ROLL-REGI METAL Open the CHUTE ASSY-REAR (PL5.1.2). Is the ROLL REGI RUBBER installed properly? Are they rotating smoothly free of dirt? Rotate the parts by hand to check. When a test print is performed, does the error occur again?
Go to Step 4.
Go to Step 4. Remove the remaining paper and go to Step 5. Go to Step 6.
Go to Step 6.
Completed. Replace the appropriate roll. Completed.
Go to Step 7.
Go to Step 8.
2-65
Procedure 8
Check Items Check paper position Is the paper lead edge before the REGI-ROLL? Check paper position Has the paper lead edge passed through the REGI-ROLL and before the Fuser Roll in the FUSER ASSY? Check operation of CLUTCH ASSY REGI Is the CLUTCH ASSY REGI operating properly? Perform a test print and check by the sound. Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 cables Disconnect P/J408 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J408-3 <=> J603-10 J408-4 <=> J603-9 Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H2 cables Disconnect P/J603. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? P603-3 <=> P203-2 P603-4 <=> P203-1 Check CLUTCH ASSY REGI resistance Disconnect P/J203. Is the wiring resistance between both pins of the CLUTCH ASSY REGI 144 Ohm 10% (20 degrees Celsius)? Check 24 VDC power supply to MOTOR-PH Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P409-6 <=> P409-5 on the PWBA MCU? Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 cables Disconnect P/J409 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? Are all the pins between the J409 <=> P604 conducting properly? Check MOTOR-PH after replacement Replace the MOTOR-PH. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check shape and operation of 2ND BTR ASSY Remove the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4) Is the 2ND BTR ASSY damaged? Are the SHAFT-CENT 2ND, FRAME ASSY BTR, and BEARING-BRUSH CAM damaged? Are they operating properly? Check IBT ASSY after replacement Replace the IBT ASSY. When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Check operation of SENSOR FUSER IN Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P418-2 <=> P418-1 on the PWBA MCU when paper is in the detectable area of the sensor and 0 VDC when it is out of the area?
Yes Go to Step 10.
No Go to Step 9.
Go to Step 17.
Go to Step 30.
10
Go to Step 14.
Go to Step 11.
11
Go to Step 12.
12
Go to Step 13.
Replace the HARNESSASSY P/H2. Replace the CLUTCH ASSY REGI. (REP5.5) Go to Step 36.
13
Go to Step 36.
14
Go to Step 15.
15
Go to Step 16.
16
Completed.
17
Go to Step 18.
Replace the 2ND BTR ASSY and appropriate parts.
18
Go to Step 19.
Completed.
19
Go to Step 23.
Go to Step 20.
2-66
Procedure
Check Items Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR FUSER IN Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P418-3 <=> P418-1 on the PWBA MCU? Check HARNESS ASSY ADC cables Disconnect P/J418 and P/J620 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J418-1 <=> J620-3 J418-2 <=> J620-2 J418-3 <=> J620-1 Check HARNESS ASSY 2BTR SENS cables Disconnect P/J620 on the HARNESS ASSY 2BTR SENS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? P620-1 <=> J111-3 P620-2 <=> J111-2 P620-3 <=> J111-1 Check shape and operation of CAM ASSY-2ND Is the CAM-ASSY-2ND operating smoothly without any damage? Does it go into the detectable area of the sensor? Check operation of SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT Remove the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4) Is 0 VDC the voltage measured between P418-6 <=> P418-5 on the PWBA MCU when the CAM ASSY-2ND is in the detectable area of the SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT and 5 VDC when it is out of the area? Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT Disconnect P/J418 on the PWBA MCU. Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P418-4 <=> P418-5 on the PWBA MCU? Check HARNESS ASSY ADC cables Disconnect P/J418 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J418-4 <=> J112-3 J418-5 <=> J112-2 J418-6 <=> J112-1 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J403 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J403-1 <=> J600-3 J403-2 <=> J600-2 J403-3 <=> J600-1 Check 24 VDC power supply to MOT ASSY MICRO (2ND BTR Retract Motor) Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P403-3 <=> P403-2 on the PWBA MCU? Check MOT ASSY MICRO after replacement Replace the MOT ASSY MICRO. (REP11.7) When a test print is performed, does the error occur again?
Yes
No
20
Go to Step 21.
Go to Step 39.
21
Go to Step 22.
Replace the HARNESS ASSY ADC.
22
Replace the SENSOR FUSER IN. (REP6.2)
Replace the HARNESS ASSY 2BTR SENS.
23
Go to Step 24.
Replace the CAM ASSY2ND. (REP6.5)
24
Go to Step 27.
Go to Step 25.
25
Go to Step 26.
Go to Step 39.
26
Replace the SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT. (REP6.9)
27
Go to Step 28.
28
Go to Step 29.
Go to Step 36.
29
Completed.
2-67
Procedure
Check Items Check operation of EXIT SENSOR in the FUSER ASSY Is 0 VDC the voltage measured between P417-8 <=> P417-7 on the PWBA MCU when the ACTUATOR is in the detectable area of the EXIT SENSOR and 5 VDC when it is out of the area? Check 5 VDC power supply to EXIT SENSOR in the FUSER ASSY WARNING: Perform servicing after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (REP10.1) Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between FUSER ASSY on the Main Unit and the connectors (PL10.1.2) J614A-7 <=> J614A-6? Check HARNESS ASSY FUSER SENS and HARNESS ASSY FUSER cables WARNING: Perform servicing after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (REP10.1) Disconnect P/J619 and P/J110 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? P619-1 <=> J110-3 P619-2 <=> J110-2 P619-3 <=> J110-1 J619-3 <=> P614A-7 J619-2 <=> P614A-8 J619-1 <=> P614A-9 Check shape and operation of FUSER ASSY parts WARNING: Perform servicing after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (REP10.1) Are the gears in the FUSER ASSY, the FUSER ROLL, the EXIT ROLL, and the PINCH ROLL installed properly? Are they rotating smoothly free of dirt? Rotate the parts by hand to check. Check 24 VDC power supply to MOT ASSY FSR (Fuser Motor) Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P404-6 <=> P404-5 on the PWBA MCU? Check MOT ASSY FSR after replacement Replace the MOT ASSY FSR. (REP11.3) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check 24 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8 on the PWBA MCU?
Yes
No
30
Go to Step 33.
Go to Step 31.
31
Go to Step 32.
Go to Step 38.
32
Replace the EXIT SENSOR.
Replace the FUSER ASSY. (REP10.1)
33
Go to Step 34.
34
Go to Step 35.
Go to Step 36.
35
Completed.
36
Go to Step 37.
2-68
Procedure
Check Items Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and the P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Check HARNESS ASSY MCU C/L cables WARNING: Perform servicing after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (REP10.1) Disconnect P/J417 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J417-6 <=> J614A-7 J417-7 <=> J614A-6 Check 5 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P410-3 <=> P410-4 on the PWBA MCU? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4
Yes
No
37
38
Go to Step 39.
39
Go to Step 40.
40
2-69
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 31 BTR 2 Jam
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) ROLL-REGI METAL (PL5.2.4) ROLL REGI RUBBER (PL5.2.8) CLUTCH ASSY REGI (PL5.2.2) HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 (PL4.1.26) HARNESS-ASSY P/H2 (PL5.2.21) MOTOR-PH (PL5.2.20) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.4) 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) SHAFT-CENT 2ND (PL6.1.9) FRAME ASSY BTR (PL6.1.10) BEARING-BRUSH CAM (PL6.1.11) IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) SENSOR FUSER IN (PL6.1.3) HARNESS ASSY ADC (PL6.1.30) HARNESS ASSY 2BTR SENS (PL6.1.4) CAM ASSY-2ND (PL6.1.13) SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT (PL6.1.22) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) MOT ASSY MICRO (PL11.1.7) EXIT SENSOR (Sensor in the Fuser) MOT ASSY FSR (PL11.1.3) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.6) HARNESS ASSY MCU C/L (PL10.1.2)
Yes
No
Check paper status Is the paper in the paper tray crumpled or damaged? Check paper size setting Does the paper size used match the paper size set in the Control Panel? When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Check the paper in the gate on the FUSER ASSY WARNING: Perform servicing after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Is there the remaining paper in the gate on the FUSER ASSY? When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check shape and operation of ROLL-REGI METAL Open the CHUTE ASSY-REAR (PL5.1.2). Is the ROLL REGI RUBBER installed properly? Are they rotating smoothly free of dirt? Rotate the parts by hand to check.
Go to Step 4.
Go to Step 4. Remove the remaining paper and go to Step 5. Go to Step 6.
Go to Step 6.
Completed. Replace the appropriate roll.
Go to Step 7.
2-70
Procedure 7 8
Check Items When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Check paper position Is the paper lead edge before the REGI-ROLL? Check paper position Has the paper lead edge passed through the REGI-ROLL and before the Fuser Roll in the FUSER ASSY? Check operation of CLUTCH ASSY REGI Is the CLUTCH ASSY REGI operating properly? Perform a test print and check by the sound. Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 cables Disconnect P/J408 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J408-3 <=> J603-10 J408-4 <=> J603-9 Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H2 cables Disconnect P/J603. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? P603-3 <=> P203-2 P603-4 <=> P203-1 Check CLUTCH ASSY REGI resistance Disconnect P/J203. Is the wiring resistance between both pins of the CLUTCH ASSY REGI 144 Ohm 10% (20 degrees Celsius)? Check 24 VDC power supply to MOTOR-PH Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P409-6 <=> P409-5 on the PWBA MCU? Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 cables Disconnect P/J409 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? Are all the pins between the J409 <=> P604 conducting properly? Check MOTOR-PH after replacement Replace the MOTOR-PH. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check shape and operation of 2ND BTR ASSY Remove the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4) Is the 2ND BTR ASSY damaged? Are the SHAFT-CENT 2ND, FRAME ASSY BTR, and BEARING-BRUSH CAM damaged? Are they operating properly? Check IBT ASSY after replacement Replace the IBT ASSY. When a test print is performed, does the error occur again?
Yes Go to Step 8. Go to Step 10.
No Completed. Go to Step 9.
Go to Step 17.
Go to Step 30.
10
Go to Step 14.
Go to Step 11.
11
Go to Step 12.
12
Go to Step 13.
Replace the HARNESSASSY P/H2. Replace the CLUTCH ASSY REGI. (REP5.5) Go to Step 36.
13
Go to Step 36.
14
Go to Step 15.
15
Go to Step 16.
16
Completed.
17
Go to Step 18.
Replace the 2ND BTR ASSY and appropriate parts.
18
Go to Step 19.
Completed.
2-71
Procedure
Check Items Check operation of SENSOR FUSER IN Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P418-2 <=> P418-1 on the PWBA MCU when paper is in the detectable area of the sensor and 0 VDC when it is out of the area? Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR FUSER IN Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P418-3 <=> P418-1 on the PWBA MCU? Check HARNESS ASSY ADC cables Disconnect P/J418 and P/J620 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J418-1 <=> J620-3 J418-2 <=> J620-2 J418-3 <=> J620-1 Check HARNESS ASSY 2BTR SENS cables Disconnect P/J620 on the HARNESS ASSY 2BTR SENS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? P620-1 <=> J111-3 P620-2 <=> J111-2 P620-3 <=> J111-1 Check shape and operation of CAM ASSY-2ND Is the CAM ASSY-2ND operating smoothly without any damage? Does it go into the detectable area of the sensor? Check operation of SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT Remove the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4) Is 0 VDC the voltage measured between P418-6 <=> P418-5 on the PWBA MCU when the CAM ASSY-2ND is in the detectable area of the SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT and 5 VDC when it is out of the area? Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT Disconnect P/J418 on the PWBA MCU. Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P418-4 <=> P418-5 on the PWBA MCU? Check HARNESS ASSY ADC cables Disconnect P/J418 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J418-4 <=> J112-3 J418-5 <=> J112-2 J418-6 <=> J112-1 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J403 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J403-1 <=> J600-3 J403-2 <=> J600-2 J403-3 <=> J600-1
Yes
No
19
Go to Step 23.
Go to Step 20.
20
Go to Step 21.
Go to Step 39.
21
Go to Step 22.
22
23
Go to Step 24.
Replace the CAM ASSY2ND (REP6.5)
24
Go to Step 27.
Go to Step 25.
25
Go to Step 26.
Go to Step 39.
26
Replace the SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT. (REP6.9)
27
Go to Step 28.
2-72
Procedure
Check Items Check 24 VDC power supply to MOT ASSY MICRO (2ND BTR Retract Motor) Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P403-3 <=> P403-2 on the PWBA MCU? Check MOT ASSY MICRO after replacement Replace the MOT ASSY MICRO. (REP11.7) When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Check operation of EXIT SENSOR in the FUSER ASSY Is 0 VDC the voltage measured between P417-8 <=> P417-7 on the PWBA MCU when the ACTUATOR is in the detectable area of the EXIT SENSOR and 5 VDC when it is out of the area? Check 5 VDC power supply to EXIT SENSOR in the FUSER ASSY WARNING: Perform servicing after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (REP10.1) Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between FUSER ASSY on the Main Unit and the connectors (PL10.1.2) J614A-7 <=> J614A-6? Check HARNESS ASSY FUSER SENS and HARNESS ASSY FUSER cables WARNING: Perform servicing after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (REP10.1) Disconnect P/J619 and P/J110 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? P619-1 <=> J110-3 P619-2 <=> J110-2 P619-3 <=> J110-1 J619-3 <=> P614A-7 J619-2 <=> P614A-8 J619-1 <=> P614A-9 Check shape and operation of FUSER ASSY parts WARNING: Perform servicing after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (REP10.1) Are the gears in the FUSER ASSY, the FUSER ROLL, the EXIT ROLL, and the PINCH ROLL installed properly? Are they rotating smoothly free of dirt? Rotate the parts by hand to check. Check 24 VDC power supply to MOT ASSY FSR (Fuser Motor) Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P404-6 <=> P404-5 on the PWBA MCU? Check MOT ASSY FSR after replacement Replace the MOT ASSY FSR. (REP11.3) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again?
Yes
No
28
Go to Step 29.
Go to Step 36.
29
Completed.
30
Go to Step 33.
Go to Step 31.
31
Go to Step 32.
Go to Step 38.
32
33
Go to Step 34.
34
Go to Step 35.
Go to Step 36.
35
Completed.
2-73
Procedure
Check Items Check 24 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8 on the PWBA MCU? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and the P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Check HARNESS ASSY MCU C/L cables WARNING: Perform servicing after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (REP10.1) Disconnect P/J417 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J417-6 <=> J614A-7 J417-7 <=> J614A-6 Check 5 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P410-3 <=> P410-4 on the PWBA MCU? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4
No
36
Go to Step 37.
37
38
Go to Step 39.
39
Go to Step 40.
40
2-74
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 32 OHP (lead) Jam
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: SENSOR OHP (PL5.2.16) HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 (PL4.1.23) HARNESS-ASSY P/H2 (PL5.2.21) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
Yes
No
Check transparency setting Does the transparency used match the NVRAM setting (setting for enabling/disabling the transparencies with/ without a white frame to run)?
Go to Step 3.
Replace the transparency used with paper that matches the NVRAM setting, or change the NVRAM setting and go to Step 2. Completed.
When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Check SENSOR OHP surface for dirt / foreign substances Open the COVER-P/H (PL5.1.1). Is there dirt/foreign substances on the surface of the SENSOR OHP? When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Check operation of SENSOR OHP Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P408-8 <=> P408-7 on the PWBA MCU when white paper (except transparencies) is in the detectable area of the sensor and 0 VDC when it is out of the area? Check power supply to SENSOR OHP Disconnect the P/J408 on the PWBA MCU. Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P408-9 <=> P408-7 on the PWBA MCU? Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 cables Disconnect P/J408 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J408-7 <=> J603-6 J408-8 <=> J603-5 J408-9 <=> J603-4 Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H2 cables Disconnect P/J603 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? P603-7 <=> J101-3 P603-8 <=> J101-2 P603-9 <=> J101-1
Go to Step 3. Clean to remove the dirt/ foreign substances and go to Step 4. Go to Step 5. Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5)
Go to Step 5.
Completed.
Go to Step 6.
Go to Step 7.
Go to Step 9.
Go to Step 8.
Replace the SENSOR OHP. (REP5.8)
2-75
Procedure
Check Items Check 5 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P410-3 <=> P410-4 on the PWBA MCU? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4
No
Go to Step 10.
10
2-76
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 34 Fuser In On Jam
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: ROLL-REGI METAL (PL5.2.4) ROLL REGI RUBBER (PL5.2.8) 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) SHAFT-CENT 2ND (PL6.1.9) FRAME ASSY BTR (PL6.1.10) BEARING-BRUSH CAM (PL6.1.11) IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) SENSOR FUSER IN (PL6.1.3) HARNESS ASSY ADC (PL6.1.30) HARNESS ASSY 2BTR SENS (PL6.1.4) CAM ASSY-2ND (PL6.1.13) SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT (PL6.1.22) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.4) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.6) MOT ASSY MICRO (PL11.1.7) CLUTCH ASSY REGI (PL5.2.2) HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 (PL4.1.26) HARNESS-ASSY P/H2 (PL5.2.21) MOTOR-PH (PL5.2.20)
Yes
No
Check paper status Is the paper in the paper tray crumpled or damaged? Check paper size setting Does the paper size used match the paper size set in the Control Panel? When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Check shape and operation of ROLL-REGI METAL Open the CHUTE ASSY-REAR (PL5.1.2). Is the ROLL REGI RUBBER installed properly? Are they rotating smoothly free of dirt? Rotate the parts by hand to check. When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Check paper position Has the paper lead edge passed through the REGI ROLL? Check shape and operation of 2ND BTR ASSY Remove the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4) Is the 2ND BTR ASSY damaged? Are the SHAFT-CENT 2ND, FRAME ASSY BTR, and BEARING-BRUSH CAM damaged? Are they operating properly?
Go to Step 4.
Go to Step 4.
Go to Step 5.
5 6
Completed. Go to Step 24. Replace the 2ND BTR ASSY and appropriate parts.
Go to Step 8.
2-77
Procedure
Check Items Check IBT ASSY after replacement Replace the IBT ASSY. When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Check operation of SENSOR FUSER IN Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P418-2 <=> P418-1 on the PWBA MCU when paper is in the detectable area of the sensor and 0 VDC when it is out of the area? Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR FUSER IN Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P418-3 <=> P418-1 on the PWBA MCU? Check HARNESS ASSY ADC cables Disconnect P/J418 and P/J620 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J418-1 <=> J620-3 J418-2 <=> J620-2 J418-3 <=> J620-1 Check HARNESS ASSY 2BTR SENS cables Disconnect P/J620 on the HARNESS ASSY 2BTR SENS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? P620-1 <=> J111-3 P620-2 <=> J111-2 P620-3 <=> J111-1 Check shape and operation of CAM ASSY-2ND Is the CAM-ASSY-2ND operating smoothly without any damage? Does it go into the detectable area of the sensor? Check operation of SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT Remove the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4) Is 0 VDC the voltage measured between P418-6 <=> P418-5 on the PWBA MCU when the CAM ASSY-2ND Actuator is in the detectable area of the SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT and 5 VDC when it is out of the area? Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT Disconnect P/J418 on the PWBA MCU. Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P418-4 <=> P418-5 on the PWBA MCU? Check HARNESS ASSY ADC cables Disconnect P/J418 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J418-4 <=> J112-3 J418-5 <=> J112-2 J418-6 <=> J112-1 Check 5 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P410-3 <=> P410-4 on the PWBA MCU?
Yes
No
Go to Step 9.
Completed.
Go to Step 13.
Go to Step 10.
10
Go to Step 11.
Go to Step 17.
11
Go to Step 12.
12
13
Go to Step 14.
Replace the CAM ASSY2ND. (REP6.5)
14
Go to Step 19.
Go to Step 15.
15
Go to Step 16.
Go to Step 17.
16
Replace the SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT. (REP6.9) Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5)
17
Go to Step 18.
2-78
Procedure
Check Items Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J403 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J403-1 <=> J600-3 J403-2 <=> J600-2 J403-3 <=> J600-1 Check 24 VDC power supply to MOT ASSY MICRO (2nd BTR Retract Motor) Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P403-3 <=> P403-2 on the PWBA MCU? Check MOT ASSY MICRO after replacement Replace the MOT ASSY MICRO. (REP11.7) When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Check 24 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8 on the PWBA MCU? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Check operation of CLUTCH ASSY REGI Is the CLUTCH ASSY REGI operating properly? Perform a test print and check by the sound. Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 cables Disconnect P/J408 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J408-3 <=> J603-10 J408-4 <=> J603-9 Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H2 cables Disconnect P/J603. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? P603-3 <=> P203-2 P603-4 <=> P203-1 Check CLUTCH ASSY REGI resistance Disconnect P/J203. Is the wiring resistance between both pins of the CLUTCH ASSY REGI 144 Ohm 10% (20 degrees Celsius)?
Yes
No
18
19
Go to Step 20.
20
Go to Step 21.
Go to Step 22.
21
Completed.
22
Go to Step 23.
23
24
Go to Step 28.
Go to Step 25.
25
Go to Step 26.
26
Go to Step 27.
Replace the HARNESSASSY P/H2. Replace the CLUTCH ASSY REGI. (REP5.5)
27
Go to Step 22.
2-79
Procedure
Check Items Check 24 VDC power supply to MOTOR-PH Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P409-6 <=> P409-5 on the PWBA MCU? Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 cables Disconnect the P/J409 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J409-1 <=> P604-6 J409-2 <=> P604-5 J409-3 <=> P604-4 J409-4 <=> P604-3 J409-5 <=> P604-2 J409-6 <=> P604-1 Check MOTOR-PH after replacement Replace the MOTOR-PH. (REP5.12) When a test print is performed, does the error occur again?
Yes
No
28
Go to Step 29.
Go to Step 22.
29
Go to Step 30.
30
Completed.
2-80
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 35 Exit Off Jam
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: EXIT SENSOR (Sensor in the Fuser) FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) HARNESS ASSY MCU C/L (PL10.1.2) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) MOT ASSY FSR (PL11.1.3)
Yes
No
Check paper status Is the paper in the paper tray crumpled or damaged? Check paper size setting Does the paper size used match the paper size set in the Control Panel? When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Check the paper in the gate on the FUSER ASSY WARNING: Perform servicing after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (REP10.1) Is there the remaining paper in the gate on the FUSER ASSY? When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Check shape and operation of ACTUATOR at the EXIT SENSOR Is the ACTUATOR operating smoothly? Does it go into the detectable area of the EXIT SENSOR? Check operation of EXIT SENSOR in the FUSER ASSY Is 0 VDC the voltage measured between P417-8 <=> P417-7 on the PWBA MCU when the EXIT SENSOR ACTUATOR goes into the detectable area of the EXIT SENSOR when there is no paper and 5 VDC when it is out of the area when there is paper? Check 5 VDC power supply to EXIT SENSOR in the FUSER ASSY WARNING: Perform servicing after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (REP10.1) Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between the connectors J614A-7 <=> J614A-6 to the FUSER ASSY on the Main Unit?
Go to Step 4.
Go to Step 4.
Remove the paper and go to Step 5.
Go to Step 6.
Go to Step 6.
Completed. Replace the FUSER ASSY. (REP10.1)
Go to Step 7.
Go to Step 13.
Go to Step 8.
Go to Step 9.
Go to Step 10.
2-81
Procedure
Check Items Check HARNESS ASSY FUSER SENS and HARNESS ASSY FUSER in the FUSER ASSY cables WARNING: Perform servicing after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (REP10.1) Disconnect the P/J619 and P/J110 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? P619-1 <=> J110-3 P619-2 <=> J110-2 P619-3 <=> J110-1 J619-3 <=> P614A-7 J619-2 <=> P614A-8 J619-1 <=> P614A-9 Check HARNESS ASSY MCU C/L cables WARNING: Perform servicing after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (REP10.1) Disconnect P/J417 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J417-6 <=> J614A-7 J417-7 <=> J614A-6 Check 5 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P410-3 <=> P410-4 on the PWBA MCU? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 Check shape and operation of FUSER ASSY parts WARNING:Perform servicing after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (REP10.1) Are the gears in the FUSER ASSY, the FUSER ROLL, the EXIT ROLL, and the PINCH ROLL installed properly? Are they rotating smoothly free of dirt? Rotate the parts by hand to check. Check 24 VDC power supply to MOT ASSY FSR (Fuser Motor) Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P404-6 <=> P404-5 on the PWBA MCU? Check MOT ASSY FSR after replacement Replace the MOT ASSY FSR. (REP11.3) When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Check 24 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8 on the PWBA MCU?
Yes
No
10
Go to Step 11.
11
Go to Step 12.
12
13
Go to Step 14.
14
Go to Step 15.
Go to Step 16.
15
Completed.
16
Go to Step 17.
2-82
Procedure
Check Items Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8
Yes
No
17
2-83
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 36 Duplex Regi On Jam
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: ROLLER ASSY INVERTER (PL13.2.21) ROLL PINCH DUP (PL13.2.23) ROLL ASSY PINCH DUP (PL13.2.29) FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) MOTOR ASSY DUP INV (PL13.2.18) ROLLER ASSY DUP (PL13.4.1) ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT (PL13.4.17) ROLL PINCH DUP (PL13.4.2) MOTOR ASSY DUP (PL13.4.14) PWBA DUP-L (PL13.4.13) ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI (PL5.2.12) ROLL-PINCH (PL5.2.13) ACTUATOR-REGI (PL5.2.18) SENSOR REGI (PL5.2.19) HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 (PL4.1.26) HARNESS-ASSY P/H2 (PL5.2.21) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) MOTOR-PH (PL5.2.20) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI (PL5.2.22) Check SENSOR UPPER PASS paper Open the Duplex. Is there remaining paper in the SENSOR UPPER PASS? Check installation of Duplex Open the Duplex and close it. Disconnect and reconnect the connector between the Duplex and Main Unit. When a test print is performed for duplex print, does the error occur again? Check ROLLER ASSY INVERTER, ROLL PINCH DUP, and ROLL ASSY PINCH DUP Open the Duplex. Are the ROLLER ASSY INVERTER, ROLL PINCH DUP, and ROLL ASSY PINCH DUP installed properly? Are they rotating smoothly free of dirt? Rotate the parts by hand to check. When a test print is performed for duplex print, does the error occur again? Check paper position Has the paper lead edge passed through the ROLLER ASSY INVERTER?
Yes
No
Remove the remaining paper and go to Step 2.
Go to Step 9.
Go to Step 3.
Completed.
Go to Step 5.
Replace/ reinstall the appropriate ROLL and go to Step 4.
Go to Step 5.
Go to Step 6.
2-84
Procedure
Check Items Check the drive transmission of the ROLLER ASSY INVERTER. Open the Duplex. Remove the COVER-INV (PL13.2.1), COVER-RDUP (PL3.1.2), and COVER-L DUP (PL3.1.3). (REP13.4/ REP13.2/REP13.3) Are all the gears which transmit the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV rotation to the ROLLER ASSY INVERTER rotating smoothly? Rotate the gears by hand to check. Check operation of MOTOR ASSY DUP INV Is the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV rotating properly? Check it by Diag. operations. Check MOTOR ASSY DUP INV after replacement Replace the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV. (REP13.10) When a test print is performed for duplex print, does the error occur again? Check SENSOR LOW PASS paper Open the Duplex. Is there remaining paper in the SENSOR LOW PASS? Check ROLLER ASSY DUP, ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT, and ROLL PINCH DUP Open the Duplex. Are the ROLLER ASSY DUT, ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT, and ROLL PINCH DUP installed properly? Are they rotating smoothly free of dirt? Rotate the parts by hand to check. When a test print is performed for duplex print, does the error occur again? Check the drive transmission to the ROLLER ASSY DUP. Open the Duplex. Remove the COVER-L DUP. (REP13.3) Are all the gears which transmit the MOTOR ASSY DUP (Lower Roll Motor) rotation to the ROLLER ASSY DUP rotating smoothly? Rotate the gears by hand to check. Check operation of MOTOR ASSY DUP Is the MOTOR ASSY DUP rotating properly? Check it by Diag. operations. Check MOTOR ASSY DUP (Lower Roll Motor) after replacement Replace the MOTOR ASSY DUP. (REP13.26) When a test print is performed for duplex print, does the error occur again?
Yes
No
Go to Step 7.
Replace the appropriate gear.
Go to Step 9.
Go to Step 8.
Go to Step 9.
Completed.
Go to Step 16.
10
Go to Step 12.
Replace/ reinstall the appropriate ROLL and go to Step 11.
11
Go to Step 12.
Completed.
12
Go to Step 13.
13
Go to Step 15.
Go to Step 14.
14
Go to Step 15.
Completed.
2-85
Procedure
Check Items Check PWBA DUP-L after replacement Replace the PWBA DUP-L. (REP13.25) When a test print is performed for duplex print, does the error occur again? Check shape and operation of ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI and ROLL-PINCH Open the CHUTE ASSY-REAR (PL5.1.2). Are the ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI and ROLL-PINCH installed properly? Are they rotating smoothly free of dirt? Rotate the parts by hand to check. When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Check paper position Has the paper lead edge passed through the PRE REGI ROLL? Check operation of ACTUATOR-REGI Is the ACTUATOR-REGI operating smoothly without any damage? Does the ACTUATOR-REGI go into the detectable area of the sensor when there is paper and go out of the detectable area when there is no paper? Check operation of SENSOR REGI Is 0 VDC the voltage measured between P408-12 <=> P408-11 on the PWBA MCU when the ACTUATOR REGI is in the detectable area of the sensor and 5 VDC when it is out of the area? Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR REGI Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P408-10 <=> P408-11 on the PWBA MCU? Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 cables Disconnect P/J408 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J408-10 <=> J603-3 J408-11 <=> J603-2 J408-12 <=> J603-1 Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H2 cables Disconnect P/J603 and P/J102 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? P603-10 <=> J102-3 P603-11 <=> J102-2 P603-12 <=> J102-1 Check 5 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P410-3 <=> P410-4 on the PWBA MCU?
Yes
No
15
Go to Step 16.
Completed.
16
Go to Step 17.
17 18
19
Go to Step 20.
Replace the ACTUATORREGI (REP5.10)
20
Go to Step 26.
Go to Step 21.
21
Go to Step 22.
Go to Step 24.
22
Go to Step 23.
23
Replace the SENSOR REGI (REP5.11) Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5)
24
Go to Step 25.
2-86
Procedure
Check Items Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 Check 24 VDC power supply to P/H MOTOR Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P409-6 <=> P409-5 on the PWBA MCU? Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 cables Disconnect P/J409 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J409-1 <=> P604-6 J409-2 <=> P604-5 J409-3 <=> P604-4 J409-4 <=> P604-3 J409-5 <=> P604-2 J409-6 <=> P604-1 Check MOTOR-PH after replacement Replace the MOTOR-PH. (REP5.12) When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Check 24 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8 on the PWBA MCU? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 cables Disconnect P/J408 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J408-1 <=> J603-12 J408-2 <=> J603-11 Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H2 cables Disconnect P/J603. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? P603-1 <=> P202-2 P603-2 <=> P202-1 Check CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI resistance Disconnect P/J202. Is the wiring resistance between both pins of the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI 144 Ohm 10% (20 degrees Celsius)?
Yes
No
25
26
Go to Step 27.
Go to Step 29.
27
Go to Step 28.
28
Completed.
29
Go to Step 30.
30
31
Go to Step 32.
32
Go to Step 33.
33
Go to Step 29.
2-87
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 37 Duplex Out On Jam
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: SENSOR LOW PASS (PL13.3.11) ROLLER ASSY DUP (PL13.4.1) ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT (PL13.4.17) ROLL PINCH DUP (PL13.4.2) ACTUATOR DUP (PL13.3.9) MOTOR ASSY DUP (PL13.4.14) HARNESS-ASSY DUP2 (PL13.3.22) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) PWBA DUP-L (PL13.4.13) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) Check SENSOR LOW PASS paper Open the Duplex. Is there remaining paper in the SENSOR LOW PASS? Check ROLLER ASSY DUP, ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT, and ROLL PINCH DUP Open the Duplex. Are the ROLLER ASSY DUT, ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT, and ROLL PINCH DUP installed properly? Are they rotating smoothly free of dirt? Rotate the parts by hand to check. When a test print is performed for duplex print, does the error occur again? Check the drive transmission to the ROLLER ASSY DUP. Open the Duplex. Remove the COVER-L DUP. (REP13.3) Are all the gears which transmit the MOTOR ASSY DUP (Lower Roll Motor) rotation to the ROLLER ASSY DUP rotating smoothly? Rotate the gears by hand to check. Check operation of MOTOR ASSY DUP Is the MOTOR ASSY DUP rotating properly? Check it by Diag. operations. Check operation of ACTUATOR DUP Is the ACTUATOR DUP operating smoothly without any damage? And does the ACTUATOR DUP go out of the detectable area of the sensor when there is paper and go into the detectable area when there is no paper? Check operation of SENSOR LOW PASS Is 0 VDC the voltage measured between P443-15 <=> P443-14 on the PWBA DUP-L when the ACTUATOR is in the detectable area of the SENSOR LOW PASS and 5 VDC when it is out of the area?
Yes
No
Go to Step 2.
Go to Step 4.
Replace/ reinstall the appropriate roll and go to Step 3.
Go to Step 4.
Completed.
Go to Step 5.
Go to Step 6.
Go to Step 11.
Go to Step 7.
Replace the ACTUATOR DUP. (REP13.15)
Go to Step 8.
Go to Step 12.
2-88
Procedure
Check Items Check HARNESS-ASSY DUP2 cables Disconnect P/J443 on the PWBA DUP-L. Are all the pins between J443 <=> P607 conducting properly? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J420 on the PWBA MCU. Are all the pins between J420 <=> J607 conducting properly? Check PWBA DUP-L after replacement Replace the PWBA DUP-L. (REP13.25) When a test print is performed for duplex print, does the error occur again? Check MOTOR ASSY DUP (Lower Roll Motor) after replacement Replace the MOTOR ASSY DUP. (REP13.26) When a test print is performed for duplex print, does the error occur again? Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR LOW PASS Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P443-13 <=> P443-14 on the PWBA DUP-L? Check HARNESS-ASSY DUP2 cables Disconnect P/J443 on the PWBA DUP-L. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J443-13 <=> J123-3 J443-14 <=> J123-2 J443-15 <=> J123-1 Check 5 VDC power supply to PWBA DUP-L Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P443-7 <=> P443-8 on the PWBA DUP-L? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J420 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J420-6 <=> J607-7 J420-5 <=> J607-8 Check 5 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P410-3 <=> P410-4 on the PWBA MCU? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4
Yes
No Replace the HARNESSASSY DUP2. Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Go to Step 9.
Go to Step 10.
10
Completed.
11
Go to Step 10.
Completed.
12
Go to Step 13.
Go to Step 14.
13
SENSOR LOW PASS SENSOR REGI (REP13.16) Replace the PWBA DUP-L. (REP13.25)
Replace the HARNESSASSY DUP2.
14
Go to Step 15.
15
Go to Step 16.
16
Go to Step 17.
17
2-89
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 38 Duplex In On Jam
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: SENSOR UPPER PASS (PL13.2.10) ROLLER ASSY INVERTER (PL13.2.21) ROLL PINCH DUP (PL13.2.23) ROLL ASSY PINCH DUP (PL13.2.29) FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) ACTUATOR INV (PL13.2.9) MOTOR ASSY DUP INV (PL13.2.18) HARNESS-ASSY DUP1 (PL13.2.28) HARNESS ASSY DUP2 (PL13.3.22) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) PWBA DUP-L (PL13.4.13) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) Check SENSOR UPPER PASS paper Open the Duplex. Is there remaining paper in the SENSOR UPPER PASS? Check installation of Duplex Open the Duplex and close it. Disconnect and reconnect the connector between the Duplex and Main Unit. When a test print is performed for duplex print, does the error occur again? Check ROLLER ASSY INVERTER, ROLL PINCH DUP, and ROLL ASSY PINCH DUP Open the Duplex. Are the ROLLER ASSY INVERTER, ROLL PINCH DUP, and ROLL ASSY PINCH DUP installed properly? Are they rotating smoothly free of dirt? Rotate the parts by hand to check. When a test print is performed for duplex print, does the error occur again? Check paper position Has the paper lead edge passed through the ROLLER ASSY INVERTER? Check the drive transmission of the ROLLER ASSY INVERTER. Open the Duplex. Remove the COVER-INV (PL13.2.1), COVER-RDUP (PL3.1.2), and COVER-L DUP (PL3.1.3). (REP13.4/ REP13.2/REP13.3) Are all the gears which transmit the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV rotation to the ROLLER ASSY INVERTER rotating smoothly? Rotate the gears by hand to check.
Yes
No
Go to Step 2.
Go to Step 3.
Completed.
Go to Step 5.
Replace/ reinstall the appropriate roll and go to Step 4.
Go to Step 5.
Go to Step 6.
Go to Step 7.
2-90
Procedure
Check Items Check operation of MOTOR ASSY DUP INV Is the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV rotating properly? Check it by Diag. operations. Check operation of ACTUATOR INV Is the ACTUATOR INV operating smoothly without any damage? Does the ACTUATOR go out of the detectable area of the Sensor when there is paper and go into the detectable area when there is no paper? Check operation of SENSOR UPPER PASS Is 0 VDC the voltage measured between P444-10 <=> P444-9 on the PWBA DUP-L when the ACTUATOR is in the detectable area of the SENSOR UPPER PASS and 5 VDC when it is out of the area? Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR UPPER PASS Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P444-8 <=> P444-9 on the PWBA DUP-L? Check HARNESS-ASSY DUP1 cables Disconnect P/J444 on the PWBA DUP-L. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J444-6 <=> J124-3 J444-7 <=> J124-2 J444-8 <=> J124-1 Check MOTOR ASSY DUP INV after replacement Replace the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV. (REP13.10) When a test print is performed for duplex print, does the error occur again? Check PWBA DUP-L after replacement Replace the PWBA DUP-L. (REP13.25) When a test print is performed for duplex print, does the error occur again? Check HARNESS ASSY DUP2 cables Disconnect P/J443 on the PWBA DUP-L. Are all the pins between J443 <=> P607 conducting properly? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J420 on the PWBA MCU. Are all the pins between J420 <=> J607 conducting properly? Check 5 VDC power supply to PWBA DUP-L Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P443-7 <=> P443-8 on the PWBA DUP-L? Check HARNESS ASSY DUP2 cables Disconnect P/J443 on the PWBA DUP-L. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J443-7 <=> P607-6 J443-8 <=> P607-5
Yes
No
Go to Step 8.
Go to Step 12.
Go to Step 9.
Replace the ACTUATOR INV. (REP13.8)
Go to Step 13.
Go to Step 10.
10
Go to Step 11.
Go to Step 16.
11
Replace the SENSOR PHOTO (REP13.9)
12
Go to Step 13.
Completed.
13
Go to Step 14.
Completed.
14
Go to Step 15.
Replace the HARNESS ASSY DUP2. Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
15
Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Replace the PWBA DUP-L. (REP13.25)
16
Go to Step 17.
17
Go to Step 18.
Replace the HARNESS ASSY DUP2.
2-91
Procedure
Check Items Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J420 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J420-6 <=> J607-7 J420-5 <=> J607-8 Check 5 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P410-3 <=> P410-4 on the PWBA MCU? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4
Yes
No
18
Go to Step 19.
19
Go to Step 20.
20
2-92
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 39 Static Jam
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: SENSOR LOW PASS (PL13.3.11) SENSOR UPPER PASS (PL13.2.10) SENSOR T/R (PL14.4.7) SENSOR OHP (PL5.2.16) SENSOR REGI (PL5.2.19) SENSOR FUSER IN (PL6.1.3) EXIT SENSOR (Sensor in the Fuser) Check LCD display Identify the faulty sensor with the LCD display. "Open D and C Clear jam" : SENSOR LOW PASS (PL13.3.11) "Open Unit D Clear jam" : SENSOR UPPER PASS (PL13.2.10) "Open Cover G Clear jam" : SENSOR T/R (PL14.4.7) No LCD Display: SENSOR OHP (PL5.2.16) "Open Cover E Clear jam" or "Open Unit D Clear Area E" : REGI (PL5.2.19) "Open Cover F Clear jam" or "Open Unit D Clear Area F" : SENSOR FUSER IN (PL6.1.3) "Open Cover A Clear jam" or "Open Unit D Clear jam" : EXIT SENSOR (Sensor in the Fuser) Is there remaining paper in the faulty sensor? When a test print is performed, does the error occur again? Check operation of faulty sensor (1) Does the ACTUATOR move smoothly without any damage? Or is the light receptor of the sensor dirty? Check operation of faulty sensor (2) Is 0 VDC the voltage measured on the common line and signal line to each Sensor on the PWBA MCU when paper is detected by the Sensor and 0 VDC when it is not detected?
Yes
No
Go to Step 3.
Go to Step 3.
Completed. Reinstall or replace the ACTUATOR and clean the receptor.
Go to Step 4.
Replace the faulty sensor.
2-93
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 40 Communication Error Feeder
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) HARNESS-ASSY FEED 1 (PL14.3.14) HARNESS-ASSY FEED 2 (PL14.3.22) PWBA TRAY 500 (PL14.3.3) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
Yes
No
Check installation of feeder to Main Unit Remove/reinstall the feeder. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Remove the feeder from the Main Unit. Disconnect P/J421 on the PWBA MCU. Are all the pins between the J421 <=> J608 (connectors to the feeder) conducting properly? Identify the feeder with an error When two feeders are installed: Remove the Tray 2 feeder. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? When one feeder is installed: When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check HARNESS-ASSY FEED 1 cables on the feeder Remove the feeder. Disconnect the P/J435 on the PWBA TRAY 500. Are all the pins between the J435 <=> P608 (connectors on the feeder to the Main Unit) conducting properly? Check PWBA TRAY CONT after replacement Replace the PWBA TRAY CONT (REP3.12). When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check PWBA MCU after replacement Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Are all the pins between the J410 <=> J502 conducting properly? Check HARNESS-ASSY FEED 2 cables on the Tray 1 feeder Remove the feeder. Disconnect P/J436 on the PWBA TRAY CONT. Are all the pins between the J436 <=> J4358 (connectors of the feeder on Tray 2 to the Main Unit) conducting properly?
Go to Step 2.
Completed.
Go to Step 3.
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. When two feeders are installed, go to Step 8. When one feeder is installed, procedure is completed. Replace the HARNESSASSY FEED 1. (REP14.16)
For both cases where one feeder is installed or two feeders are installed, go to Step 4.
Go to Step 5.
Go to Step 6.
Completed.
Go to Step 7.
Completed.
Go to Step 9.
2-94
Procedure
Check Items Check HARNESS-ASSY FEED 1 cables on the Tray 2 feeder Remove the feeder. Disconnect P/J435 on the PWBA TRAY CONT. Are all the pins between the J435 <=> P608 (connectors of the feeder on Tray 1 to the Main Unit) conducting properly?
Yes
No
Go to Step 5.
2-95
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 41 Communication Error Duplex
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) HARNESS-ASSY DUP2 (PL13.3.22) PWBA DUP-L (PL13.4.13) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) Check installation of Duplex to the Main Unit Remove/reinstall the Duplex. Reconnect the connector (P/J607) to the Main Unit. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Open the Duplex to disconnect the connector to the Main Unit. Disconnect P/J420 on the PWBA MCU. Are all the pins between the J420 <=> J607 conducting properly? Check Duplex HARNESS-ASSY DUP2 cables Open the Duplex to disconnect the connector to the Main Unit. Disconnect P/J443 on the PWBA DUP-L. Are all the pins between J443 <=> P607 conducting properly? Check PWBA DUP-L after replacement Replace the PWBA DUP-L. (REP13.25) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check PWBA MCU after replacement Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Are all the pins between the J410 <=> J502 conducting properly?
Yes
No
Go to Step 2.
Completed.
Go to Step 3.
Go to Step 4.
Go to Step 5.
Completed.
Go to Step 6.
Completed.
2-96
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 42 PAGE Timeout
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: FFC-ASSY ESS (PL12.2.5) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.4) PWBA ESS (PL12.2.7) Check connection of FFC-ASSY ESS When a test print is performed after reconnecting the PWBA MCU and the FFC-ASSY ESS on the PWBA ESS, does the error occur again? Check FFC-ASSY ESS Check the FFC-ASSY ESS for damage or poor circuit. Check PWBA MCU after replacement Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) When a test print is performed, does the error occur again?
Yes
No
Go to Step 2.
Completed.
Go to Step 3.
Replace the FFC-ASSY ESS (REP12.7)
Replace the PWBA ESS. (REP12.7)
Completed.
2-97
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 43 NVRAM Error
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: PWBA MCU (PL12.2.4)
Yes
No
1 2 3
When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? When the power is turned ON again, does the error occur again? Does the error persist after the power is turned ON/OFF for several times? Disconnect all the connectors to the PWBA MCU and reconnect them. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check PWBA MCU after replacement Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again?
Go to Step 4. Go to Step 4. Go to Step 4.
Go to Step 2. Go to Step 3. Completed.*
Go to Step 5. Go to FIP-1 81 Electrical Noise.
Completed.
Completed.
NOTE NOTE
*1:
This may be caused by external noises. Go to "FIP-1 81 Electrical Noise" to check.
If "NVRAM Error" occured right after replacing the PWBA MCU, the PWBA MCU may be a used one. Replace with a new PWBA MCU. The PWBA MCU that has been installed on another machine cannot be used without reconfiguration.
2-98
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 44 TR0 Failure
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) SENSOR TR-0 (PL7.1.2) HARNESS-ASSY XERO (PL7.1.12) MOTOR ASSY P/R (PL11.1.6) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
Yes
No
Check installation of IBT ASSY Reinstall the IBT ASSY. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check operation of IBT ASSY Is the IBT ASSY Drum rotating? Check silver seal on the belt in the IBT ASSY for dirt Remove the IBT ASSY. Rotate the IBT ASSY gear until the silver seal on the belt can be seen. Is the silver seal dirty? Check installation of SENSOR TR-0 (TR0 Sensor) Remove the IBT ASSY. Is the SENSOR TR-0 installed properly? Check surface of SENSOR TR-0 for dirt and foreign substances Remove the IBT ASSY. Is there dirt or foreign substances on the surface of the SENSOR TR-0? When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check operation of SENSOR TR-0 Remove the IBT ASSY. Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P416-2 <=> P416-3 on the PWBA MCU when a reflective object such as silver paper is placed close to the detectable area of the SENSOR TR-0 and 0 VDC when it is distanced? Check 5 VCD power supply to SENSOR TR-0 Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P416-1 <=> P416-3 on the PWBA MCU? Check HARNESS-ASSY XERO cables Disconnect P/J416 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J416-1 <=> J108-3 J416-2 <=> J108-2 J416-3 <=> J108-1
Go to Step 2.
Completed.
Go to Step 3.
Go to Step 10.
Replace the IBT ASSY.
Go to Step 4.
Go to Step 5. Clean to remove the dirt/ foreign substances and go to Step 6. Go to Step 7.
Reinstall and go to Step 5.
Go to Step 7.
Completed.
Go to Step 8.
Go to Step 9.
Go to Step 14.
Replace the SENSOR TR-0. (REP7.1)
2-99
Procedure
Check Items Check MOTOR ASSY P/R after replacement Replace the MOTOR ASSY P/R. (REP11.6) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check 24 VDC power supply to MOTOR ASSY P/R 24 VDC Disconnect P/J201 of the MOTOR ASSY P/R. Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between J201-1 <=> J201-2? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J403 on the PWBA MCU. Are all the pins between the J403 <=> J200 conducting properly? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Remove P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J502-9 <=> J201-1 J502-10 <=> J201-2 Check 5 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P410-3 <=> P410-4 on the PWBA MCU? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4
Yes
No
10
Go to Step 11.
Completed.
11
Go to Step 12.
Go to Step 13.
12
13
Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5)
14
Go to Step 15.
15
2-100
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 45 ROS Motor Failure
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
Yes
No
Check installation of ROS ASSY Reinstall the ROS ASSY. (REP8.1) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Remove the ROS ASSY. (REP8.1) Disconnect P/J407 on the PWBA MCU. Are all the pins between the J407 <=> J601 conducting properly? Check 5 VDC power supply to ROS and PWB SOS Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P407-16 <=> P407-14 on the PWBA MCU? Check PWBA MCU after replacement Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check ROS ASSY after replacement Replace the ROS ASSY. (REP8.1) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check 5 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P410-3 <=> P410-4 on the PWBA MCU? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4
Go to Step 2.
Completed.
Go to Step 3.
Go to Step 4.
Go to Step 6.
Go to Step 5. Go to FIP-1 81 Electrical Noise. Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5)
Completed.
Completed.
Go to Step 7.
2-101
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 46 Deve Home Position Sensor Error
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: MOTOR ASSY MAG (PL11.1.4) SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI (PL9.1.18) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) Check installation of FRAME ASSY ROTARY (PL9.2.9) and MOTOR ASSY MAG Are the FRAME ASSY-ROTARY and MOTOR ASSY MAG installed properly? Check rotation of FRAME ASSY-ROTARY and MOTOR ASSY MAG Are the FRAME ASSY-ROTARY and MOTOR ASSY MAG rotating smoothly? Rotate the parts by hand to check. Check installation of SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI Is the SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI installed properly? Check operation of MOTOR ASSY MAG Check the rotation by Diag. operations. Check operation of SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI Is 0 VDC the voltage measured between P413-7 <=> P413-6 on the PWBA MCU when the FRAME ASSY ROTARY is in the detectable area of the sensor and 5 VDC when it is out of the area? Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P413-5 <=> P413-6 on the PWBA MCU? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J413 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J413-5 <=> J105-3 J413-6 <=> J105-2 J413-7 <=> J105-1 Check 5 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between J410-3 <=> J410-4 on the PWBA MCU? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4
Yes
No
Go to Step 2.
Go to Step 3.
Remove anything that is obstructing the rotation. Reinstall and go to Step 4. Replace the MOTOR ASSY MAG. (REP11.4)
Go to Step 4.
Go to Step 5.
Go to Step 6.
Go to Step 7.
Go to Step 8.
Replace the SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI (REP9.6) Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5)
Go to Step 9.
2-102
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 47 ADC Contamination
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: SENSOR ASSY ADC (PL6.1.20) HARNESS ASSY ADC (PL6.1.30) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) Check surface of SENSOR ASSY ADC for dirt and foreign substances Is there dirt or foreign substances on the surface of the SENSOR ASSY ADC? Check installation of SENSOR ASSY ADC Is the SENSOR ASSY ADC installed properly? When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check 5 VDC and 24 VDC power supply to SENSOR ASSY ADC Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P422-2 <=> P422-4 on the PWBA MCU? Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P422-8 <=> P422-4? Check HARNESS ASSY ADC cables Disconnect P/J422 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J422-8 <=> J431-1 J422-4 <=> J431-5 J422-2 <=> J431-7 Check SENSOR ASSY ADC after replacement Replace the SENSOR ASSY ADC. (REP6.7) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is power voltage supplied from the LV/HVPS to the following pins on the PWBA MCU? P410-1 <=> P410-2: 3.3VDC P410-3 <=> P410-4: 5 VDC P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8: 24 VDC Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8
Yes
No
Clean to remove the dirt/ foreign substances and go to Step 2. Go to Step 4. Go to Step 4.
Go to Step 2.
2 3
Reinstall and go to Step 3. Completed.
Go to Step 5.
Go to Step 7.
Go to Step 6.
Go to Step 7.
Completed.
Go to Step 8.
2-103
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 48 High Density
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) SENSOR ASSY ADC (PL6.1.20) TNR CRU K (PL9.2.1) TNR CRU Y (PL9.2.2) TNR CRU M (PL9.2.3) TNR CRU C (PL9.2.4) HARNESS ASSY ADC (PL6.1.30) SENSOR HUM & TEMP (PL12.1.6) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) Check contact surface between IBT ASSY and conductor attached to the frame Remove the IBT ASSY. Is the contact surface deformed or is there foreign substances on the contact surface between the IBT ASSY and the CONDUCTOR attached to the frame? Check surface of SENSOR ASSY ADC for dirt and foreign substances Is there dirt/foreign substances on the surface of the SENSOR ASSY ADC? When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check Toner Cartridge after replacement Replace the Toner Cartridge for each color. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check IBT ASSY after replacement Replace the IBT ASSY. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check 5 VDC and 24 VDC power supply to SENSOR ASSY ADC Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P422-2 <=> P422-4 on the PWBA MCU? Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P422-8 <=> P422-4? Check HARNESS ASSY ADC cables Disconnect P/J422 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J422-8 <=> J431-1 J422-4 <=> J431-5 J422-2 <=> J431-7 Check SENSOR ASSY ADC after replacement Replace the SENSOR ASSY ADC. (REP6.7) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again?
Yes
No
Clean it and go to Step 2.
Go to Step 2.
Clean it and go to Step 3. Go to Step 4. Go to Step 5.
Go to Step 4.
3 4
Completed. Completed.
Go to Step 6.
Completed.
Go to Step 7.
Go to Step 14.
Go to Step 8.
Go to Step 9.
Completed.
2-104
Procedure
Check Items Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR ASSY HUM & TEMP Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P413-4 <=> P413-2 on the PWBA MCU? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J413 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J413-1 <=> J104-4 J413-2 <=> J104-3 J413-3 <=> J104-2 J413-4 <=> J104-1 Check SENSOR HUM & TEMP after replacement Replace the SENSOR HUM & TEMP. (REP12.1) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check ROS ASSY after replacement Replace the ROS ASSY. (REP8.1) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check PWBA MCU after replacement Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is power voltage supplied from the LV/HVPS to the following pins on the PWBA MCU? P410-1 <=> P410-2: 3.3VDC P410-3 <=> P410-4: 5 VDC P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8: 24 VDC Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8
Yes
No
Go to Step 10.
Go to Step 14.
10
Go to Step 11.
11
Go to Step 12.
Completed.
12
Go to Step 13. Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6)
Completed.
13
Completed.
14
Go to Step 15.
15
2-105
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 49 Low Density
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) SENSOR ASSY ADC (PL6.1.20) TNR CRU K (PL9.2.1) TNR CRU Y (PL9.2.2) TNR CRU M (PL9.2.3) TNR CRU C (PL9.2.4) HARNESS ASSY ADC (PL6.1.30) SENSOR HUM & TEMP (PL12.1.6) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) Check contact surface between IBT ASSY and conductor attached to the frame Is the contact surface deformed or is there foreign substances on the contact surface between the IBT ASSY and the conductor attached to the frame? Check surface of SENSOR ASSY ADC for dirt/foreign substances Is there dirt/foreign substances on the surface of the SENSOR ASSY ADC? When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check Toner Cartridge after replacement Replace the Toner Cartridge for each color. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check IBT ASSY after replacement Replace the IBT ASSY. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check 5 VDC and 24 VDC power supply to SENSOR ASSY ADC Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P422-2 <=> P422-4 on the PWBA MCU? Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P422-8 <=> P422-4? Check HARNESS ASSY ADC cables Disconnect P/J422 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J422-8 <=> J431-1 J422-4 <=> J431-5 J422-2 <=> J431-7 Check SENSOR ASSY ADC after replacement Replace the SENSOR ASSY ADC. (REP6.8) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again?
Yes
No
Clean it and go to Step 2.
Go to Step 2.
Clean it and go to Step 3. Go to Step 4. Go to Step 5.
Go to Step 4.
3 4
Completed. Completed.
Go to Step 6.
Completed.
Go to Step 7.
Go to Step 14.
Go to Step 8.
Go to Step 9.
Completed.
2-106
Procedure
Check Items Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR HUM & TEMP Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P413-4 <=> P413-2 on the PWBA MCU? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J413 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J413-1 <=> J104-4 J413-2 <=> J104-3 J413-3 <=> J104-2 J413-4 <=> J104-1 Check SENSOR HUM & TEMP after replacement Replace the SENSOR HUM & TEMP. (REP12.3) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check ROS ASSY after replacement Replace the ROS ASSY. (REP8.1) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check PWBA MCU after replacement Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is power voltage supplied from the LV/HVPS to the following pins on the PWBA MCU? P410-1 <=> P410-2: 3.3VDC P410-3 <=> P410-4: 5 VDC P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8: 24 VDC Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8
Yes
No
Go to Step 10.
Go to Step 14.
10
Go to Step 11.
11
Go to Step 12.
Completed.
12
Go to Step 13. Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6)
Completed.
13
Completed.
14
Go to Step 15.
15
2-107
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 51 High Coverage
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: SENSOR ASSY ADC (PL6.1.20) IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) TNR CRU K (PL9.2.1) TNR CRU Y (PL9.2.2) TNR CRU M (PL9.2.3) TNR CRU C (PL9.2.4) ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) Check surface of SENSOR ASSY ADC for dirt/foreign substances Is there dirt/foreign substances on the surface of the SENSOR ASSY ADC? Check installation of SENSOR ASSY ADC Is the SENSOR ASSY ADC installed properly? When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check SENSOR ASSY ADC after replacement Replace the SENSOR ASSY ADC. (REP6.7) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check IBT ASSY after replacement Replace the IBT ASSY. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check PWBA MCU after replacement Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check TNR CRU after replacement Replace the TNR CRU K/Y/M/C. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check ROS ASSY after replacement Replace the ROS ASSY. (REP8.1) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check LV/HVPS after replacement Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again?
Yes
No
Clean to remove the dirt/ foreign substances and go to Step 2. Go to Step 4. Go to Step 4. Go to Step 5.
Go to Step 2.
2 3 4
Reinstall and go to Step 3. Completed. Completed.
Go to Step 6.
Completed.
Go to Step 7.
Completed.
Go to Step 8.
Completed.
Go to Step 9. Go to FIP-1 81 Electrical Noise.
Completed.
Completed.
2-108
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 52 BTR 2 Error
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) MOT ASSY MICRO (PL11.1.7) SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT (PL6.1.22) HARNESS ASSY ADC (PL6.1.30) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
Yes
No
1 2
Check installation of 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) Is the 2ND BTR ASSY installed properly? Does the error occur again after rebooting? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J403 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J403-1 <=> J600-3 J403-2 <=> J600-2 J403-3 <=> J600-1 Check 24 VDC power supply to MOT ASSY MICRO (2nd BTR Retract Motor) Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P403-3 <=> P403-2 on the PWBA MCU? Check MOT ASSY MICRO after replacement Replace the MOT ASSY MICRO. (REP11.7) Does the error occur again after rebooting? Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P418-4 <=> P418-5 on the PWBA MCU? Check HARNESS ASSY ADC cables Disconnect P/J418 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J418-4 <=> J112-3 J418-5 <=> J112-2 J418-6 <=> J112-1 Check SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT after replacement Replace the SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT. (REP6.9) Does the error occur again after rebooting? Check PWBA MCU after replacement Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Does the error occur again after rebooting? Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is power voltage supplied from the LV/HVPS to the following pins on the PWBA MCU? P410-1 <=> P410-2: 3.3VDC P410-3 <=> P410-4: 5 VDC P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8: 24 VDC
Reinstall and go to Step 2. Completed.
Go to Step 4.
Go to Step 5.
Go to Step 10.
Go to Step 6.
Completed.
Go to Step 7.
Go to Step 10.
Go to Step 8.
Go to Step 9.
Completed.
Go to Step 11.
Completed.
10
Go to Step 11.
2-109
Procedure
Yes
No
11
2-110
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 53 BTR 2 Advance Error
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) MOT ASSY MICRO (PL11.1.7) SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT (PL6.1.22) HARNESS ASSY ADC (PL6.1.30) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
Yes
No
1 2 3
Check installation of DRIVE ASSY BTR (PL11.1.1) Is the DRIVE ASSY BTR installed properly? Check installation of 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) Is the 2ND BTR ASSY installed properly? When a test print is performed by Diag. operation, does the error occur again? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J403 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J403-1 <=> J600-3 J403-2 <=> J600-2 J403-3 <=> J600-1 Check 24 VDC power supply to MOT ASSY MICRO (2nd BTR Retract Motor) Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P403-3 <=> P403-2 on the PWBA MCU? Check MOT ASSY MICRO after replacement Replace the MOT ASSY MICRO. (REP11.7) When a test print is performed by Diag. operation, does the error occur again? Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P418-4 <=> P418-5 on the PWBA MCU? Check HARNESS ASSY ADC cables Disconnect P/J418 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J418-4 <=> J112-3 J418-5 <=> J112-2 J418-6 <=> J112-1 Check SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT after replacement Replace the SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT. (REP6.9) When a test print is performed by Diag. operation, does the error occur again? Check PWBA MCU after replacement Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) When a test print is performed by Diag. operation, does the error occur again?
Reinstall and go to Step 2. Reinstall and go to Step 3. Completed.
Go to Step 5.
Go to Step 6.
Go to Step 11.
Go to Step 7.
Completed.
Go to Step 8.
Go to Step 11.
Go to Step 9.
Go to Step 10.
Completed.
10
Go to Step 12.
Completed.
2-111
Procedure
Check Items Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is power voltage supplied from the LV/HVPS to the following pins on the PWBA MCU? P410-1 <=> P410-2: 3.3VDC P410-3 <=> P410-4: 5 VDC P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8: 24 VDC Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8
Yes
No
11
Go to Step 12.
12
2-112
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 54 Fuser Fail
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) FUSER LOCK SWITCH (PL10.1.6) HARNESS ASSY MCU C/L (PL10.1.2) FFC-ASSY LV/MCU (PL12.2.2) HARNESS ASSY AC (PL12.2.4) PWBA FUSER CONT (PL12.2.12) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) Check installation of FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) Is the FUSER ASSY installed properly? Is the connector to the Main Unit connected securely? Is it latched properly? When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check operation of FUSER LOCK SWITCH Disconnect P/J128 on the FUSER LOCK SWITCH. Do P128-1 <=> P128-2 conduct when the FUSER LOCK SWITCH is pressed and not conduct when the switch is released? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-10 <=> J1-1 J410-9 <=> J128-1 J1-3 <=> J128-2 Check FUSER ASSY after replacement Replace the FUSER ASSY. (REP10.1) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check HARNESS ASSY MCU C/L cables WARNING: Perform servicing after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (REP10.1) Are all the pins between J614A <=> J417 and J614 <=> J3 conducting properly? Check FFC-ASSY LV/MCU cables Disconnect P/J401 on the PWBA MCU and P/J500 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? P401-21 <=> J500-2 P401-22 <=> J500-1 Check HARNESS ASSY AC cables Disconnect P/J503 on the LV/HVPS and P/J2 on the PWBA FUSER CONT. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J503-5 <=> J2-5 J503-6 <=> J2-6
Yes
No
Go to Step 3.
Reinstall and go to Step 2. Completed. Replace the FUSER LOCK SWITCH. (REP10.2)
Go to Step 3.
Go to Step 4.
Go to Step 5.
Go to Step 6.
Completed.
Go to Step 7.
Replace the HARNESS ASSY MCU C/L.
Go to Step 8.
Replace the FFC-ASSY LV/MCU.
Go to Step 9.
Replace the HARNESS ASSY AC.
2-113
Procedure
Check Items Check PWBA FUSER CONT after replacement Replace the PWBA FUSER CONT. (REP12.8) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check LV/HVPS after replacement Replace the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J1 on the PWBA FUSER CONT and P/J410 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? P/J1-1 <=> P/J410-10 P/J1-3 <=> P/J410-9
Yes
No
Go to Step 10.
Completed.
10
Go to Step 11.
Completed.
11
Replace the HARNESS ASSY MAIN.
2-114
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 55 Temp Sensor Error
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: SENSOR HUM & TEMP (PL12.1.6) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) Check temperature at installation location of main unit Is the temperature at the installation location of the main unit -7 degrees Celsius and below or 55 degrees Celsius and above? Check resistance of SENSOR HUM & TEMP thermistor Disconnect P/J413 on the PWBA MCU. Is the P104-4 <=> P104-3 resistance value 10 KOhm 1 KOhm (approx. 20 degrees Celsius)? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J413 on the PWBA MCU. Are all the pins between J413 <=> J104 conducting properly?
Yes
No
Request the customer to improve on the conditions of installation environment.
Go to Step 2.
Go to Step 3.
Replace the SENSOR HUM & TEMP. (REP12.1) Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
2-115
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 58 Humidity Sensor Error
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) SENSOR HUM & TEMP (PL12.1.6) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J413 on the PWBA MCU. Are all the pins between J413 <=> J104 conducting properly? Check SENSOR HUM & TEMP after replacement Replace the SENSOR HUM & TEMP. (REP12.1) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again?
Yes
No
Go to Step 2.
Completed.
2-116
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 59 Feed Motor Failure
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: HARNESS-ASSY FEED MAIN (PL14.3.2) DRIVE ASSY FEED (PL14.3.7) PWBA TRAY 500 (PL14.3.3) HARNESS-ASSY FEED 1 (PL14.3.14) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
Yes
No
Check installation of DRIVE ASSY FEED (PL14.3.7) Is the DRIVE ASSY FEED installed properly? Check rotation of DRIVE ASSY FEED Check the DRIVE ASSY FEED rotation by Diag. operations. Is the DRIVE ASSY FEED rotating properly? Check HARNESS-ASSY FEED MAIN cables Disconnect P/J437 on the PWBA TRAY CONT. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J437-1 <=> J440-5 J437-2 <=> J440-4 J437-4 <=> J440-2 J437-5 <=> J440-1 Check 24 VDC power supply to DRIVE ASSY FEED Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P440-2 <=> P440-1 on the PWBA FEED? Check FEED MOTOR START signal Is XX VDC the voltage measured between P440-5 <=> P440-1 on the PWBA FEED DRV when the FEED MOTOR START signal is turned ON? Check 24 VDC power supply to PWBA TRAY 500 Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P435-9/10 <=> P435-7/8 on the PWBA TRAY 500? Check HARNESS-ASSY FEED 1 cables Disconnect P/J435 on the PWBA TRAY CONT. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J435-10 <=> P608-1 (connectors on the feeder to the Main Unit) J435-9 <=> P608-2 J435-8 <=> P608-3 J435-7 <=> P608-4
Go to Step 3.
Completed.
Go to Step 3.
Go to Step 4.
Go to Step 5. Replace the DRIVE ASSY FEED. (REP14.12) Replace the PWBA TRAY 500. (REP14.10)
Go to Step 6.
Go to Step 11.
Go to Step 7.
Go to Step 8.
Replace the PWBA TRAY 500. (REP14.10)
2-117
Procedure
Check Items Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J421 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J421-1 <=> J608-10 (connectors on the Main Unit to the feeder) J421-2 <=> J608-9 J421-3 <=> J608-8 J421-4 <=> J608-7 Check 24 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8 on the PWBA MCU? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Check 5 VDC power supply to PWBA TRAY CONT Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P435-6 <=> P435-5 on the PWBA TRAY CONT? Check HARNESS-ASSY FEED 1 cables Disconnect P/J435 on the PWBA TRAY CONT. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J435-6 <=> P608-5 (connectors on the feeder to the Main Unit) J435-5 <=> P608-6 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J421 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J421-5 <=> J608-6 (connectors on the Main Unit to the feeder) J421-6 <=> J608-5 Check 5 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P410-3 <=> P410-4 on the PWBA MCU? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4
Yes
No
Go to Step 9.
Go to Step 10.
10
11
Replace the PWBA TRAY 500. (REP14.10)
Go to Step 12.
12
Go to Step 13.
13
Go to Step 14.
14
Go to Step 15.
15
2-118
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 60 Duplex Motor Failure
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: MOTOR ASSY DUP (PL13.4.14) MOTOR ASSY DUP INV (PL13.2.18) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) HARNESS-ASSY DUP2 (PL13.3.22) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) HARNESS-ASSY DUP1 (PL13.2.28) PWBA DUP-L (PL13.4.13) Check installation of MOTOR ASSY DUP (DUP Lower Motor) and MOTOR ASSY DUP (DUP Upper Motor) Are the Lower and Upper MOTOR ASSY DUP installed properly? Check MOTOR drive transmission load Is the gear which transmits the MOTOR rotation rotating properly? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J420 on the PWBA MCU. Are all the pins between J420 <=> J607 (Duplex connectors on the Main Unit) conducting properly? Check HARNESS-ASSY DUP2 cables Disconnect P/J443 on the PWBA DUP-L. Are all the pins between J443 <=> P607 (connectors on the Duplex to the Main Unit) conducting properly? Check 24 VDC power supply to MOTOR ASSY DUP (DUP Lower Motor) Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between both P442-1 <=> Frame Chassis and P442-2 <=> Frame Chassis on the PWBA DUP-L? Check 24 VDC power supply to MOTOR ASSY DUP INV (DUP Upper Motor) Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between both J612-6 <=> Frame Chassis and P612-5 <=> Frame Chassis on the PWBA DUP-L? Check PWBA DUP-L after replacement Replace the PWBA DUP-L. (REP13.25) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check MOTOR ASSY DUP (DUP Lower Motor) after replacement Replace the MOTOR ASSY DUP. (REP13.26) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again?
Yes
No
Go to Step 2.
Reinstall and go to Step 2. Replace the parts that are obstructing rotation. Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the HARNESSASSY DUP2.
Go to Step 3.
Go to Step 4.
Go to Step 5.
Go to Step 6.
Go to Step 13.
Go to Step 7.
Go to Step 12.
Go to Step 8.
Completed.
Go to Step 9.
Completed.
2-119
Procedure
Check Items Check MOTOR ASSY DUP INV (DUP Upper Motor) after replacement Replace the MOTOR ASSY DUP. (REP13.10) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the specified DC voltage supplied properly to the following pins on the PWBA MCU? P410-1 <=> P410-2: 3.3 VDC P410-3 <=> P410-4: 5 VDC P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8: 24 VDC Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8 Check HARNESS-ASSY DUP1 cables Disconnect P/J444 on the PWBA DUP-L. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J444-11 <=> J612-4 J444-12 <=> J612-3 J444-13 <=> J612-2 J444-14 <=> J612-1 Check 24 VDC power supply to PWBA DUP-L Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P443-9/10 <=> P443-11/12 on the PWBA DUP-L? Check HARNESS ASSY DUP2 cables Disconnect P/J443 on the PWBA DUP-L. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J443-9 <=> P607-4 J443-10 <=> P607-3 J443-11 <=> P607-2 J443-12 <=> P607-1 Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J420 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J420-1 <=> J607-12 J420-2 <=> J607-11 J420-3 <=> J607-10 J420-4 <=> J607-9 Check 24 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8 on the PWBA MCU?
Yes
No
Go to Step 10.
Completed.
10
Go to Step 11.
11
12
Go to Step 13.
13
Replace the PWBA DUP-L. (REP13.25)
Go to Step 14.
14
Go to Step 15.
Replace the HARNESS ASSY DUP2.
15
Go to Step 16.
16
Go to Step 17.
2-120
Procedure
Check Items Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8
Yes
No
17
2-121
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 61 IBT CLN Fail
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: DRIVE ASSY PRO (PL11.1.2) SENSOR IBT RETRACT (PL6.1.26) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) Check DRIVE ASSY PRO (IBT Cleaner Retract Motor) connection Is the connector P/J414 on the PWBA MCU connected properly? Check 24 VDC power supply to DRIVE ASSY PRO (IBT Cleaner Retract Motor) Is 24 VDC the voltage measured between P414-3 <=> P414-2 on the PWBA MCU? Check DRIVE ASSY PRO after replacement Replace the DRIVE ASSY PRO. (REP11.2) When a test print is performed by Diag. operation, does the error occur again? Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR IBT RETRACT Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P415-3 <=> P415-4 on the PWBA MCU? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J415-3 <=> J107-3 J415-4 <=> J107-2 J415-5 <=> J107-1 Check SENSOR IBT RETRACT after replacement Replace the SENSOR IBT RETRACT. (REP6.10) When a test print is performed by Diag. operation, does the error occur again? Check PWBA MCU after replacement Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) When a test print is performed by Diag. operation, does the error occur again? Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is power voltage supplied from the LV/HVPS to the following pins on the PWBA MCU? P410-1 <=> P410-2: 3.3VDC P410-3 <=> P410-4: 5 VDC P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8: 24 VDC
Yes
No
Go to Step 2.
Reconnect the connector.
Go to Step 3.
Go to Step 8.
Go to Step 4.
Completed.
Go to Step 5.
Go to Step 8.
Go to Step 6.
Replace the HARNESS ASSY MAIN.
Go to Step 7.
Completed.
Go to Step 9.
Completed.
Go to Step 9.
2-122
Procedure
Yes
No
2-123
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 62 Y Toner Life Over
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU Y (PL9.2.2) ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10) or ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
Yes
No
1 2 3
Check installation of TNR CRU Y (Y Toner Cartridge) Is the TNR CRU Y installed properly? When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check TNR CRU Y after replacement Replace the TNR CRU Y. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check ANTENNA CTRG Is the ANTENNA CTRG dirty? Check operation of ANTENNA CTRG Disconnect and reconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J415-1 <=> J106-2 J415-2 <=> J106-1 Check ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG after replacement Replace the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG. (REP9.2/REP9.3) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again?
Go to Step 4. Go to Step 3. Go to Step 4. Clean the ANTENNA CTRG and go to Step 5. Go to Step 6.
Go to Step 5.
Completed.
Go to Step 7.
Completed.
2-124
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 63 M Toner Life Over
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU M (PL9.2.3) ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10) or ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
Yes
No
1 2 3
Check installation of TNR CRU M (M Toner Cartridge) Is the TNR CRU M installed properly? When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check TNR CRU M after replacement Replace the TNR CRU M. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check ANTENNA CTRG Is the ANTENNA CTRG dirty? Check operation of ANTENNA CTRG Disconnect and reconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J415-1 <=> J106-2 J415-2 <=> J106-1 Check ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG after replacement Replace the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG. (REP9.2/REP9.3) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again?
Go to Step 5.
Completed.
Go to Step 7.
Completed.
2-125
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 64 C Toner Life Over
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU C (PL9.2.4) ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10) or ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
Yes
No
1 2 3
Check installation of TNR CRU C (C Toner Cartridge) Is the TNR CRU C installed properly? When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check TNR CRU C after replacement Replace the TNR CRU C. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check ANTENNA CTRG Is the ANTENNA CTRG dirty? Check operation of ANTENNA CTRG Disconnect and reconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J415-1 <=> J106-2 J415-2 <=> J106-1 Check ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG after replacement Replace the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG. (REP9.2/REP9.3) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again?
Go to Step 5.
Completed.
Go to Step 7.
Completed.
2-126
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 65 K Toner Life Over
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU K (PL9.2.1) ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10) or ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
Yes
No
1 2 3
Check installation of TNR CRU K (K Toner Cartridge) Is the TNR CRU K installed properly? When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check TNR CRU K after replacement Replace the TNR CRU K. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check ANTENNA CTRG Is the ANTENNA CTRG dirty? Check operation of ANTENNA CTRG Disconnect and reconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J415-1 <=> J106-2 J415-2 <=> J106-1 Check ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG after replacement Replace the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG. (REP9.2/REP9.3) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again?
Go to Step 5.
Completed.
Go to Step 7.
Completed.
2-127
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 66 Waste Toner Bottle Life Over
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) SENSOR TNER FULL (PL7.1.24) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
Yes
No
1 2 3
Check installation of IBT ASSY Is the IBT ASSY installed properly? When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check IBT ASSY after replacement Replace the IBT ASSY. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check operation of SENSOR TNER FULL (Toner Full Sensor) Remove the IBT ASSY. Is 0 VDC the voltage measured between P413-11 <=> P413-10 on the PWBA MCU when the detectable area of the sensor is blocked and 5 VDC when it is not blocked? Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR TNER FULL Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P413-12 <=> P413-10 on the PWBA MCU? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J413-10 <=> J617-3 J413-11 <=> J617-2 J413-12 <=> J617-1 Check HARNESS ASSY TNR FULL cables Disconnect P/J617. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? P617-1 <=> J126-3 P617-2 <=> J126-2 P617-3 <=> J126-1 Check 5 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P410-3 <=> P410-4 on the PWBA MCU? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4
Go to Step 5.
Go to Step 6.
Go to Step 8.
Go to Step 7.
Replace the SENSOR TNER FULL. (REP7.10) Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5)
Go to Step 9.
2-128
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 68 Regi Cover Open (P/H Cover Open)
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: CHUTE ASSY-REAR (PL5.1.2) SWITCH-PH DOOR (PL5.2.23) HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 (PL4.1.26) HARNESS-ASSY P/H2 (PL5.2.21) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) Check shape of CHUTE ASSY-REAR (PL5.1.2) Is the Actuator which presses the SWITCH I/L CAB (P/H Cover Switch) on the CHUTE ASSY-REAR damaged? Check operation of SWITCH-PH DOOR Disconnect P/J408 on the PWBA MCU. Do J408-5 <=> J408-6 conduct when the SWITCH-I/L CAB is pressed and not conduct when the unit is released? Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H1 cables Disconnect P/J408 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J408-5 <=> J603-8 J408-6 <=> J603-7 Check HARNESS-ASSY P/H2 cables Disconnect P/J603. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? P603-5 <=> J100-2 P603-6 <=> J100-1 Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the specified DC voltage supplied properly to the following pins on the PWBA MCU? P410-1 <=> P410-2: 3.3 VDC P410-3 <=> P410-4: 5 VDC P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8: 24 VDC Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8
Yes
No
Replace the CHUTE ASSYREAR. (REP5.2)
Go to Step 2.
Go to Step 5.
Go to Step 3.
Go to Step 4.
Replace the SWITCH-PH DOOR. (REP5.14)
Go to Step 6.
2-129
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 69 2nd BTR Cover Open
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: CHUTE ASSY-FSR (PL6.1.1) SWITCH 2BTR COVER (PL6.1.18) HARNESS ASSY ADC (PL6.1.30) HARNESS ASSY 2BTR SW (PL6.1.16) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
Yes
No
Check shape of CHUTE ASSY-FSR (PL6.1.1) Is the Actuator which presses the SWITCH 2BTR COVER on the CHUTE ASSY-FSR damaged? Check operation of SWITCH 2BTR COVER Disconnect P/J418 on the PWBA MCU. Do J418-7 <=> J418-8 conduct when the SWITCH 2BTR COVER is pressed and not conduct when the unit is released? Check HARNESS ASSY ADC cables Disconnect P/J418 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J418-7 <=> J621-2 J418-8 <=> J621-1 Check HARNESS ASSY 2BTR SW cables Disconnect P/J418 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? P621-1 <=> J113-2 P621-2 <=> J113-1 Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the specified DC voltage supplied properly to the following pins on the PWBA MCU? P410-1 <=> P410-2: 3.3 VDC P410-3 <=> P410-4: 5 VDC P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8: 24 VDC Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8
Replace the CHUTE ASSYFSR (REP6.1)
Go to Step 2.
Go to Step 5.
Go to Step 3.
Go to Step 4.
Replace the SWITCH 2BTR COVER. (REP6.6)
Replace the HARNESS ASSY 2BTR SW.
Go to Step 6.
2-130
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 70 Exit Cover Open
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: COVER FUSER (PL1.1.4) SWITCH-FUSER DOOR (PL1.1.36) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
Yes
No
1 2
Check COVER open/close status Is the COVER FUSER (PL1.1.4) closed? When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check shape of COVER FUSER Is the COVER FUSER Actuator which presses the SWITCH-FUSER DOOR deformed or damaged? Check operation of SWITCH-FUSER DOOR Disconnect P/J114 on the SWITCH-FUSER DOOR. Do P114-1 <=> P114-2 conduct when the SWITCHFUSER DOOR is pressed and not conduct when the door is released? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J403-11 <=> J114-2 J403-12 <=> J114-1 Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the specified DC voltage supplied properly to the following pins on the PWBA MCU? P410-1 <=> P410-2: 3.3 VDC P410-3 <=> P410-4: 5 VDC P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8: 24 VDC Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8
Go to Step 3. Go to Step 3. Replace the COVER FUSER. (REP1.3)
Close the cover and go to Step 2. Completed.
Go to Step 4.
Go to Step 5.
Replace the SWITCHFUSER DOOR. (REP1.14) Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Go to Step 6.
Go to Step 7.
2-131
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 71 Tray 1 Cover Open
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: CHUTE FDR ASSY 500 (PL14.2.2) SWITCH FEEDER DOOR (PL14.3.18) HARNESS-ASSY FEED MAIN (PL14.3.2) HARNESS-ASSY FEED 1 (PL14.3.14) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) Check shape of CHUTE FDR ASSY 500 (PL14.2.2) Is the Actuator which presses the SWITCH FEEDER DOOR on the CHUTE FDR ASSY 500 damaged? Check operation of SWITCH FEEDER DOOR Disconnect P/J437 on the PWBA TRAY 500. Do J437-8 <=> J437-9 conduct when the SWITCH FEEDER DOOR is pressed and not conduct when the unit is released? Check HARNESS-ASSY FEED MAIN cables Disconnect P/J437 on the PWBA TRAY 500. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J437-8 <=> J121-2 J437-9 <=> J121-1 Check HARNESS-ASSY FEED 1 cables Disconnect P/J435 on the PWBA TRAY CONT. Are all the pins between J435 <=> P608 (connectors on the feeder to the Main Unit) conducting properly? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J421 on the PWBA MCU. Are all the pins between J421 <=> J608 (feeder connectors on the Main Unit) conducting properly? Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the specified DC voltage supplied properly to the following pins on the PWBA MCU? P410-1 <=> P410-2: 3.3 VDC P410-3 <=> P410-4: 5 VDC P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8: 24 VDC
Yes
No
Replace the CHUTE FDR ASSY 500. (REP14.8)
Go to Step 2.
Go to Step 4.
Go to Step 3.
Replace the SWITCH FEEDER DOOR. (REP14.18)
Replace the HARNESSASSY FEED MAIN. Replace the HARNESSASSY FEED 1. (REP14.16) Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Go to Step 5.
Go to Step 6.
Go to Step 7.
2-132
Procedure
Yes
No
2-133
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 72 Duplex Cover Open
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: COVER UP-DUP TRANS (PL13.3.24) SWITCH-DUP DOOR (PL13.3.7) HARNESS-ASSY DUP1 (PL13.2.28) HARNESS-ASSY DUP2 (PL13.3.22) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) PWBA DUP-L (PL13.4.13) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) Check shape of COVER UP-DUP TRANS Is the Actuator which presses the SWITCH-DUP DOOR on the COVER UP-DUP TRANS damaged? Check operation of SWITCH-DUP DOOR Disconnect P/J444 on the PWBA DUP-L. Do J444-1 <=> J444-2 conduct when the SWITCH-DUP DOOR is pressed and not conduct when the unit is released? Check HARNESS-ASSY DUP1 cables Disconnect P/J444 on the PWBA DUP-L. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J444-1 <=> J122-2 J444-2 <=> J122-1 Check HARNESS-ASSY DUP2 cables Disconnect P/J443 on the PWBA DUP-L. Are all the pins between J443 <=> P607 (connectors on the Duplex to the Main Unit) conducting properly? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J420 on the PWBA MCU. Are all the pins between J420 <=> J607 conducting properly? Check PWBA DUP-L after replacement Replace the PWBA DUP-L. (REP13.25) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check PWBA MCU after replacement Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again?
Yes
No
Replace the COVER UPDUP TRANS. (REP13.21)
Go to Step 2.
Go to Step 4.
Go to Step 3.
Replace the SWITCH-DUP DOOR. (REP13.14)
Go to Step 5.
Replace the HARNESSASSY DUP2. Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Go to Step 6.
Go to Step 7.
Completed.
Go to Step 8.
Completed.
2-134
Procedure
Yes
No
2-135
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 73 Duplex Tray Open
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: COVER-L DUP (PL13.1.3) SWITCH-FUSER DOOR (PL1.1.36) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) Check shape of Duplex COVER-L DUP Is the Actuator which presses the SWITCH-FUSER DOOR (PL1.1.36) on the Duplex damaged? Check operation of SWITCH-FUSER DOOR (PL1.1.36) Disconnect P/J403 on the PWBA MCU. Do J403-11 <=> J402-12 conduct when the SWITCHFUSER DOOR (PL1.1.36) switch is pressed and not conduct when the unit is released? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J403 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J403-11 <=> J114-2 J403-12 <=> J114-1 Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the specified DC voltage supplied properly to the following pins on the PWBA MCU? P410-1 <=> P410-2: 3.3 VDC P410-3 <=> P410-4: 5 VDC P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8: 24 VDC Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-1 <=> J502-1 J410-2 <=> J502-2 J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4 J410-5 <=> J502-5 J410-6 <=> J502-6 J410-7 <=> J502-7 J410-8 <=> J502-8
Yes
No
Replace the COVER-L DUP. (REP13.3)
Go to Step 2.
Go to Step 4.
Go to Step 3.
Replace the SWITCHFUSER DOOR. (REP1.14)
Go to Step 5.
2-136
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 74 Front Cover Open
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: COVER TOP (PL1.1.3) COVER FRONT ASSY U (PL1.1.16) COVER FUSER (PL1.1.4) SWITCH ASSY TOP (PL1.1.7) SWITCH-INLK FRONT (PL1.1.27) SWITCH-INLK FUSER (PL1.1.34) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
Yes
No
1 2 3
Check COVER open/close status Are the COVER TOP (PL1.1.3), COVER FRONT ASSY U (PL1.1.16), and COVER FUSER (PL1.1.4) all closed? When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check shape of COVER TOP Is the COVER TOP Actuator which presses the SWITCH ASSY TOP deformed or damaged? Check shape of COVER FRONT ASSY U Is the COVER FRONT ASSY U Actuator which presses the SWITCH ASSY TOP deformed or damaged?
Go to Step 3. Go to Step 3. Replace the COVER ASSY TOP. (REP1.1) COVER FRONT ASSY U COVER ASSY TOP. (REP1.10) Replace the COVER FUSER. (REP1.3)
Close the cover and go to Step 2. Completed. Go to Step 4.
Go to Step 5.
Check shape of COVER FUSER Is the COVER FUSER Actuator which presses the SWITCH-INLK FUSER deformed or damaged? Check operation of SWITCH ASSY TOP Disconnect P/J116 on the SWITCH ASSY TOP. Do P116-1 <=> P116-3 conduct when the SWITCH ASSY TOP is pressed and not conduct when the unit is released? Check operation of SWITCH-INLK FUSER Disconnect P/J117 on the SWITCH-INLK FUSER. Do P117-1 <=> P117-3 conduct when the SWITCH-INLK FUSER is pressed and not conduct when the unit is released? Check power supply to PWBA MCU Is the specified DC voltage supplied properly to the following pins on the PWBA MCU? P410-1 <=> P410-2: 3.3 VDC P410-3 <=> P410-4: 5 VDC P410-5/6 <=> P410-7/8: 24 VDC
Go to Step 6.
Go to Step 7.
Replace the SWITCH ASSY TOP. (REP1.6) Replace the SWITCH-INLK FUSER. (REP1.19)
Go to Step 8.
Go to Step 9.
2-137
Procedure
Yes
No
2-138
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 75 Y Toner Life Warning
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU Y (PL9.2.2) ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
Yes
No
1 2 3
Check installation of TNR CRU Y (Y Toner Cartridge) Is the TNR CRU Y installed properly? When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check TNR CRU Y after replacement Replace the TNR CRU Y. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check ANTENNA CTRG Is the ANTENNA CTRG dirty? Check operation of ANTENNA CTRG Disconnect and reconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J415-1 <=> J106-2 J415-2 <=> J106-1 Check ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG after replacement Replace the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG. (REP9.2/REP9.4) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again?
Go to Step 5.
Completed.
Go to Step 7.
Completed.
2-139
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 76 M Toner Life Warning
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU M (PL9.2.3) ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
Yes
No
1 2 3
Check installation of TNR CRU M (M Toner Cartridge) Is the TNR CRU M installed properly? When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check TNR CRU M after replacement Replace the TNR CRU M. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check ANTENNA CTRG Is the ANTENNA CTRG dirty? Check operation of ANTENNA CTRG Disconnect and reconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J415-1 <=> J106-2 J415-2 <=> J106-1 Check ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG after replacement Replace the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG. (REP9.2/REP9.4) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again?
Go to Step 5.
Completed.
Go to Step 7.
Completed.
2-140
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 77 C Toner Life Warning
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU C (PL9.2.4) ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
Yes
No
1 2 3
Check installation of TNR CRU C (C Toner Cartridge) Is the TNR CRU C installed properly? When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check TNR CRU C after replacement Replace the TNR CRU C. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check ANTENNA CTRG Is the ANTENNA CTRG dirty? Check operation of ANTENNA CTRG Disconnect and reconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J415-1 <=> J106-2 J415-2 <=> J106-1 Check ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG after replacement Replace the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG. (REP9.2/REP9.4) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again?
Go to Step 5.
Completed.
Go to Step 7.
Completed.
2-141
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 78 K Toner Life Warning
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: TNR CRU K (PL9.2.1) ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
Yes
No
1 2 3
Check installation of TNR CRU K (K Toner Cartridge) Is the TNR CRU K installed properly? When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check TNR CRU K after replacement Replace the TNR CRU K. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check ANTENNA CTRG Is the ANTENNA CTRG dirty? Check operation of ANTENNA CTRG Disconnect and reconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J415 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J415-1 <=> J106-2 J415-2 <=> J106-1 Check ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG after replacement Replace the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG or ANTENNA CTRG. (REP9.2/REP9.4) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again?
Go to Step 5.
Completed.
Go to Step 7.
Completed.
2-142
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 79 Toner Bottle Life Warning
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) SENSOR TNER FULL (PL7.1.24) HARNESS ASSY MAIN (PL12.2.10) HARNESS-ASSY TNER FULL (PL7.1.25) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
Yes
No
1 2 3
Check installation of IBT ASSY Is the IBT ASSY installed properly? When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check IBT ASSY after replacement Replace the IBT ASSY. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check operation of SENSOR TNER FULL (Toner Full Sensor) Remove the IBT ASSY. Is 0 VDC the voltage measured between P413-11 <=> P413-10 on the PWBA MCU when the detectable area of the sensor is blocked and 5 VDC when it is not blocked? Check 5 VDC power supply to SENSOR TNER FULL Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P413-12 <=> P413-10 on the PWBA MCU? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J413-10 <=> J617-3 J413-11 <=> J617-2 J413-12 <=> J617-1 Check HARNESS ASSY TNR FULL cables Disconnect P/J617. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? P617-1 <=> J126-3 P617-2 <=> J126-2 P617-3 <=> J126-1 Check 5 VDC power supply to PWBA MCU Is 5 VDC the voltage measured between P410-3 <=> P410-4 on the PWBA MCU? Check HARNESS ASSY MAIN cables Disconnect P/J410 on the PWBA MCU and P/J502 on the LV/HVPS. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J410-3 <=> J502-3 J410-4 <=> J502-4
Go to Step 5.
Go to Step 6.
Go to Step 8.
Go to Step 7.
Replace the SENSOR TNER FULL. (REP7.10) Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5)
Go to Step 9.
2-143
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 80 Xero CRU Life Warning / Xero CRU Life2
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) GUIDE CRU ASSY D (PL7.1.4) or ANTENNA ASSY (PL7.1.10) HARNESS-ASSY XERO (PL7.1.12) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
Yes
No
1 2 3
Check installation of IBT ASSY Is the IBT ASSY installed properly? When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check IBT ASSY after replacement Replace the IBT ASSY. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check operation of ANTENNA CTRG Disconnect and reconnect the P/J416 on the PWBA MCU. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? Check HARNESS-ASSY XERO cables Disconnect J416 on the PWBA MCU. Check the following. Are they conducting properly? J416-4 <=> J109-2 J416-5 <=> J109-1 Check GUIDE CRU ASSY D or ANTENNA ASSY after replacement Replace the GUIDE CRU ASSY D or ANTENNA ASSY. (REP7.2/REP7.3) When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again?
Go to Step 6.
Completed.
Go to Step 6.
Completed.
2-144
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 81 Electrical Noise
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD (PL7.1.14) FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) Check external noise Are there any other electrical devices such as a power generator, radio transmitter, or a device using a motor within 3 m from the printer? Turn off the other electrical devices or reposition the printer at least 6 m away from the devices. Does the electrical noise problem persist? Check AC earthing Is the AC socket wired and earthed properly? Check IBT ASSY after replacement Replace the DRU ASSY. After replacement, does the electrical noise problem still persist? Check IBT ASSY and HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD contact Remove the IBT ASSY. Is the contact surface between the IBT ASSY and the conductor attached to the HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD deformed or are there foreign substances on it? Check earthing for board Are all the screws that secure the PWBA MCU and LV/HVPS to the frame tightened properly?
Yes
No
Go to Step 2.
Completed.
Go to Step 3.
Request the customer to repair the AC socket.
Go to Step 4.
Completed.
Go to Step 5.
Replace the HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD.
Are all the screws that secure the Feeder PWBA TRAY CONT to the frame tightened properly? Are all the screws that secure the Duplex PWBA DUP-L to the frame tightened properly? Check FUSER ASSY after replacement WARNING: Perform servicing after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Replace the FUSER. (REP10.1) After replacement, does the electrical noise problem still persist? Check PWBA MCU after replacement Replace the PWBA MCU. (REP12.6) After replacement, does the electrical noise problem still persist?
Go to Step 6.
Tighten the screws.
Go to Step 7.
Completed.
Replace all the relevant parts.
Completed.
2-145
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1. 82 ESS-Related Error
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: PWBA ESS (PL12.2.7)
Yes
No
1 2 3 4
When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again? When the power is turned ON again, does the error occur again? Does the error persist after the power is turned ON/OFF for several times? Check Firmware Is the firmware version the latest? Check additional RAM Remove the additional RAM from the PWBA ESS. When the power is turned ON, does the error occur again?
Go to Step 4. Go to Step 4. Go to Step 4. Go to Step 5. Replace the PWBA ESS. (REP12.7)
Go to Step 2. Go to Step 3. Completed. Update the firmware. Reinstall or replace the additional RAM.
2-146
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2.3.4 Abnormal Noise
2.3.4.1 Abnormal Noise Troubleshooting Entry Chart

Check a list of operations performed at power on and check for foreign objects and broken parts. (See FIP-1 N1.)
Is abnormal noise heard at Initialize operation after power on? N
Is abnormal noise heard at standby? Y N
Check a list of operations performed at standby and check for foreign objects and broken parts. (See FIP-1 N2.)
Is abnormal noise heard during print (simplex)? N
Check a list of operations performed during print (simplex) and check for foreign objects and broken parts. (See FIP-1 N3.)
Is abnormal noise heard during print (duplex)?
Check a list of operations performed during print (duplex) and check for foreign objects and broken parts. (See FIP-1 N4.)
2-147
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting 2.3.5 Operation Table in Each Mode
FIP-1.N1 During Power ON
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: MOT ASSY ROT (PL11.1.5) FRAME ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.2.9) MOT ASSY MICRO (PL11.1.7) 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) MOT ASSY P/R (PL11.1.6) FRAME ASSY-PH (PL5.2.1) ROLL MSI (PL4.1.8)
Yes
No
Can abnormal noise be heard from the MOT ASSY ROT?
Replace the MOT ASSY ROT. Clean/replace the FRAME ASSYROTARY. Replace the MOT ASSY MICRO. Clean/replace the 2ND BTR ASSY. Replace the MOT ASSY P/R. Replace the IBT ASSY. Replace the FRAME ASSYPH. Clean/replace the ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI. Clean/replace the ROLL ASSY-REGI. Clean/replace the ROLL MSI.
Go to Step 2.
Can abnormal noise be heard from the FRAME ASSYROTARY that is driven by the MOT ASSY ROT?
Go to Step 3.
Can abnormal noise be heard from the MOT ASSY MICRO? Can abnormal noise be heard from the 2ND BTR ASSY that is driven by the MOT ASSY MICRO? Can abnormal noise be heard from the MOT ASSY P/R? Can abnormal noise be heard from the IBT ASSY? Can abnormal noise be heard from the MOTOR-PH (PL5.2.20) in the FRAME ASSY-PH? Can abnormal noise be heard from the ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI (PL5.2.12) in the FRAME ASSY-PH that is driven by the MOTOR-PH? Can abnormal noise be heard from the ROLL REGI RUBBER (PL5.2.8) in the FRAME ASSY-PH that is driven by the MOTOR-PH? Can abnormal noise be heard from the ROLL MSI that is driven by the MOTOR-PH?
Go to Step 4.
Go to Step 5.
5 6
Go to Step 8.
Go to Step 9.
Go to Step 10. Contact the Technical Engineer.
10
2-148
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1.N2 During STANDBY
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: MOT ASY FSR (PL11.1.3) FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12)
Yes
No
Can abnormal noise be heard from the MOT ASSY FSR? (Rotates when the FUSER ASSY reaches a specific temperature.) Can abnormal noise be heard from the FUSER ROLL in the FUSER ASSY that is driven by the MOT ASSY FSR? Can abnormal noise be heard from the 2ND BTR ASSY that is driven by the MOT ASSY FSR?
Replace the MOT ASSY FSR. Clean/replace the FUSER ROLL. Clean/replace the 2ND BTR ASSY.
Go to Step 2.
2-149
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1.N3 During Printing (1 Sided)
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: 500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION (PL14) FRAME ASSY-PH (PL5.2.1) ROLL MSI (PL4.1.8) MOT ASY FSR (PL11.1.3) FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) MOT ASSY P/R (PL11.1.6) IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) MOT ASSY MAG (PL11.1.4) HOUSING ASSY-DEVE K (PL9.2.5) HOUSING ASSY-DEVE Y (PL9.2.6) HOUSING ASSY-DEVE M (PL9.2.7) HOUSING ASSY-DEVE C (PL9.2.8) MOT ASSY ROT (PL11.1.5) FRAME ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.2.9) MOT ASSY MICRO (PL11.1.7) FRAME ASSY-2ND (PL6.1.7) ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) Can abnormal noise be heard from the DRIVE ASSY FEED (PL14.3.7) in the 500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION?
Yes
No
Replace the 500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION. Clean/replace the ROLL ASSY TURN 500. Clean/replace the ROLL ASSY FEED 500. Replace the FRAME ASSYPH. Clean/replace the ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI. Clean/replace the ROLL REGI RUBBER. Clean/replace the ROLL MSI. Replace the FRAME ASSYPH.
Go to Step 2.
Can abnormal noise be heard from the ROLL ASSY TURN 500 (PL14.3.16) that is driven by the DRIVE ASSY FEED in the 500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION? Can abnormal noise be heard from the ROLL ASSY FEED 500 (PL14.3.11) that is driven by the DRIVE ASSY FEED in the 500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION? Can abnormal noise be heard from the MOTOR-PH (PL5.2.20) in the FRAME ASSY-PH? Can abnormal noise be heard from the ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI (PL5.2.12) in the FRAME ASSY-PH that is driven by the MOTOR-PH? Can abnormal noise be heard from the ROLL REGI RUBBER (PL5.2.8) in the FRAME ASSY-PH that is driven by the MOTOR-PH? Can abnormal noise be heard from the ROLL MSI that is driven by the MOTOR-PH? Can abnormal noise be heard from the GEAR ASSY DRIVE that is driven by the MOTOR-PH?
Go to Step 3.
Go to Step 4.
Go to Step 5.
Go to Step 6.
Go to Step 7.
Go to Step 8.
Go to Step 9.
2-150
Procedure
Check Items
Yes Replace the MOT ASSY FSR. Replace the FUSER ASSY. Clean/replace the 2ND BTR ASSY. Clean/replace the FUSER ASSY. Replace the MOT ASSY P/R. Replace the IBT ASSY. Replace the MOT ASSY MAG. Replace the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE K, HOUSING ASSY-DEVE Y, HOUSING ASSY-DEVE M, or the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE C. Replace the MOT ASSY ROT. Replace the FRAME ASSYROTARY. Replace the MOT ASSY MICRO. Replace the FRAME ASSY2ND. Replace the ROS ASSY.
No
Can abnormal noise be heard from the MOT ASSY FSR? Can abnormal noise be heard from the FUSER ROLL in the FUSER ASSY that is driven by the MOT ASSY FSR? Can abnormal noise be heard from the 2ND BTR ASSY that is driven by the MOT ASSY FSR? Can abnormal noise be heard from the EXIT ROLL in the FUSER ASSY that is driven by the MOT ASSY FSR? Can abnormal noise be heard from the MOT ASSY P/R? Can abnormal noise be heard from the IBT ASSY?
Go to Step 10.
10
Go to Step 11.
11
Go to Step 12.
12
Go to Step 13.
13 14
15
Can abnormal noise be heard from the MOT ASSY MAG?
Go to Step 16.
16
Can abnormal noise be heard from the HOUSING ASSYDEVE K, HOUSING ASSY-DEVE Y, HOUSING ASSYDEVE M, or HOUSING ASSY-DEVE C that are driven by the MOT ASSY MAG?
Go to Step 17.
17
Go to Step 18.
18
Can abnormal noise be heard from the FRAME ASSYROTARY that is driven by the MOT ASSY ROT? Can abnormal noise be heard from the MOT ASSY MICRO? Can abnormal noise be heard from the FRAME ASSY2ND that is driven by the MOT ASSY MICRO? Can abnormal noise be heard from the ROS ASSY?
Go to Step 19.
19
Go to Step 20.
20
Go to Step 21.
21
2-151
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1.N4 During Printing (2 Sided)
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: 500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION (PL14) FRAME ASSY-PH (PL5.2.1) ROLL MSI (PL4.1.8) MOT ASY FSR (PL11.1.3) FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) MOT ASSY P/R (PL11.1.6) IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) MOT ASSY MAG (PL11.1.4) HOUSING ASSY-DEVE K (PL9.2.5) HOUSING ASSY-DEVE Y (PL9.2.6) HOUSING ASSY-DEVE M (PL9.2.7) HOUSING ASSY-DEVE C (PL9.2.8) MOT ASSY ROT (PL11.1.5) FRAME ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.2.9) MOT ASSY MICRO (PL11.1.7) FRAME ASSY-2ND (PL6.1.7) DUPLEX ASSY (PL13.1.1) ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) Can abnormal noise be heard from the DRIVE ASSY FEED (PL14.3.7) in the 500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION?
Yes
No
Replace the 500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION. Clean/replace the ROLL ASSY TURN 500. Clean/replace the ROLL ASSY FEED 500. Replace the FRAME ASSYPH. Clean/replace the ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI. Clean/replace the ROLL REGI RUBBER. Clean/replace the ROLL MSI.
Go to Step 2.
Can abnormal noise be heard from the ROLL ASSY TURN 500 (PL14.3.16) that is driven by the DRIVE ASSY FEED in the 500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION? Can abnormal noise be heard from the ROLL ASSY FEED 500 (PL14.3.11) that is driven by the DRIVE ASSY FEED in the 500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION? Can abnormal noise be heard from the MOTOR-PH (PL5.2.20) in the FRAME ASSY-PH? Can abnormal noise be heard from the ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI (PL5.2.12) in the FRAME ASSY-PH that is driven by the MOTOR-PH? Can abnormal noise be heard from the ROLL REGI RUBBER (PL5.2.8) in the FRAME ASSY-PH that is driven by the MOTOR-PH? Can abnormal noise be heard from the ROLL MSI that is driven by the MOTOR-PH?
Go to Step 3.
Go to Step 4.
Go to Step 5.
Go to Step 6.
Go to Step 7.
Go to Step 8.
2-152
Procedure
Check Items Can abnormal noise be heard from the GEAR ASSY DRIVE that is driven by the MOTOR-PH?
Yes Replace the FRAME ASSYPH. Replace the MOT ASSY FSR. Replace the FUSER ASSY. Clean/replace the 2ND BTR ASSY. Clean/replace the FUSER ASSY. Replace the MOT ASSY P/R. Replace the IBT ASSY. Replace the MOT ASSY MAG. Replace the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE K, HOUSING ASSY-DEVE Y, HOUSING ASSY-DEVE M, or the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE C. Replace the MOT ASSY ROT. Replace the FRAME ASSYROTARY. Replace the MOT ASSY MICRO. Replace the FRAME ASSY2ND.
No
Go to Step 9.
Can abnormal noise be heard from the MOT ASSY FSR? Can abnormal noise be heard from the FUSER ROLL in the FUSER ASSY that is driven by the MOT ASSY FSR? Can abnormal noise be heard from the 2ND BTR ASSY that is driven by the MOT ASSY FSR? Can abnormal noise be heard from the EXIT ROLL in the FUSER ASSY that is driven by the MOT ASSY FSR? Can abnormal noise be heard from the MOT ASSY P/R? Can abnormal noise be heard from the IBT ASSY?
Go to Step 10.
10
Go to Step 11.
11
Go to Step 12.
12
Go to Step 13.
13 14
15
Can abnormal noise be heard from the MOT ASSY MAG?
Go to Step 16.
16
Can abnormal noise be heard from the HOUSING ASSYDEVE K, HOUSING ASSY-DEVE Y, HOUSING ASSYDEVE M, or HOUSING ASSY-DEVE C that are driven by the MOT ASSY MAG?
Go to Step 17.
17
Go to Step 18.
18
Can abnormal noise be heard from the FRAME ASSYROTARY that is driven by the MOT ASSY ROT? Can abnormal noise be heard from the MOT ASSY MICRO? Can abnormal noise be heard from the FRAME ASSY2ND that is driven by the MOT ASSY MICRO?
Go to Step 19.
19
Go to Step 20.
20
Go to Step 21.
2-153
Procedure
Check Items
Yes Reinstall the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV. (Refer to REP13.10) If the problem persists, replace the DUPLEX OPTION. Clean/replace the ROLLER ASSY INVERTER. Replace the DUPLEX OPTION. Clean/replace the ROLLER ASSY DUP. Clean/replace the ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT. Replace the ROS ASSY.
No
21
Can abnormal noise be heard from the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV in the DUPLEX OPTION?
Go to Step 22.
22
Can abnormal noise be heard from the ROLLER ASSY INVERTER (PL13.2.21) that is driven by the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV in the DUPLEX OPTION? Can abnormal noise be heard from the MOTOR ASSY DUP in the DUPLEX OPTION? Can abnormal noise be heard from the ROLLER ASSY DUP (PL13.4.1) that is driven by the MOTOR ASSY DUP in the DUPLEX OPTION? Can abnormal noise be heard from the ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT (PL13.4.17) that is driven by the MOTOR ASSY DUP in the DUPLEX OPTION? Can abnormal noise be heard from the ROS ASSY?
Go to Step 23.
23
Go to Step 24.
24
Go to Step 25.
25
Go to Step 26.
26
2-154
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP-1.N5 During STANDBY
Procedure
Check Items Parts considered to be the cause: MOT ASY FSR (PL11.1.3) FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12)
Yes
No
Can abnormal noise be heard from the MOT ASSY FSR? (Rotates when the FUSER ASSY reaches a specific temperature.) Can abnormal noise be heard from the FUSER ROLL in the FUSER ASSY that is driven by the MOT ASSY FSR? Can abnormal noise be heard from the 2ND BTR ASSY that is driven by the MOT ASSY FSR?
Replace the MOT ASSY FSR. Clean/replace the FUSER ROLL. Clean/replace the 2ND BTR ASSY.
Go to Step 2.
2-155
2.4 How to use the Diag. (CE) Mode
2.4
2.4.1
How to use the Diag. (CE) Mode

Explanation
Objective) To identify a faulty part replacable at the Support Center. Details) This is for use by the customer engineer. To activate, turn ON the power while pressing the and buttons at the same time. The menu consists of Diag./setting items, all of which are operated from the Control Panel. Select a menu item using the arrow buttons, then press the [Eject/Set] button to start the function. When a Diag. item is performed, it displays whether an error has occurred after the Diag. has been completed. If an error occurs while performing the Diag. item, the error will be displayed and the subsequent diagnosis canceled. Press the [Cancel Print] button or [Eject/Set] button to clear the error and return back to the menu item. In the parameter settings, the current setting values will be displayed by pressing the Set button after the menu items have been selected. After that, select a number by using the / buttons and press the Set button to write data in the NVM.
Flow)
Start Password Entry CE Mode

Figure 2 CE Mode Process Flow Password Entry) Password Entry Screen
CE Mode Password
Enter Password Press the button twice + [Eject/Set] button. Screen after entering the password
CE Mode ESS Diag
(CE mode menu initial display)
2-156
2.4 How to use the Diag. (CE) Mode 2.4.2 Menu tree
The CE Mode has a menu configuration. Select a menu item using the / buttons, then press the [Eject/Set] button to start the function. The following shows the menu tree of the first tree.
Press the / buttons to move between items. When "ESS Diag" is displayed, press the button to display "Parameter". When "Parameter" is displayed, press the button to display "ESS Diag". Press the [Eject/Set] button to move to the second tree. Details on each item in the second tree will be described later.
2-157
(1) ESS Diag Second Tree Execution Tree
* Second tree Press the / buttons to move between items. When "All Test" is displayed, press the button to display "IOT Test". When "IOT Test" is displayed, press the button to display "All Test". Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the first tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to move to the execution tree. * Execution tree Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the second tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to execute diagnosis. "Processing" is displayed on the LCD lower line during diagnosis. Refer to "2.4.4 ESS Diag Details" for how to display diagnosis results. After the diagnosis is completed, press the [Eject/Set] or [Cancel Print] button to move to the execution tree.
2-158
(2) IOT Diag Second Tree Third Tree Execution Tree
(a) Whole * Second tree Press the / buttons to move between items. When "Digital Input" is displayed, press the button to display "NVM Settings". When "NVM Settings" is displayed, press the button to display "Digital Input". Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the first tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to move to the third tree or the execution tree. (b) Digital Input This is a function that checks the IOT Sensor status. Press the / buttons to move between test items. Press the [Eject/Set] button to execute the status check. When the Sensor status changes (Low <- -> High), the number of changes is displayed. Press the [Cancel Print] button to stop the status check. Press the [Menu] button to move to the second tree. Example: In the case of sens-tray1-door Press the / buttons to select an item. LCD lower line: "DI-f2 OFF" Press the [Eject/Set] button to execute the status check. LCD lower line: "DI-f2 L 0" Sensor is operated in FULL STACK status. LCD lower line: "DI-f2 H 0" Sensor is operated without FULL STACK status. LCD lower line: "DI-f2 L 1" Sensor is operated in FULL STACK status. LCD lower line: "DI-f2 H 1" Press the [Cancel Print] button to stop the status check. LCD lower line: "DI-f2 OFF"
2-159
(c) Digital Output This is a function that checks the motor drive status etc. Press the / buttons to move between test items. Press the [Eject/Set] button to execute the drive. Press the [Cancel Print] button to stop the drive. Press the [Menu] button to move to the second tree. Example: In the case of mot-mag-start Press the / buttons to select an item. LCD lower line: "D0-60 READY" Press the [Eject/Set] button to execute the drive. LCD lower line: "D0-60 EXEC" Press the [Cancel Print] button to stop the drive. LCD lower line: "D0-60 READY" (d) NVM Settings * Third tree Press the / buttons to move between items. When "Edit NVM" is displayed, press the button to display "Print NVM Info". When "Print NVM Info" is displayed, press the button to display "Edit NVM". Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the second tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to move to the execution tree. * "Print NVM Info" is at the third tree = execution tree. * Execution tree (d-1) Edit NVM The currently set IOT NVM value is displayed. Press the / buttons to move the cursor. Press the / buttons to change the value at the cursor position. When the value has been changed, the "*" mark displayed to the right of the value disappears so that you can check whether the change has been made. Press the [Eject/Set] button to store a setting value in the IOT NVM. Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the third tree. This information will not be initialized by any button action. (d-2) Save NVM Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the third tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to save the IOT NVM value. (MCU FW performs saving.) "Processing" is displayed on the LCD lower line when saving. "Saved" is displayed on the LCD lower line after saving is completed. After saving is completed, press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the third tree. This information will not be initialized by any button action.
2-160
(d-3) Load NVM Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the third tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to load the IOT NVM value. (MCU FW performs loading) "Processing" is displayed on the LCD lower line when loading. "Loaded" is displayed on the LCD lower line after loading is completed. After loading is completed, press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the third tree. This information will not be initialized by any button action. (d-4) Initialize NVM Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the third tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to initialize the IOT NVM value. (MCU FW performs initialization) "Processing" is displayed on the LCD lower line during initialization. "Initialized" is displayed on the LCD lower line after initialization is completed. After initialization is completed, press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the third tree. (d-5) Print NVM Info Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the second tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to execute printing. "Processing" is displayed on the LCD lower line during print. A report on the IOT NVM data is printed. After printing is completed, move to the third tree (execution tree).
2-161
(3) Print Info Second Tree Execution Tree
* Second tree Press the / buttons to move between items. When "Config Page" is displayed, press the button to display "Print Settings". When "Print Settings" is displayed, press the button to display "Config Page". Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the first tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to move to the execution tree. * Execution tree Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the second tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to execute printing. "Processing" is displayed on the LCD lower line during print. One copy of each report is printed. After printing is completed, move to the execution tree. * Print Items Prints the following items. * Config Page Tray with IOT IOT ROM Version * Print Settings Serial No. Display Counter Color Print B/W Print Total Print Color Error B/W Error Color Backup B/W Backup Total Backup
2-162
(4) Exit Mode Second Tree Execution Tree
* Second tree Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the first tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to move to the execution tree. * Execution tree Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the second tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to reboot (same operation as Power ON).
2-163
(5) Installation Second Tree Third Tree Execution Tree
2-164
(a) Whole * Second tree Press the / buttons to move between items. When "SerialNo." is displayed, press the button to display "Clear JobHistory". When "Clear JobHistory" is displayed, press the button to display "SerialNo". Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the first tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to move to the third tree or the execution tree. (b) SerialNo. The currently set Serial No. is displayed. Press the [Eject/Set] or [Cancel Print] button to move to the second tree. This information will not be initialized by any button action. (c) Display Counter The ON/OFF status of the currently set Display Counter is displayed. Press the / buttons to switch between ON/OFF. When a change has been made, check for the "*" mark displayed to the right of the value. The side where the "*" is displayed becomes the set value. Press the [Eject/Set] button to store the set value in the NVM and move to the second tree. Press the [Cancel Print] button to abort storing of the set value in the NVM and move to the second tree. This information will not be initialized by any button action. (d) Tone Correction This changes the ON/OFF information of the currently set Auto Tone Correction. Press the / buttons to switch between ON/OFF. When a change has been made, check for the "*" mark displayed to the right of the value. The side where the "*" is displayed becomes the set value. Press the [Eject/Set] button to store the set value in the NVM and move to the second tree. Press the [Cancel Print] button to abort storing of the set value in the NVM and move to the second tree. This information will not be initialized by any button action. (e) Configuration * Third tree Press the / buttons to move between items. When "Dip Switch0" is displayed, press the button to display "Dip Switch3". When "Dip Switch3" is displayed, press the button to display "Dip Switch0". Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the second tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to move to the execution tree. * Execution tree The currently set values for Dip Switch0~3 are displayed. Press the / buttons to move the cursor. Press the / buttons to change the value at the cursor position. When the value has been changed, the "*" mark displayed to the right of the value disappears so that you can check whether the change has been made. 0 and 1 can be set. When the value is set to "1", press the button to change the value to "0". The value does not change when the value is set to "0". When the value is set to "0", press the button to change the value to "1". The value does not change when the value is set to "1". Press the [Eject/Set] button to store the set value in the NVM and move to the third tree. Press the [Cancel Print] button to abort storing of the set value in the NVM and move to the third tree. This information can be initialized by "Clear All NVM" (described later).
2-165
(f) Billing Counter * Third tree Press the / buttons to move between items. When "Color Print" is displayed, press the button to display "B/W Error". When "B/W Error" is displayed, press the button to display "Color Print". Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the second tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to move to the execution tree. * Execution tree The current counter value is displayed. Press the [Eject/Set] or [Cancel Print] button to move to the third tree. This information can be initialized by "Clear All NVM" and "Reset Counter" (described later). (g) Reset Counter Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the second tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to initialize the counter. "Initializing" is displayed on the LCD lower line during initialization. "Initialized" is displayed on the LCD lower line after initialization is completed. After the initialization is completed, press the [Eject/Set] or [Cancel Print] button to move to the execution tree. The PrnCounter can also be initialized by "Clear All NVM" (described later). (h) CopyCounter MtoB This copies the Master NVM value in the Backup NVM. Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the second tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to copy. "Processing" is displayed on the LCD lower line when copying. "Copied" is displayed on the LCD lower line after copying is completed. After copying is completed, press the [Eject/Set] or [Cancel Print] button to move to the execution tree. (i) CopyCounter BtoM This copies the Backup NVM value in the Master NVM. Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the second tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to copy. "Processing" is displayed on the LCD lower line during copying. "Copied" is displayed on the LCD lower line after copying is completed. After copying is completed, press the [Eject/Set] or [Cancel Print] button to move to the execution tree. (j) Reset PV Counter Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the second tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to initialize the counter. "Initializing" is displayed on the LCD lower line during initialization. "Initialized" is displayed on the LCD lower line after initialization is completed. After the initialization is completed, press the [Eject/Set] or [Cancel Print] button to move to the execution tree. The PV Counter can also be initialized by "Clear All NVM" (described later). (k) Clear All NVM Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the second tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to initialize the NVM. "Initializing" is displayed on the LCD lower line during initialization. "Initialized" is displayed on the LCD lower line after initialization is completed. After the initialization is completed, press the [Eject/Set] or [Cancel Print] button to move to the execution tree.
2-166
(l) Clear JobHistory Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the second tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to initialize the Job History. "Initializing" is displayed on the LCD lower line during initialization. "Initialized" is displayed on the LCD lower line after initialization is completed. After the initialization is completed, press the [Eject/Set] or [Cancel Print] button to move to the execution tree. The Job History can also be initialized by "Clear All NVM" (described earlier).
2-167
(6) Test Print Second Tree Execution Tree
* Second tree Press the / buttons to move between items. When "Grid IOT" is displayed, press the button to display "Gradation ESS". When "Gradation ESS" is displayed, press the button to display "Grid IOT". Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the first tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to move to the execution tree. * Execution tree Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the second tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to print. "Processing" is displayed on the LCD lower line during print. Each Test Print is printed. After printing is completed, move to the execution tree.
2-168
(7) Parameter Second Tree Execution Tree Execute the process
2-169
Second Tree
Execution Tree
Execute the process
* Second tree Press the / buttons to move between items. When "Slow Scan Feed" is displayed, press the button to display "Print". When "Print" is displayed, press the button to display "Slow Scan Feed". Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the first tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to move to the execution tree. (a) Regi Adjustment (Slow Scan, Fast Scan) The currently set Regi Adjustment value is displayed. Press the / buttons to change the values. When the value has been changed, the "*" mark displayed to the right of the value disappears so that you can check whether the change has been made. Refer to Menu Tree for settable values. When the value has been set to the minimum, pressing the button does not change the value. When the value has been set to the maximum, pressing the button does not change the value. Press the [Eject/Set] button to store the set value in the NVM and move to the second tree. Press the [Cancel Print] button to abort storing of the set value in the NVM and move to the second tree.
2-170
(b) Life Press the / buttons to move between items. When "Read" is displayed, press the button to display "Initialize". When "Initialize" is displayed, press the button to display "Read". Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the second tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to execute the process. * Read The current Life counter value is displayed. Press the [Eject/Set] or [Cancel Print] button to move to the execution tree. * Initialize Initializes the Life counter. "Initialized" is displayed on the LCD lower line after initialization is completed. Press the [Eject/Set] or [Cancel Print] button to move to the execution tree. (c) Print Press the [Cancel Print] button to move to the second tree. Press the [Eject/Set] button to print. "Processing" is displayed on the LCD lower line during print. A report is printed. After printing is completed, move to the execution tree.
2-171
2.4 How to use the Diag. (CE) Mode 2.4.3 Function Items in CE Mode
The following shows the Diag./setting items that can be executed in the CE mode. Table 3 Process Overview Function ESS Diag CodeROM Test EEPROM Test DRAM Test MAC+PHY Test 1 HAYATE Test PANEL Test IOT Test All Test Test print Grid IOT Grid 2 ESS Cyan 20% ESS Magenta 20% ESS Yellow 20% ESS Black 20% ESS CMY 20% ESS Gradation ESS IOT Diag Digital Input Test Digital Output Test NVM Settings Save NVM NVM Settings Load NVM NVM Settings Initialize NVM Details Calculates the ROM check sum and compares it with the stored value. Writes/reads/verifies the EEPROM Diag area. OPEN/SHORT test of DRAM address line. Writes/ reads/verifies the DRAM whole area. PHY Internal Loopback Test Performs a register check test. Tests the LED, LCD, and buttons on the Control Panel. Performs a communication test for the IOT. Performs the ESS Diag except for the following: CENTRONICS/MAC+PHY/PANEL tests Outputs the IOT built-in patterns. Outputs the ESS built-in grid patterns. Outputs A4 paper filled with Cyan 20%. Outputs A4 paper filled with Magenta 20%. Outputs A4 paper filled with Yellow 20%. Outputs A4 paper filled with Black 20%. Outputs A4 paper filled with C, M and Y 20%. Outputs the 100% to 2% gradation pattern on A4 paper. Digital Input Component Test Digital Output Component Test Saves the IOT NVM data. MCU FW performs the saving. ESS FW only provides the trigger for saving. Loads the saved IOT NVM data. MCU FW performs the loading. ESS FW only provides the trigger for loading. Initializes the IOT NVM data. MCU FW performs the initialization. ESS FW only provides the trigger for initialization.
NVM Settings Edit NVM Edits NVM values.
NVM Settings Print NVM Prints the NVM data in the IOT. Info Parameter Slow Scan Feed Regi Adjustment Fast Scan Regi Adjustment Life Print Feed Direction Regi Adjustment Performs Regi Adjustment in the scan direction for Tray 1, 2, Duplex, and MSI. Reads and initialize the Life counter for the Toners, BTR, Fuser, Printer Head, and Printer. Prints the parameters and error count stored in the IOT.
2-172
Function Installation SerialNo. Display Counter Tone Correction Details Displays 8-digit Serial No. Sets the Billing counter display to ON/OFF. Sets whether the tone correction is automatically performed based on the temperature and humidity that are read by the Environment Sensor. Performs operations for the Billing counter. Performs the operations for the Dip switch on the ESS NVM. Clears the Billing counter Copies data from Master NVM to the Backup NVM. Copies data from Backup NVM to the Master NVM. Clears the Print Volume counter Clears all ESS NVM including billing. Clears the Job History data Outputs the printer configuration. Prints setting data from the Control Panel. Exit from the Diag mode and reboot.
Billing Counter Configuration Reset Counter CopyCounter MtoB CopyCounter BtoM Reset PV Counter Clear All NVM Clear JobHistory Others Exit Mode Configuration Page Print Settings Complete Exit
2-173
2.4 How to use the Diag. (CE) Mode 2.4.4 ESS Diag Details
This section describes the details of each ESS Diag.
2.4.4.1 CodeROM Test

ROM Test Calculates the ROM check sum. Compares the value with the correct check sum for each chip that has been stored and determines that the chip is normal when the values match. During normal operation CHECK OK When an error occurs CodeROM #* ERROR S=xxxx V=yyyy (xxxx: calculated value, yyyy: ROM stored value *: 0, 1)
2.4.4.2 EEPROM Test

EEPROM Test Reads/writes/verifies the test patterns (0xff, 0xaa, 0x55, 0x00) for one byte of each 0x400 starting from the EEPROM first byte. During normal operation CHECK OK When an error occurs EEPROM ID* ERROR (*: 1, 2)
2.4.4.3 DRAM Test

The optional DRAM SIMM checks for insertion and performs a test for the memory area when it detects insertion. DRAM Test Reads/writes/verifies the test patterns (0xffffffff, 0xaaaaaaaa, 0x55555555, 0x0000000) for the whole tested area in the unit of words. During normal operation CHECK OK When an error occurs DRAM slot* ERROR (*: 0, 1)
2.4.4.4 CENTRONICS Test

Centronics Test 2 Performs a local loopback test. During normal operation None None When an error occurs
2-174
2.4.4.5 MAC+PHY Test
MAC+PHY Test 1 PHY Internal Loopback Test MAC+PHY Test 2 External PHY external loopback test During normal operation CHECK OK When an error occurs MAC+PHY ERROR
2.4.4.6 HAYATE Test

HAYATE Test Checks the HAYATE ASIC register (Hayate Status Register). During normal operation CHECK OK HAYATE ERROR When an error occurs
2.4.4.7 IOT Test

Performs a communication test for the IOT. It then checks whether commands can be sent/received to/from the IOT by reading the IOT status register. Sends the following command that reads the status register to check whether a correct response is returned. 1. Read ROM Revision No During normal operation CHECK OK IOT ERROR When an error occurs
2-175
2.4.4.8 PANEL Test
Performs input/output tests of the Control Panel. Data is displayed on the LED and LCD when the following buttons are pressed: Button LED LCD "UP" is displayed on the LCD. "DOWN" is displayed on the LCD. "LEFT" is displayed on the LCD. "RIGHT" is displayed on the LCD. Eject/Set Menu Cancel Print Power Saver / pressed at the same time -(Test completed) "SET" is displayed on the LCD. "MENU" is displayed on the LCD. "CANCEL" is displayed on the LCD. "POWER SAVER" is displayed on the LCD. -(Test completed)
: Indicate the Ready LED (green), Alarm LED (amber), and Power Saver LED. : Light OFF, : Light ON
2.4.4.9 All Test

Performs the ESS Diag tests except for the CENTRONICS/MAC+PHY/PANEL tests. During normal operation CHECK OK *** ERROR When an error occurs
***: Displays a failed test name (CodeROM/EEPROM/DRAM/HAYATE/IOT)
2-176
2.4 How to use the Diag. (CE) Mode 2.4.5 Other Diag./Settings
The DI test is a function to check whether or not the DI components are operating properly. (Refer to "2.4.5.2" on DI components.) The number displayed on the Control Panel is 0 when the DI test begins. This number is counted up when a DI component is turned ON from OFF, which allows you to check the operation. The DI test covers all the DI components. When the DI test is executed, no other CE Diag. functions can be carried out at the same time. Therefore, the printer does not accept any operations except the operations for the DI components and DI test completion operation. When the DI test completion operation is performed, the Control Panel display changes to the CE Diag. functions menu.
2.4.5.1 Digital Input (DI) Test
2.4.5.2 Digital Input Test Parameter Table

Menu No. DI- 8 DI- 9 DI- b DI- d DI- e DI-15 DI-19 DI-20 DI-42 DI-52 DI-53 DI-54 DI-55 DI-56 DI-57 DI-68 DI-69 DI-6a DI-6c DI-6e DI-d0 DI-d1 DI-d2 DI-d4 DI-f0 DI-f1 DI-f2 Code_DI sens-2btr sens-ibt-cln d_sleep relay-fuser intlk-24 sw-fuser-cover sw-2btr-cover ant-rxd sens-tr0 sw-door-rh sens-paper-empty sens-regi sens-ohp sens-fuser-exit sens-fuser-ent U2 mcu-check test-print sens-home sens-tner-full opt:dup-in-sns opt:dup-out-sns opt:dup-door-sns opt:dup-24v sens-tray1-type sens-tray1-empty sens-tray1-door Component SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT SENSOR IBT RETRACT FUSER LOCK SWITCH SWITCH ASSY TOP and SWITCH-INLK FUSER SWITCH-FUSER DOOR SWITCH 2BTR COVER SENSOR TR-0 SWITCH-PH DOOR SENSOR PAPER EMPTY SENSOR REGI SENSOR OHP (FUSER ASSY) SENSOR FUSER IN SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI SENSOR TNER FULL SENSOR UPPER PASS SENSOR LOW PASS SWITCH-DUP DOOR SENSOR PHOTO or SENSER NO PAPER SWITCH-I/L CAB or SWITCH FEEDER DOOR PL No. PL6.1.22 PL6.1.26 PL10.1.6 PL1.1.7 PL1.1.34 PL1.1.36 PL6.1.18 PL7.1.2 PL5.2.23 PL4.1.24 PL5.2.19 PL5.2.16 PL10.1.1 PL6.1.3 PL9.1.18 PL7.1.24 PL13.2.10 PL13.3.11 PL13.2.7 PL3.2.16 PL14.4.3 PL3.2.9 PL14.3.18
2-177
Menu No. DI-f3 DI-f5 DI-f6 DI-f8 DI-f9 DI-fa DI-fb DI-fd DI-fe Code_DI sens-tray1-t/r-pass sens-tray1-cassette-exist sens-tray1-cassette-select sens-tray2-type sens-tray2-empty sens-tray2-door sens-tray2-t/r-pass sens-tray2-cassette-exist sens-tray2-cassette-select Component SENSOR PHOTO or SENSOR T/R SENSER NO PAPER SWITCH FEEDER DOOR SENSOR T/R PL No. PL3.2.19 PL14.4.7 PL14.4.3 PL14.3.18 PL14.4.7 -
2.4.5.3 Digital Output (DO) Test

The DO test is a function to check whether or not the DO components are operating properly. (Refer to "2.4.5.4" on DO components.) The operation can be enabled for every DO component. A user can determine whether or not the component is operating properly by checking the operation from outside. Stopping all DIAG disables all DO components. The DO components can operate at the same time during the DO test. When the Interlock is opened during the DO test, components stop their operations.
2.4.5.4 Digital Output Test Parameter Table

Menu No. DO-0A DO-0C DO-12 DO-13 DO-14 DO-1a DO-1b DO-1c DO-1d DO-1e DO-26 DO-27 DO-29 DO-2a DO-2e DO-3a DO-3d DO-3f DO-40 DO-43 DO-50 p-save th_down sol-feed cl-dispense mot-2btr sens-adc-k-on sens-adc-c-on sol-adc-mes sol-adc-ref mot-ibt-cln intlk-ld 12btr-cln-on 1btr-on ibt-cln-on 2btr-on sol-bcr-ret cl-pre-pre-regi mot-dev-on-hot intlk-24-out fuser-on cl-regi Code_DO Component SOLENOID PICK UP (MOT ASSY MAG) MOT ASSY MICRO (SENSOR ASSY ADC) (SENSOR ASSY ADC) (SENSOR ASSY ADC) (SENSOR ASSY ADC) (DRIVE ASSY PRO) MOT ASSY ROT (FUSER ASSY) CLUTCH ASSY REGI PL No. PL4.1.23 PL11.1.4 PL11.1.7 PL6.1.20 PL6.1.20 PL6.1.20 PL6.1.20 PL11.1.2 PL11.1.5 PL10.1.1 PL5.2.2
2-178
Menu No. DO-51 DO-60 DO-64 DO-65 DO-66 DO-70 DO-71 DO-72 DO-74 DO-75 DO-76 DO-80 DO-81 DO-82 DO-96 DO-b2 DO-b3 DO-b4 DO-c0 DO-c1 DO-c2 DO-c3 DO-c4 DO-c5 DO-c6 DO-c7 DO-c8 DO-c9 DO-d8 DO-d9 DO-db DO-dc DO-e0 DO-e8 Code_DO cl-pre-regi mot-mag-start mot-ph-start mot-ph-speed0 mot-ph-speed1 mot-pr-start mot-pr-speed0 mot-pr-speed1 mot-fuser-start mot-fuser-speed0 mot-fuser-speed1 mot-ibt-brush-start mot-ibt-brush-speed0 mot-ibt-brush-speed1 mot-poiygon-start dev-dc-on flicker-on Ibt-cln-hl opt:dup-mot-drv1 opt:dup-drv1-speed0 opt:dup-drv1-speed1 opt:dup-drv1-direct opt:dup-mot-drv2 opt:dup-drv2-speed0 opt:dup-drv2-speed1 opt:dup-drv2-direct opt:dup-gate-push opt:dup-gate-pull cl-tray1 cl-tray2 sol-tray1 sol-tray2 mot-tray1-start mot-tray2-start Component CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI MOT ASSY MAG MOTOR-PH MOTOR-PH MOTOR-PH MOT ASSY P/R MOT ASSY P/R MOT ASSY P/R MOT ASSY FSR MOT ASSY FSR MOT ASSY FSR (DRIVE ASSY PRO) (DRIVE ASSY PRO) (DRIVE ASSY PRO) (ROS ASSY) MOTOR ASSY DUP INV MOTOR ASSY DUP INV MOTOR ASSY DUP INV MOTOR ASSY DUP INV MOTOR ASSY DUP MOTOR ASSY DUP MOTOR ASSY DUP MOTOR ASSY DUP SOLENOID ASSY DUP SOLENOID ASSY DUP CLUTCH ASSY PH or CLUTCH ASSY FEED CLUTCH ASSY FEED SOLENOID FEED SOLENOID FEED DRIVE ASSY FEED 250 or MOTOR ASSY FEEDER MOTOR ASSY FEEDER PL No. PL5.2.22 PL11.1.4 PL5.2.20 PL5.2.20 PL5.2.20 PL11.1.6 PL11.1.6 PL11.1.6 PL11.1.3 PL11.1.3 PL11.1.3 PL11.1.2 PL11.1.2 PL11.1.2 PL8.1.1 PL13.2.18 PL13.2.18 PL13.2.18 PL13.2.18 PL13.4.14 PL13.4.14 PL13.4.14 PL13.4.14 PL13.2.7 PL13.2.7 PL3.2.5 PL14.3.12 PL14.3.12 PL3.2.3 PL14.3.8 PL14.3.8 PL3.2.2 PL14.3.9 PL14.3.9
2-179
2.4.5.5 NVM Access
The NVM (EEPROM in the IOT) can be accessed for data read/write by operating the Control Panel. The following functions are available. (Refer to "2.6 NVM List" for the NVM.) Edits the NVM data. Saves the NVM data. Reverts to the saved data in the NVM. Initializes the NVM data. Prints the NVM data. Edit NVM The following shows the UI specifications: Select the menu shown at left and press the Set key. What is shown at left appears. Pressing the left/right arrow allows moving the cursor to the left/right. Pressing the up/down arrow allows changing the value the cursor points to. Changing the value at Address Area (Ad) allows reading and displaying data on the right side of =. Changing the data leads to deletion of the * mark, which shows the current NVM value is changed. Pressing the Set key allows writing the new value in the NVM.
cursor
Pressing the Cancel key allows returning to the previous screen. Save NVM Saves the NVM data. MCU FW performs the saving. ESS FW only provides the trigger for saving. Load NVM Loads the saved data to the NVM. MCU FW performs the loading. ESS FW only provides the trigger for loading. Initialize NVM Initializes the NVM data. MCU FW performs the initialization. ESS FW only provides the trigger for initialization. Print NVM Info Prints the NVM data.
2-180
2.4.5.6 Parameter Settings
Parameter Operation Read/writes the following parameters stored in the IOT. Item Slow Scan Feed Regi Adjustment Fast Scan Regi Adjustment Life Range 0~128 0~64 Details Feed Direction Regi Setting Scan Direction Regi Settings for Aux1, 2, MSI, and Dup. Reading and Initialization of Fuser and Printer Life Counter
Print Parameter List Outputs the parameter values in the IOT, errors, and life count value.
2.4.5.7 Installation Settings

Sets the following parameters: Item SerialNo. Display Counter Color Print B/W Print Total Print Color Backup B/W Backup Total Backup Color Error B/W Error Reset Counter CopyCounter MtoB CopyCounter BtoM Reset PV Counter Clear All NVM Clear JobHistory Range 8 digits ON, OFF Details Sets 8-digit Serial No. Sets whether to display the Billing Counter. Displays the Color Print Counter current value. Displays the B/W Print Counter current value. Displays the Total Print Counter current value. Displays the Color Backup Counter current value. Displays the B/W Backup Counter current value. Displays the Total Backup Counter current value. Displays the Color Error Counter current value. Displays the B/W Error Counter current value. Resets the three counter values (0 clear). Copies data from Master NVM to the Backup NVM. Copies data from Backup NVM to the Master NVM. Resets the Print Volume Counter (0 clear). Clear All ESS NVM Clears Job History data
2-181
2.4 How to use the Diag. (CE) Mode 2.4.6 Test Print
Prints the specified pattern. When Jam/No Paper occurs during printing, the printer waits until the problem is cleared before resuming.
2.4.6.1 Grid
Prints the test patterns in the IOT. Checks the print function on the IOT side.
2.4.6.2 Grid 2
Prints the ESS built-in grid patterns.
2.4.6.3 Density 20% Pattern

Prints paper filled with cyan, magenta, yellow, black, and CMY mixed colors with 20% density.
2.4.6.4 Gradation Pattern

Prints paper with 0 to 100% density gradation of cyan, magenta, yellow, and black.
2-182
2.5 Diag. by the Unit Alone
2.5
2.5.1
Diag. by the Unit Alone

Overview
Allows continuous printing of the MCU built-in samples that are not transferred through the PWBA ESS for checking the IOT operations. If no problem is found on the PWBA MCU built-in sample, the PWBA ESS may have a failure.
2.5.2
Print Method
1) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12)
WARNING When performing the following procedures, never touch the currentcarrying parts and drives. 2) 3) Load paper into the MSI and then turn the power ON. After the printer has entered the READY mode, short-circuit the PWBA MCU test print pad which is placed at the upper right of the PWBA MCU Interface connector (P411) with a minidriver, etc. Every time it is short-circuited, one sheet of test print is output.
NOTE
WARNING When short-circuiting the pad, be careful not to have your hands or the
tools come into contact with other devices.
NOTE NOTE
If the printer is in the error status, printing cannot be done. Refer to "10.7 Operation Mode" in Chapter 10 Machine Overview regarding the READY mode.
PWBA MCU
Leg_Sec002_003EB
2-183
2.5 Diag. by the Unit Alone 2.5.3 Test Print Pattern
400 dot line (400dpi)
1 dot line 127 dot
508 dot (400dpi)
2-184
2.6 NVM List
2.6
NVM List
CAUTION CAUTION
NVM Number (Hex) 0 (0000) 1 (0001) 2 (0002) 3 (0003) No. of Data Bytes SIDE REGI MSI 1 Adjust the rise time of the Line SYNC. SIDE REGI TRAY1 1 Adjust the rise time of the Line SYNC. SIDE REGI TRAY2 1 Adjust the rise time of the Line SYNC. SIDE REGI DUP Side Batch Correction 1 Corrects the Line SYNC rise time at the DUP side against the SIMP side. LEAD REGI A 22 (0016) 1 LEAD REGI adjustment value: Plain 1, Plain 2, Recycled, Bond LEAD REGI B 23 (0017) 1 LEAD REGI adjustment value: Heavyweight 1, Coated 2 LEAD REGI C 24 (0018) 1 LEAD REGI adjustment value: Transparency LEAD REGI D 25 (0019) 1 LEAD REGI Adjustment value: Envelope LEAD REGI E 26 (001A) 1 LEAD REGI adjustment value: Postcard LEAD REGI F 27 (001B) 1 LEAD REGI adjustment value: Labels 1, Labels 2 LEAD_REGI_ADJUST 34 (0022) 1 LEAD REGI adjustment value (All paper batch correction) Never try to write data in the NVM that is not described below since it is used as a system area for the machine. The initial values are only for reference as they vary according to the specifications. Function Data details Setting Initial Range (Hex) Value (Hex) Unit 0x00~0x40 4 dot 0.169mm 0x00~0x40 4 dot 0.169mm 0x00~0x40 4 dot 0.169mm 0x00~0x40 4 dot 0.169mm -60~127 1[PRclk] Full speed: 0.959ms -60~127 1[PRclk] Full speed: 0.959ms -60~127 1[PRclk] Full speed: 0.959ms -60~127 1[PRclk] Full speed: 0.959ms -60~127 1[PRclk] Full speed: 0.959ms -60~127 1[PRclk] Full speed: 0.959ms 0~128 1[PRclk] Full speed: 0.959ms 64 (40) -25 (E7) -19 (ED) -18 (EE) -26 (E6) -29 (E3) -26 (E6) 32 (20) 29 (1D) 26 (1A) 37 (25)
2-185
2.6 NVM List
NVM Number (Hex) 41 (0029) No. of Data Bytes LEAD REGI G 1 LEAD REGI adjustment value: Heavyweight 2, Coated 3 LEAD REGI H 42 (002A) 1 LEAD REGI adjustment value: Custom 1 LEAD REGI I 43 (002B) 1 LEAD REGI adjustment value: Custom 2 LEAD REGI J 44 (002C) 209 (00D1) 210 (00D2) 211 (00D3) 212 (00D4) 213 (00D5) 214 (00D6) 215 (00D7) 216 (00D8) 217 (00D9) 218 (00DA) 219 (00DB) 220 (00DC) 221 (00DD) 222 (00DE) 1 LEAD REGI adjustment value: Custom 3 I2_OS_LEVEL_P1 Plain 1 Offset Level I2_OS_LEVEL_P2 Bond Offset Level I2_OS_LEVEL_C1 Heavyweight 1 Offset Level I2_OS_LEVEL_C2 Heavyweight 2 Offset Level I2_OS_LEVEL_E Envelope Offset Level I2_OS_LEVEL_Coat1 Coated 1 Offset Level I2_OS_LEVEL_Coat2 Coated 2 Offset Level I2_OS_LEVEL_Coat3 Coated 3 Offset Level I2_OS_LEVEL_Label Labels Offset Level I2_OS_LEVEL_OHP Transparency Offset Level I2_OS_LEVEL_Post Postcard Offset Level OFFSET1_P1 Offset Current 1_Plain 1 OFFSET1_P2 Offset Current 1_Bond OFFSET1_C1 Offset Current 1_Heavyweight 1 Setting Initial Range (Hex) Value (Hex) Unit -60~127 1[PRclk] Full speed: 0.959ms -60~127 1[PRclk] Full speed: 0.959ms -60~127 1[PRclk] Full speed: 0.959ms -60~127 1[PRclk] Full speed: 0.959ms 1~16 1 1~16 1 1~16 1 1~16 1 1~16 1 1~16 1 1~16 1 1~16 1 1~16 1 1~16 1 1~16 1 0~254 0.59uA 0~254 0.59uA 0~254 0.59uA -34 (DE) 5 (05) 5 (05) 5 (05) 5 (05) 5 (05) 5 (05) 5 (05) 5 (05) 5 (05) 5 (05) 5 (05) 4 (04) 4 (04) 4 (04) -34 (DE) -34 (DE) -29 (E3)
Function Data details
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2-186
2.6 NVM List
NVM Number (Hex) 223 (00DF) 224 (00E0) 225 (00E1) 226 (00E2) 227 (00E3) 228 (00E4) 229 (00E5) 230 (00E6) 231 (00E7) 232 (00E8) 233 (00E9) 234 (00EA) 235 (00EB) 236 (00EC) 237 (00ED) 238 (00EE) 239 (00EF) 240 (00F0) 241 (00F1) 318 (013E) 319 (013F) No. of Data Bytes 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 OFFSET1_C2 Offset Current 1_Heavyweight 2 OFFSET1_E Offset Current 1_Envelope OFFSET1_Coat1 Offset Current 1_Coated 1 OFFSET1_Coat2 Offset Current 1_Coated 2 OFFSET1_Coat3 Offset Current 1_Coated 3 OFFSET1_Label Offset Current 1_Labels OFFSET1_OHP Offset Current 1_Transparency OFFSET1_Post Offset Current 1_Postcard OFFSET2_P1 Offset Current 2_Plain 1 OFFSET2_P2 Offset Current 2_Bond OFFSET2_C1 Offset Current 2_Heavyweight 1 OFFSET2_C2 Offset Current 2_Heavyweight 2 OFFSET2_E Offset Current 2_Envelope OFFSET2_Coat1 Offset Current 2_Coated 1 OFFSET2_Coat2 Offset Current 2_Coated 2 OFFSET2_Coat3 Offset Current 2_Coated 3 OFFSET2_Label Offset Current 2_Labels OFFSET2_OHP Offset Current 2_Transparency OFFSET2_Post Offset Current 2_Postcard CYCLEDOWN WAIT TIMER HOLD WAIT TIMER Setting Initial Range (Hex) Value (Hex) Unit 0~254 0.59uA 0~254 0.59uA 0~254 0.59uA 0~254 0.59uA 0~254 0.59uA 0~254 0.59uA 0~254 0.59uA 0~254 0.59uA 0~254 0.59uA 0~254 0.59uA 0~254 0.59uA 0~254 0.59uA 0~254 0.59uA 0~254 0.59uA 0~254 0.59uA 0~254 0.59uA 0~254 0.59uA 0~254 0.59uA 0~254 0.59uA 4 (04) 4 (04) 4 (04) 4 (04) 4 (04) 4 (04) 4 (04) 4 (04) 4 (04) 4 (04) 4 (04) 4 (04) 4 (04) 4 (04) 4 (04) 4 (04) 4 (04) 4 (04) 4 (04) 0 (00) 0 (00)
2-187
2.6 NVM List
NVM Number (Hex) 320 (0140) 488 (01E8) 489 (01E9) 490 (01EA) 491 (01EB) 492 (01EC) 493 (01ED) 494 (01EE) 495 (01EF) 524 (020C) 525 (020D) 526 (020E) 527 (020F) 528 (0210) 529 (0211) 530 (0212) 531 (0213) 532 (0214) 533 (0215) 534 (0216) No. of Data Bytes 1 DUPLEX MODE Xero CRU Warning (Low) 4 Xero CRU Life Warning Threshold Value Xero CRU Warning (Mid Low) Xero CRU Life Warning Threshold Value Xero CRU Warning (Mid High) Xero CRU Life Warning Threshold Value Xero CRU Warning (High) Xero CRU Life Warning Threshold Value Xero CRU Error (Low) 4 Xero CRU Life Limit Threshold Value Xero CRU Error (Mid Low) Xero CRU Life Limit Threshold Value Xero CRU Error (Mid High) Xero CRU Life Limit Threshold Value Xero CRU Error (High) Xero CRU Life Limit Threshold Value FUSER UNIT LIFE WARNING2 (LOW) 4 FUSER Life Warning2 Threshold Value FUSER UNIT LIFE WARNING2 (MID LOW) FUSER Life Warning2 Threshold Value FUSER UNIT LIFE WARNING2 (MID HIGH) FUSER Life Warning2 Threshold Value FUSER UNIT LIFE WARNING2 (HIGH) FUSER Life Warning2 Threshold Value XERO CRU LIFE WARNING2 (LOW) 4 Xero CRU Life Warning2 Threshold Value XERO CRU LIFE WARNING2 (MID LOW) Xero CRU Life Warning2 Threshold Value XERO CRU LIFE WARNING2 (MID HIGH) Xero CRU Life Warning2 Threshold Value XERO CRU LIFE WARNING2 (HIGH) Xero CRU Life Warning2 Threshold Value XERO FC PV (LOW) FullColor PV Counter XERO FC PV (HIGH) FullColor PV Counter XERO CLN LIFE ERROR (LOW) 2 Waste Toner Box Life Warning Threshold Value (Dispense time after Full detected) Setting Initial Range (Hex) Value (Hex) Unit 0 (00)
0~99999999 1920 00 DrumCycle (00) (EE) (02) (00)
0~99999999 9999 9999 DrumCycle (FF) (E0) (F5) (05)
0~99999999 9999 9999 (FF) (E0) (F5) (05)
0~99999999 2000 00 (40) 0~65535 PV 0~65535 100ms (0D) (03) (00) 0 (00) (00) 2050 (02)
2 -
2-188
2.6 NVM List
NVM Number (Hex) 535 (0217) 536 (0218) 537 (0219) 538 (021A) 539 (021B) 540 (021C) 541 (021D) 542 (021E) 543 (021F) 544 (0220) 552 (0228) 553 (0229) 554 (022A) 555 (022B) 556 (022C) 557 (022D) 558 (022E) 559 (022F) No. of Data Bytes Setting Initial Range (Hex) Value (Hex) Unit (08)
Function Data details XERO CLN LIFE ERROR (HIGH) Waste Toner Box Life Warning Threshold Value (Dispense time after Full detected) XERO_CLN_LIFE_SNR_CHK_GARD (LOW)
Minimum dispense time for starting Full detection XERO_CLN_LIFE_SNR_CHK_GARD (MID LOW) Minimum dispense time for starting Full detection XERO_CLN_LIFE_SNR_CHK_GARD (MID HIGH) Minimum dispense time for starting Full detection XERO_CLN_LIFE_SNR_CHK_GARD (HIGH) Minimum dispense time for starting Full detection FUSER UNIT LIFE ERROR (LOW)
0~99999999 3100 0 100ms (18) (79) (00) (00)
FUSER Life FUSER UNIT LIFE ERROR (MID LOW) FUSER Life FUSER UNIT LIFE ERROR (MID HIGH) FUSER Life FUSER UNIT LIFE ERROR (HIGH) FUSER Life XERO_CLN_LIFE_WARNING_GARD Waste Toner Box Life Warning Threshold Value (Drum Cycle from SNR Full detected to Warning) XERO CLN LIFE WARNING (LOW) Waste Toner Life Warning Threshold Value (Dispense time after CRU replacement) XERO CLN LIFE WARNING (MID LOW) Waste Toner Life Warning Threshold Value (Dispense time after CRU replacement) XERO CLN LIFE WARNING (MID HIGH) Waste Toner Life Warning Threshold Value (Dispense time after CRU replacement) XERO CLN LIFE WARNING (HIGH) Waste Toner Life Warning Threshold Value (Dispense time after CRU replacement) XERO FC Dispense (LOW) FullColor Dispense Counter XERO FC Dispense (MID LOW) FullColor Dispense Counter XERO FC Dispense (MID HIGH) FullColor Dispense Counter XERO FC Dispense (HIGH) FullColor Dispense Counter
0~99999999 9999 9999 (FF) 0~255 (E0) (F5) (05) 90 (5A)
0~99999999 1600 00 (00) 0~99999999 (00) 0 (00) (00) (00) (00) (02) (71)
4 -
2-189
2.6 NVM List
NVM Number (Hex) 560 (0230) 561 (0231) 562 (0232) 563 (0233) 564 (0234) 565 (0235) 566 (0236) 567 (0237) 568 (0238) 569 (0239) 570 (023A) 571 (023B) 572 (023C) 573 (023D) 574 (023E) 575 (023F) 576 (0240) 577 (0241) 578 (0242) 579 (0243) No. of Data Bytes 4 Setting Initial Range (Hex) Value (Hex) Unit 0~99999999 9999 9999 (FF) (E0) (F5) (05)
Function Data details FUSER UNIT LIFE WARNING (LOW) FUSER Life Warning Threshold Value FUSER UNIT LIFE WARNING (MID LOW) FUSER Life Warning Threshold Value FUSER UNIT LIFE WARNING (MID HIGH) FUSER Life Warning Threshold Value FUSER UNIT LIFE WARNING (HIGH) FUSER Life Warning Threshold Value K DEVE LIFE WARNING (LOW)
K Deve Life Warning Threshold Value K DEVE LIFE WARNING (MID LOW) K Deve Life Warning Threshold Value K DEVE LIFE WARNING (MID HIGH) K Deve Life Warning Threshold Value K DEVE LIFE WARNING (HIGH) K Deve Life Warning Threshold Value Y DEVE LIFE WARNING (LOW)
0~99999999 9999 9999 (FF) (E0) (F5) (05)
Y Deve Life Warning Threshold Value Y DEVE LIFE WARNING (MID LOW) Y Deve Life Warning Threshold Value Y DEVE LIFE WARNING (MID HIGH) Y Deve Life Warning Threshold Value Y DEVE LIFE WARNING (HIGH) Y Deve Life Warning Threshold Value M DEVE LIFE WARNING (LOW)
0~99999999 9999 9999 (FF) (E0) (F5) (05)
M Deve Life Warning Threshold Value M DEVE LIFE WARNING (MID LOW) M Deve Life Warning Threshold Value M DEVE LIFE WARNING (MID HIGH) M Deve Life Warning Threshold Value M DEVE LIFE WARNING (HIGH) M Deve Life Warning Threshold Value C DEVE LIFE WARNING (LOW)
0~99999999 9999 9999 (FF) (E0) (F5) (05)
C Deve Life Warning Threshold Value C DEVE LIFE WARNING (MID LOW) C Deve Life Warning Threshold Value C DEVE LIFE WARNING (MID HIGH) C Deve Life Warning Threshold Value C DEVE LIFE WARNING (HIGH) C Deve Life Warning Threshold Value
0~99999999 9999 9999 (FF) (E0) (F5) (05)
2-190
2.6 NVM List
NVM Number (Hex) 580 (0244) 581 (0245) 582 (0246) 583 (0247) 584 (0248) 585 (0249) 586 (024A) 587 (024B) 588 (024C) 589 (024D) 590 (024E) 591 (024F) 592 (0250) 593 (0251) 594 (0252) 595 (0253) 596 (0254) 597 (0255) 598 (0256) 599 (0257) No. of Data Bytes 4 Setting Initial Range (Hex) Value (Hex) Unit 0~99999999 9999 9999 (FF) (E0) (F5) (05)
Function Data details 2ND BTR LIFE WARNING (LOW) 2nd BTR Life Warning Threshold Value 2ND BTR LIFE WARNING (MID LOW) 2nd BTR Life Warning Threshold Value 2ND BTR LIFE WARNING (MID HIGH) 2nd BTR Life Warning Threshold Value 2ND BTR LIFE WARNING (HIGH) 2nd BTR Life Warning Threshold Value MSI FEED LIFE WARNING (LOW)
MSI Life Warning Threshold Value MSI FEED LIFE WARNING (MID LOW) MSI Life Warning Threshold Value MSI FEED LIFE WARNING (MID HIGH) MSI Life Warning Threshold Value MSI FEED LIFE WARNING (HIGH) MSI Life Warning Threshold Value TRAY1 FEED LIFE WARNING (LOW)
0~99999999 9999 9999 (FF) (E0) (F5) (05)
Tray1 Life Warning Threshold Value TRAY1 FEED LIFE WARNING (MID LOW) Tray1 Life Warning Threshold Value TRAY1 FEED LIFE WARNING (MID HIGH) Tray1 Life Warning Threshold Value TRAY1 FEED LIFE WARNING (HIGH) Tray1 Life Warning Threshold Value TRAY2 FEED LIFE WARNING (LOW)
0~99999999 9999 9999 (FF) (E0) (F5) (05)
Tray2 Life Warning Threshold Value TRAY2 FEED LIFE WARNING (MID LOW) Tray2 Life Warning Threshold Value TRAY2 FEED LIFE WARNING (MID HIGH) Tray2 Life Warning Threshold Value TRAY2 FEED LIFE WARNING (HIGH) Tray2 Life Warning Threshold Value PRINTER LIFE WARNING (LOW)
0~99999999 9999 9999 (FF) (E0) (F5) (05)
PV Life Warning Threshold Value PRINTER LIFE WARNING (MID LOW) PV Life Warning Threshold Value PRINTER LIFE WARNING (MID HIGH) PV Life Warning Threshold Value PRINTER LIFE WARNING (HIGH) PV Life Warning Threshold Value
0~99999999 9999 9999 (FF) (E0) (F5) (05)
2-191
2.6 NVM List
NVM Number (Hex) 600 (0258) 601 (0259) 602 (025A) 603 (025B) 604 (025C) 605 (025D) 606 (025E) 607 (025F) 712 (02C8) 787 (0313) 818 (0332) 819 (0333) 820 (0334) 821 (0335) 822 (0336) 823 (0337) 824 (0338) 825 (0339) 826 (033A) 827 (033B) 828 (033C) No. of Data Bytes 2 2 2 2 1 Setting Initial Range (Hex) Value (Hex) Unit 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 -127~+127 0,1 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~99999999 4700 (5C) (12) 4700 (5C) (12) 4700 (5C) (12) 4700 (5C) (12) -78 (B2) 1 (01) 0 (00) (00) 0 (00) (00) 0 (00) (00) 0 (00) (00) 0 (00) (00) 0 (00)
Function Data details K TONER LIFE WARNING (LOW) K Toner Life Warning Threshold Value K TONER LIFE WARNING (HIGH) K Toner Life Warning Threshold Value Y TONER LIFE WARNING (LOW) Y Toner Life Warning Threshold Value Y TONER LIFE WARNING (HIGH) Y Toner Life Warning Threshold Value M TONER LIFE WARNING (LOW) M Toner Life Warning Threshold Value M TONER LIFE WARNING (HIGH) M Toner Life Warning Threshold Value C TONER LIFE WARNING (LOW) C Toner Life Warning Threshold Value C TONER LIFE WARNING (HIGH) C Toner Life Warning Threshold Value NVM_FSR_MOT_SPEED Fuser Motor Speed Adjustment INIT SETUP SEQUENCE Installation Sequence Process 0: After processing, 1: Before processing K Toner PV (LOW) K Toner Cartridge PV Counter K Toner PV (HIGH) K Toner Cartridge PV Counter Y Toner PV (LOW) Y Toner Cartridge PV Counter Y Toner PV (HIGH) Y Toner Cartridge PV Counter M Toner PV (LOW) M Toner Cartridge PV Counter M Toner PV (HIGH) M Toner Cartridge PV Counter C Toner PV (LOW) C Toner Cartridge PV Counter C Toner PV (HIGH) C Toner Cartridge PV Counter Xero CRU PV (LOW) XERO CRU PV Counter Xero CRU PV (HIGH) XERO CRU PV Counter PRINTER LIFE COUNTER (LOW) PRINTER Life Counter (PrintPage)
2 2 2 2 2 4
2-192
2.6 NVM List
NVM Number (Hex) 829 (033D) 830 (033E) 831 (033F) 832 (0340) 833 (0341) 834 (0342) 835 (0343) 836 (0344) 837 (0345) 838 (0346) 839 (0347) 840 (0348) 841 (0349) 842 (034A) 843 (034B) 844 (034C) 845 (034D) 846 (034E) 847 (034F) 848 (0350) No. of Data Bytes 4 4 4 4 Setting Initial Range (Hex) Value (Hex) Unit 0~99999999 0~99999999 0~99999999 0~99999999 0~65535 (00) (00) (00) 0 (00) (00) (00) (00) 0 (00) (00) (00) (00) 0 (00) (00) (00) (00) 0 (00) (00) (00) (00) 0 (00)
Function Data details PRINTER LIFE COUNTER (MID LOW) PRINTER Life Counter (PrintPage) PRINTER LIFE COUNTER (MID HIGH) PRINTER Life Counter (PrintPage) PRINTER LIFE COUNTER (HIGH) PRINTER Life Counter (PrintPage) TRAY2 FEED LIFE COUNTER (LOW) TRAY2 FEED Life Counter (Paper feed count) TRAY2 FEED LIFE COUNTER (MID LOW) TRAY2 FEED Life Counter (Paper feed count) TRAY2 FEED LIFE COUNTER (MID HIGH) TRAY2 FEED Life Counter (Paper feed count) TRAY2 FEED LIFE COUNTER (HIGH) TRAY2 FEED Life Counter (Paper feed count) TRAY1 FEED LIFE COUNTER (LOW) TRAY1 FEED Life Counter (Paper feed count) TRAY1 FEED LIFE COUNTER (MID LOW) TRAY1 FEED Life Counter (Paper feed count) TRAY1 FEED LIFE COUNTER (MID HIGH) TRAY1 FEED Life Counter (Paper feed count) TRAY1 FEED LIFE COUNTER (HIGH) TRAY1 FEED Life Counter (Paper feed count) MSI FEED LIFE COUNTER (LOW) MSI FEED Life Counter (Paper feed count) MSI FEED LIFE COUNTER (MID LOW) MSI FEED Life Counter (Paper feed count) MSI FEED LIFE COUNTER (MID HIGH) MSI FEED Life Counter (Paper feed count) MSI FEED LIFE COUNTER (HIGH) MSI FEED Life Counter (Paper feed count) FUSER UNIT LIFE COUNTER (LOW) FUSER UNIT Life Counter (PrintPage) FUSER UNIT LIFE COUNTER (MID LOW) FUSER UNIT Life Counter (PrintPage) FUSER UNIT LIFE COUNTER (MID HIGH) FUSER UNIT Life Counter (PrintPage) FUSER UNIT LIFE COUNTER (HIGH) FUSER UNIT Life Counter (PrintPage) XERO CLN LIFE ERR COUNTER (LOW) Waste Toner Box Life Counter (Dispense time after Full detected)
2-193
2.6 NVM List
NVM Number (Hex) 849 (0351) 850 (0352) 851 (0353) 852 (0354) No. of Data Bytes Setting Initial Range (Hex) Value (Hex) Unit 0~255 0~ 4294967295 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~65535 0~99999999 DrumCycle (00) 0 (00) (00) 0 (00) (00) 0 (00) (00) 0 (00) (00) 0 (00) (00) (00) (00) (00) (00)
Function Data details XERO CLN LIFE ERR COUNTER (HIGH) Waste Toner Box Life Counter (Dispense time after Full detected) XERO CLN WARNING Fixed Guard Counter Waste Toner Box Life Counter (Drum Cycle after Full detected) dummy XERO CLN LIFE COUNTER (LOW)
0 (00) 0 (00) 0 (00)
Waste Toner Box Life Counter (Dispense time after CRU replacement) XERO CLN LIFE COUNTER (MID LOW) Waste Toner Box Life Counter (Dispense time after CRU replacement) XERO CLN LIFE COUNTER (MID HIGH) Waste Toner Box Life Counter (Dispense time after CRU replacement) XERO CLN LIFE COUNTER (HIGH) Waste Toner Box Life Counter (Dispense time after CRU replacement) K Toner Life Counter (Low) K Toner Life Counter (Dispense time from New Cartridge) K Toner Life Counter (High) K Toner Life Counter (Dispense time from New Cartridge) Y Toner Life Counter (Low) Y Toner Life Counter (Dispense time from New Cartridge) Y Toner Life Counter (High) Y Toner Life Counter (Dispense time from New Cartridge) M Toner Life Counter (Low) M Toner Life Counter (Dispense time from New Cartridge) M Toner Life Counter (High) M Toner Life Counter (Dispense time from New Cartridge) C Toner Life Counter (Low) C Toner Life Counter (Dispense time from New Cartridge) C Toner Life Counter (High) C Toner Life Counter (Dispense time from New Cartridge) Xero CRU Counter (Low) Xero CRU Life Counter (P/R Drum: 1 count for 1 cycle) Xero CRU Counter (Mid Low) Xero CRU Life Counter (P/R Drum: 1 count for 1 cycle) Xero CRU Counter (Mid High) Xero CRU Life Counter (P/R Drum: 1 count for 1 cycle)
853 (0355) 854 (0356) 855 (0357) 932 (03A4) 933 (03A5) 934 (03A6) 935 (03A7) 936 (03A8) 937 (03A9) 938 (03AA) 939 (03AB) 948 (03B4) 949 (03B5) 950 (03B6)
2 2 2 2 4 -
2-194
2.6 NVM List
NVM Number (Hex) 951 (03B7) 952 (03B8) 953 (03B9) 954 (03BA) 955 (03BB) 956 (03BC) 957 (03BD) 958 (03BE) 959 (03BF) 960 (03C0) 961 (03C1) 962 (03C2) 963 (03C3) 964 (03C4) 965 (03C5) 966 (03C6) 967 (03C7) 991 (03DF) 996 (03E4) 997 (03E5) 998 (03E6) No. of Data Bytes 4 4 4 4 1 4 Setting Initial Range (Hex) Value (Hex) Unit 0~99999999 0~99999999 0~99999999 0~99999999 0,1 0~100000 1 PV (00) 0 (00) (00) (00) (00) 0 (00) (00) (00) (00) 0 (00) (00) (00) (00) 0 (00) (00) (00) (00) 0 (00) 0 (00) (00) (00)
Function Data details Xero CRU Counter (High) Xero CRU Life Counter (P/R Drum: 1 count for 1 cycle) DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_CTR_K (Low) K DEVE Life Counter (MagRoll ON time) DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_CTR_K (Mid Low) K DEVE Life Counter (MagRoll ON time) DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_CTR_K (Mid High) K DEVE Life Counter (MagRoll ON time) DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_CTR_K (High) K DEVE Life Counter (MagRoll ON time) DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_CTR_Y (Low) Y DEVE Life Counter (MagRoll ON time) DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_CTR_Y (Mid Low) Y DEVE Life Counter (MagRoll ON time) DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_CTR_Y (Mid High) Y DEVE Life Counter (MagRoll ON time) DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_CTR_Y (High) Y DEVE Life Counter (MagRoll ON time) DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_CTR_M (Low) M DEVE Life Counter (MagRoll ON time) DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_CTR_M (Mid Low) M DEVE Life Counter (MagRoll ON time) DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_CTR_M (Mid High) M DEVE Life Counter (MagRoll ON time) DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_CTR_M (High) M DEVE Life Counter (MagRoll ON time) DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_CTR_C (Low) C DEVE Life Counter (MagRoll ON time) DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_CTR_C (Mid Low) C DEVE Life Counter (MagRoll ON time) DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_CTR_C (Mid High) C DEVE Life Counter (MagRoll ON time) DEVE_UNIT_LIFE_CTR_C (High) C DEVE Life Counter (MagRoll ON time) PROCON_TUUCHI Process Control Notification Flag 2BTR_LIFE_COUNTER_Low 2BTR Life Counter 2BTR_LIFE_COUNTER_Mid Low 2BTR Life Counter 2BTR_LIFE_COUNTER_Mid High 2BTR Life Counter
2-195
2.6 NVM List
NVM Number (Hex) 999 (03E7) 1021 (03FD) No. of Data Bytes 2BTR Life Counter MCU Version Data (High) Setting Initial Range (Hex) Value (Hex) Unit (00) 0 (00)
Function Data details 2BTR_LIFE_COUNTER_High
2-196
Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting

Table of Contents
Table of Contents
3.1 Preface......................................................................................................................3-2
3.1.1 3.1.2 3.2.1 3.3.1 3.3.2 3.3.3 3.3.4 3.3.5 3.3.6 3.3.7 Organization and Characteristics of Chapter 3....................................................................... 3-2 How to use Image Quality Troubleshooting............................................................................ 3-2 Image Quality Troubleshooting Entry Chart ........................................................................... 3-3 Parallelism .............................................................................................................................. 3-6 Perpendicularity...................................................................................................................... 3-6 Skew....................................................................................................................................... 3-7 Linearity .................................................................................................................................. 3-7 Magnification Error ................................................................................................................. 3-7 Registration ............................................................................................................................ 3-8 Print Guaranteed Area............................................................................................................ 3-8
3.2 Image Quality Problem .............................................................................................3-3 3.3 Image Quality Specifications.....................................................................................3-6
3.4 Test Print Method......................................................................................................3-9 3.5 Image Quality FIP ...................................................................................................3-10

FIP-1.P1 Light printing (weak gradation) ......................................................................................... 3-10 FIP-1.P2 Blank print ......................................................................................................................... 3-12 FIP-1.P3 Black solid print ................................................................................................................. 3-14 FIP-1.P4 Print is cut vertically in the paper feed direction (white stripes) ........................................ 3-15 FIP-1.P5 Print is cut horizontally ...................................................................................................... 3-17 FIP-1.P6 Vertical streaks ................................................................................................................. 3-19 FIP-1.P7 Horizontal streaks ............................................................................................................. 3-20 FIP-1.P8 Partial image omission ...................................................................................................... 3-22 FIP-1.P9 Spots ................................................................................................................................. 3-24 FIP-1.P10 Ghost images .................................................................................................................. 3-26 FIP-1.P11 Background ..................................................................................................................... 3-27 FIP-1.P12 Skewed image ................................................................................................................ 3-28 FIP-1.P13 Print paper damage ........................................................................................................ 3-29 FIP-1.P14 Unsettled image .............................................................................................................. 3-30 FIP-1.P15 Color deviation ................................................................................................................ 3-31 FIP-1.P16 Entire page is uneven in density/faded ........................................................................... 3-32 FIP-1.P17 Entire page is light .......................................................................................................... 3-33 FIP-1.P18 Entire page is black ........................................................................................................ 3-34 FIP-1.P19 Entire page is faded ........................................................................................................ 3-35 FIP-1.P20 Horizontal density unevenness ....................................................................................... 3-36 FIP-1.P21 Vertical stripes (where Y, M, C and K are in the same position) .................................... 3-37 FIP-1.P22 Vertical stripes (where Y, M, C and K are not in the same position) .............................. 3-38 FIP-1.P23 Horizontal streaks ........................................................................................................... 3-39 FIP-1.P24 Stains .............................................................................................................................. 3-40 FIP-1.P25 Colored spots (in 150mm pitches) .................................................................................. 3-41 FIP-1.P26 2 shiny stripes near center of transparency .................................................................... 3-42 FIP-1.P27 Shiny stripes of width 5mm (in 84.5mm pitches) ............................................................ 3-43
3-1

3.1 Preface
3.1
3.1.1
Preface
Organization and Characteristics of Chapter 3
1. Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting is composed of four sections: Image Quality Troubleshooting Entry Chart, Image Quality Specifications, Test Print Method and Image Quality FIP. 2. The Image Quality Specifications section describes all types of Test Pattern and image quality evaluation procedure using the Test Patterns and their usages. 3. The Image Quality FIP section describes troubleshooting procedure for image problem items and failed parts that cause image quality failure.
3.1.2
How to use Image Quality Troubleshooting

1. When an image quality problem occurs, carry out troubleshooting by searching the appropriate page for "3.5 Image Quality FIP" in the contents describing the item. 2. When determining an image quality failure, follow an appropriate procedure by referring to "3.3 Image Quality Specifications".
3-2

3.2 Image Quality Problem
3.2
3.2.1
Image Quality Problem

Image Quality Troubleshooting Entry Chart
Start
Test Printing
Is there a corresponding FIP?
No
Yes
Carry out the corresponding troubleshooting. Replace IBT ASSY then FUSER ASSY.
No
The trouble is restored?
No
The trouble is restored?
Yes
End
Yes
End
Leg_Sec001_001FA
NOTE
The description given is when the printer controller is in working order. Except for cases which cannot be determined with test prints, a test print can be carried out with the engine alone to find out if it is the printer controller that is faulty or the engine that is faulty. Test Print by engine alone is normal -> Printer controller is faulty Test Print by engine alone is abnormal -> Engine is faulty When it is believed that 'Printer controller is faulty', check by replacing with a working printer controller and a working interface cable. If the problem recurs after the replacement, check the host and make use of the following problem-specific Image Quality FIP for efficient troubleshooting.
3-3

When problems on print image quality occur, assess and understand the problem. Obtain prints to determine the appropriate action and make use of the following problem-specific Image Quality FIP for efficient troubleshooting. When the problem cannot be resolved with Image Quality FIP, check the Image Quality FIP list again. Perform troubleshooting by checking the "ESS and parts possibly causing the problem" and making use of Chapter 2 Troubleshooting "2.4 How to use Diag. (CE) Mode".
Image Quality FIP contains the following typical image quality problems. - FIP-1.P1 Light printing (weak gradation) - FIP-1.P2 Blank print - FIP-1.P3 Black solid print - FIP-1.P4 Print is cut vertically in the paper feed direction (white stripes) - FIP-1.P5 Print is cut horizontally - FIP-1.P6 Vertical streaks - FIP-1.P7 Horizontal streaks - FIP-1.P8 Partial image omission - FIP-1.P9 Spots - FIP-1.P10 Ghost images - FIP-1.P11 Background - FIP-1.P12 Skewed image - FIP-1.P13 Print paper damage - FIP-1.P14 Unsettled image - FIP-1.P15 Color deviation - FIP-1.P16 Entire page is uneven in density/faded - FIP-1.P17 Entire page is light - FIP-1.P18 Entire page is black - FIP-1.P19 Entire page is faded - FIP-1.P20 Horizontal density unevenness - FIP-1.P21 Vertical stripes (where Y, M, C and K are in the same position) - FIP-1.P22 Vertical stripes (where Y, M, C and K are not in the same position) - FIP-1.P23 Horizontal streaks - FIP-1.P24 Stains - FIP-1.P25 Colored spots (in 150mm pitches) - FIP-1.P26 2 shiny stripes near center of transparency - FIP-1.P27 Shiny stripes of width 5mm (in 84.5mm pitches)
3-4

NOTE
When horizontal stripes, spots, etc. appear in a regular cycle, it may be due to problems with a specific roll. In such a case, measure the frequency of the problem on a test print and check the relationship with the following pitches (taking note that they may not necessarily be the same as the circumference of the roll) so that the problem can be solved more easily.
EXIT ROLL 15.6 PINCH ROLL BELT
CIRCUMFERENCE
IDLE ROLL 11.8
H/R 26.2
BELT 30.1
449.9mm 1st BTR 10
CLN BRUSH 19 TNR CRU TNR CRU DRUM 47
BUR 15.7
2nd BTR 16.3
ADC SENSOR TNR CRU TNR CRU
MAG ROLL 16 AUGGER SUPPLY
BCR 12
AUGGER ADMIX 17
Parts Name FUSER ASSY PL10.1.1 EXIT ROLL PINCH ROLL H/R BELT DRUM BCR 1st BTR BUR IDLE ROLL CLN BRUSH
FUSER
XERO CRU
IBT ASSY PL7.1.1
Roll Interval Diameter (mm) 15.6 49.1 8.0 25.1 26.2 84.5 30.1 94.5 47.0 147.7 12.0 37.7 10.0 31.4 15.7 49.3 11.8 36.9 19.0 24.1 16.3 16.0 17.0 17.0 51.1 24.9 38.1 38.1 7.5 Leg_001_032FA
TRANSFER
DEVE PR MOTOR
2ND BTR ASSY 2nd BTR PL6.1.12 MAG ROLL HOUSING ASSY AUGGER SUPPLY -DEVE AUGGER ADMIX PL9.2.5 8 MOT ASSY P/R PL11.1.6
3-5

3.3 Image Quality Specifications
3.3
3.3.1
Image Quality Specifications

Parallelism
3.3.2
Perpendicularity
3-6

3.3 Image Quality Specifications 3.3.3 Skew
3.3.4
Linearity
3.3.5
Magnification Error
3-7

3.3 Image Quality Specifications 3.3.6 Registration
3.3.7
Print Guaranteed Area

4mm 4mm
4mm
4mm
4mm
4mm 355.6mm (14inch) 351.6mm
297.0mm (11.7inch) 293.0mm
4mm
210.9mm 215.9mm (8.5inch)
4mm
210.9mm 215.9mm (8.5inch)
MSI in use
500 Paper Feeder in use
Leg_008_009FA
3-8

3.4 Test Print Method
3.4
Test Print Method

Enter the Diag. (C/E) Mode and carry out a Test Print. (Refer to Chapter 2 Troubleshooting "2.4 How to use Diag. (C/E) Mode") When "Grid [IOT]" of "2.4.2 Menu Tree(6)Test Print" is executed, the following test pattern will be printed.
[Test Print Pattern]
400 dot line (400dpi)
1 dot line 127 dot
508 dot (400dpi)
3-9

3.5 Image Quality FIP
3.5
Image Quality FIP

Light printing (weak gradation)
Description of problem Density of images is generally too low. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) - ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) - TNR CRU Y (PL9.2.2) - TNR CRU M (PL9.2.3) - TNR VRU C (PL9.2.4) - TNR CRU K (PL9.2.1) - 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) - HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD (PL7.1.14) - MOT ASSY MAG (PL11.1.4) - PWBA ESS (PL12.2.7) - PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) - LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) - FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) - 500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION (PL14)
FIP-1.P1
Before troubleshooting, check that there are no staples, paper clips or paper scraps in the transport path of the printer paper. Proce dure 1
Check Items Check paper Load fresh dried endorsed paper and perform Test Print. Is the image printed normally? Check path of laser beam Is there any obstacle between the ROS ASSY and the IBT ASSY? Check the ROS window Is there dirt on the ROS window? Check toner cartridge installation Reinstall the toner cartridge and do a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Check the 2nd BTR ASSY Remove the 2nd BTR ASSY (REP6.4) Is the 2nd BTR ASSY in normal condition and free from dirt, damage and wear? Check point of contact between IBT ASSY and Frame Is there dirt at the point of contact between the IBT ASSY and the HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD (PL7.1.14)? Or is it distorted?
Yes Procedure complete. Remove the obstacle. Clean the ROS window with the CLEANER ASSY (PL8.1.2) Procedure complete.
No
Go to Step 2.
Go to Step 3.
Go to Step 4.
Go to Step 5.
Go to Step 6.
Replace the 2nd BTR ASSY (REP6.4)
Clean or replace the relevant part.
Go to Step 7.
3-10

Proce dure
Check Items Check after replacement of IBT ASSY Replace the IBT ASSY. Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Check after replacement of TNR CRU (toner cartridge) Replace the TNR CRU Y/M/C/K. Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Check after replacement of PWBA MCU Replace the PWBA MCU (REP12.5). Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Check after replacement of ROS ASSY Replace the ROS ASSY (REP8.1). Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Check after replacement of MOT ASSY MAG Replace the MOT ASSY MAG (REP11.4). Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Check primary transfer process Is the toner image on the drum correctly transferred onto the IBT belt? Perform a test print and turn OFF the power when the primary transfer occurs during printing. Check the toner image on the IBT belt. Check secondary transfer process Is the toner image on the IBT belt correctly transferred onto the paper? Perform a test print and turn OFF the power when the transfer occurs during printing. Check the paper.
Yes
No
Procedure complete.
Go to Step 8.
Procedure complete.
Go to Step 9.
Procedure complete.
Go to Step 10.
10
Procedure complete.
Go to Step 11.
11
Procedure complete.
Go to Step 12.
12
Go to Step 13.
Replace the LV/ HVPS (REP12.6).
13
Replace "ESS and parts possibly causing the problem".
3-11

3.5 Image Quality FIP FIP-1.P2 Blank print
Description of problem Paper is printed completely white. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) - ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) - TNR CRU Y (PL9.2.2) - TNR CRU M (PL9.2.3) - TNR VRU C (PL9.2.4) - TNR CRU K (PL9.2.1) - 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) - HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD (PL7.1.14) - MOT ASSY MAG (PL11.1.4) - PWBA ESS (PL12.2.7) - PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) - LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) - FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) - 500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION (PL14) Before troubleshooting, check that there are no staples, paper clips or paper scraps in the transport path of the printer paper. Proce dure 1
Check Items Check path of laser beam Is there any obstacle between the ROS ASSY and the IBT ASSY?
Yes Remove the obstacle. Remove the obstacle / Clean the ROS window with the CLEANER ASSY (PL8.1.2) Go to Step 4.
No
Go to Step 2.
Is the whole ROS window completely covered by the obstacle etc.? Or is it dirty?
Go to Step 3.
Check connection of ROS ASSY connector The connectors are connected correctly to the ROS ASSY. Check toner cartridge installation Reinstall the toner cartridge and do a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Check the 2nd BTR ASSY Remove the 2nd BTR ASSY (REP6.4) Is the 2nd BTR ASSY in normal condition and free from dirt, damage and wear? Check point of contact between IBT ASSY and Frame Is there dirt at the point of contact between the IBT ASSY and the HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD (PL7.1.14)? Or is it distorted?
Connect the connectors.
Procedure complete.
Go to Step 5.
Go to Step 6.
Go to Step 7.
3-12

Proce dure
Check Items Check after replacement of IBT ASSY Replace the IBT ASSY. Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Check after replacement of TNR CRU (toner cartridge) Replace the TNR CRU Y/M/C/K. Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Check after replacement of PWBA MCU Replace the PWBA MCU (REP12.5). Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Check after replacement of ROS ASSY Replace the ROS ASSY (REP8.1). Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Check after replacement of MOT ASSY MAG Replace the MOT ASSY MAG (REP11.4). Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Check primary transfer process Is the toner image on the drum correctly transferred onto the IBT belt? Perform a test print and turn OFF the power when the primary transfer occurs during printing. Check the toner image on the IBT belt. Check secondary transfer process Is the toner image on the IBT belt correctly transferred onto the paper? Perform a test print and turn OFF the power when the transfer occurs during printing. Check the paper. Check after replacement of ESS Replace the ESS. Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally?
Yes
No
Procedure complete.
Go to Step 8.
Procedure complete.
Go to Step 9.
Procedure complete.
Go to Step 10.
10
Procedure complete.
Go to Step 11.
11
Procedure complete.
Go to Step 12.
12
Go to Step 13.
13
Go to Step 14.
Replace the LV/ HVPS (REP12.6). Replace "ESS and parts possibly causing the problem".
14
Procedure complete.
3-13

3.5 Image Quality FIP FIP-1.P3 Black solid print
Description of problem Paper is printed completely black. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) - IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) - HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD (PL7.1.14) - 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) - PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) - LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) - 500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION (PL14)
Before troubleshooting, check that there are no staples, paper clips or paper scraps in the transport path of the printer paper.
Proce dure 1
Check Items Check connection of ROS ASSY connector The connectors are connected correctly to the ROS ASSY. Check point of contact between IBT ASSY and Frame Is there dirt at the point of contact between the IBT ASSY and the HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD (PL7.1.14)? Or is it distorted? Cover the ROS ASSY window completely with paper and perform a test print. Is the print completely black? Cover half of the ROS ASSY window with paper and perform a test print. Is the print half white and half black? Check after replacement of ROS ASSY Replace the ROS ASSY (REP8.1). Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally?
Yes Go to Step 2.
No Connect the connectors.
Go to Step 3.
Replace the LV/ HVPS (REP12.6)
Go to Step 4. Replace the PWBA MCU (REP12.5). Replace "ESS and parts possibly causing the problem".
Go to Step 5.
Procedure complete.
3-14

3.5 Image Quality FIP FIP-1.P4 Print is cut vertically in the paper feed direction (white stripes)
Description of problem There are extremely light parts in the image or parts with completely no image. These parts appear vertically in the feed direction within a large area. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) - IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) - 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) - FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) - PWBA ESS (PL12.2.7) - PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) - LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) - 500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION (PL14)
Check Items Check paper Load fresh dried endorsed paper and perform Test Print. Is the image printed normally? Check paper transport path Is there any dirt or obstacle on the paper transport path from the feeding to the output of the paper? Check path of laser beam Is there any obstacle between the ROS ASSY and the IBT ASSY? Check the ROS window Is there dirt on the ROS window? Check the 2nd BTR ASSY Remove the 2nd BTR ASSY (REP6.4) Is the 2nd BTR ASSY in normal condition and free from dirt, damage and wear? Check after replacement of IBT ASSY Replace the IBT ASSY. Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Check after replacement of ROS ASSY Replace the ROS ASSY (REP8.1). Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally?
Yes Procedure complete. Remove the obstacle. Remove the obstacle. Clean the ROS window with the CLEANER ASSY (PL8.1.2)
No
Go to Step 2.
Go to Step 3.
Go to Step 4.
Go to Step 5.
Go to Step 6.
2nd BTR ASSY BTR ASSY (REP6.4)
Procedure complete.
Go to Step 7.
Procedure complete.
Go to Step 8.
3-15

Proce dure
Check Items Check the Heat Roll and Pressure Roll WARNING: Carry out the procedures only after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Remove the FUSER ASSY (REP10.1) Turn the gear with your finger and check the Heat Roll and Pressure Roll. Are there any defects or dirt on the Heat Roll and the Pressure Roll?
Yes
No
Replace the FUSER ASSY (REP10.1).
3-16

3.5 Image Quality FIP FIP-1.P5 Print is cut horizontally
Description of problem There are extremely light parts in the image or parts with completely no image. These parts appear horizontally within a large area perpendicular to the feed direction. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) - 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) - IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) - PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) - LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) - FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) - HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD (PL7.1.14) - PWBA ESS (PL12.2.7) - 500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION (PL14) Before troubleshooting, check that there are no staples, paper clips or paper scraps in the transport path of the printer paper. Proce dure
Check Items Check paper Load fresh dried endorsed paper and perform Test Print. Is the image printed normally? Check rollers on paper transport path Are the rollers on the paper transport path in normal condition and free from dirt, damage and wear? Perform a test print Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Check connection of ROS ASSY connector The connectors are connected correctly to the ROS ASSY. Check the 2nd BTR ASSY Remove the 2nd BTR ASSY (REP6.4) Is the 2nd BTR ASSY in normal condition and free from dirt, damage and wear? Check after replacement of IBT ASSY Replace the IBT ASSY. Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Check after replacement of ROS ASSY Replace the ROS ASSY (REP8.1). Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally?
Yes Is the image printed normally? Procedure complete. Go to Step 4.
No
Go to Step 2.
Clean or replace the relevant roller and go to Step 3. Go to Step 4.
Procedure complete.
Go to Step 5.
Connect the connectors. Replace the 2nd BTR ASSY (REP6.4)
Go to Step 6.
Procedure complete.
Go to Step 7.
Procedure complete.
Go to Step 8.
3-17

Proce dure
Check Items Check after replacement of PWBA MCU Replace the PWBA MCU (REP12.5). Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Check primary transfer process Is the toner image on the drum correctly transferred onto the IBT belt? Or has the problem of band deletion been solved? Perform a test print and turn OFF the power when the primary transfer occurs during printing. Check the toner image on the IBT belt. Check secondary transfer process Is the toner image on the IBT belt correctly transferred onto the paper? Perform a test print and turn OFF the power when the transfer occurs during printing. Check the paper. Check the Heat Roll and Pressure Roll WARNING: Carry out the procedures only after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Remove the FUSER ASSY (REP10.1) Turn the gear with your finger and check the Heat Roll and Pressure Roll. Are there any defects or dirt on the Heat Roll and the Pressure Roll?
Yes
No
Procedure complete.
Go to Step 9.
Go to Step 10.
10
Go to Step 11.
11
3-18

3.5 Image Quality FIP FIP-1.P6 Vertical streaks
Description of problem There are vertical black lines running in the direction of the paper orientation. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) - IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) - ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) - PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) - FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) - HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD (PL7.1.14) - PWBA ESS (PL12.2.7) - 500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION (PL14)
Check Items Check rollers on paper transport path Are the rollers on the paper transport path in normal condition and free from dirt, damage and wear? Perform a test print Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Check the 2nd BTR ASSY Remove the 2nd BTR ASSY (REP6.4) Is the 2nd BTR ASSY in normal condition and free from dirt, damage and wear? Check after replacement of IBT ASSY Replace the IBT ASSY. Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Check after replacement of ROS ASSY Replace the ROS ASSY (REP8.1). Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Check after replacement of PWBA MCU Replace the PWBA MCU (REP12.5). Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Check the Heat Roll and Pressure Roll WARNING: Carry out the procedures only after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Remove the FUSER ASSY (REP10.1) Turn the gear with your finger and check the Heat Roll and Pressure Roll. Are there any defects or dirt on the Heat Roll and the Pressure Roll?
Yes
No Clean or replace the relevant roller and go to Step 2. Go to Step 3.
Go to Step 3.
Procedure complete.
Go to Step 4.
Procedure complete.
Go to Step 5.
Procedure complete.
Go to Step 6.
Procedure complete.
Go to Step 7.
3-19

3.5 Image Quality FIP FIP-1.P7 Horizontal streaks
Description of problem There are horizontal black lines running perpendicular to the feed direction. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) - 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) - IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) - LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) - FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) - HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD (PL7.1.14) - PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) - PWBA ESS (PL12.2.7) - 500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION (PL14)
Check Items Check connection of ROS ASSY connector The connectors are connected correctly to the ROS ASSY. Check point of contact between IBT ASSY and Frame Is there dirt at the point of contact between the IBT ASSY and the HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD (PL7.1.13)? Or is it distorted? Check the 2nd BTR ASSY Remove the 2nd BTR ASSY (REP6.4) Is the 2nd BTR ASSY in normal condition and free from dirt, damage and wear? Check after replacement of IBT ASSY Replace the IBT ASSY. Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Check after replacement of ROS ASSY Replace the ROS ASSY (REP8.1). Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Check primary transfer process Is the toner image on the drum correctly transferred onto the IBT belt? Perform a test print and turn OFF the power when the primary transfer occurs during printing. Check the toner image on the IBT belt. Check secondary transfer process Is the toner image on the IBT belt correctly transferred onto the paper? Perform a test print and turn OFF the power when the transfer occurs during printing. Check the paper.
Yes
Go to Step 2.
Go to Step 3.
Go to Step 4.
Procedure complete.
Go to Step 5.
Procedure complete.
Go to Step 6.
Go to Step 7.
Go to Step 8.
3-20

Proce dure
Yes
No
Replace the FUSER ASSY (REP10.1)
3-21

3.5 Image Quality FIP FIP-1.P8 Partial image omission
Description of problem There are extremely light parts in the image or parts that are completely omitted. These omitted parts appear on limited areas on the paper. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) - IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) - LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) - FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) - PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) - ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) - PWBA ESS (PL12.2.7) - 500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION (PL14)
Check Items Check paper Load fresh dried endorsed paper and perform Test Print. Is the image printed normally? Check the 2nd BTR ASSY Remove the 2nd BTR ASSY (REP6.4) Is the 2nd BTR ASSY in normal condition and free from dirt, damage and wear? Check after replacement of IBT ASSY Replace the IBT ASSY. Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Check primary transfer process Is the toner image on the drum correctly transferred onto the IBT belt? Perform a test print and turn OFF the power when the primary transfer occurs during printing. Check the toner image on the IBT belt. Check secondary transfer process Is the toner image on the IBT belt correctly transferred onto the paper? Perform a test print and turn OFF the power when the transfer occurs during printing. Check the paper. Check the Heat Roll and Pressure Roll WARNING: Carry out the procedures only after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Remove the FUSER ASSY (REP10.1) Turn the gear with your finger and check the Heat Roll and Pressure Roll. Are there any defects or dirt on the Heat Roll and the Pressure Roll?
Yes Procedure complete.
No
Go to Step 2.
Go to Step 3.
Procedure complete.
Go to Step 4.
Go to Step 5.
Go to Step 6.
Go to Step 7.
3-22

Proce dure
Check Items Check after replacement of PWBA MCU Replace the PWBA MCU (REP12.5). Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally?
Yes
No Replace "ESS and parts possibly causing the problem".
Procedure complete.
3-23

3.5 Image Quality FIP FIP-1.P9 Spots
Description of problem Toner spots are spread randomly across the page. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) - IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) - HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD (PL7.1.14) - 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) - PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) - LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) - FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) - PWBA ESS (PL12.2.7) - 500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION (PL14)
Check Items Check rollers on paper transport path Are the rollers on the paper transport path in normal condition and free from dirt, damage and wear? Check connection of ROS ASSY connector The connectors are connected correctly to the ROS ASSY. Check point of contact between IBT ASSY and Frame Is there dirt at the point of contact between the IBT ASSY and the HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD (PL7.1.14)? Or is it distorted? Check the 2nd BTR ASSY Remove the 2nd BTR ASSY (REP6.4) Is the 2nd BTR ASSY in normal condition and free from dirt, damage and wear? Check after replacement of IBT ASSY Replace the IBT ASSY. Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Check after replacement of PWBA MCU Replace the PWBA MCU (REP12.5). Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Check after replacement of LV/HVPS Replace the LV/HVPS (REP12.6). Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally?
Yes
No Clean or replace the relevant roller and go to Step 2. Connect the connectors.
Go to Step 2.
Go to Step 3.
Go to Step 4.
Go to Step 5.
Procedure complete.
Go to Step 6.
Procedure complete.
Go to Step 7.
Procedure complete.
Go to Step 8.
3-24

Proce dure
Yes
No
3-25

3.5 Image Quality FIP FIP-1.P10 Ghost images
Description of problem Part of the previous page or current page appear as a ghost image on the paper. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) - HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD (PL7.1.14) - 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) - FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) - ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) - MOT ASSY MAG (PL11.1.4) - PWBA ESS (PL12.2.7) - PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) - LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) - 500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION (PL14) Before troubleshooting, check that there are no staples, paper clips or paper scraps in the transport path of the printer paper. Proce dure
Check Items Check repeated print Examine the ghost image. Is the customer printing a large quantity of the same image? Check the ghost image Print 30 pages for each type of image. Does the ghost image still appear? Check point of contact between IBT ASSY and Frame Is there dirt at the point of contact between the IBT ASSY and the HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD (PL7.1.13)? Or is it distorted? Check after replacement of IBT ASSY Replace the IBT ASSY. Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Check the 2nd BTR ASSY Remove the 2nd BTR ASSY (REP6.4) Is the 2nd BTR ASSY in normal condition and free from dirt, damage and wear? Check the Heat Roll and Pressure Roll WARNING: Carry out the procedures only after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Remove the FUSER ASSY (REP10.1) Turn the gear with your finger and check the Heat Roll and Pressure Roll. Are there any defects or dirt on the Heat Roll and the Pressure Roll?
Yes
No
Go to Step 2.
Go to Step 3.
Go to Step 3.
Procedure complete. (Do not mass print.)
Go to Step 4.
Procedure complete.
Go to Step 5.
Go to Step 6.
3-26

3.5 Image Quality FIP FIP-1.P11 Background
Description of problem There are toner smudges across the entire page or on part of the page. The smudges appear as extremely bright gray stains. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) - IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) - SENSOR ASSY ADC (PL6.1.20) - LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) - HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD (PL7.1.14) - 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) - PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) - FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) - PWBA ESS (PL12.2.7) - 500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION (PL14) Before troubleshooting, check that there are no staples, paper clips or paper scraps in the transport path of the printer paper. Proce dure 1
Check Items Check connection of ROS ASSY connector The connectors are connected correctly to the ROS ASSY. Check point of contact between IBT ASSY and Frame Is there dirt at the point of contact between the IBT ASSY and the HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD (PL7.1.13)? Or is it distorted? Check after replacement of IBT ASSY Replace the IBT ASSY. Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Check for dirt/foreign substances on the SENSOR ASSY ADC Is there dirt/foreign substances on the SENSOR ASSY ADC? Perform a test print Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Check after replacement of SENSOR ASSY ADC Replace the SENSOR ASSY ADC (REP6.7). Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Check after replacement of LV/HVPS Replace the LV/HVPS (REP12.6). Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally?
Yes
Go to Step 2.
Go to Step 3.
Procedure complete. After cleaning and removing the dirt/foreign substances, go to Step 5. Procedure complete.
Go to Step 4.
Go to Step 6.
Go to Step 6.
Procedure complete.
Go to Step 7.
Procedure complete.
3-27

3.5 Image Quality FIP FIP-1.P12 Skewed image
Description of problem The printed image is not parallel to the edges of the paper. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY (PL14) - PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 (PL14.1.3) - IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) - 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.10) - FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) - PWBA ESS (PL12.2.2) - 500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION (PL14)
Before troubleshooting, check that there are no staples, paper clips or paper scraps in the transport path of the printer paper. Proce dure
Check Items Check installation surface of machine Is the installation surface of the machine uneven? Are the legs of the machine correctly attached? Check paper feed Remove the Paper Cassette and load the paper properly. Install the Paper Casette into the machine properly. Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Check the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 operation in the Paper Cassette Remove the Paper Cassette. Does the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 (PL2.1.3) rise properly without slanting to the sides? Check rollers on the paper transport path for dirt, damage and wear and check installation Are the rollers on the paper transport path in normal condition and free from dirt, damage and wear? Are the rollers properly installed? Check installation of IBT ASSY Is the IBT ASSY properly installed? Perform a test print Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Check after replacement of IBT ASSY Replace the IBT ASSY. Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally?
Yes
No Restore the installation surface to normal condition.
Go to Step 2.
Procedure complete.
Go to Step 3.
Go to Step 4.
Reinstall the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM (REP2.3) Clean, replace or reinstall the relevant roller and go to Step 5. Reinstall and go to Step 6. Go to Step 7. Replace "ESS and parts possibly causing the problem".
Go to Step 5.
Go to Step 6. Procedure complete.
Procedure complete.
3-28

3.5 Image Quality FIP FIP-1.P13 Print paper damage
Description of problem The printed paper is wrinkled, folded or torn. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) - 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) - ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) - IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) - PWBA ESS (PL12.2.7) - 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY (PL14.1.1) - PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 (PL14.1.3) - 500 FEEDER ASSY OPTION (PL14)
Check Items Check paper Load fresh dried endorsed paper and perform Test Print. Is the image printed normally? Check paper transport path Is there any dirt or obstacle on the paper transport path between the feeder tray and the output tray? Check all rollers on paper transport path Are all the rollers on the paper transport path in normal condition and free from dirt, damage and wear? Check installation of FUSER ASSY Is the FUSER ASSY properly installed? Check after replacement of FUSER ASSY WARNING: Carry out the procedures only after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Replace the FUSER ASSY (REP10.1). Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally?
Yes Procedure complete. Remove the dirt or obstacle.
No
Go to Step 2.
Go to Step 3.
Go to Step 4.
Clean the relevant roller. Reinstall.
Go to Step 5.
Procedure complete.
3-29

3.5 Image Quality FIP FIP-1.P14 Unsettled image
Description of problem The printed image is not properly fused onto the paper. When rubbed, the image comes off easily. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) - PWBA ESS (PL12.2.7) - PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
Check Items Check paper Load fresh dried endorsed paper and perform Test Print. Is the image printed normally? Check Print Settings Mode Is the printer set to the transfer voltage corresponding to the paper used? Check the Heat Roll and Pressure Roll WARNING: Carry out the procedures only after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Remove the FUSER ASSY (REP10.1) Turn the gear with your finger and check the Heat Roll and Pressure Roll. Are there any defects or dirt on the Heat Roll and the Pressure Roll? Check after replacement of FUSER ASSY WARNING: Carry out the procedures only after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Replace the FUSER ASSY (REP10.1). Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally? Check after replacement of PWBA MCU Replace the PWBA MCU (REP12.5). Perform a test print for the problematic image. Is the image printed normally?
Yes Procedure complete.
No
Go to Step 2.
Go to Step 3.
Adjust the transfer voltage.
Go to Step 4.
Procedure complete.
Go to Step 5.
Procedure complete.
3-30

3.5 Image Quality FIP FIP-1.P15 Color deviation
Description of problem The printed yellow and black images are not correctly layered onto the cyan and magenta images, resulting in color deviation. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - SENSOR TR-0 (PL7.1.2) - IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) - MOT ASSY P/R (PL11.1.6) - PWBA ESS (PL12.2.7)
Check Items Correct the Color Registration from the Control Panel Can Color Registration be corrected from the Control Panel using the Color Registration Chart? Check installation of SENSOR TR-0 Is the SENSOR TR-0 properly installed? Perform a test print Perform a test print using the Color Registration Chart. Is the image printed normally? Check after replacement of IBT ASSY Replace the IBT ASSY. Perform a test print using the Color Registration Chart. Is the image printed normally? Check after replacement of MOT ASSY P/R Replace the MOT ASSY P/R (REP11.6). Perform a test print using the Color Registration Chart. Is the image printed normally? Check after replacement of PWBA ESS Replace the PWBA ESS (REP12.7). After replacement, can Color Registration be adjusted from the Control Panel using the Color Registration Chart? Could Color Registration be done?
Yes Procedure complete. Go to Step 4. Procedure complete.
No
Go to Step 2. Reinstall and go to Step 3. Go to Step 4.
Procedure complete.
Go to Step 5.
Procedure complete.
Go to Step 6.
Procedure complete.
3-31

3.5 Image Quality FIP FIP-1.P16 Entire page is uneven in density/faded
Description of problem The entire page is uneven in density/faded. This happens because the LV/HVPS connector (P/J504) is disconnected. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - WIRE ASSY BTR (PL7.1.31) - LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) [Points of connection]
P/J504
P/J512 (1BTR)
Check Items Check the connector LV/HVPS Check the connection of the LV/HVPS connector (P/J504) and the primary BTR connector (P/J512) at the point of connection. Print the problematic content, or perform a test print. Is the problem solved?
Yes
No
Procedure complete.
3-32

3.5 Image Quality FIP FIP-1.P17 Entire page is light
Description of problem Color is light on the entire page.This happens because the LV/HVPS connector (P/J509) is disconnected. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - WIRE ASSY DEVE (PL9.1.20) - LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) [Points of connection]
P/J509
P/J510 (DEVE)
Check Items Check the connector LV/HVPS Check the connection of the LV/HVPS connector (P/J509) and the DEVE connector (P/J510) at the point of connection. Print the problematic content, or perform a test print. Is the problem solved?
Yes
No
Procedure complete.
3-33

3.5 Image Quality FIP FIP-1.P18 Entire page is black
Description of problem The entire page is covered in black (full color). This happens because the LV/HVPS connector (P/J508) is disconnected. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - WIRE ASSY BCR (PL7.1.32) - LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) [Points of connection]
P/J508
P/J514 (BCR)
Check Items Check the connector LV/HVPS Check the connection of the LV/HVPS connector (P/J508) and the BCR connector (P/J514) at the point of connection. Print the problematic content, or perform a test print. Is the problem solved?
Yes
No
Procedure complete.
3-34

3.5 Image Quality FIP FIP-1.P19 Entire page is faded
Description of problem The entire page is extremely faded. This happens because the PWBA HVPS connector (P/J505) is disconnected. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - WIRE ASSY 2BTR (PL6.1.28) - PWBA HVPS (PL12.1.9) [Points of connection]
T2 (2BTR)
P/J505
Check Items Check the connector PWBA HVPS Check the connection of the PWBA HVPS connector (P/J505). Also, check if the 2nd BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) in contact with T2 in the above figure is properly installed. Print the problematic content, or perform a test print. Is the problem solved?
Yes
No
Procedure complete.
3-35

3.5 Image Quality FIP FIP-1.P20 Horizontal density unevenness
Description of problem Density unevenness occurs in the horizontal direction in dark-colored areas (color becomes lighter in strips). This happens because the PWBA HVPS connector (P/J506) is disconnected. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - WIRE ASSY IBT (PL7.1.30) - PWBA HVPS (PL12.1.9) [Points of connection]
P/J513 (IBT)
P/J506
Check Items Check the connector PWBA HVPS Check the connection of the PWBA HVPS connector (P/J506) and the IBT connector (P/J513) at the point of connection. Print the problematic content, or perform a test print. Is the problem solved?
Yes
No
Procedure complete.
3-36

3.5 Image Quality FIP FIP-1.P21 Vertical stripes (where Y, M, C and K are in the same position)
Description of problem Vertical stripes (decolored) occur in the Slow Scan direction in the same position when comparing Halftone 30%, C, M and Y. This is caused by dirt on the ROS ASSY window, garbage in the ROS ASSY or defects in the IBT ASSY drum. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) - ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) Before troubleshooting, check that there are no staples, paper clips or paper scraps in the transport path of the printer paper. Proce dure
Check Items Clean the ROS ASSY window Clean the ROS ASSY window with the ROD-CLEANER (PL8.1.4). Print the problematic content, or perform a test print. Is the problem solved? Check after replacement of IBT ASSY Replace the IBT ASSY. Print the problematic content, or perform a test print. Is the problem solved? Check after replacement of ROS ASSY Replace the ROS ASSY (REP8.1). Print the problematic content, or perform a test print. Is the problem solved?
Yes
No
Procedure complete.
Go to Step 2.
Procedure complete.
Go to Step 3.
Procedure complete.
3-37

3.5 Image Quality FIP FIP-1.P22 Vertical stripes (where Y, M, C and K are not in the same position)
Description of problem The vertical streaks (decolored) occur in the Slow Scan direction in different positions when comparing Halftone 30%, C, M and Y. This is caused by blockage in the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE or damage in the Mag Roll. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - HOUSING ASSY-DEVE (Y/M/C/K) (PL9.2.5-8) Before troubleshooting, check that there are no staples, paper clips or paper scraps in the transport path of the printer paper. Proce dure
Check Items Check the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE Replace the relevant HOUSING ASSY-DEVE (REP9.6). Print the problematic content, or perform a test print. Is the problem solved?
Yes
Procedure complete.
3-38

3.5 Image Quality FIP FIP-1.P23 Horizontal streaks
Description of problem The horizontal streaks in the Fast Scan direction occur in fixed positions for Color Print. The positions change for B/W Print. This is caused by foreign substances on the IBT ASSY belt etc. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) Before troubleshooting, check that there are no staples, paper clips or paper scraps in the transport path of the printer paper. Proce dure
Check Items Check after replacement of IBT ASSY Replace the IBT ASSY. Print the problematic content, or perform a test print. Is the problem solved?
Yes
Procedure complete.
3-39

3.5 Image Quality FIP FIP-1.P24 Stains
Description of problem The stains occur in fixed positions for Color Print. The positions change for B/W Print. This is caused by foreign substances on the IBT ASSY belt etc. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) Before troubleshooting, check that there are no staples, paper clips or paper scraps in the transport path of the printer paper. Proce dure
Yes
Procedure complete.
3-40

3.5 Image Quality FIP FIP-1.P25 Colored spots (in 150mm pitches)
Description of problem Colored spots occur in 150mm pitches. For Color Print, the different colored spots occur in staggered positions and the positions on the paper shift slightly for every page. For B/W Print, only black spots occur. This happens because of defects in the IBT ASSY drum. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) Before troubleshooting, check that there are no staples, paper clips or paper scraps in the transport path of the printer paper. Proce dure
Yes
Procedure complete.
3-41

3.5 Image Quality FIP FIP-1.P26 2 shiny stripes near center of transparency
Description of problem When printing a transparency, 2 vertical stripes (decolored) occur in the Slow Scan direction near the center of the transparency. This is due to improper rotation of the FUSER ASSY Kick Roll. ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1)
Check Items Check after replacement of FUSER ASSY WARNING: Carry out the procedures only after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Replace the FUSER ASSY (REP10.1). Print the problematic content, or perform a test print. Is the problem solved?
Yes
No
Procedure complete.
3-42

3.5 Image Quality FIP FIP-1.P27 Shiny stripes of width 5mm (in 84.5mm pitches)
Description of problem When unused for a long period of time (about 1 month), shiny stripes (decolored) of width 5mm occur in the Fast Scan direction. This happens easily when printing on transparencies and coated paper with high image density.
NOTE
The situation will improve gradually with increased usage, so do not replace the FUSER ASSY immediately.
ESS and parts possibly causing the problem - FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1)
Check Items Check after replacement of FUSER ASSY WARNING: Carry out the procedures only after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Replace the FUSER ASSY (REP10.1). Print the problematic content, or perform a test print. Is the problem solved?
Yes
No
Procedure complete.
3-43
Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment

Table of Contents
Table of Contents
4.1 Preface......................................................................................................................4-5
4.1.1 4.1.2 Before Servicing ..................................................................................................................... 4-5 Procedure Notations ............................................................................................................... 4-7
4.2 Disassembly/Assembly .............................................................................................4-8 REP1. COVER .............................................................................................................4-8

REP1.1 REP1.2 REP1.3 REP1.4 REP1.5 REP1.6 REP1.7 REP1.8 REP1.9 REP1.10 REP1.11 REP1.12 REP1.13 REP1.14 REP1.15 REP1.16 REP1.17 REP1.18 REP1.19 COVER ASSY TOP (PL1.1.1) .......................................................................................... 4-8 TRAY EXTENSION (PL1.1.2), COVER TRAY (PL1.1.23) ............................................... 4-9 COVER FUSER (PL1.1.4) .............................................................................................. 4-10 COVER TOP SIDE L (PL1.1.5) ...................................................................................... 4-11 COVER TOP SIDE R (PL1.1.6) ...................................................................................... 4-12 SWITCH ASSY TOP (PL1.1.7) ....................................................................................... 4-13 NOT USED ..................................................................................................................... 4-13 COVER RH (PL1.1.9), SLIDE BAR (PL1.1.30), COVER ROS WINDOW (PL1.1.31) .... 4-14 COVER MSI (PL1.1.14) .................................................................................................. 4-15 COVER FRONT L (PL1.1.15), COVER FRONT ASSY U (PL1.1.16) ............................ 4-16 OP PANEL (PL1.1.17) .................................................................................................... 4-17 COVER ASSY LH (PL1.1.19) ......................................................................................... 4-18 COVER ESS (PL1.1.21) ................................................................................................. 4-19 SWITCH ASSY FUSER (PL1.1.22), SWITCH-FUSER DOOR (PL1.1.36) ..................... 4-20 COVER INNER TOP (PL1.1.24) .................................................................................... 4-21 NOT USED ..................................................................................................................... 4-21 COVER ASSY RH (PL1.1.28) ........................................................................................ 4-22 COVER INNER L (PL1.1.33) .......................................................................................... 4-23 SWITCH-INLK FUSER (PL1.1.34) ................................................................................. 4-24 MSI ASSY (PL4.1.1) ....................................................................................................... 4-25 ROLL ASSY MSI (PL4.1.2) ............................................................................................ 4-27 ROLL MSI (PL4.1.8) ....................................................................................................... 4-29 CHUTE MSI (PL4.1.9) .................................................................................................... 4-30 GUIDE SIDE L (PL4.1.12), GUIDE ASSY SIDE R (PL4.1.13) ....................................... 4-31 PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI (PL4.1.15) ........................................................................ 4-33 HOLDER ASSY RETARD MSI (PL4.1.16) ..................................................................... 4-34 PLATE ASSY RETARD (PL4.1.17) ................................................................................ 4-35 OIL DAMPER (PL4.1.20) ................................................................................................ 4-36 SOLENOID PICK UP (PL4.1.23) .................................................................................... 4-37 SENSOR PAPER EMPTY (PL4.1.24) ............................................................................ 4-38 ACTUATOR EMPTY (PL4.1.25) ..................................................................................... 4-39 COVER-PH (PL5.1.1) ..................................................................................................... 4-41 CHUTE ASSY-REAR (PL5.1.2) ...................................................................................... 4-42 CHUTE-REAR UP (PL5.1.3), CHUTE-REAR LOW (PL5.1.4) ........................................ 4-43 FRAME ASSY-PH (PL5.2.1) .......................................................................................... 4-44 CLUTCH ASSY REGI (PL5.2.2) ..................................................................................... 4-46 ROLL-REGI METAL (PL5.2.4) ....................................................................................... 4-47 ROLL REGI RUBBER (PL5.2.8) ..................................................................................... 4-48 ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI (PL5.2.12) ............................................................................... 4-50 SENSOR OHP (PL5.2.16) .............................................................................................. 4-51 ACTUATOR-REGI (PL5.2.18) ........................................................................................ 4-52 SENSOR REGI (PL5.2.19) ............................................................................................. 4-53 MOTOR-PH (PL5.2.20) .................................................................................................. 4-54 CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI (PL5.2.22) .......................................................................... 4-55 SWITCH-PH DOOR (PL5.2.23) ...................................................................................... 4-56 DRIVE ASSY-PH (PL5.2.24) .......................................................................................... 4-57
REP4.
MSI ..................................................................................................................4-25
REP4.1 REP4.2 REP4.3 REP4.4 REP4.5 REP4.6 REP4.7 REP4.8 REP4.9 REP4.10 REP4.11 REP4.12
REP5.
PH ASSY .........................................................................................................4-41
REP5.1 REP5.2 REP5.3 REP5.4 REP5.5 REP5.6 REP5.7 REP5.8 REP5.9 REP5.10 REP5.11 REP5.12 REP5.13 REP5.14 REP5.15
REP6.
TRANSFER .....................................................................................................4-58
4-1

Table of Contents
REP6.1 REP6.2 REP6.3 REP6.4 REP6.5 REP6.6 REP6.7 REP6.8 REP6.9 REP6.10 REP6.11 REP6.12 CHUTE ASSY-FSR (PL6.1.1), COVER ASSY-RR 2ND (PL6.1.15) ............................... 4-58 SENSOR FUSER IN (PL6.1.3) ....................................................................................... 4-60 FRAME ASSY-2ND (PL6.1.7) ........................................................................................ 4-62 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) ............................................................................................ 4-64 CAM ASSY-2ND (PL6.1.13) ........................................................................................... 4-65 SWITCH 2BTR COVER (PL6.1.18) ................................................................................ 4-67 SENSOR ASSY ADC (PL6.1.20) ................................................................................... 4-68 HOLDER-ADC 2ND (PL6.1.21) ...................................................................................... 4-69 SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT (PL6.1.22) .......................................................................... 4-70 SENSOR IBT RETRACT (PL6.1.26) .............................................................................. 4-71 PLATE BIAS-2ND ASSY (PL6.1.27) .............................................................................. 4-72 CAM ASSY-IBT CL (PL6.1.29) ....................................................................................... 4-73 SENSOR TR-0 (PL7.1.2) ................................................................................................ 4-74 GUIDE CRU ASSY D (PL7.1.4) ..................................................................................... 4-75 LATCH ASSY D (PL7.1.6) .............................................................................................. 4-77 ANTENNA ASSY (PL7.1.10) .......................................................................................... 4-78 GUIDE CRU ASSY AD (PL7.1.13) ................................................................................. 4-80 LEVER-LATCH PR (PL7.1.15) ....................................................................................... 4-83 CAP-PLATE PR (PL7.1.16), PLATE-ASSY PR (PL7.1.17) ............................................ 4-84 LATCH ASSY AD (PL7.1.19) ......................................................................................... 4-85 BCR CLN XERO ASSY (PL7.1.20) ................................................................................ 4-86 SENSOR TNER FULL (PL7.1.24) .................................................................................. 4-87 ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) ..................................................................................................... 4-88 CLEANER ASSY (PL8.1.2) ............................................................................................ 4-89 LATCH ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.1.1) ................................................................................. 4-90 ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10) ............................................................................... 4-91 ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12) ......................................................................................... 4-93 HOLDER ASSY-BIAS (PL9.1.17) ................................................................................... 4-94 SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI (PL9.1.18) ................................................................. 4-95 HOUSING ASSY-DEVE K (PL9.2.5), HOUSING ASSY-DEVE Y (PL9.2.6), HOUSING ASSY-DEVE M (PL9.2.7), HOUSING ASSY-DEVE C (PL9.2.8) .................. 4-96 FRAME ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.2.9) ................................................................................ 4-99 FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) ............................................................................................. 4-101 FUSER LOCK SWITCH (PL10.1.6) .............................................................................. 4-103 HARNESS ASSY MCU C/L (PL10.1.2) ........................................................................ 4-104 DRIVE ASSY BTR (PL11.1.1) ...................................................................................... 4-105 DRIVE ASSY PRO (PL11.1.2) ..................................................................................... 4-106 MOT ASSY FSR (PL11.1.3) ......................................................................................... 4-107 MOT ASSY MAG (PL11.1.4) ........................................................................................ 4-108 MOT ASSY ROT (PL11.1.5) ......................................................................................... 4-109 MOT ASSY P/R (PL11.1.6) .......................................................................................... 4-110 MOT ASSY MICRO (PL11.1.7) .................................................................................... 4-111 SENSOR HUM & TEMP (PL12.1.6) ............................................................................. 4-112 PWBA HVPS (PL12.1.9) .............................................................................................. 4-113 PWB ASSY ROT (PL12.1.10) ...................................................................................... 4-114 PWBA CRUM (PL12.1.11) ........................................................................................... 4-115 PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) ................................................................................................ 4-116 LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) ..................................................................................................... 4-118 PWBA ESS (PL12.2.7) ................................................................................................. 4-119 PWBA FUSER CONT (PL12.2.12) ............................................................................... 4-120 CHASSIS ASSY ESS (REFERENCE ONLY) ............................................................... 4-121
REP7.
XERO ..............................................................................................................4-74
REP7.1 REP7.2 REP7.3 REP7.4 REP7.5 REP7.6 REP7.7 REP7.8 REP7.9 REP7.10
REP8. REP9.
ROS ................................................................................................................4-88 DEVE ..............................................................................................................4-90
REP8.1 REP8.2 REP9.1 REP9.2 REP9.3 REP9.4 REP9.5 REP9.6 REP9.7 REP10.1 REP10.2 REP10.3 REP11.1 REP11.2 REP11.3 REP11.4 REP11.5 REP11.6 REP11.7 REP12.1 REP12.2 REP12.3 REP12.4 REP12.5 REP12.6 REP12.7 REP12.8 REP12.9
REP10. FUSER ..........................................................................................................4-101
REP11. 1. DRIVE .......................................................................................................4-105
REP12. ELEC .............................................................................................................4-112
4-2

Table of Contents REP13. DUPLEX ........................................................................................................4-122
REP13.1 REP13.2 REP13.3 REP13.4 REP13.5 REP13.6 REP13.7 REP13.8 REP13.9 REP13.10 REP13.11 REP13.12 REP13.13 REP13.14 REP13.15 REP13.16 REP13.17 REP13.18 REP13.19 REP13.20 REP13.21 REP13.22 REP13.23 REP13.24 REP13.25 REP13.26 REP13.27 REP14.1 REP14.2 REP14.3 REP14.4 REP14.5 REP14.6 REP14.7 REP14.8 REP14.9 REP14.10 REP14.11 REP14.12 REP14.13 REP14.14 REP14.15 REP14.16 REP14.17 REP14.18 REP14.19 REP14.20 REP14.21 REP14.22 REP14.23 REP14.24 REP14.25 REP14.26 REP14.27 REP14.28 DUPLEX ASSY (PL13.1.1) ........................................................................................... 4-122 COVER-R DUP (PL13.1.2) ........................................................................................... 4-123 COVER-L DUP (PL13.1.3) ........................................................................................... 4-124 COVER-INV (PL13.2.1) ................................................................................................ 4-125 LINK-LATCH (PL13.2.2), LINK-BUTTON (PL13.2.3) ................................................... 4-126 INVERTER ASSY DUP (PL13.2.5), TRANSPORT ASSY DUP (PL13.3.1) ................. 4-127 SOLENOID ASSY DUP (PL13.2.7) .............................................................................. 4-128 ACTUATOR INV (PL13.2.9) ......................................................................................... 4-129 SENSOR UPPER PASS (PL13.2.10) ........................................................................... 4-130 MOTOR ASSY DUP INV (PL13.2.18) .......................................................................... 4-131 ROLLER ASSY INVERTER (PL13.2.21) ...................................................................... 4-133 CHUTE ASSY-INV LOW (PL13.2.22) .......................................................................... 4-134 LATCH DUP R (PL13.3.3), LATCH DUP L (PL13.3.12) ............................................... 4-135 SWITCH-DUP DOOR (PL13.3.7) ................................................................................. 4-137 ACTUATOR DUP (PL13.3.9) ....................................................................................... 4-138 SENSOR LOW PASS (PL13.3.11) ............................................................................... 4-139 SUPPORT DUP (PL13.3.14) ........................................................................................ 4-140 HINGE ASSY L (PL13.3.16) ......................................................................................... 4-141 HINGE ASSY R (PL13.3.20) ........................................................................................ 4-142 COVER LOW-DUP TRANS (PL13.3.23) ...................................................................... 4-143 COVER UP-DUP TRANS (PL13.3.24) ......................................................................... 4-144 PAD DAMPER L (PL13.3.25) ....................................................................................... 4-145 PAD DAMPER R (PL13.3.30) ...................................................................................... 4-146 ROLLER ASSY DUP (PL13.4.1) .................................................................................. 4-147 PWBA DUP-L (PL13.4.13) ........................................................................................... 4-149 MOTOR ASSY DUP (PL13.4.14) ................................................................................. 4-150 ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT (PL13.4.17) ........................................................................ 4-152 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY (PL14.1.1) .................................................................. 4-153 GUIDE END ASSY (PL14.1.2) ..................................................................................... 4-154 PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 (PL14.1.3) ...................................................................... 4-155 GUIDE PAPER L ASSY 500 (PL14.1.4), GUIDE PAPER R ASSY 500 (PL14.1.6) ..... 4-157 COVER FRONT CST 500 (PL14.1.12) ........................................................................ 4-158 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY (REFERENCE ONLY) .................................................... 4-159 COVER LEFT 500 (PL14.2.1) ...................................................................................... 4-160 CHUTE FDR ASSY 500 (PL14.2.2) ............................................................................. 4-161 COVER RIGHT 500 (PL14.2.10) .................................................................................. 4-162 PWBA TRAY 500 (PL14.3.3) ........................................................................................ 4-163 PWBA MOT (PL14.3.4) ................................................................................................ 4-164 DRIVE ASSY FEED (PL14.3.7) .................................................................................... 4-165 SOLENOID FEED (PL14.3.8) ....................................................................................... 4-166 MOTOR ASSY FEEDER (PL14.3.9) ............................................................................ 4-167 CLUTCH ASSY FEED (PL14.3.12) .............................................................................. 4-168 HARNESS-ASSY FEED 1 (PL14.3.14) ........................................................................ 4-169 ROLL ASSY TURN 500 (PL14.3.16) ............................................................................ 4-170 SWITCH FEEDER DOOR (PL14.3.18) ........................................................................ 4-171 HARNESS-ASSY FEED 2 (PL14.3.22) ........................................................................ 4-172 CHUTE FDR ASSY 500 (PL14.3.23) ........................................................................... 4-173 HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500 (PL14.3.24) ................................................................. 4-174 FILM ASSY FDR (PL14.3.26) ....................................................................................... 4-176 STOPPER CST R (PL14.3.31) ..................................................................................... 4-177 GUIDE CST R (PL14.3.32) ........................................................................................... 4-178 GUIDE CST L (PL14.3.34) ........................................................................................... 4-179 STOPPER CST L (PL14.3.35) ..................................................................................... 4-180 HOUSING ASSY FEED (PL14.4.1) .............................................................................. 4-181 SENSOR NO PAPER (PL14.4.3) ................................................................................. 4-183
REP14. 500 PAPER CASSETTE & 500 SHEET FEEDER ........................................4-153
4-3

Table of Contents
REP14.29 REP14.30 REP14.31 REP14.32 ACTUATOR NO PAPER CST (PL14.4.4) .................................................................... 4-184 ACTUATOR T/R (PL14.4.6) ......................................................................................... 4-186 SENSOR T/R (PL14.4.7) .............................................................................................. 4-187 ROLL ASSY FEED 500 (PL14.4.11) ............................................................................ 4-188
4.3 Adjustment ............................................................................................................4-190

ADJ1. Firmware Download............................................................................................................ 4-190 ADJ1.1 ESS F/W.................................................................................................................... 4-190 ADJ1.2 MCU F/W................................................................................................................... 4-192
4-4

4.1 Preface
4.1
Preface
This chapter is organized into 12 sections, each of which corresponds to each unit in Parts List and describes how to remove/install the main parts. * REP 1 COVER * REP 4 MSI * REP 5 PH ASSY * REP 6 TRANSFER * REP 7 XERO * REP 8 ROS * REP 9 DEVE * REP 10 FUSER * REP 11 DRIVE * REP 12 ELECTRICAL * REP 13 DUPLEX * REP 14 500 PAPER CASSETTE & 500 SHEET FEEDER
NOTE NOTE
Closely observe the installation status before servicing a part that is managed as spare parts but whose procedure is not described here. In principle, optional parts must be removed when servicing. However, if it is not necessary, you can perform servicing with the parts installed.
4.1.1
Before Servicing
Turn OFF the power and disconnect the power plug from the outlet before servicing. During servicing, remove the IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) first before disassembling. Remove the DUPLEX and disassemble it when necessary. Wait until the FUSER ASSY and surrounding temperatures get low enough before servicing around the FUSER ASSY. Be careful not to use extreme force during servicing as it may damage parts and cause malfunction.
4-5

4.1 Preface
Do not use screws in the wrong places as there are various types of screws used. When a plastic screw is used in a hole for metal screws, the hole will be damaged. Therefore, please take extra care when identifying plastic and metal screws. When a screw is used wrongly, the screw head may be smashed and problems may occur.
NOTE
No. Model Plastic Screw
Use a plastic screw for the screw installation position on the frame marked "T". Usage Plastic Shape How To Identify Silver The screw head is rougher than the metal type. The screw edge is sharper Silver Flange The screw head is rougher than the metal type. The screw edge is sharper Silver Washer The screw head is rougher than the metal type. The screw edge is sharper Silver Flange The screw edge is slightly sharper CAUTION This has the function that drills a hole by itself. Therefore, when it is fastened askew, the screw head will be damaged. This has the function that drills a hole by itself. Therefore, when it is fastened askew, the screw head will be damaged.
Coarse
Silver Tap
Parts etc Plastic
Plastic Screw 2 Tap with Silver Collar Plastic Screw 3 Tap with Silver Washer Metal Screw 4 With Silver Collar Metal Screw 5 With Silver Collar Metal Screw Silver Metal Screw 7 Silver, with External Cog Washer
Plastic
Coarse Parts etc Plastic
Plastic
Coarse Parts etc Plastic
This has the function that drills a hole by itself. Therefore, when it is fastened askew, the screw head will be damaged. This has the function that drills a hole by itself. Therefore, when it is fastened askew, the screw head will be damaged.
Metal
Parts etc
Sheet metal
Metal Silver Flange The diameters of thread parts are even
Parts etc
Sheet metal
Metal 6 Silver The diameters of thread parts are even

Parts etc
Sheet metal
Metal Silver External Cog Washer The diameters of thread parts are even
Parts etc
Sheet metal
Do not service at the places where static electricity is likely to be generated (e.g. over a carpet).
4-6

4.1 Preface
Perform earthing of the service personnel with wrist bands whenever possible in order to remove static electricity from the body. When a wrist band cannot be found, touch a grounded metal part of the machine before servicing. Once servicing is completed, use the CLEANER ASSY (PL8.1.2) to clean the ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) windows.
4.1.2
Procedure Notations
The phrase "REPX.Y "AAAAA"" indicates that the part name "AAAAA" is the one to be disassembled/assembled. The note "(PLX.Y.Z)" appearing after a part name in the procedure indicates that the part corresponds to the item "Z" of the plate (PL) "X.Y" in "Chapter 5 Parts List". Therefore, you can refer to "Chapter 5 Parts List" for more information on the shape and installation position, etc. of the part. The expressions related to the directions in the procedures are as follows: - FRONT: Direction towards you when you stand in front of the machine - REAR: Direction towards the rear end when you stand in front of the machine - LEFT: Direction to the left when you stand in front of the machine - RIGHT: Direction to the right when you stand in front of the machine
REAR
LEFT
RIGHT
FRONT
Figure: Definition of Printer Orientation -
Leg_03_001FA
When the description "For ... machine" appears in the procedures, you need to do the procedure for the appropriate machines. (Do not perform the procedure for other machines.) The phrase "(REP X.Y)" appearing in or at the end of a procedure indicates that the procedures related to "REP X.Y" are described. The screws in figures are to be fastened/removed with a plus driver, unless otherwise specified. Black arrows in the figures indicate that you must move the part in the direction of the arrow. Numbers in the figures indicate that you must move the parts in the order of the numbers. Refer to "Chapter 7 Wiring Data" for the positions of connectors (P/J).
4-7

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly
4.2 REP1.
REP1.1
Disassembly/Assembly COVER
COVER ASSY TOP (PL1.1.1)
Removal 1) 2) 3) Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) Remove the E-rings (x2) that secure the COVER ASSY TOP (PL1.1.1) to the machine. Remove the COVER ASSY TOP by opening and shifting it to the right.
3)
2) 2)
Leg_03_002FA
Installation Carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
NOTE
Use the external stud channel out of the two channels.
4-8

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly REP1.2
1) 2) 3) 4)
TRAY EXTENSION (PL1.1.2), COVER TRAY (PL1.1.23)

Removal Pull the COVER TRAY (PL1.1.23) out until it stops. Open the COVER ASSY FRONT U (PL1.1.16) and COVER ASSY TOP (PL1.1.1). Release the hooks that secure the COVER TRAY to the COVER ASSY TOP and remove the COVER TRAY together with the TRAY EXTENSION (PL1.1.2). Open the TRAY EXTENSION. Be careful not to damage the TRAY EXTENSION boss when performing the following:
NOTE
5)
Make the TRAY EXTENSION boss bent with a mini-driver and pull it out of the COVER TRAY hole to remove it.
3)-1
3)-1
3)-2
5)-2
4)
2)-2
5)-1
Leg_Sec03_501EB
2)-1
Leg_03_003FA
NOTE
Be careful not to damage the boss of TRAY EXTENSION.
4-9

1) 2)
COVER FUSER (PL1.1.4)

Removal Open the COVER FUSER (PL1.1.4). Keep the COVER RH (PL1.1.9) broadened and pull the COVER RH boss out of the COVER FUSER hole to remove the COVER FUSER.
2)-1 1)
2)-2
Protrusion
NOTE
LEFT
Leg_Sec03_005EB
NOTE
Make sure that the protrusions on the right and left sides of the COVER FUSER are inserted into the body of COVER RH and COVER LH respectively.
4-10

1) 2) 3) 4)
COVER TOP SIDE L (PL1.1.5)

Removal For DUPLEX machines, open the DUPLEX ASSY. For standard machines, open the COVER FUSER (PL1.1.4). (REP1.3) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT U (PL1.1.16) and COVER ASSY TOP (PL1.1.1). Release the screw (x1) (silver, collared, 8mm) that secures the COVER TOP SIDE L (PL1.1.5) to the machine. The screws that secure the COVER TOP SIDE L cannot be removed from the COVER TOP SIDE L due to its structural design.
NOTE
5)
Remove the COVER TOP SIDE L from the machine.
4)
5)
Leg_03_502FA
4-11

1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
COVER TOP SIDE R (PL1.1.6)

Removal For DUPLEX machines, open the DUPLEX ASSY. For standard machines, open the COVER FUSER (PL1.1.4). (REP1.3) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT U (PL1.1.16) and COVER ASSY TOP (PL1.1.1). Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, 8mm) that secures the COVER TOP SIDE R (PL1.1.6) to the machine. Remove the COVER TOP SIDE R and BRACKET TOP S RH (PL1.1.38) from the machine.
5)
4)
Leg_03_503FA
4-12

1) 2)
SWITCH ASSY TOP (PL1.1.7)

Removal Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) Release the clamp that secures the harnesses of the SWITCH ASSY TOP (PL1.1.7) and remove the harnesses. Leave the intermediate connector (blue) at the harness when performing the following:
NOTE
3) 4) 5)
Disconnect the connector (P/J116, blue) of the SWITCH ASSY TOP. Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, 8mm) that secures the SWITCH ASSY TOP to the machine. Remove the SWITCH ASSY TOP from the machine.
Intermediate connector (Blue)
4)
5) 3) (Blue) 2)
Leg_03_006FA
REP1.7
NOT USED
4-13

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly REP1.8 COVER RH (PL1.1.9), SLIDE BAR (PL1.1.30), COVER ROS WINDOW (PL1.1.31)
Removal 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) Release the hooks (x4) that secure the GUIDE BAR (PL1.1.29) to the COVER RH (PL1.1.9) and remove the GUIDE BAR. Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 8mm) that secures the COVER ROS WINDOW (PL1.1.31) to the SLIDE BAR (PL1.1.30). Shifting the COVER ROS WINDOW along the COVER RH rib and remove the COVER ROS WINDOW from the protrusion of the COVER RH. Remove the SLIDE BAR for the COVER RH.
5) 2) 2) 2) 2) 4) 3)
NOTE
Leg_Sec03_007EA
NOTE NOTE
Make sure that the top and bottom of the COVER ROS WINDOW are properly inserted into the COVER RH protrusions. Check the COVER ROS WINDOW operations by moving the SLIDE BAR to see whether the COVER ROS WINDOW can be opened/closed smoothly.
4-14

1) 2)
COVER MSI (PL1.1.14)

Removal Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) Open the COVER MSI (PL1.1.14) slightly and shift it to the right to remove it from the machine.
2)-1
2)-2
Leg_Sec03_008EA
4-15

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7)
COVER FRONT L (PL1.1.15), COVER FRONT ASSY U (PL1.1.16)

Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) Remove the COVER MSI. (REP1.9) Remove the OP PANEL. (REP1.11) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, 6mm) and the COVER HINGE (PL1.1.40) and then release the HARNESS ASSY PANEL (PL1.1.18). Remove the screws (x5) (silver, collared, 8mm) that secure the COVER FRONT L (PL1.1.15) to the machine. Shift the COVER FRONT L to the right and then release the hooks (x2) at the rear of the COVER FRONT L to remove the COVER FRONT L together with the COVER FRONT ASSY U (PL1.1.16). Be careful not to damage the COVER FRONT ASSY U boss when performing the following:
Removal
NOTE
8)
Insert a driver and push the bosses at the right and left sides of the COVER FRONT ASSY U and then pull it out of the holes of the COVER FRONT L to remove the COVER FRONT ASSY U from the COVER FRONT L.
5)
7)-1
6) 6)
8)-1
4) 6)
6) 7)-2 6)
Leg_03_009FA
8)-2
Leg_03_010FA
4-16

1)
OP PANEL (PL1.1.17)
Open the COVER FRONT ASSY U (PL1.1.16). Do not place the OP PANEL apart from the machine because they are connected with a harness when performing the following:
Removal
NOTE
2) 3) 4)
Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 8mm) and the hooks (x2) to remove the COVER CONPANE (PL1.1.39). Release the hooks (x4) to set the OP PANEL (PL1.1.17) slightly apart from the machine. Disconnect the connector P/J220 which is connected to the OP PANEL to remove the OP PANEL.
2)
3)
3)
4)-1 4)-2
Leg_03_184FA
NOTE
Be careful not to pinch the harness between the machine and OP PANEL.
4-17

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7)
COVER ASSY LH (PL1.1.19)

For DUPLEX machines, remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) For standard machines, remove the COVER FUSER. (REP1.3) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT U (PL1.1.16), COVER ASSY TOP (PL1.1.1), and COVER MSI (PL1.1.14). Remove the COVER ESS. (REP1.13) Remove the screws (x6) (silver, collared, 8mm) that secure the COVER ASSY LH (PL1.1.19) to the machine. Lift up the COVER ASSY LH and release the hooks (x5) at the rear of the COVER ASSY LH from the machine holes. Remove the COVER ASSY LH by keeping the COVER ASSY LH broadened to avoid the interface connectors at the rear of the machine.
Removal
7)-1
7)-2 6) 5)
5)
5) 5)
3)
5) 5)
Leg_03_011FA
4-18

1)
COVER ESS (PL1.1.21)

Hold the top of the COVER ESS (PL1.1.21) and tilt it towards you to remove it upwards.
Removal
1)
Leg_03_188FA
NOTE
Hitch the tabs (x3) under the COVER ESS.
4-19

1) 2) 3) 4)
SWITCH ASSY FUSER (PL1.1.22), SWITCH-FUSER DOOR (PL1.1.36)

Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) Release the clamps which secure the harnesses of the SWITCH ASSY FUSER (PL1.1.22) and remove the harnesses. Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, 8mm) that secures the SWITCH ASSY FUSER to the machine. Remove the SWITCH ASSY FUSER and BRACKET TOP S LH (PL1.1.37) from the machine. Leave the intermediate connector at the harness when performing the following:
Removal
NOTE
5) 6) 7)
Disconnect the connector (P/J117, blue) of the SWITCH ASSY FUSER. Release the hooks (x2) that secure the SWITCH-FUSER DOOR (PL1.1.36) to the BRACKET INLK FUSER (PL1.1.35) and remove the SWITCH-FUSER DOOR. Disconnect the connector (P/J114) of the SWITCH-FUSER DOOR.
6)-1
6)-2
7)
2) 3)
4)
5)
Leg_03_012FA
4-20

1) 2) 3)
COVER INNER TOP (PL1.1.24)

Remove the OP PANEL. (REP1.11) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the COVER INNER TOP (PL1.1.24) to the machine. Remove the COVER INNER TOP from the machine.
Removal
3)
2) 2)
Leg_03_187FA
REP1.16
NOT USED
4-21

1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
COVER ASSY RH (PL1.1.28)

For DUPLEX machines, remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) For standard machines, remove the COVER FUSER. (REP1.3) Open the COVER MSI (PL1.1.14). Remove the screws (x5) (silver, collared, 8mm) that secure the COVER ASSY RH (PL1.1.28) to the machine. Lift up the COVER ASSY RH, release the hooks (x6) at the rear of the COVER ASSY RH from the machine holes and remove the COVER ASSY RH.
Removal
5)
4) 4)
4)
3) 4) 4)
Leg_03_185FA
4-22

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6)
COVER INNER L (PL1.1.33)

Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) Remove the COVER MSI. (REP1.9) Remove the COVER FRONT L and COVER FRONT ASSY U. (REP1.10) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, 8mm) that secure the COVER INNER L (PL1.1.33) to the machine. Release the hook (x1) at the rear of the COVER INNER L from the machine hole and remove the COVER INNER L.
Removal
5) 6)
5)
Leg_03_186FA
4-23

1) 2) 3) 4)
SWITCH-INLK FUSER (PL1.1.34)

Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) Remove the SWITCH ASSY FUSER. (REP1.14) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, 8mm) that secures the SWITCH-INLK FUSER (PL1.1.34) to the BRACKET INLK FUSER (PL1.1.35). Remove the SWITCH-INLK FUSER from the BRACKET INLK FUSER.
Removal
4)
3)
Leg_03_506FA
4-24

REP4.
REP4.1
MSI
MSI ASSY (PL4.1.1)
NOTE
Removal 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) Remove the COVER MSI. (REP1.9) Remove the COVER FRONT L and COVER FRONT ASSY U. (REP1.10) Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) Disconnect the connectors (P/J408) and (P/J409) on the PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1). Release the clamps (x2) on the CHASSIS ESS (PL12.2.6) and then remove the harness of the HARNESS-ASSY P/H 1 (PL4.1.26). When the 500 Sheet Feeder is installed, turn the LOCK MC TO FDR (PL14.2.12) which is attached to the 500 Sheet Feeder by 90 degrees as shown in the figure to unlock it from the unit. Remove the screws (x6) (silver, collared, tap, 8mm) that secure the MSI ASSY (PL4.1.1) to the machine. When performing the following procedures, be careful not to hitch the cable tie which bundles the HARNESS-ASSY P/H 1 harnesses to the machine holes. When performing the following procedures, be careful not to pinch the HARNESSASSY P/H 1 between the machine and MSI ASSY. The numbers with [ ] in the figure indicate the installation steps.
9)
NOTE NOTE
10) Pull the MSI ASSY slightly towards you and lift up the MSI ASSY, avoiding the TIE PLATE which is placed under the machine. Slowly pull it towards you again to pull out the HARNESS-ASSY P/H 1 from the machine holes and remove the MSI ASSY.
6) 6)
7) 7)
8) 8) 9)-1 8) 9)-2 8) 8) 8)
NOTE
LOCK MC TO FDR
Unlocked
Locked
Leg_03_042FA
4-25

[2)-2]
[2)-1]
[3)]
[1)]
[NOTE]
Leg_03_507FA
Installation
NOTE NOTE
1)
When performing the following procedures, be careful not to hitch the cable tie which bundles the HARNESS-ASSY P/H 1 harnesses to the machine holes. When performing the following procedures, be careful not to pinch the HARNESSASSY P/H 1 between the machine and MSI ASSY.
Move the HARNESS-ASSY P/H 1 (PL4.1.26) along the left side of the MSI ASSY (PL4.1.1) to insert it to the machine front together with the MSI ASSY. 2) With the MSI ASSY slightly lifted up to avoid the TIE PLATE placed under the machine, insert the MSI ASSY halfway and pull out the connectors of the HARNESS-ASSY P/H 1 from the machine holes. 3) Align the MSI ASSY with the installation area of the machine and then slowly pull the HARNESS-ASSY P/H 1 so that it does not loosen in the machine. 4) Secure the MSI ASSY to the machine with screws (x6) (silver, collared, tap, 8mm). 5) When the 500 Sheet Feeder is installed, turn the LOCK MC TO FDR (PL14.2.12) by 90 degrees in the opposite direction of the arrow shown in the figure to lock it with the machine. 6) Connect the connectors (P/J408) and (P/J409) on the PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1). 7) Secure the harnesses of the HARNESS-ASSY P/H 1 with the clamps (x2) to the CHASSIS ESS (PL12.2.6). 8) Install the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) 9) Install the COVER FRONT L and COVER FRONT ASSY U. (REP1.10) 10) Install the COVER MSI. (REP1.9) 11) Install the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) 12) Install the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17)
4-26

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7)
ROLL ASSY MSI (PL4.1.2)

Removal Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) Remove the COVER MSI. (REP1.9) Remove the COVER FRONT L and COVER FRONT ASSY U. (REP1.10) Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) Remove the MSI ASSY. (REP4.1) Remove the SOLENOID PICK UP. (REP4.10) To perform the following procedures with ease, it is recommended to turn the ROLL ASSY MSI in the direction of the arrow to unlock the CAM PICK UP MSI (PL4.1.4) and keep the PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI (PL4.1.15) lifted.
NOTE
Remove the right and left SPRING-N/F MSI (PL4.1.18) which are hooked at the right and left sides of the BEARING MSI (PL4.1.3) from the MSI ASSY (PL4.1.1). 9) Remove the E-ring that secures the right and left CAM PICK UP MSI (PL4.1.4) to the SHAFT ASSY MSI (PL4.1.5) from the MSI ASSY. 10) Align the CAM PICK UP MSI notch with the SHAFT ASSY MSI positioning pin and then shift the right and left CAM PICK UP MSI inside. 11) From the right and left shaft bearings, align the BEARING MSI notch with the SHAFT ASSY MSI positioning pin and then shift the right and left BEARING MSI inside. 12) Shift the ROLL ASSY MSI (PL4.1.2) to the left temporarily and pull the ROLL ASSY MSI bearing out of the right shaft bearing to remove the ROLL ASSY MSI.
8)
11)
10)
10)
11)
9)
12)
9)
D cut side
NOTE
8)
8)
Elliptic end
NOTE NOTE
Semicircular end
NOTE
Leg_Sec03_054FB
4-27

Installation
NOTE
1) 2)
When performing the following procedures, install with the PAPER GUIDE (PL4.1.6) paper holder downward.
3)
Insert the left side of the ROLL ASSY MSI (PL4.1.2) bearing into the left shaft bearing and then shift the ROLL ASSY MSI to the right to install the ROLL ASSY MSI. Align the right and left BEARING MSI (PL4.1.3) notches on the ROLL ASSY MSI with the SHAFT ASSY MSI positioning pin and then insert the BEARING MSI into the MSI ASSY right and left shaft bearings to secure the ROLL ASSY MSI. Align the CAM PICK UP MSI (PL4.1.4) right and left notches on the ROLL ASSY MSI with the SHAFT ASSY MSI positioning pin and then shift the right and left CAM PICK UP MSI outside. Make sure that the CAM PICK UP MSI notch is aligned with the ROLL ASSY MSI positioning pin.
NOTE
4)
Secure the right and left CAM PICK UP MSI to the SHAFT ASSY MSI with E-ring. To perform the following procedures with ease, it is recommended to turn the ROLL ASSY MSI in the direction of the arrow to unlock the CAM PICK UP MSI (PL4.1.4) and keep the PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI (PL4.1.15) lifted.
NOTE
Be careful of the SPRING-N/F MSI installation direction when performing the following: Install the semicircular side of the SPRING-N/F MSI installation area to the BEARING MSI. Install the semicircular side of the SPRING-N/F MSI installation area to the PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI. 5) Install the SPRING-N/F MSI (PL4.1.18) on the right and left BEARING MSI. 6) Install the SOLENOID PICK UP. (REP4.10) 7) Install the MSI ASSY. (REP4.1) 8) Install the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) 9) Install the COVER FRONT L and COVER FRONT ASSY U. (REP1.10) 10) Install the COVER MSI. (REP1.9) 11) Install the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) 12) Install the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17)
NOTE
4-28

1) 2) 3)
ROLL MSI (PL4.1.8)

Removal Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) Release the hook of the right CORE (PL4.1.7) which is secured to the SHAFT ASSY MSI (PL4.1.5) and then shift it to the right. Shift the ROLL MSI (PL4.1.8) to the right and pull out the ROLL MSI installation channel from the SHAFT ASSY MSI pin to remove the ROLL MSI from the SHAFT ASSY MSI.
2)-1
Arrow
3)
2)-2
Leg_Sec03_043EA
NOTE
Be careful of the ROLL MSI installation direction. (Install the ROLL MSI by aligning the direction of the arrow printed on it with the one in the illustration.)
4-29

1) 2)
CHUTE MSI (PL4.1.9)

Removal Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) Loosen the CHUTE MSI (PL4.1.9) and pull the right boss of the CHUTE MSI from right hole of the MSI ASSY (PL4.1.1) to remove the CHUTE MSI.
2)-1
2)-2 RIGHT
Leg_Sec03_044EB
4-30

1) 2)
GUIDE SIDE L (PL4.1.12), GUIDE ASSY SIDE R (PL4.1.13)

Removal Open the COVER MSI (PL1.1.14). Release the hook that secures the GUIDE SIDE COVER (PL4.1.10) center hole and the right and left hooks of the GUIDE SIDE COVER from the FRAME ASSY BOTTOM (PL4.1.19) holes to remove the GUIDE SIDE COVER. Remove the GEAR MANUAL (PL4.1.11) from the FRAME ASSY BOTTOM. Shift the GUIDE SIDE L (PL4.1.12) to the right and remove the GUIDE SIDE L protrusion from the FRAME ASSY BOTTOM installation area to remove the GUIDE SIDE L. Hold and shift the GUIDE ASSY SIDE R (PL4.1.13) lever to the left and remove the GUIDE ASSY SIDE R protrusion from the FRAME ASSY BOTTOM installation area to remove the GUIDE ASSY SIDE R.
3) 4) 5)
2)-1
2)-2
2)-1 3)
2)-1
Leg_Sec03_045EA
4-31

4)
5)-1 5)-2
Leg_Sec03_046EA
4-32

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9)
PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI (PL4.1.15)

Removal Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) Remove the COVER MSI. (REP1.9) Remove the COVER FRONT L and COVER FRONT ASSY U. (REP1.10) Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) Remove the MSI ASSY. (REP4.1) Remove the SOLENOID PICK UP. (REP4.10) Remove the ROLL ASSY MSI. (REP4.2) Broaden the right and left installation areas of the PLATE BOTTOM 2 (PL4.1.14) from the PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI (PL4.1.15) to remove the PLATE BOTTOM 2 holes from the PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI boss. 10) Lift the PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI to remove the right and left holes of the PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI from the the right and left shaft bearings of the MSI ASSY (PL4.1.1). 11) Remove the right side of the PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI from the right notch of the MSI ASSY to remove the PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI.
10)-2
11)-1
9)
10)-1 11)-2
9)
NOTE
[During Installation]
Leg_Sec03_047FA
NOTE
The job will be made easier by keeping the rear of the PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI slightly lifted during installation.
4-33

1) 2) 3)
HOLDER ASSY RETARD MSI (PL4.1.16)

Removal Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) Remove the CHUTE MSI. (REP4.4) Release the hooks of the right and left PAPER GUIDE (PL4.1.6) that are secured to the SHAFT ASSY MSI (PL4.1.5) and shift them outside to remove the CHUTE ASSY PAPER GUIDE (PL4.1.28). Release the hooks of the right and left CORE (PL4.1.7) that are secured to the SHAFT ASSY MSI and then shift them outside. Remove the ROLL MSI. (REP4.3) Be careful not to lose the SPRING RETARD MSI when performing the following:
4) 5)
NOTE
6)
Loosen the bosses at both sides of the HOLDER ASSY RETARD MSI (PL4.1.16) to remove the HOLDER ASSY RETARD MSI from the FRAME ASSY BOTTOM (PL4.1.19).
4)-1
6)
4)-2 4)-2 3)-1 3)-2 4)-1
3)-1
3)-2
NOTE
Leg_Sec03_508EB
Leg_Sec03_048EB
NOTE
When the SPRING RETARD MSI has departed from the HOLDER ASSY RETARD MSI, attach the SPRING RETARD MSI to the HOLDER ASSY RETARD MSI boss before installation. Make sure that the SPRING RETARD MSI is fitted into the FRAME ASSY BOTTOM spring holder boss.
NOTE
4-34

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly REP4.8 PLATE ASSY RETARD (PL4.1.17)
NOTE
Removal 1) 2) 3) 4) Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) Remove the CHUTE MSI. (REP4.4) Remove the ROLL MSI. (REP4.3) Remove the HOLDER ASSY RETARD MSI. (REP4.7) Do not bend the PLATE ASSY RETARD when performing the following: The numbers with [ ] in the figure indicate the installation procedures.
NOTE
5)
Loosen the PLATE ASSY RETARD (PL4.1.17) and remove the right and left holes from the FRAME ASSY BOTTOM (PL4.1.19) boss to remove the PLATE ASSY RETARD.
5)-1 5)-2
[1)]
[2)-1] [2)-1]
Leg_Sec03_049EA
[2)-2]
Leg_Sec03_509EA
Installation
NOTE
1) 2)
Do not bend the PLATE ASSY RETARD.
3) 4) 5) 6)
Align the right and left U-channels of the PLATE ASSY RETARD (PL4.1.17) with the FRAME ASSY BOTTOM (PL4.1.19) front boss. Loosen the PLATE ASSY RETARD and turn it with the boss which is aligned with the U-channels as a center, and then insert the FRAME ASSY BOTTOM rear boss into the right and left holes of the PLATE ASSY RETARD to install the PLATE ASSY RETARD. Install the HOLDER ASSY RETARD MSI. (REP4.7) Install the ROLL MSI. (REP4.3) Install the CHUTE MSI. (REP4.4) Install the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4)
4-35

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7)
OIL DAMPER (PL4.1.20)

Removal Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) Remove the COVER MSI. (REP1.9) Remove the COVER FRONT L and COVER FRONT ASSY U. (REP1.10) Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) Remove the MSI ASSY. (REP4.1) Release the hooks of the GEAR PICK UP (PL4.1.22) that is secured to the SHAFT ASSY MSI (PL4.1.5) from the MSI ASSY (PL4.1.1) to remove the GEAR PICK UP. 8) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, tap, 8mm) that secure the DAMPER BRACKET (PL4.1.21) to the MSI ASSY. 9) Remove the OIL DAMPER (PL4.1.20) together with the DAMPER BRACKET from the MSI ASSY. 10) Remove the OIL DAMPER from the DAMPER BRACKET.
7)-1 9)
8)
7)-2
8)
10)
Leg_Sec03_200FA
NOTE
Be careful of the OIL DAMPER installation direction.
4-36

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7)
SOLENOID PICK UP (PL4.1.23)

Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) Remove the COVER MSI. (REP1.9) Remove the COVER FRONT L and COVER FRONT ASSY U. (REP1.10) Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) Remove the MSI ASSY. (REP4.1) Release the hooks of the GEAR PICK UP (PL4.1.22) that is secured to the SHAFT ASSY MSI (PL4.1.5) from the MSI ASSY (PL4.1.1) to remove the GEAR PICK UP. Leave the intermediate connector at the harness when performing the following:
Removal
NOTE
8)
Disconnect the connector (P/J605) of the SOLENOID PICK UP (PL4.1.23) and remove the harness from the MSI ASSY channel. 9) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, tap, 8mm) that secures the SOLENOID PICK UP to the MSI ASSY. 10) Remove the SOLENOID PICK UP from the MSI ASSY.
7)-1
10) 8) 9)
7)-2
Channel Notch
Leg_Sec03_050FA
4-37

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7)
SENSOR PAPER EMPTY (PL4.1.24)

Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) Remove the COVER MSI. (REP1.9) Remove the COVER FRONT L and COVER FRONT ASSY U. (REP1.10) Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) Remove the MSI ASSY. (REP4.1) Release the hooks (x3) of the SENSOR PAPER EMPTY (PL4.1.24) that is secured to the FRAME ASSY BOTTOM (PL4.1.19) with a mini-driver etc. and then turn the ACTUATOR EMPTY (PL4.1.25) to remove the SENSOR PAPER EMPTY. Disconnect the connector (P/J103) of the SENSOR PAPER EMPTY.
Removal
8)
7)-1
7)-2
7)-3 8)
Leg_Sec03_051FA
4-38

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7)
ACTUATOR EMPTY (PL4.1.25)

Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) Remove the COVER MSI. (REP1.9) Remove the COVER FRONT L and COVER FRONT ASSY U. (REP1.10) Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) Remove the MSI ASSY. (REP4.1) Remove the GUIDE SIDE L and GUIDE ASSY SIDE R. (REP4.5) You do not need to remove the connectors of the SENSOR PAPER EMPTY when performing the following:
Removal
NOTE
8) 9)
Remove the SENSOR PAPER EMPTY. (REP4.11) Broaden the right and left installation areas of the PLATE BOTTOM 2 (PL4.1.14) from the PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI (PL4.1.15) to remove the PLATE BOTTOM 2 holes from the PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI boss. 10) Turn the PLATE BOTTOM 2 and remove the right and left bosses of the PLATE BOTTOM 2 from the MSI ASSY (PL4.1.1) notch to remove the PLATE BOTTOM 2.
NOTE
Be careful not to break the ACTUATOR EMPTY when performing the following:
11) Remove the left shaft bearing channel of the ACTUATOR EMPTY (PL4.1.25) from the hooks of the MSI ASSY to pull the ACTUATOR EMPTY right shaft bearing out of the MSI ASSY holes. 12) Shift the ACTUATOR EMPTY to the left and shift the ACTUATOR EMPTY shaft bearing along the MSI ASSY notch to remove the ACTUATOR EMPTY.
9)
10) 9)
Leg_Sec03_052FB
4-39

11)-1 11)-2
NOTE
12)
Leg_Sec03_053FB
NOTE
Check whether the ACTUATOR EMPTY is secured to the hook.
4-40

REP5.
REP5.1
PH ASSY
COVER-PH (PL5.1.1)
Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER-PH (PL5.1.1). Release the right and left hooks which secure the COVER-PH to the CHUTE ASSY-REAR (PL5.1.2) to remove the COVER-PH.
2)-1 1)
2)-1
2)-2
Leg_Sec03_142EA
4-41

1) 2) 3)
CHUTE ASSY-REAR (PL5.1.2)

Removal For DUPLEX machines, remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) For standard machines, remove the COVER-PH. (REP5.1) Open the CHUTE ASSY-REAR (PL5.1.2). Be careful not to damage the CHUTE ASSY-REAR boss when performing the following:
NOTE
4)
Loosen the installation area at the right side of the CHUTE ASSY-REAR with a mini-driver and pull the right boss out of the FRAME-PH (PL5.2.10) hole to remove the CHUTE ASSYREAR.
4)-2
4)-1
Leg_Sec03_055EA
NOTE
Be careful not to damage the boss of the CHUTE ASSY-REAR.
4-42

1) 2) 3)
CHUTE-REAR UP (PL5.1.3), CHUTE-REAR LOW (PL5.1.4)

Removal Remove the CHUTE ASSY-REAR. (REP5.2) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, tap, 8mm) that secure the CHUTE-REAR LOW (PL5.1.4) to the CHUTE-REAR UP (PL5.1.3). Remove the depressed part of CHUTE-REAR LOW from the protruded part of the CHUTEREAR UP and remove the CHUITE-REAR LOW from the CHUTE-REAR UP.
2) 3)-2 2)
3)-1
NOTE
Leg_Sec03_056FA
NOTE
Make sure that the protruded part of the CHUTE REAR UP is inserted into the depressed part of the CHUTE-REAR LOW.
4-43

1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
FRAME ASSY-PH (PL5.2.1)

Removal For DUPLEX machines, remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) For standard machines, remove the COVER-PH. (REP5.1) Open the CHUTE ASSY-REAR (PL5.1.2). Remove the screws (x4) (silver, collared, 8mm) that secure the FRAME ASSY-PH (PL5.2.1) to the machine. Close the CHUTE ASSY-REAR. Do not place the FRAME ASSY-PH apart from the machine because they are connected with a harness when performing the following:
NOTE
6) 7) 8)
Place the FRAME ASSY-PH together with the CHUTE ASSY-REAR apart from the machine. Disconnect the connectors (P/J603) and (P/J604) that are connected to the machine to remove the FRAME ASSY-PH together with the CHUTE ASSY-REAR. Remove the CHUTE ASSY-REAR. (REP5.2)
3)
4) 4) 4) 4)
6)
8)
7)
Leg_Sec03_057EA
4-44

NOTE [During Installation]
Leg_03_510EB
NOTE NOTE
Connect the connector with the FRAME ASSY-PH opened at 90 degrees as shown in the figure. Be careful not to pinch the harness between the machine and FRAME ASSY-PH.
4-45

1) 2) 3)
CLUTCH ASSY REGI (PL5.2.2)

Removal Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) Remove the MOTOR-PH. (REP5.12) Remove the DRIVE ASSY-PH. (REP5.15) Leave the intermediate connector at the harness when performing the following:
NOTE
4) 5) 6)
Disconnect the connector (P/J203) of the CLUTCH ASSY REGI (PL5.2.2), and remove the CLUTCH ASSY REGI harness from the FRAME ASSY-PH channel. Remove the E-ring that secures the CLUTCH ASSY REGI to the FRAME ASSY-PH. Remove the CLUTCH ASSY REGI from the FRAME ASSY-PH.
4) 6)
5)
Leg_Sec03_058FA
NOTE
Refer to the figure for more information on how to remove the harness.
4-46

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8)
ROLL-REGI METAL (PL5.2.4)

Removal Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) Remove the MOTOR-PH. (REP5.12) Remove the DRIVE ASSY-PH. (REP5.15) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY REGI. (REP5.5) Remove the E-rings (x2) that secure the GEAR-REGI (PL5.2.6) from the FRAME ASSY-PH (PL5.2.1) and to remove the GEAR-REGI (x2). Remove the right and left BEARING METAL (PL5.2.3) that secure the ROLL-REGI METAL (PL5.2.4) from the FRAME ASSY-PH. Open the CHUTE ASSY-REAR (PL5.1.2). Shift the ROLL-REGI METAL to the left temporarily and pull the ROLL-REGI METAL bearing out of the right shaft bearing of the FRAME ASSY-PH to remove the ROLL-REGI METAL.
7) 8)
6)
6)
5)-1
5)-2
Leg_Sec03_059FB
4-47

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8)
ROLL REGI RUBBER (PL5.2.8)

Removal Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) Remove the MOTOR-PH. (REP5.12) Remove the DRIVE ASSY-PH. (REP5.15) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY REGI. (REP5.5) Remove the E-ring that secures the GEAR-REGI (PL5.2.6) to the ROLL REGI RUBBER (PL5.2.8) from the FRAME ASSY-PH (PL5.2.1), to remove the GEAR-REGI. Remove the right BEARING RUBBER (PL5.2.5) and SPRING-REGI R (METAL) (PL5.2.7) that secure the ROLL REGI RUBBER from the FRAME ASSY-PH. Remove the E-ring that secures the ROLL REGI RUBBER from the FRAME ASSY-PH and remove the left BEARING RUBBER and SPRING-REGI L (BLACK) (PL5.2.9). Shift the ROLL REGI RUBBER to the left temporarily and pull the ROLL REGI RUBBER bearing out of the right shaft bearing of the FRAME ASSY-PH to remove the ROLL REGI RUBBER.
8)
(BLACK)
D cut side 7)-2
(METAL)
6)-2
7)-1
5)-1
5)-2
6)-1
Leg_Sec03_060FB
RIGHT
4-48

Installation
NOTE
1) 2)
Install the ROLL REGI RUBBER to the FRAME ASSY-PH so that the bearing D cut side is placed at the right side.
Insert the left side of the ROLL REGI RUBBER (PL5.2.8) bearing into the left shaft bearing of the FRAME ASSY-PH and then shift the ROLL REGI RUBBER to the right to install it. Secure the ROLL REGI RUBBER to the FRAME ASSY-PH (PL5.2.1) with the right and left BEARING RUBBER (PL5.2.5). Be careful not to install the SPRING-REGI R(METAL) and the SPRING-REGI L (BLACK) in reversed positions when performing the following:
NOTE
3) 4)
Install the SPRING-REGI R (METAL) (PL5.2.7) to the right BEARING RUBBER boss and FRAME ASSY-PH right shaft bearing boss that secure the ROLL REGI RUBBER. Install the SPRING-REGI L (BLACK) (PL5.2.9) to the left BEARING RUBBER boss and FRAME ASSY-PH left shaft bearing boss that secure the ROLL REGI RUBBER. Check that the SPRING-REGI R (METAL) and SPRING-REGI L (BLACK) are installed in the right and left BEARING RUBBER bosses and the FRAME ASSY-PH shaft bearing boss.
NOTE
5) 6) 7) 8) 9)
Install the GEAR-REGI in the ROLL REGI RUBBER right shaft bearing and then secure the right and left shaft bearings with E-rings. Install the CLUTCH ASSY REGI. (REP5.5) Install the DRIVE ASSY-PH. (REP5.15) Install the MOTOR-PH. (REP5.12) Install the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4)
4-49

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8)
ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI (PL5.2.12)

Removal Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) Remove the MOTOR-PH. (REP5.12) Remove the DRIVE ASSY-PH. (REP5.15) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI. (REP5.13) Remove the E-ring that secures the ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI (PL5.2.12) right shaft bearing from the FRAME ASSY-PH (PL5.2.1). Remove the right and left BEARING METAL (PL5.2.3) that secure the ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI from the FRAME ASSY-PH. Open the CHUTE ASSY-REAR (PL5.1.2). Shift the ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI to the left temporarily and pull the ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI bearing out of the right shaft bearing of the FRAME ASSY-PH to remove the ROLL ASSYPRE REGI.
7) D cut side 8)
6)
6) 5)
Leg_Sec03_061FB
NOTE
Install the ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI to the FRAME ASSY-PH so that the bearing D cut side is placed at the left side.
4-50

1) 2)
SENSOR OHP (PL5.2.16)

Removal Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 8mm) that secures the BRACKET-SENSOR OHP (PL5.2.15) to the FRAME ASSY-PH (PL5.2.1). Do not place the FRAME ASSY-PH apart from the BRACKET-SENSOR OHP because they are connected with a harness when performing the following:
NOTE
3) 4) 5) 6)
Remove the BRACKET-SENSOR OHP together with the SENSOR OHP (PL5.2.16) from the FRAME ASSY-PH. Disconnect the connector (P/J101) of the SENSOR OHP. Remove the screw (x1) (silver, tap, 8mm) that secures the SENSOR OHP to the BRACKETSENSOR OHP. Remove the SENSOR OHP from the BRACKET-SENSOR OHP.
3)
2)
5)
6)
4)
Leg_Sec03_062FA
4-51

1) 2) 3) 4)
ACTUATOR-REGI (PL5.2.18)
Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) Remove the ACTUATOR-REGI (PL5.2.18) left shaft bearing from the FRAME ASSY-PH (PL5.2.1) hook. Remove the right ACTUATOR-REGI right shaft bearing out of the FRAME ASSY-PH hole and remove the ACTUATOR-REGI and SPRING-ACTUATOR (PL5.2.17) together. Remove the SPRING-ACTUATOR from the ACTUATOR-REGI.
Removal
2) 3)
NOTE [DuringInstallation]
4)
Leg_Sec03_064FA
NOTE NOTE
Make sure that the SPRING-ACTUATOR is hooked onto the ACTUATOR-REGI and FRAME ASSY-PH. Secure the ACTUATOR-REGI left shaft bearing with the FRAME ASSY-PH hook.
4-52

1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
SENSOR REGI (PL5.2.19)

Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) Remove the MOTOR-PH. (REP5.12) Remove the DRIVE ASSY-PH. (REP5.15) Release the hooks (x3) that secure the SENSOR REGI (PL5.2.19) to the FRAME ASSY-PH (PL5.2.1) and push down the ACTUATOR-REGI to remove the SENSOR REGI. Disconnect the connector (P/J102) of the SENSOR REGI.
Removal
4)-3
5)
4)-1
4)-2
Leg_Sec03_065FB
4-53

1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
MOTOR-PH (PL5.2.20)
Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) Release the hooks (x2) that secure the COVER-HARNESS (PL5.2.25) to the FRAME ASSY-PH (PL5.2.1) to remove the COVER-HARNESS. Release the clamp on the DRIVE ASSY-PH (PL5.2.24) and remove the MOTOR-PH (PL5.2.20) harness from the FRAME ASSY-PH channel. Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the MOTOR-PH to the FRAME ASSY-PH. Remove the MOTOR-PH from the FRAME ASSY-PH.
Removal
5)
Front 3)
4) 2)-1 2)-2
4)
3)
2)-1
Leg_Sec03_066FB
NOTE
Be careful of the MOTOR-PH installation direction (the harness is at the front).
4-54

1) 2) 3)
CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI (PL5.2.22)

Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) Remove the MOTOR-PH. (REP5.12) Remove the DRIVE ASSY-PH. (REP5.15) Do not remove the relay connector when performing the following:
Removal
NOTE
4)
5) 6)
Disconnect the connector (P/J202) of the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI (PL5.2.22) and remove the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI harness from the FRAME ASSY-PH (PL5.2.1) channel. Remove the E-ring which secures the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI to the FRAME ASSY-PH. Remove the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI from the FRAME ASSY-PH and pull the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI harness out of the FRAME ASSY-PH hole.
NOTE 4) 6)
5)
Leg_Sec03_067FA
Installation 1) 2) Insert the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI (PL5.2.22) harness into the FRAME ASSY-PH (PL5.2.1) hole. Align the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI hole with the ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI (PL5.2.12) shaft bearing D cut side and install the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI so that the protruded part of the FRAME ASSY-PH fits into the depressed part of the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI. Secure the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI to the FRAME ASSY-PH with an E-ring. Turn the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI harness around the FRAME ASSY-PH channel and install the connector (P/J202) of the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI. Install the DRIVE ASSY-PH. (REP5.15) Install the MOTOR-PH. (REP5.12) Install the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) Refer to the figure for more information on how to remove the harness.
3) 4) 5) 6) 7)
NOTE
4-55

1) 2) 3) 4)
SWITCH-PH DOOR (PL5.2.23)

Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) Disconnect the connector (P/J100) of the SWITCH-PH DOOR (PL5.2.23). Open the CHUTE ASSY-REAR (PL5.1.2). Release the hooks (x2) that secure the SWITCH-PH DOOR to the FRAME ASSY-PH (PL5.2.1) to remove the SWITCH-PH DOOR.
Removal
4)-1
2) 3) 4)-2
Leg_Sec03_068FC
4-56

1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
DRIVE ASSY-PH (PL5.2.24)

Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) Remove the MOTOR-PH. (REP5.12) Release the clamp on the DRIVE ASSY-PH (PL5.2.24) and remove the harness. Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, tap, 8mm) that secure the DRIVE ASSY-PH to the FRAME ASSY-PH (PL5.2.1). Remove the DRIVE ASSY-PH from the FRAME ASSY-PH.
Removal
5)
CLUTCH ASSY REGI (PL5.2.2)
4)
3) 4)
Leg_Sec03_069FA
CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI (PL5.2.22)

NOTE
Check that the CLUTCH ASSY REGI and CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI gears are engaged properly.
4-57

REP6.
REP6.1
TRANSFER
CHUTE ASSY-FSR (PL6.1.1), COVER ASSY-RR 2ND (PL6.1.15)
Removal - CHUTE ASSY-FSR 1) Open the CHUTE ASSY-FSR (PL6.1.1). Do not place the CHUTE ASSY-FSR apart from the machine because they are connected with a harness when performing the following:
NOTE
2)
Push the CHUTE ASSY-FSR hinge inside with a minus driver to remove the CHUTE ASSYFSR from the machine. Leave the intermediate connector at the harness when performing the following:
NOTE
3)
Disconnect the connector (P/J620) of the CHUTE ASSY-FSR that is connected to the machine. If you do not need to remove the HARNESS ASSY 2BTR SW (PL6.1.16) in the following procedure, you can remove the COVER ASSY-R R 2ND without removing the COVER ASSY LH by disconnecting the SWITCH 2BTR COVER (PL6.1.18) connector (P/J113) instead of the connector (P/J621).
NOTE
- COVER ASSY-RR 2ND 4) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) 5) Release the clamps that secure the harnesses of the COVER ASSY-RR 2ND (PL6.1.15) and remove the harness.
NOTE
6)
Leave the intermediate connector at the harness when performing the following:
Disconnect the connector (P/J621) that is connected to the machine and insert the connector into the machine hole. 7) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, 8mm) that secure the COVER ASSY-RR 2ND to the machine. 8) Remove the COVER ASSY-RR 2ND from the machine. - CHUTE ASSY-FSR
1)
2)-2
3)
2)-1
2)-1
Protrusion
Protrusion
Leg_Sec03_511EC
4-58

- COVER ASSY-RR 2ND
6)-1
5)
6)-2 7) 8) 7)
NOTE
Leg_Sec03_143EB
Installation - COVER ASSY-RR 2ND
NOTE
1) 2)
When performing the following procedures, be careful not to pinch the harness between the machine and COVER ASSY-RR 2ND.
Pull the connector of the COVER ASSY-RR 2ND (PL6.1.15) out of the machine hole. Align the COVER ASSY-RR 2ND boss with the machine hole to install the COVER ASSYRR 2ND. 3) Pull out the relay connector to be connected to the CHUTE ASSY-FSR (PL6.1.1) connector from the COVER ASSY-RR 2ND left notch. 4) Secure the COVER ASSY-RR 2ND to the machine with screws (x2) (silver, collared, 8mm). 5) Connect the COVER ASSY-RR 2ND harness connector (P/J621) to the machine and secure the harness with a clamp. - CHUTE ASSY-FSR 6) Connect the CHUTE ASSY-FSR connector (P/J620) that is connected to the machine and insert the connector into the machine through the COVER ASSY-RR 2ND left notch. 7) Fit the U channels at the CHUTE ASSY-FSR right and left hinges to the CAM ASSY-2ND (PL6.1.13) shaft to install the CHUTE ASSY-FSR to the machine. 8) Close the CHUTE ASSY-FSR. 9) Install the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12)
4-59

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9)
SENSOR FUSER IN (PL6.1.3)

Removal Remove the CHUTE ASSY-FSR. (REP6.1) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, washer, tap, 8mm) that secure the DIODE FUSER (PL6.1.6) to the CHUTE ASSY-FSR (PL6.1.1). Remove the DIODE FUSER from the CHUTE ASSY-FSR. Remove the screw (x1) (silver, washer, tap, 8mm) that secures the CHUTE-FSR (PL6.1.5) and PLATE DIS 2ND (PL6.1.32) to the CHUTE ASSY-FSR. Remove the PLATE DIS 2ND from the CHUTE ASSY-FSR. Remove the CHUTE-FSR from the CHUTE ASSY-FSR. Disconnect the connector (P/J111) of the SENSOR FUSER IN (PL6.1.3). Remove the screw (x1) (silver, tap, 6mm) that secures the SENSOR FUSER IN to the CHUTE ASSY-FSR. Remove the SENSOR FUSER IN from the CHUTE ASSY-FSR.
2)
3)
2) 5) 4)
6)
NOTE
Leg_Sec03_144FB
4-60

8)
9)
7)
Leg_Sec03_145FA
Installation 1) 2) 3) 4) Align the SENSOR FUSER IN (PL6.1.3) boss with the CHUTE ASSY-FSR (PL6.1.1) hole to install the SENSOR FUSER IN. Secure the SENSOR FUSER IN to the CHUTE ASSY-FSR with a screw (x1) (silver, tap, 6mm). Connect the SENSOR FUSER IN connector (P/J111). Insert the protruded parts (x3) of the CHUTE-FSR (PL6.1.5) to the CHUTE ASSY-FSR holes and then fit the CHUTE-FSR holes to the CHUTE ASSY-FSR bosses to install the CHUTEFSR. Install the PLATE DIS 2ND to the CHUTE ASSY-FSR. Secure the right sides of the CHUTE-FSR and PLATE DIS 2ND together to the CHUTE ASSY-FSR with the screw (x1) (silver, washer, tap, 8mm). Be careful of the DIODE FUSER installation direction when performing the following: Install the DIODE FUSER so that white painted side is secured with the CHUTEFSR. Fit and install the DIODE FUSER (PL6.1.6) to the CHUTE ASSY-FSR concave part. Pinch the DIODE FUSER pin between the washer and plate when performing the following:
5) 6)
NOTE
7)
NOTE
8)
Secure the DIODE FUSER right pin area to the CHUTE ASSY-FSR with the screw (x1) (silver, washer, tap, 8mm). 9) Secure the DIODE FUSER left pin area and the PLATE DIS 2ND left side to the CHUTE ASSY-FSR with the screw (x1) (silver, washer, tap, 8mm). 10) Install the CHUTE ASSY-FSR. (REP6.1)
4-61

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly REP6.3 FRAME ASSY-2ND (PL6.1.7)
NOTE
Removal 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) Remove the CHUTE ASSY-FSR and COVER ASSY-RR 2ND. (REP6.1) Remove the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4) Remove the PLATE BIAS-2ND ASSY. (REP6.11) Remove the CAM ASSY-2ND. (REP6.5) Remove the SPRING-2ND (PL6.1.25) which secures the FRAME ASSY-2ND (PL6.1.7) right and left sides to the machine. Remove the E-ring which secures the FRAME ASSY-2ND right shaft bearing to the machine and shift the BEARING-BRUSH CAM (PL6.1.11) to the left. Be careful not to drop or lose the BEARING-BRUSH CAM when performing the following: The numbers with [ ] in the figure indicate the installation procedures.
NOTE
8)
9)
Shift the FRAME ASSY-2ND to the right temporarily and pull the FRAME ASSY-2ND bearing out of the machine left shaft bearing to remove the FRAME ASSY-2ND together with the BEARING-BRUSH CAM. Remove the BEARING-BRUSH CAM from the FRAME ASSY-2ND.
6)
6)
NOTE
NOTE
Leg_Sec03_146EB
4-62

7)-2
7)-1
9) 9)
8)
[3)]
[1)]
Leg_Sec03_147EB
Installation 1) 2) 3) Install the BEARING-BRUSH CAM (PL6.1.11) on the machine left shaft bearing. Install the BEARING-BRUSH CAM on the FRAME ASSY-2ND (PL6.1.7) right shaft bearing. Insert the FRAME ASSY-2ND right shaft bearing to the machine right shaft bearing, shift the FRAME ASSY-2ND to the left, and then insert the GEAR 27 (PL6.1.8) flange on the FRAME ASSY-2ND to the rear of DRIVE ASSY BTR (PL11.1.1) to install the FRAME ASSY-2ND. Insert the right BEARING-BRUSH CAM on the FRAME ASSY-2ND to the machine right shaft bearing and secure them with an E-ring. When performing the following procedures, make sure that the SPRING-2ND to the machine and the depressed part of the FRAME ASSY-2ND are properly hooked.
4)
NOTE
5)
Secure the FRAME ASSY-2ND right and left sides to the machine with the SPRING-2ND (PL6.1.25). 6) Install the CAM ASSY-2ND. (REP6.5) 7) Install the PLATE BIAS-2ND ASSY. (REP6.11) 8) Install the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4) 9) Install the CHUTE ASSY-FSR and COVER ASSY-RR 2ND. (REP6.1) 10) Install the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17)
4-63

1) 2)
2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12)

Removal Open the COVER ASSY FRONT U (PL1.1.16) and COVER ASSY TOP (PL1.1.1). Remove the IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1). To perform the following procedures with ease, press the LATCH ROTARY (PL9.1.7) on the LATCH ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.1.1) to release the latch and then turn the FRAME ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.2.9) manually to shift the HOUSING ASSYDEVE in order to avoid touching the MAG ROLL.
NOTE
3) 4)
Turn the right and left levers of the 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) towards you and unlock the levers from the FRAME ASSY-2ND (PL6.1.7). Hold the 2ND BTR ASSY levers to pull the 2ND BTR ASSY right side from the FRAME ASSY-2ND, and then pull the left side to remove the 2ND BTR ASSY from the machine.
3)
NOTE
3)
4)-2
4)-3
4)-1
Leg_03_070FA
NOTE
During installation, press the LATCH ROTARY (PL9.1.7) on the LATCH ASSYROTARY (PL9.1.1) to release the latch and then turn the FRAME ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.2.9) manually to shift the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE in order to avoid touching the MAG ROLL. To install, place the 2ND BTR ASSY right shaft bearing under the PLATE BIAS2ND ASSY (PL6.1.27) pin area. After installing the 2ND BTR ASSY, check that the right and left levers move up/ down smoothly. After replacing with a new 2ND BTR ASSY, clear the life counter.
NOTE NOTE NOTE
4-64

1) 2) 3)
CAM ASSY-2ND (PL6.1.13)

Removal Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) Remove the CHUTE ASSY-FSR and COVER ASSY-RR 2ND. (REP6.1) Remove the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4) When performing the following procedures, you do not need to remove the WIRE ASSY 2BTR (PL6.1.28) from the PLATE BIAS-2ND ASSY (PL6.1.27).
NOTE
4)
Remove the PLATE BIAS-2ND ASSY. (REP6.11) When performing the following procedures, you do not need to remove the SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT (PL6.1.22) from the BRACKET-SENSOR PHOTO (PL6.1.23).
NOTE
5)
Remove the SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT. (REP6.9) Be careful not to drop or lose the BEARING when performing the following:
NOTE
6)
Remove the E-ring that secures the CAM ASSY-2ND (PL6.1.13) right shaft bearing to the machine and shift the BEARING (PL6.1.14) to the left. To perform the following procedures with ease, it is recommended to push the FRAME ASSY-2ND in the direction of the arrow and release the FRAME ASSY2ND from the CAM ASSY-2ND cam.
NOTE
7)
8)
Shift the CAM ASSY-2ND to the right temporarily and pull the CAM ASSY-2ND bearing out of the machine left shaft bearing to remove the CAM ASSY-2ND together with the BEARING. Remove the CAM ASSY-2ND from the BEARING.
6)-2 7)-1 7)-1
6)-1
NOTE
NOTE
8)
7)-2
8)
NOTE
RIGHT
NOTE
Leg_Sec03_148EB
4-65

Installation 1) 2) Install the BEARING (PL6.1.14) on the machine left shaft bearing. Install the BEARING on the CAM ASSY-2ND (PL6.1.13) right shaft bearing. To perform the following procedures with ease, it is recommended to push the FRAME ASSY-2ND in the direction of the arrow and release the FRAME ASSY2ND from the CAM ASSY-2ND cam.
NOTE
3) 4)
Insert the CAM ASSY-2ND right bearing to the machine right shaft bearing and shift the CAM ASSY-2ND to the right to install the CAM ASSY-2ND together with the BEARING. Insert the right BEARING on the CAM ASSY-2ND to the machine right shaft bearing and secure them with an E-ring. Check that the CAM ASSY-2ND cam is fit in the FRAME ASSY-2ND cam holder.
NOTE
5) 6) 7) 8) 9)
Install the SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT. (REP6.9) Install the PLATE BIAS-2ND ASSY. (REP6.11) Install the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4) Install the CHUTE ASSY-FSR and COVER ASSY-RR 2ND. (REP6.1) Install the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17)
4-66

1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
SWITCH 2BTR COVER (PL6.1.18)

Removal Remove the CHUTE ASSY-FSR and COVER ASSY-RR 2ND. (REP6.1) Disconnect the connector (P/J113) of the SWITCH 2BTR COVER (PL6.1.18). Remove the screw (x1) (silver, tap, 6mm) that secures the BRACKET-SWITCH 2ND (PL6.1.17) to the COVER-RR 2ND (PL6.1.19). Remove the BRACKET-SWITCH 2ND together with the SWITCH 2BTR COVER the COVER-RR 2ND. Release the hooks (x2) that secure the SWITCH 2BTR COVER to the BRACKET-SWITCH 2ND to remove the SWITCH 2BTR COVER.
3) 5)-1 2) 5)-2 4)
Leg_Sec03_071FA
4-67

1) 2)
SENSOR ASSY ADC (PL6.1.20)

Removal Remove the CHUTE ASSY-FSR and COVER ASSY-RR 2ND. (REP6.1) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, washer, tap, 8mm) which secure the SENSOR ASSY ADC (PL6.1.20) to the machine. Do not place the SENSOR ASSY ADC apart from the machine because they are connected with a harness when performing the following:
NOTE
3) 4)
Remove the SENSOR ASSY ADC from the machine. Disconnect the SENSOR ASSY ADC connector (P/J431).
4) 2) 3) 2)
Leg_Sec03_072EB
Removal Carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
4-68

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10) 11) 12) 13)
HOLDER-ADC 2ND (PL6.1.21)

Removal Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) Remove the CHUTE ASSY-FSR and COVER ASSY-RR 2ND. (REP6.1) Remove the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4) Remove the PLATE BIAS-2ND. (REP6.11) Remove the SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT. (REP6.9) Remove the CAM ASSY-2ND. (REP6.5) Remove the SPRING-2ND (PL6.1.25) that secures the FRAME ASSY-2ND (PL6.1.7) right and left sides to the machine. (REP6.3) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (REP10.1) Disconnect the connector (P/J431) of the SENSOR ASSY ADC (PL6.1.20). Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, 8mm) that secure the HOLDER-ADC 2ND (PL6.1.21) to the machine. Remove the HOLDER-ADC 2ND together with the SENSOR ASSY ADC from the machine. Remove the screws (x2) (silver, washer, tap, 8mm) that secure the SENSOR ASSY ADC to the HOLDER-ADC 2ND. Remove the SENSOR ASSY ADC from the HOLDER-ADC 2ND.
13)
12) 12)
10) 10) 11)
9)
NOTE
Leg_Sec03_512EB
NOTE
Refer to the figure for more information on how to remove the harness.
4-69

1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT (PL6.1.22)

Removal Remove the CHUTE ASSY-FSR and COVER ASSY-RR 2ND. (REP6.1) Disconnect the SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT (PL6.1.22) connector (P/J112). Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, 8mm) that secures the BRACKET-SENSOR PHOTO (PL16.1.23) to the machine. Remove the BRACKET-SENSOR PHOTO together with the SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT from the machine. Release the hooks (x3) that secure the SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT to the BRACKETSENSOR PHOTO to remove the SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT.
2)
5)-2
4) 3) 5)-1
NOTE
Leg_Sec03_073FB
NOTE
Check that a part of the CAM ASSY-2ND shutter is in the SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT sensor area.
4-70

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6)
SENSOR IBT RETRACT (PL6.1.26)

Remove the OP PANEL. (REP1.11) Remove the COVER INNER TOP. (REP1.15) Disconnect the SENSOR IBT RETRACT (PL6.1.26) connector (P/J107). Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secures the BRACKET-SENSOR CLN (PL6.1.31) to the machine. Remove the BRACKET-SENSOR CLN together with the SENSOR IBT RETRACT from the machine. Release the hooks (x3) that secure the SENSOR IBT RETRACT to the BRACKET-SENSOR CLN to remove the SENSOR IBT RETRACT.
6)-1 4)
Removal
5) 6)-2
3)
NOTE
Leg_Sec03_074FA
NOTE
Check that a part of the CAM ASSY-IBT CL shatter is in the SENSOR IBT RETRACT sensor area.
4-71

1) 2) 3) 4)
PLATE BIAS-2ND ASSY (PL6.1.27)

Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) Remove the CHUTE ASSY-FSR and COVER ASSY-RR 2ND. (REP6.1) Remove the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, tap, 6mm) that secure the PLATE BIAS-2ND ASSY (PL6.1.27) to the machine. Do not place the PLATE BIAS-2ND ASSY apart from the machine because they are connected with the WIRE ASSY 2BTR when performing the following:
Removal
NOTE
5) 6) 7)
Remove the clamp that secures the WIRE ASSY 2BTR (PL6.1.28) and place the PLATE BIAS-2ND ASSY slightly apart from the machine. Remove the screw (x1) (silver, tap, 6mm) that secures the WIRE ASSY 2BTR pin area to the PLATE BIAS-2ND ASSY. Remove the WIRE ASSY 2BTR from the PLATE BIAS-2ND ASSY and remove the PLATE BIAS-2ND ASSY.
E-ring
SHAFT-CENT 2ND (PL6.1.9)
4) 4)
7) 6) 5)-2 5)-1
Leg_Sec03_150FB
NOTE NOTE
Turn the wire around so that the WIRE ASSY 2BTR connected to the PLATE BIAS2ND ASSY does not touch the CAM ASSY-2ND. When the E-ring of the FRAME ASSY-2ND touches the PLATE BIAS-2ND ASSY and is hard to install, turn the SHAFT-CENT 2ND (PL6.1.9).
4-72

1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
CAM ASSY-IBT CL (PL6.1.29)

Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) Remove the OP PANEL. (REP1.11) Remove the COVER INNER TOP. (REP1.15) Remove the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) When performing the following procedures, you do not need to remove the SENSOR IBT RETRACT (PL6.1.26) from the BRACKET-SENSOR CLN (PL6.1.31).
Removal
NOTE
6) 7) 8) 9)
Remove the SENSOR IBT RETRACT. (REP6.10) Remove the right and left E-rings that secure the CAM ASSY-IBT CL (PL6.1.29) to the machine. Remove the right and left BEARING-BRUSH CAM (PL6.1.11) that secure the CAM ASSY-IBT CL to the machine. Shift the CAM ASSY-IBT CL to the left temporarily and pull the CAM ASSY-IBT CL bearing out of the machine right shaft bearing to remove the CAM ASSY-IBT CL.
9)
7) 8)
8)
7)
Leg_03_075FA
NOTE
Check that a part of the CAM ASSY-IBT CL shutter is in the SENSOR IBT RETRACT sensor area.
4-73

REP7.
REP7.1
XERO
SENSOR TR-0 (PL7.1.2)
Removal 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT U (PL1.1.16) and COVER ASSY TOP (PL1.1.1). Remove the IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1). Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, 10mm) that secures the SENSOR TR-0 to the PLATE-TR-0 (PL7.1.3). Remove the SENSOR TR-0 (PL7.1.2) from the PLATE-TR-0. Disconnect the connector (P/J108) of the SENSOR TR-0.
5) 4) 3)
Leg_03_076FA
4-74

1) 2) 3)
GUIDE CRU ASSY D (PL7.1.4)

Removal Remove the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4) Remove the FUSER LOCK SWITCH. (REP10.2) Remove the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) You do not need to remove the connectors of the PWBA ESS when performing the following:
NOTE
4) 5) 6)
Remove the CHASSIS ASSY ESS. (REP12.9) Remove the SENSOR TR-0. (REP7.1) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, tap, 6mm) that secure the PLATE-TR-0 (PL7.1.3) to the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD(PL7.1.13) and the GUIDE CRU ASSY D (PL7.1.4). 7) Remove the PLATE-TR-0 from the GUIDE CRU ASSY D and GUIDE CRU ASSY AD. 8) Release the clamps that secure the HARNESS-ASSY XERO (PL7.1.12) on the left side of the machine. 9) Remove the screws (x5) (silver, collared, tap, 6mm) that secure the GUIDE CRU ASSY D to the machine. 10) Remove the GUIDE CRU ASSY D from the machine.
6) 7)
6)
Leg_03_077FA
4-75

10)
MOT ASSY P/R (PL11.1.6)
9)
9) 9)
9)
9)
8)
Leg_03_078FA
NOTE
Open and close the COVER ASSY TOP (PL1.1.1) slightly to check the operation of the MOT ASSY P/R (PL11.1.6) coupling.
4-76

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9)
LATCH ASSY D (PL7.1.6)

Removal Remove the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) Remove the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Remove the CHASSIS ASSY ESS. (REP12.9) Remove the SENSOR TR-0. (REP7.1) Remove the GUIDE CRU ASSY D. (REP7.2) Remove the ANTENNA ASSY. (REP7.4) Remove the SPRING-TORSION D (PL7.1.5) from the GUIDE CRU ASSY D (PL7.1.4) hook. Slightly turn and remove the LATCH ASSY D (PL7.1.6) together with the SPRINGTORSION D in the direction of the arrow so that it can avoid the GUIDE CRU ASSY D notch. 10) Remove the SPRING-TORSION D from the LATCH ASSY D.
8)
10)
9)
NOTE
Leg_Sec03_201FA
NOTE
Make sure that the SPRING-TORSION D is put onto the LATCH ASSY D and GUIDE CRU ASSY D hooks.
4-77

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7)
ANTENNA ASSY (PL7.1.10)

Removal Remove the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) Remove the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Remove the CHASSIS ASSY ESS. (REP12.9) Remove the SENSOR TR-0. (REP7.1) Remove the GUIDE CRU ASSY D. (REP7.2) Release the hooks that secure the ARM-COUPLING (PL7.1.7) to the GUIDE CRU ASSY D (PL7.1.4) and remove the ARM-COUPLING together with the SPRING-TORSION ARM (PL7.1.8) from the GUIDE CRU ASSY D bearing. Turn the ARM-COUPLING by 90 degrees and remove the ARM-COUPLING. When releasing the hooks that secure the ANTENNA ASSY (PL7.1.10), be careful not to break them.
8)
NOTE
9)
Release the hooks that secure the ANTENNA ASSY (PL7.1.10) to the GUIDE CRU ASSY D to remove the ANTENNA ASSY. 10) Disconnect the ANTENNA ASSY connector (P/J109).
8)-2
8)-1
7)
NOTE
Leg_Sec03_079FB
4-78

9)-1
10)
9)-2
Leg_Sec03_080FA
NOTE
Make sure that the SPRING-TORSION ARM is hooked properly onto the ARMCOUPLING and LATCH ASSY D bearings.
4-79

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10) 11) 12) 13) 14)
GUIDE CRU ASSY AD (PL7.1.13)

Removal Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) Remove the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4) Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) Remove the BCR CLN XERO ASSY. (REP7.9) Remove the SENSOR TR-0. (REP7.1) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, tap, 6mm) that secure the PLATE-TR-0. (PL7.1.3) to the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD (PL7.1.13) and the GUIDE CRU ASSY D (PL7.1.4). Remove the PLATE-TR-0 from the GUIDE CRU ASSY D and GUIDE CRU ASSY AD. Remove the WIRE ASSY BTR (PL7.1.31), WIRE ASSY IBT (PL7.1.30), and WIRE ASSY BCR (PL7.1.32) from the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD. Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 6mm) that secures the WIRE ASSY DTN. (PL7.1.33) to the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD. Remove the WIRE ASSY DTN from the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD. Remove the SPRING-LATCH (PL7.1.29) that is hooked onto the machine and GUIDE CRU ASSY AD studs. Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 6mm) that secures the PLATE-ASSY GND (PL7.1.34) and GUIDE CRU ASSY AD together to remove the PLATE-ASSY GND. Remove the screws (x7) (silver, collared, tap, 6mm) that secure the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD on the machine. Pull the protruded part of the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD out of the machine hole and remove the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD.
6) 7) 6)
Leg_03_081FA
4-80

10)
9) 8)
8)
11) 8)
Leg_03_082FA
14)
13) 13) 13) 13) 13) 13) 13) 12)-2
12)-1
Leg_03_083FA
4-81

Installation 1) 2) 3) Align the protruded part of the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD (PL7.1.13) and the boss to the machine hole and install the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD. Secure the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD to the machine with screws (x7) (silver, collared, tap, 6mm). Install the PLATE-ASSY GND (PL7.1.34) on the machine and secure it together with the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD with a screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 6mm). When performing the following procedures, perform installation with the LEVERLATCH PR (PL7.1.15) of the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD closed.
NOTE
4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10) 11) 12) 13) 14)
Install the SPRING-LATCH (PL7.1.29) at the machine and GUIDE CRU ASSY AD studs. Install the WIRE ASSY DTN (PL7.1.33) on the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD. Secure the WIRE ASSY DTN to the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD with a screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 6mm). Install the WIRE ASSY BTR (PL7.1.31), WIRE ASSY IBT(PL7.1.30), and WIRE ASSY BCR(PL7.1.32) on the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD. Install the PLATE-TR-0 (PL7.1.3) on the GUIDE CRU ASSY D (PL7.1.4) and GUIDE CRU ASSY AD. Secure the PLATE-TR-0 to the GUIDE CRU ASSY D and GUIDE CRU ASSY AD with screws (x2) (silver, collared, tap, 6mm). Install the SENSOR TR-0. (REP7.1) Install the BCR CLN XERO ASSY. (REP7.9) Install the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) Install the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4) Install the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17)
4-82

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7)
LEVER-LATCH PR (PL7.1.15)
Removal Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) Remove the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4) Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) Remove the BCR CLN XERO ASSY. (REP7.9) Remove the SENSOR TR-0. (REP7.1) Remove the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD. (REP7.5) Turn the LEVER-LATCH PR (PL7.1.15) in the direction of the arrow and align the LEVERLATCH PR notch with the protruded part of the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD (PL7.1.13) boss to remove the LEVER-LATCH PR.
7)
Leg_Sec03_202FA
4-83

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8)
CAP-PLATE PR (PL7.1.16), PLATE-ASSY PR (PL7.1.17)

Removal Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) Remove the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4) Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) Remove the BCR CLN XERO ASSY. (REP7.9) Remove the SENSOR TR-0. (REP7.1) Remove the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD. (REP7.5) Remove the LEVER-LATCH PR. (REP7.6) Turn the PLATE-ASSY PR (PL7.1.17) in the direction of the arrow and align the PLATEASSY PR notch with the protruded part of the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD (PL7.1.13) to remove the PLATE-ASSY PR together with the CAP-PLATE PR (PL7.1.16). Release the hooks of the CAP-PLATE PR and remove the CAP-PLATE PR from the PLATE-ASSY PR.
9)
9)-2
9)-1
8)
Leg_Sec03_203FA
NOTE
Be careful of the CAP-PLATE PR installation direction.
4-84

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9)
LATCH ASSY AD (PL7.1.19)

Removal Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) Remove the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4) Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) Remove the BCR CLN XERO ASSY. (REP7.9) Remove the SENSOR TR-0. (REP7.1) Remove the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD. (REP7.5) Remove the SPRING-TORSION AD (PL7.1.18) from the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD (PL7.1.13) hook. Remove the LATCH ASSY AD (PL7.1.19) together with the SPRING-TORSION AD from the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD. Remove the SPRING-TORSION AD from the LATCH ASSY AD.
8)
7) 9)
NOTE
Leg_Sec03_204FA
NOTE
Make sure that the SPRING-TORSION AD is put onto the LATCH ASSY AD and GUIDE CRU ASSY AD hooks. (The SPRING-TORSION AD cannot be installed in the opposite direction.)
4-85

1) 2) 3) 4)
BCR CLN XERO ASSY (PL7.1.20)

Removal Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) Disconnect the BCR CLN XERO ASSY(PL7.1.20) connector (P/J617) at the right side of the machine. Release the clamp on the right side of the machine and shift the BCR CLN XERO ASSY harness inward from the machine right hole. To perform the following procedures with ease, press the LATCH ROTARY (PL9.1.7) on the LATCH ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.1.1) to release the latch and then turn the FRAME ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.2.9) manually to shift the HOUSING ASSYDEVE in order to avoid touching the MAG ROLL.
NOTE
5) 6)
Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the BCR CLN XERO ASSY to the machine. Remove the BCR CLN XERO ASSY from the machine.
5) 5)
6)
4) 4)
3)
Leg_Sec03_084EB
Installation 1) Align the BCR CLN XERO ASSY boss with the machine hole to install the BCR CLN XERO ASSY. To perform the following procedures with ease, press the LATCH ROTARY (PL9.1.7) on the LATCH ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.1.1) to release the latch and then turn the FRAME ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.2.9) manually to shift the HOUSING ASSYDEVE in order to avoid touching the MAG ROLL.
NOTE
2) 3) 4) 5) 6)
Secure the BCR CLN XERO ASSY to the machine with screws (x2) (silver, collared, 6mm). Pull the BCR CLN XERO ASSY harness out of the machine right hole and install the BCR CLN XERO ASSY connector (P/J617). Secure the BCR CLN XERO ASSY harness with a clamp onto the right side of the machine. Install the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) Install the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17)
4-86

1) 2) 3)
SENSOR TNER FULL (PL7.1.24)

Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) Disconnect the connector (P/J126) of the SENSOR TNER FULL (PL7.1.24). Release the hooks (x2) that secure the SENSOR TNER FULL to the machine to remove the SENSOR TNER FULL.
Removal
2)
3)-1 3)-1 3)-2

Leg_Sec03_183EB
4-87

REP8.
REP8.1
ROS
ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1)
Removal 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) Remove the COVER MSI. (REP1.9) Remove the COVER FRONT L and COVER FRONT ASSY U. (REP1.10) Remove the COVER INNER L. (REP1.18) Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) Remove the CLEANER ASSY. (REP8.2) Disconnect the connectors (P/J601) and (P/J602) on the ROS ASSY. Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secures the ROS ASSY earth wire to the machine to remove the ROS ASSY earth wire from the machine. To perform the following procedures with ease, press the LATCH ROTARY (PL9.1.7) on the LATCH ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.1.1) to release the latch and then turn the FRAME ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.2.9) manually to shift the HOUSING ASSYDEVE in order to avoid touching the MAG ROLL. The ROS ASSY earth wire may not be installed.
NOTE
NOTE
10) Remove the screws (x5) (silver, collared, 10mm) that secure the ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) to the machine. 11) Lift the ROS ASSY slightly to remove the ROS ASSY boss from the machine hole and shift and remove it to the rear of the machine.
9)-2 10) 10) 9)-1
8)
FRONT
REAR
11)
Leg_Sec03_086FA
4-88

1) 2) 3) 4)
CLEANER ASSY (PL8.1.2)

Removal Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, 10mm) that secure the GUIDE-ROS CLN (PL8.1.3) to the machine. Remove the GUIDE-ROS CLN from the machine. Remove the CLEANER ASSY (PL8.1.2) from the machine.
4)
3)
2) 2)
Leg_Sec03_087EB
4-89

REP9.
REP9.1
DEVE
LATCH ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.1.1)
Removal 1) 2) 3) 4) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) Remove the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Remove the screws (x3) (silver, collared, tap, 8mm) that secure the LATCH ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.1.1) to the machine. Release the hooks (x3) that secure the LATCH ASSY-ROTARY to the machine to remove the LATCH ASSY-ROTARY.
4)-1
NOTE
3) 3) 3)
4)-2
Leg_03_088FA
NOTE
Be careful of the levers and springs in the LATCH ASSY-ROTARY because they are easy to slip. When a part of the LATCH ASSY-ROTARY slips, refer to the assembly illustrations to assemble the part and then install the LATCH ASSY-ROTARY to the machine.
4-90

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly REP9.2 ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10)
NOTE
Removal 1) 2) 3) 4) Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) Remove the ANTENNA CTRG. (REP9.3) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, tap, 8mm) that secure the ANTENNA ASSYCTRG (PL9.1.10) to the machine. Press the boss that secures the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG to the machine to remove the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG. The numbers with [ ] in the figure indicate the installation procedures.
3) 4)-2
3)
4)-1
4)-1
Leg_03_089FA
4-91

Installation 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) Remove the toner cartridge (x1) that overlaps with the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10) installation area. Align the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG boss with the machine installation area to install it. Press the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG from inside of the machine (hole of FRAME ASSYROTARY (PL9.2.9)) to insert the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG boss into the machine hole. Secure the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG to the machine with screws (x2) (silver, collared, tap, 8mm). Install the ANTENNA CTRG. (REP9.3) Install the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) Install the Toner Cartridge. As shown in the figure below, when the LEVER LATCH (PL9.1.4) at the left side of the installation area is pinched between the toner cartridge and machine, the toner cartridge cannot be installed properly. Make sure that the toner cartridge is installed correctly.
NOTE
NOTE
Once a toner cartridge has been installed, use the CLEANER ASSY (PL8.1.2) to clean the ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) windows.
4-92

1) 2) 3)
ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12)

Removal Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) Disconnect the connector (P/J106) of the ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12). Release the hooks that secure the ANTENNA CTRG to the ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (PL9.1.10) to remove the ANTENNA CTRG.
2)
3)-2 3)-1
Leg_03_091FA
4-93

1) 2) 3)
HOLDER ASSY-BIAS (PL9.1.17)

Removal Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) Remove the WIRE ASSY DEVE (PL9.1.20) that is connected to the HOLDER ASSY-BIAS (PL9.1.17). Release the hook of the HOLDER ASSY-BIAS from the machine and shift it downward, and then align the protruded part of the HOLDER ASSY-BIAS with the machine notch to remove the HOLDER ASSY-BIAS.
3)-2 2)
3)-1
Leg_Sec03_092FB
4-94

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6)
SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI (PL9.1.18)

Removal Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) Remove the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secures the BRACKET SENSOR (PL9.1.19) to the machine. Remove the BRACKET SENSOR together with the SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI (PL9.1.18) from the machine. Disconnect the connector (P/J105) of the SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI. Release the hooks (x3) that secure the SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI to the BRACKET SENSOR and remove the SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI.
6)-1 4)
6)-2
3) 5)
Leg_03_093FA
4-95

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly REP9.6 HOUSING ASSY-DEVE K (PL9.2.5), HOUSING ASSY-DEVE Y (PL9.2.6), HOUSING ASSY-DEVE M (PL9.2.7), HOUSING ASSY-DEVE C (PL9.2.8)
Removal
NOTE NOTE
Before removing the toner cartridges, place some sheets for copying on the COVER FRONT ASSY U etc. to prevent toner contamination. Before starting removal of the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE, wipe off the remaining toner on the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE.
WARNING Do not vacuum spilt toner with a common vacuum cleaner.

This may cause a fire.
NOTE
When wiping off the remaining toner on the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE, make sure that no toner is stuck onto the sensors on the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE by static electricity.
1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8)
Remove the toner cartridges. Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (REP1.1) Remove the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4) Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) Remove the BCR CLN XERO ASSY. (REP7.9) Remove the SENSOR TR-0. (REP7.1) Press the LATCH ROTARY (PL9.1.7) on the LATCH ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.1.1) to release the latch and then turn the FRAME ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.2.9) manually to shift the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE to the appropriate position for servicing. Shift it to the position where the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE can be removed while avoiding two ribs. After the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE has been shifted, check that the FRAME ASSYROTARY is securely locked with the LATCH ROTARY.
NOTE NOTE
9)
Release the PIVOT AD (PL9.2.11) hook that secures the right side of the HOUSING ASSYDEVE to the FRAME ASSY-ROTARY to remove the PIVOT AD. 10) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 8mm) that secures the PIVOT ASSY (PL9.2.10) that secures the left side of the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE to the FRAME ASSY-ROTARY and remove the PIVOT ASSY. 11) Lift up the right side of the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE and shift it backward by avoiding two ribs of the HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD and then remove the gear at the left side of the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE from the FRAME ASSY-ROTARY gear to remove the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE.
4-96

NOTE Ribs
8)-1
8)-2
Leg_03_094FA
9)-2
10)-2 10)-1 9)-1
11) thin
thick
NOTE
Leg_03_095FA
4-97

Installation
NOTE
To prevent the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE from being mistakenly inserted, a hole is provided for the FRAME ASSY-ROTARY convex part. The FRAME ASSY-ROTARY has the markers K, Y, M and C to indicate the respecteive HOUSING ASSY-DEVE installation positions.
1)
Align the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE left side gear for the color marked on the FRAME ASSYROTARY (PL9.2.9) with the FRAME ASSY-ROTARY gear and then install the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE. Make sure that the springs are placed under both sides of the HOUSING ASSYDEVE on the spring holders of the FRAME ASSY-ROTARY. The right spring used under the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE is thicker and the left one is thinner.
NOTE NOTE
2)
3)
Align the hole of the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE with the left installation hole of the FRAME ASSY-ROTARY. Insert the PIVOT ASSY (PL9.2.10) bearing into it and secure the left side of the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE with a screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 8mm). Align the hole of the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE with the right installation hole of the FRAME ASSY-ROTARY. Insert the PIVOT ASSY bearing into it and secure the hook of the PIVOT AD to install the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE. A new PIVOT AD which is provided in the KIT must be used.
NOTE
4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10)
Install the SENSOR TR-0. (REP7.1) Install the BCR CLN XERO ASSY. (REP7.9) Install the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) Install the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4) Install the COVER ASSY TOP. (REP1.1) Install the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) Install the Toner Cartridge. As shown in the figure below, when the LEVER LATCH (PL9.1.4) at the left side of the installation area is pinched between the toner cartridge and machine, the toner cartridge cannot be installed properly. Make sure that the toner cartridge is installed correctly.
NOTE
NOTE NOTE
Once a toner cartridge has been installed, use the CLEANER ASSY (PL8.1.2) to clean the ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) windows. After replacing with a new HOUSING ASSY-DEVE, clear the DEVE life counter.
4-98

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly REP9.7 FRAME ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.2.9)
Removal 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10) 11) 12) 13) 14) 15) 16) 17) 18) 19) 20) 21) 22) 23) 24) 25) Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (REP1.1) Remove the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) Remove the COVER MSI. (REP1.9) Remove the COVER FRONT L and COVER FRONT ASSY U. (REP1.10) Remove the COVER INNER TOP. (REP1.15) Remove the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Remove the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Remove the CHASSIS ASSY ESS. (REP12.9) Remove the DRIVE ASSY PRO. (REP11.2) Remove the MOT ASSY MAG. (REP11.4) Remove the LATCH ASSY-ROTARY. (REP9.1) Remove the SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI. (REP9.5) Remove the FRAME ASSY-PH. (REP5.4) Remove the BCR CLN XERO ASSY. (REP7.9) Remove the SENSOR TR-0. (REP7.1) Remove the GUIDE CRU ASSY D. (REP7.2) Remove the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD. (REP7.5) Remove the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE. (REP9.6) Remove the screws (x3) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the BRACKET ASSY 2ND GEAR (PL11.1.8) to the machine. Remove the BRACKET ASSY 2ND GEAR and GEAR 2ND (PL11.1.9) from the machine. Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the SHAFT ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.2.12) to the right side of the machine. Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the SHAFT ASSY-ROTARY to the left side of the machine. Remove the SHAFT ASSY-ROTARY from both sides of the machine. Be careful not to drop or lose the BEARING BALL when performing the following:
NOTE
26) Remove the FRAME ASSY-ROTARY (PL9.2.9) together with the BEARING BALL (PL9.2.13) by sliding it upward. 27) Remove the BEARING BALL from the FRAME ASSY-ROTARY.
4-99

17) 21) 21) 21)
27)
27)
26)
24) 24)
25)
25)
23) 23)
Leg_03_096FA
4-100

REP10. FUSER
REP10.1 FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1)
NOTE
As the FUSER is very hot, exercise caution during operation to avoid burns.
Removal - Removal of the FUSER ASSY For DUPLEX machines, push up the LINK-BUTTON (PL13.2.3) to release a latch and open the DUPLEX ASSY. 2) For standard machines, open the COVER FUSER (PL1.1.4). 3) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT U (PL1.1.16) and COVER ASSY TOP (PL1.1.1). 4) Remove the COVER TOP SIDE L. (REP1.4) 5) Close the COVER ASSY TOP. 6) Lift the levers at both sides of the FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) to unlock it and remove the FUSER ASSY. - Removal of the Actuator 7) With the Chute of the FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) open, pull out the Actuator bearing and remove the Actuator together with the Spring. 8) Remove the Spring from the Actuator. 1)
COVER TOP SIDE L
6)-1 6)-1
6)-2
Leg_03_097FA
4-101

8)
7-1) 7-2)
Leg_Sec03_160EA
Installation - Installation of the Actuator Install the Spring to the Actuator. With the Chute of the FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) open, fit the Actuator bearing and install it together with the Spring. - Installation of the FUSER ASSY 3) Align the FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) connector and boss with the machine connector and hole to install the FUSER ASSY. 4) Return the levers at both sides of the FUSER ASSY and lock it securely to the machine. 5) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT U (PL1.1.16) and COVER ASSY TOP (PL1.1.1). 6) Install the COVER TOP SIDE L. (REP1.4) 1) 2)
NOTE
7) 8) 9)
When the levers of the FUSER ASSY are securely locked, the COVER TOP SIDE L cannot be installed to the machine.
Close the COVER ASSY TOP. For standard machines, close the COVER FUSER (PL1.1.4). For DUPLEX machines, close the DUPLEX ASSY. After replacing with a new FUSER ASSY, clear the counter.
NOTE
4-102

1) 2) 3)
FUSER LOCK SWITCH (PL10.1.6)

Remove the FUSER ASSY. (REP10.1) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) Remove the CHUTE ASSY-FSR and COVER ASSY-RR 2ND. (REP6.1) Leave the intermediate connector at the harness when performing the following:
Removal
NOTE
4) 5)
Disconnect the connector (P/J128, blue) of the FUSER LOCK SWITCH (PL10.1.6). Release the clamps (x2) that secure the harness of the FUSER LOCK SWITCH to remove the harness, and then insert the FUSER LOCK SWITCH connector into the machine. Be careful not to drop and damage the FUSER LOCK SWITCH when performing the following:
NOTE
6) 7)
Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 6mm) that secures the FUSER LOCK SWITCH to the machine. Shift the FUSER LOCK SWITCH to the right and release the hook of the FUSER LOCK SWITCH from the machine hole to remove the FUSER LOCK SWITCH.
5)-1
4)
6)
5)-1
7)
5)-2
Leg_Sec03_519EA
NOTE
Be careful not to drop and damage the FUSER LOCK SWITCH.
4-103

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6)
HARNESS ASSY MCU C/L (PL10.1.2)

Remove the FUSER ASSY. (REP10.1) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) Remove the CHASSIS ASSY ESS. (REP12.9) Disconnect the connector (black and white) on the PWBA FUSER CONT (PL12.2.12). Disconnect the connector (P417) on the PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1). Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the BRACKET-RIZ (PL10.1.3) to the machine to remove the harness from the clamp, and then remove the BRACKET-RIZ from the machine. Press the tab of the HARNESS ASSY MCU C/L to pull the HARNESS ASSY MCU C/L out of the BRACKET-RIZ. Do not throw too much strength on the tab of the HARNESS ASSY MCU C/L since it is likely to be broken.
Removal
7)
NOTE
7)-2 7)-1 6)-1
5)
6)-2 6)-1
6)-2 4)
Leg_Sec03_520EB
4-104

REP11. 1. DRIVE
REP11.1
1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9)
DRIVE ASSY BTR (PL11.1.1)

Remove the 2ND BTR ASSY. (REP6.4) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) Remove the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Remove the CHASSIS ASSY ESS. (REP12.9) Remove the SENSOR TR-0. (REP7.1) Remove the GUIDE CRU ASSY D. (REP7.2) Remove the CHUTE ASSY-FSR and COVER ASSY-RR 2ND. (REP6.1) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the DRIVE ASSY BTR (PL11.1.1) to the machine. Remove the DRIVE ASSY BTR from the machine.
Removal
8)
9)
8)
Leg_Sec03_098FA
4-105

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7)
DRIVE ASSY PRO (PL11.1.2)

Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) Remove the OP PANEL. (REP1.11) Remove the COVER INNER TOP. (REP1.15) Disconnect the connectors (P/J411, P/J414) on the PWBA MCU. Release the DRIVE ASSY PRO (PL11.1.2) harness at the left side of the machine from the clamp. If it is hard to remove it, remove the PWBA MCU. (REP12.5) Remove the screws (x4) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the DRIVE ASSY PRO to the machine. Remove the DRIVE ASSY PRO from the machine.
Removal
5)
7)
6) 6)
6) 6)
Leg_03_099FA
4-106

1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
MOT ASSY FSR (PL11.1.3)

Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) Disconnect the connector (P/J404) on the PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1). Release the clamps that secure the harnesses of the MOT ASSY FSR (PL11.1.3) and remove the harnesses. Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, 4mm) that secure the MOT ASSY FSR to the machine. Remove the MOT ASSY FSR from the machine.
2)
Removal
3)
5)
4) 4)
Leg_Sec03_100FA
Installation 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) Install the MOT ASSY FSR (PL11.1.3) to the machine. Secure the MOT ASSY FSR to the machine with screws (x2) (silver, collared, 4mm). Connect the connector (P/J404) on the PWBA MCU. Secure the MOT ASSY FSR harness with a clamp. Install the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12)
4-107

1)
MOT ASSY MAG (PL11.1.4)

Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) You do not need to remove the connectors of the PWBA ESS when performing the following:
Removal
NOTE
2) 3) 4) 5)
Remove the CHASSIS ASSY ESS. (REP12.9) Disconnect the connectors (P/J405) and (P/J406) on the PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1). Remove the screws (x3) (silver, collared, 10mm) that secure the MOT ASSY MAG (PL11.1.4) to the machine. Remove the MOT ASSY MAG from the machine.
3)
3)
4) 4)
4) 5)
Leg_Sec03_102FA
4-108

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9)
MOT ASSY ROT (PL11.1.5)

Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) Remove the COVER MSI. (REP1.9) Remove the COVER FRONT L and COVER FRONT ASSY U. (REP1.10) Remove the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Release the clamps that secure the WIRE ASSY DEVE (PL9.1.20) and remove the WIRE ASSY DEVE. Disconnect the connector (P/J433) of the PWB ASSY ROT (PL12.1.10). Remove the screws (x4) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the MOT ASSY ROT (PL11.1.5) to the machine. Remove the MOT ASSY ROT from the machine.
NOTE
FFC-ASSY ESS
Removal
WIRE ASSY BTR
WIRE ASSY DEVE
6)
FFC-ASSY ESS (PL12.2.5)
9)
8) 8) 7) 8) 8)
Leg_03_101FA
NOTE
Be careful not to pinch the WIRE ASSY DEVE, WIRE ASSY BTR, and FFC-ASSY ESS (PL12.2.5) between the machine and MOT ASSY ROT.
4-109

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly REP11.6 MOT ASSY P/R (PL11.1.6)
NOTE
Removal 1) 2) 3) 4) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) Disconnect the connectors (P/J200) and (P/J201) on the MOT ASSY P/R (PL11.1.6). Remove the screws (x4) (silver, collared, 10mm) that secure the MOT ASSY P/R to the machine. Remove the MOT ASSY P/R from the machine. The numbers with [ ] in the figure indicate the installation procedures.
[1)-1]
2) 4) 3) 3) 3) 3) [1)-2]
Leg_Sec03_103FA
Installation 1) 2) Lightly press the LINK-COUPLING (PL7.1.9) to install the MOT ASSY P/R (PL11.1.6) to the machine. Secure the MOT ASSY P/R to the machine with screws (x4) (silver, collared, 10mm). Open and close the COVER ASSY TOP (PL1.1.1) slightly to check the operation of the MOT ASSY P/R coupling.
NOTE
3) 4)
Connect the connectors (P/J200) and (P/J201) on the MOT ASSY P/R. Install the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12)
4-110

1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
MOT ASSY MICRO (PL11.1.7)

Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) Release the clamp that secures the harness of the MOT ASSY MICRO. Disconnect the connector (P/J600) of the MOT ASSY MICRO (PL11.1.7). Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, 4mm) that secure the MOT ASSY MICRO to the machine. Remove the MOT ASSY MICRO from the machine.
Removal
3) 2)
2) 4)
5)
4)
Leg_Sec03_104FA
NOTE
Be careful of the MOT ASSY MICRO installation direction.
4-111

REP12. ELEC
REP12.1
1) 2) 3) 4)
SENSOR HUM & TEMP (PL12.1.6)

Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) Disconnect the connector (P/J104) of the SENSOR HUM & TEMP. Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 8mm) that secures the SENSOR HUM & TEMP to the machine. Remove the SENSOR HUM & TEMP from the machine.
Removal
3) 4)
2)
Leg_Sec03_107EA
4-112

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly REP12.2 PWBA HVPS (PL12.1.9)
NOTE
Do not install/remove the board in places where static electricity is likely to be generated (e.g. over a carpet). Touch a grounded metal part of the machine to discharge static electricity before servicing.
Removal 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) Remove the COVER MSI. (REP1.9) Remove the COVER FRONT L and COVER FRONT ASSY U. (REP1.10) Remove the COVER INNER L. (REP1.18) Remove the connector (P/J516) on the PWBA HVPS (PL12.1.9), WIRE ASSY 2BTR (PL6.1.28), WIRE ASSY IBT (PL7.1.30), and WIRE ASSY DTN (PL7.1.33) (white). Remove the screws (x4) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the PWBA HVPS to the machine. Remove the PWBA HVPS from the machine.
8) 7) 7) 6) 7) 7) 6)
Leg_03_105FA
6)
6)
4-113

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly REP12.3 PWB ASSY ROT (PL12.1.10)
NOTE
Removal 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) Remove the COVER MSI. (REP1.9) Remove the COVER FRONT L and COVER FRONT ASSY U. (REP1.10) Disconnect the connectors (P/J430, P/J432, and P/J433) on the PWB ASSY ROT (PL12.1.10). Remove the screws (x4) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the PWB ASSY ROT to the machine. Remove the PWB ASSY ROT from the machine.
7) 6)
6) 6) 6) 5)
Leg_Sec03_106FA
4-114

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9)
PWBA CRUM (PL12.1.11)

Remove the COVER ASSY RH. (REP1.17) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) Remove the COVER MSI. (REP1.9) Remove the COVER FRONT L and COVER FRONT ASSY U. (REP1.10) Remove the LV/HVPS. (REP12.6) Remove the MOT ASSY ROT. (REP11.5) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 8mm) that secures the PWBA CRUM to the machine. Disconnect the connector (P/J429) on the PWBA CRUM (PL12.1.11). Remove the PWBA CRUM from the machine.
Removal
7) 9) 8)
Leg_Sec03_108FA
NOTE NOTE
Use a new PWBA CRUM when replacing. A powered PWBA CRUM installed on another M/C cannot be used. Do not replace the PWBA CRUM and PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) at the same time.
4-115

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly REP12.5 PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1)
NOTE
Removal 1) 2) 3) 4) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) Disconnect all the connectors on the PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1). Remove the screws (x4) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the PWBA MCU to the machine. Remove the PWBA MCU from the machine.
4) 3) 3)
3)
3)
403 405 408 409
404
417
418
422 414
416 415 421 420
412 411
406 407
410
413
2)
400
401 Leg_03_110FA
4-116

Installation 1) 2) 3) 4) PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) on the machine. Secure the PWBA MCU to the machine with screws (x4) (silver, collared, 6mm). Connect all the connectors on the PWBA MCU. Install the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) Do not replace the PWBA MCU and PWBA CRUM (PL12.1.11) at the same time.
NOTE
4-117

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly REP12.6 LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3)
NOTE
Removal 1) 2) 3) 4) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) Disconnect all the connectors on the LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3). Remove the screws (x6) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the LV/HVPS to the machine. While letting out the front of the LV/HVPS from between the machine frame and the COVER FRONT L (PL1.1.15), remove the top of the LV/HVPS from the protruded part of the bracket that has been installed on the machine to remove the LV/HVPS.
2)
515 504 (1BTR)
500
502 501
508 (BCR) 509 (DEVE) (Blue)
503
3) 3) 3)
4)-1
4)-2 3) 3) 3)
Leg_03_111FA
4-118

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly REP12.7 PWBA ESS (PL12.2.7)
NOTE
Removal 1) 2) 3) 4) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) Disconnect all the connectors on the PWBA ESS (PL12.2.7). Remove the screws (x4) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the PWBA ESS to the CHASSIS ESS (PL12.2.6) and the screw that secures the interface connector. Disconnect the interface connector on the PWBA ESS from the CHASSIS ESS hole and remove the PWBA ESS.
2) 3) 3) 3) 3) 4) 3) NOTE 3) 3) 2)
notch OLD PWBA ESS NEW PWBA ESS Leg_03_109FA
NOTE
When replacing with a new PWBA ESS, remove two EEPROM from the old PWBA ESS and mount them on a new PWBA ESS.
4-119

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly REP12.8 PWBA FUSER CONT (PL12.2.12)
NOTE
Removal 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) Remove the CHASSIS ASSY ESS. (REP12.9) Disconnect all the connectors on the PWBA FUSER CONT (PL12.2.12). Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, 8mm) that secure the PWBA FUSER CONT to the machine. Remove the screw (x1) (silver, with external cog washer, 5mm) that secures the PWBA FUSER CONT to the machine. Remove the PWBA FUSER CONT from the machine.
3) 3) 6) 4) 3)
5)
4)
Leg_Sec03_113FB
4-120

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly REP12.9 CHASSIS ASSY ESS (REFERENCE ONLY)
NOTE
Removal 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY LH. (REP1.12) Disconnect all the connectors on the PWBA ESS (PL12.2.7). Remove the disconnected connectors from the hole of the CHASSIS ESS (PL12.2.6). Release the clamp on the CHASSIS ASSY ESS and remove the harness. Remove the screws (x5) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the CHASSIS ASSY ESS to the machine. Remove the CHASSIS ASSY ESS from the machine.
4)
5) 2) 5) 2) 2) 1) 5) 5) 6) 5)
Leg_03_114FA
3)
NOTE
Be careful not to pinch the harness between the machine and CHASSIS ESS.
4-121

REP13. DUPLEX
REP13.1 DUPLEX ASSY (PL13.1.1)
NOTE
1) 2) 3) 4) 5) Be careful not to drop and damage the DUPLEX ASSY when performing the following: Removal
Push up the LINK-BUTTON (PL13.2.3) to release a latch and open the DUPLEX ASSY (PL13.1.1). Remove the COVER CONNECTOR (PL13.1.6) and disconnect the connector (P/J607) that is connected to the machine. Remove the SCREW SUPPORTS (x2) (PL13.3.15) that secure the right and left SUPPORT DUP (PL13.3.14) to the machine. Remove the SCREW THUMBS (x2) (PL13.1.4) that secure the DUPLEX ASSY to the machine. Lift the DUPLEX ASSY slightly to remove the right and left hooks of the DUPLEX ASSY from the machine hole and then remove the DUPLEX ASSY.
3) 3)
5)-2 5)-1 2)-1
2)-2
4)
4)
Leg_Sec03_115EA
4-122

1) 2) 3)
COVER-R DUP (PL13.1.2)

Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) Remove the screws (x3) (silver, collared, tap, 10mm) that secure the COVER-R DUP (PL13.1.2) to the DUPLEX ASSY. Remove the COVER-R DUP from the DUPLEX ASSY.
Removal
2)
2)
2) 3)
Leg_Sec03_116EA
NOTE
Be careful not to pinch the harness between the DUPLEX ASSY and COVER-R DUP.
4-123

1) 2) 3)
COVER-L DUP (PL13.1.3)

Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) Remove the screws (x3) (silver, collared, tap, 10mm) that secure the COVER-L DUP (PL13.1.3) to the DUPLEX ASSY. Remove the COVER-L DUP from the DUPLEX ASSY.
Removal
2)
2)
2) 3)
Leg_Sec03_117EA
4-124

1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
COVER-INV (PL13.2.1)
Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) Remove the COVER-R DUP. (REP13.2) Remove the COVER-L DUP. (REP13.3) Remove the LINK LATCH and LINK-BUTTON. (REP13.5) Open the COVER UP-DUP TRANS (PL13.3.24) to remove the INVERTER ASSY DUP. However, you do not need to remove the COVER LOW-DUP TRANS and COVER UP-DUP TRANS. (REP13.6) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, tap, 10mm) that secure the COVER-INV (PL13.2.1) to the INVERTER ASSY DUP (PL13.2.5). Shift the COVER-INV to the front and release the holes (x4) at the rear of COVER-INV from the INVERTER ASSY DUP hooks to remove the COVER-INV.
Removal
6) 7)
7)-2
7)-1
6) 6)
Leg_Sec03_119FA
4-125

1) 2) 3)
LINK-LATCH (PL13.2.2), LINK-BUTTON (PL13.2.3)

Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) Remove the COVER-R DUP. (REP13.2) Release the hooks that secure the LINK-BUTTON (PL13.2.3) to the DUPLEX ASSY and remove the LINK-BUTTON together with the LINK-LATCH (PL13.2.2) and SPRING-LINK (PL13.2.4). Remove the SPRING-LINK from the LINK-BUTTON. Turn the LINK-LATCH and remove the protruded part of the LINK-LATCH from the protruded part of the LINK-BUTTON to remove the LINK-LATCH.
Removal
4) 5)
NOTE
4) 3)-2
3)-1
Leg_Sec03_120FA
5)-1
5)-2
Leg_Sec03_121FA
NOTE
Make sure that the SPRING-LINK is fitted into the FRAME-INV (PL13.2.14) spring holder.
4-126

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10) 11) 12) 13)
INVERTER ASSY DUP (PL13.2.5), TRANSPORT ASSY DUP (PL13.3.1)

Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) Remove the COVER-R DUP. (REP13.2) Remove the COVER-L DUP. (REP13.3) Remove the LINK-LATCH and LINK-BUTTON. (REP13.5) Remove the COVER LOW-DUP TRANS. (REP13.20) Remove the COVER UP-DUP TRANS. (REP13.21) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 10mm) that secures the COVER REAR (PL13.3.8) to the DUPLEX ASSY. Shift the COVER REAR to the right and release the hooks (x2) at the rear of the COVER REAR from the DUPLEX ASSY to remove the COVER REAR. Disconnect the connector (P/J122) of the SWITCH-DUP DOOR (PL13.3.7) and remove the harness from the DUPLEX ASSY hole. Release the clamp on the BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS (PL13.4.16) and remove the harness. Disconnect the connector (P/J444) of the PWBA DUP-L (PL13.4.13). Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, tap, 10mm) that secure the INVERTER ASSY DUP (PL13.2.5) to the TRANSPORT ASSY DUP (PL13.3.1). Shift the INVERTER ASSY DUP from the TRANSPORT ASSY DUP to the left and pull each boss from the hole and remove the INVERTER ASSY DUP.
Removal
13)
12) 12)
10) 9) 11)
8) 7)
Leg_Sec03_118FA
4-127

1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
SOLENOID ASSY DUP (PL13.2.7)

Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) Remove the COVER-R DUP. (REP13.2) Remove the COVER-L DUP. (REP13.3) Remove the LINK-LATCH and LINK-BUTTON. (REP13.5) Open the COVER UP-DUP TRANS (PL13.3.24) to remove the INVERTER ASSY DUP. However, you do not need to remove the COVER LOW-DUP TRANS and COVER UP-DUP TRANS. (REP13.6) Remove the COVER-INV. (REP13.4) Disconnect the connector (P/J611) of the SOLENOID ASSY DUP (PL13.2.7). Remove the screws (x2) (silver, 5mm) that secure the SOLENOID ASSY DUP to the INVERTER ASSY DUP (PL13.2.5). Remove the SOLENOID ASSY DUP from the INVERTER ASSY DUP.
Removal
6) 7) 8) 9)
9)
7)
8) 8)
Leg_Sec03_122FA
NOTE
After the connectors of the SOLENOID ASSY DUP have been connected, check that the HARNESS-ASSY DUP1 (PL13.2.28) is securely hooked to the FRAME-INV (PL13.2.14). Be careful not to pinch the harness of the SOLENOID ASSY DUP.
NOTE
4-128

1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
ACTUATOR INV (PL13.2.9)

Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) Remove the COVER-R DUP. (REP13.2) Remove the COVER-L DUP. (REP13.3) Remove the LINK-LATCH and LINK-BUTTON. (REP13.5) Open the COVER UP-DUP TRANS (PL13.3.24) to remove the INVERTER ASSY DUP. However, you do not need to remove the COVER LOW-DUP TRANS and COVER UP-DUP TRANS. (REP13.6) Remove the COVER-INV. (REP13.4) Release the hooks that secure the ACTUATOR INV (PL13.2.9) to the INVERTER ASSY DUP (PL13.2.5), and then remove the ACTUATOR together with the SPRING ACTUATOR (PL13.2.8). Remove the SPRING ACTUATOR from the ACTUATOR INV.
Removal
6) 7)
8)
8)
NOTE
7)-2
7)-1
Leg_Sec03_123FA
NOTE
Make sure that the SPRING ACTUATOR is securely hooked onto the ACTUATOR INV and DUPLEX ASSY.
4-129

1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
SENSOR UPPER PASS (PL13.2.10)

Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) Remove the COVER-R DUP. (REP13.2) Remove the COVER-L DUP. (REP13.3) Remove the LINK-LATCH and LINK-BUTTON. (REP13.5) Open the COVER UP-DUP TRANS (PL13.3.24) to remove the INVERTER ASSY DUP. However, you do not need to remove the COVER LOW-DUP TRANS and COVER UP-DUP TRANS. (REP13.6) 6) Remove the COVER-INV. (REP13.4) 7) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 10mm) that secures the BRACKET-SNS (PL13.2.11) to the INVERTER ASSY DUP (PL13.2.5). 8) Remove the BRACKET-SNS together with the SENSOR UPPER PASS from the INVERTER ASSY DUP. 9) Disconnect the connector (P/J124) of the SENSOR UPPER PASS (PL13.2.10). 10) Release the hooks (x3) that secure the SENSOR UPPER PASS to the BRACKET-SNS to remove the SENSOR UPPER PASS.
10)-2
Removal
10)-1 7)
8)
9)
Leg_Sec03_124FA
4-130

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly REP13.10 MOTOR ASSY DUP INV (PL13.2.18)
The numbers with [ ] in the figure indicate the installation procedures.
NOTE
Removal 1) 2) 3)
Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) Remove the COVER-L DUP. (REP13.3) Remove the screws (x4) (silver, collared, tap, 10mm) that secure the BRACKET-MOTO INV (PL13.2.19) to the DUPLEX ASSY. Do not place the DUPLEX ASSY apart from the BRACKET-MOTO INV because they are connected with a harness when performing the following: Be careful not to drop or lose the gear, etc. when performing the following:
NOTE NOTE
4) 5) 6) 7)
Remove the BRACKET-MOTO INV together with the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV (PL13.2.18) from the DUPLEX ASSY. Disconnect the connector (P/J612) of the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV from the BRACKETMOTO INV. Remove the screws (x4) (silver, 5mm) that secure the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV to the BRACKET-MOTO INV. Remove the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV from the BRACKET-MOTO INV.
6) 6) 7) 6) 6)
5)
[5)-4] [5)-3] [5)-1] [5)-2] 4)

Leg_Sec03_125FA
4-131

Installation
NOTE
1) 2) 3)
Be careful of the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV installation direction when performing the following:
Align the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV (PL13.2.18) harness with the triangle mark on the BRACKET-MOTO INV (PL13.2.19) to install the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV. Secure the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV to the BRACKET-MOTO INV with the screws (x4) (silver, 5mm). Connect the connector (P/J612) of the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV to the BRACKET-MOTO INV. When performing the following procedures, be careful not to pinch the harness between the DUPLEX ASSY and BRACKET-MOTO INV.
NOTE
4) 5)
Align the BRACKET-MOTO INV hole with the DUPLEX ASSY bearing to install it together with the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV. Secure the BRACKET-MOTO INV to the DUPLEX ASSY with screws (x4) (silver, collared, tap, 10mm). Fasten the four screws in the order of the numbers shown in the figure. When the screws have not been fastened in the right order, the motor noise may get louder.
NOTE
6) 7)
Install the COVER-L DUP. (REP13.3) Install the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1)
4-132

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9)
ROLLER ASSY INVERTER (PL13.2.21)

Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) Remove the COVER-R DUP. (REP13.2) Remove the COVER-L DUP. (REP13.3) Remove the LINK-LATCH and LINK-BUTTON. (REP13.5) Remove the CHUTE ASSY-INV LOW. (REP13.12) Release the hooks of the GEAR 30 (PL13.2.16) that is secured to the ROLLER ASSY INVERTER (PL13.2.21) from the DUPLEX ASSY to remove the GEAR 30. Remove the E-ring that secures the right side of the ROLLER ASSY INVERTER from the DUPLEX ASSY. Remove the right and left BEARING DUP (PL13.2.6) that secure the ROLLER ASSY INVERTER from the DUPLEX ASSY. Shift the ROLLER ASSY INVERTER to the front then to the left and pull the DUPLEX ASSY INVERTER bearing out of the DUPLEX ASSY right shaft bearing to remove the ROLLER ASSY INVERTER.
Removal
6)-1
7) 8)
8) 6)-2
9)
Leg_Sec03_126FA
4-133

1) 2) 3)
CHUTE ASSY-INV LOW (PL13.2.22)

Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, tap, 10mm) that secure the CHUTE ASSY-INV LOW (PL13.2.22) to the DUPLEX ASSY. Remove the CHUTE ASSY-INV LOW from the DUPLEX ASSY.
Removal
3)
2)
2)
Leg_Sec03_127FA
4-134

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7)
LATCH DUP R (PL13.3.3), LATCH DUP L (PL13.3.12)

Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) Remove the COVER-R DUP. (REP13.2) Remove the COVER-L DUP. (REP13.3) Remove the LINK-LATCH and LINK-BUTTON. (REP13.5) Release the clamp on the BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS (PL13.4.16) and remove the harness. Disconnect the connector (P/J444) of the PWBA DUP-L (PL13.4.13). Remove the screws (x4) (silver, collared, tap, 10mm) that secure the BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS to the DUPLEX ASSY. Do not place the DUPLEX ASSY apart from the BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS because they are connected with a harness when performing the following: Be careful not to drop or lose the gear, etc. when performing the following:
Removal
NOTE NOTE
8)
Remove the BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS together with the PWBA DUP-L (PL13.4.13) and MOTOR ASSY DUP (PL13.4.14) from the DUPLEX ASSY. 9) Remove the SPRING LATCH (PL13.3.2) from the LATCH DUP R (PL13.3.3). 10) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 10mm) that secures the LATCH DUP L (PL13.3.12) to the DUPLEX ASSY. 11) Turn the LATCH DUP R and LATCH DUP L and align the protruded parts of the LATCH DUP R and LATCH DUP L with the DUPLEX ASSY notches to remove the LATCH DUP R and LATCH DUP L.
5) 6) 7) 7) 7) 7) 8)
Leg_Sec03_128FB
4-135

9)
11)-1 11)-2
11)-1
10)
11)-2
Leg_Sec03_129FA
4-136

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6)
SWITCH-DUP DOOR (PL13.3.7)

Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 10mm) that secures the COVER REAR (PL13.3.8) to the DUPLEX ASSY. Shift the COVER REAR to the right and release the hooks (x2) at the rear of the COVER REAR from the DUPLEX ASSY to remove the COVER REAR. Disconnect the connector (P/J122) of the SWITCH-DUP DOOR (PL13.3.7). Open the COVER UP-DUP TRANS (PL13.3.24). Release the hooks (x2) that secure the SWITCH-DUP DOOR to the DUPLEX ASSY and remove the SWITCH-DUP DOOR.
Removal
2)
3) 6)-1
4) 6)-2
5)
Leg_Sec03_130FA
4-137

1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
ACTUATOR DUP (PL13.3.9)

Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 10mm) that secures the COVER REAR (PL13.3.8) to the DUPLEX ASSY. Shift the COVER REAR to the right and release the hooks (x2) at the rear of the COVER REAR from the DUPLEX ASSY and remove the COVER REAR. Release the hooks that secure the ACTUATOR DUP (PL13.3.9) to the DUPLEX ASSY, then remove the ACTUATOR DUP together with the SPRING ACTUATOR (PL13.3.10). Remove the SPRING ACTUATOR from the ACTUATOR DUP.
4)-2 5)
Removal
4)-1
NOTE
2) 3)
Leg_Sec03_134FA
NOTE
Make sure that the SPRING ACTUATOR is securely hooked onto the ACTUATOR DUP and DUPLEX ASSY.
4-138

1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
SENSOR LOW PASS (PL13.3.11)

Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 10mm) that secures the COVER REAR (PL13.3.8) to the DUPLEX ASSY. Shift the COVER REAR to the right and release the hooks (x2) at the rear of the COVER REAR from the DUPLEX ASSY to remove the COVER REAR. Release the hooks (x3) that secure the SENSOR LOW PASS (PL13.3.11) to the DUPLEX ASSY and remove the SENSOR LOW PASS. Disconnect the connector (P/J123) of the SENSOR LOW PASS.
Removal
2) 3)
5)
4)-2
4)-1
[NOTE]
Leg_Sec03_131FA
NOTE
Lift up the ACTUATOR DUP to remove the SENSOR LOW PASS.
4-139

1) 2) 3)
SUPPORT DUP (PL13.3.14)

Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) Remove the KL-ring that secures the SUPPORT DUP (PL13.3.14) to the DUPLEX ASSY bearing. Remove the SUPPORT DUP from the DUPLEX ASSY bearing.
Removal
3) 2)
3) 2)
Leg_Sec03_132FA
4-140

1) 2) 3) 4)
HINGE ASSY L (PL13.3.16)

Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) Remove the COVER-L DUP. (REP13.3) Remove the E-ring that secures the HINGE ASSY L (PL13.3.16) to the DUPLEX ASSY. Remove the HINGE ASSY L from the DUPLEX ASSY.
Removal
4)
3)
Leg_Sec03_133FA
Installation 1) Align the SHAFT HINGE (PL13.3.19) D cut side with the HINGE ASSY L (PL13.3.16) hole. Insert the SHAFT DAMPER (PL13.3.18) between the upper and lower pads of the HINGE ASSY L and install the HINGE ASSY L. Secure the HINGE ASSY L to the DUPLEX ASSY with an E-ring. Install the COVER-L DUP. (REP13.3) Install the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1)
2) 3) 4)
4-141

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6)
HINGE ASSY R (PL13.3.20)

Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) Remove the COVER-R DUP. (REP13.2) Remove the E-ring that secures the HINGE ASSY R (PL13.3.20) to the DUPLEX ASSY. Remove the HINGE ASSY R together with the HINGE-R (PL13.3.28) from the DUPLEX ASSY. Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the HINGE-R to the HINGE ASSY R. Remove the HINGE-R from the HINGE ASSY R.
Removal
4)
3)
5)
5)
6)
Leg_Sec03_137FA
4-142

1) 2) 3)
COVER LOW-DUP TRANS (PL13.3.23)

Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, tap, 10mm) that secure the COVER LOW-DUP TRANS (PL13.3.23) to the DUPLEX ASSY. Remove the COVER LOW-DUP TRANS from the DUPLEX ASSY.
Removal
3)
2)
2)
Leg_Sec03_135FA
4-143

1) 2) 3)
COVER UP-DUP TRANS (PL13.3.24)

Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) Remove the COVER LOW-DUP TRANS. (REP13.20) Open the COVER UP-DUP TRANS (PL13.3.24). Be careful not to damage the COVER UP-DUP TRANS boss when performing the following:
Removal
NOTE
4)
Loosen the installation area at the right side of the COVER UP-DUP TRANS with a mini-driver and pull the right boss out of the DUPLEX ASSY hole to remove the COVER UP-DUP TRANS.
4)-2
4)-1
Leg_Sec03_136FA
NOTE
Be careful not to damage the boss of the COVER UP-DUP TRANS.
4-144

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6)
PAD DAMPER L (PL13.3.25)

Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) Remove the COVER-L DUP. (REP13.3) Remove the HINGE ASSY L. (REP13.18) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secures the BRACKET PAD L (PL13.3.27) to the HINGE-L (PL13.3.26). Remove the BRACKET PAD L together with the PAD DAMPER L (PL13.3.25) from the HINGE-L. Peel off the PAD DAMPER L from the HINGE-L and BRACKET PAD L.
Removal
NOTE
6)
6)
5)
4)
Leg_Sec03_513EA
Installation
NOTE
The right and left PAD DAMPER have different shapes. Be careful not to install a wrong unit. The PAD DAMPER L is wider and the PAD DAMPER R is narrower.
1)
When an old double-stick tape etc. remains on the surfaces of the HINGE-L (PL13.3.26) and BRACKET PAD L (PL13.3.27), peel it off completely and degrease the surfaces with a drum cleaner etc. Paste the PAD DAMPER L on the areas indicated by arrow marks on the HINGE-L and BRACKET PAD L when performing the following:
NOTE
2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7)
Peel off the protector paper of the double-stick tape for the PAD DAMPER L (PL13.3.25) and paste the PAD DAMPER L on the surfaces of the HINGE-L and BRACKET PAD L. Align the BRACKET PAD L hole with the HINGE-L boss to install the BRACKET PAD L together with the PAD DAMPER L. Secure the BRACKET PAD L to the HINGE-L with a screw (x1) (silver, collared, 6mm). Install the HINGE ASSY L. (REP13.18) Install the COVER-L DUP. (REP13.3) Install the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1)
4-145

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6)
PAD DAMPER R (PL13.3.30)

Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) Remove the COVER-R DUP. (REP13.2) Remove the HINGE ASSY R. (REP13.19) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secures the BRACKET PAD R LOWER (PL13.3.31) to the BRACKET ASSY R. Remove the BRACKET PAD R LOWER together with the PAD DAMPER R (PL13.3.30) from the BRACKET ASSY R. Peel off the PAD DAMPER R from the BRACKET ASSY R and BRACKET PAD R LOWER.
Removal
6)
6)
4) 5)
NOTE
Leg_Sec03_514EA
Installation
NOTE
The right and left PAD DAMPER have different shapes. Be careful not to install a wrong unit. The PAD DAMPER L is wider and the PAD DAMPER R is narrower.
1)
When an old double-stick tape etc. remains on the surfaces of the BRACKET ASSY R (PL13.3.29) and BRACKET PAD R LOWER (PL13.3.31), peel it off completely and degrease the surfaces with a drum cleaner etc. Paste the PAD DAMPER R on the areas indicated by arrow marks on the BRACKET ASSY R and BRACKET PAD R LOWER when performing the following:
NOTE
2)
3) 4) 5) 6) 7)
Peel off the protector paper of the double-stick tape for the PAD DAMPER R (PL13.3.30) and paste the PAD DAMPER R on the surfaces of the BRACKET ASSY R and BRACKET PAD R LOWER. Align the BRACKET PAD L hole with the BRACKET ASSY R boss to install the BRACKET PAD R LOWER together with the PAD DAMPER R. Secure the BRACKET PAD R LOWER to the BRACKET ASSY R with a screw (x1) (silver, collared, 6mm). Install the HINGE ASSY R. (REP13.19) Install the COVER-R DUP. (REP13.2) Install the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1)
4-146

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8)
ROLLER ASSY DUP (PL13.4.1)

Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) Remove the COVER-R DUP. (REP13.2) Remove the COVER-L DUP. (REP13.3) Remove the COVER LOW-DUP TRANS. (REP13.20) Remove the COVER UP-DUP TRANS. (REP13.21) Release the clamp on the BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS (PL13.4.16) and remove the harness. Disconnect the connector (P/J444) of the PWBA DUP-L (PL13.4.13). Remove the screws (x4) (silver, collared, tap, 10mm) that secure the BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS to the DUPLEX ASSY. Do not place the DUPLEX ASSY apart from the BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS because they are connected with a harness when performing the following: Be careful not to drop or lose the gear, etc. when performing the following:
Removal
NOTE NOTE
9) 10) 11) 12) 13)
Remove the BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS together with the PWBA DUP-L and MOTOR ASSY DUP (PL13.4.14) from the DUPLEX ASSY. Release the hooks of the GEAR 30 (PL13.4.6) that is secured to the ROLLER ASSY DUP (PL13.4.1) from the DUPLEX ASSY and remove the GEAR 30. Remove the E-ring that secures the right side of the ROLLER ASSY DUP from the DUPLEX ASSY. Remove the right and left BEARING DUP (PL13.4.5) that secure the ROLLER ASSY DUP from the DUPLEX ASSY. Shift the ROLLER ASSY DUP to the left temporarily and pull the DUPLEX ASSY DUP bearing out of the DUPLEX ASSY right shaft bearing to remove the ROLLER ASSY DUP.
6) 7) 8)
8) 8)
8) 9)
Leg_Sec03_128FB
4-147

13)
10)-1
11)
12)
12)
10)-2
Leg_Sec03_138FA
4-148

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly REP13.25 PWBA DUP-L (PL13.4.13)
NOTE
Removal 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) Remove the COVER-L DUP. (REP13.3) Disconnect the connectors (P/J442, P/J443, and P/J444) on the PWBA DUP-L (PL13.4.13). Remove the screws (x2) (silver, 5mm) that secure the PWBA DUP-L to the DUPLEX ASSY. Release the SUPPORT PWB (PL13.4.12) hooks that secure the PWBA DUP-L to the DUPLEX ASSY to remove the PWBA DUP-L.
5)-2 4) 4) 3)
5)-1
Leg_Sec03_139FA
4-149

1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
MOTOR ASSY DUP (PL13.4.14)

Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) Remove the COVER-L DUP. (REP13.3) Release the clamp on the BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS (PL13.4.16) and remove the harness. Disconnect the connector (P/J444) of the PWBA DUP-L (PL13.4.13). Remove the screws (x4) (silver, collared, tap, 10mm) that secure the BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS to the DUPLEX ASSY. Do not place the DUPLEX ASSY apart from the BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS because they are connected with a harness when performing the following: Be careful not to drop or lose the gear, etc. when performing the following:
Removal
NOTE NOTE
6) 7) 8) 9)
Remove the BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS together with the PWBA DUP-L and MOTOR ASSY DUP (PL13.4.14) from the DUPLEX ASSY. Release the clamp and disconnect the connector (P/J442) of the MOTOR ASSY DUP on the PWBA DUP-L. Remove the screws (x4) (silver, 5mm) that secure the MOTOR ASSY DUP to the BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS. Remove the MOTOR ASSY DUP from the BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS.
3) 4) 5) 5) 5) 5) 6)
Leg_Sec03_128FB
4-150

8) 8) 8) 8) 9)
7)-1 7)-2
Leg_Sec03_140FB
NOTE
1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9)
Be careful of the MOTOR ASSY DUP installation direction when performing the following:
Align the MOTOR ASSY DUP (PL13.4.14) harness with the triangular mark on the BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS (PL13.4.16) and install the MOTOR ASSY DUP. Secure the MOTOR ASSY DUP to the BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS with the screws (4) (silver, 5mm). Connect the connector (P/J442) of the MOTOR ASSY DUP on the PWBA DUP-L (PL13.4.13) and secure the MOTOR ASSY DUP harness with a clamp. Align the BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS hole with the DUPLEX ASSY bearing to install it together with the PWBA DUP-L and MOTOR ASSY DUP. Secure the BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS to the DUPLEX ASSY with screws (x4) (silver, collared, tap, 10mm). Connect the connector (P/J444) of the PWBA DUP-L. Turn the harness around and secure it with the clamp onto the BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS. Install the COVER-L DUP. (REP13.3) Install the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1)
4-151

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9)
ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT (PL13.4.17)

Remove the DUPLEX ASSY. (REP13.1) Remove the COVER-R DUP. (REP13.2) Remove the COVER-L DUP. (REP13.3) Remove the COVER LOW-DUP TRANS. (REP13.20) Remove the COVER UP-DUP TRANS. (REP13.21) Remove the right and left E-rings that secure the ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT (PL13.4.17) to the DUPLEX ASSY. Remove the GEAR 30 OW (PL13.4.10) from the left side of the ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT. Remove the right and left BEARING DUP (PL13.4.5) that secure the ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT from the DUPLEX ASSY. Shift the ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT to the left temporarily and pull the ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT bearing out of the DUPLEX ASSY right shaft bearing to remove the ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT.
Removal
9)
NOTE
6) 8)
8) 6) 7)
Leg_Sec03_141FA
NOTE
Be careful of the GEAR 30 OW installation direction.
4-152

REP14. 500 PAPER CASSETTE & 500 SHEET FEEDER

REP14.1
1)
500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY (PL14.1.1)

Pull the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY (PL14.1.1) until it stops and lift the front slightly to remove the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY from the 500 SHEET FEEDER.
Removal
1)
Leg_Sec03_013EA
4-153

1) 2) 3)
GUIDE END ASSY (PL14.1.2)

Remove the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (REP14.1) Remove the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500. (REP14.3) Shift the GUIDE END ASSY (PL14.1.2) to the rear and align the protruded parts (x4) of the GUIDE END ASSY with the CASSETTE 500 (PL14.1.11) notches to remove it upwards.
Removal
3)
[NOTE]
Leg_Sec03_014EA
NOTE
After the GUIDE END ASSY has been installed in the CASSETTE 500, shift it to the front and fit the protruded part of the GUIDE END ASSY into the PAPER SLIDE 500 (PL14.1.13) channel.
4-154

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8)
PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 (PL14.1.3)

Remove the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (REP14.1) Shift and unlock the LOCK LIFT R (PL14.1.9) and LOCK LIFT L (PL14.1.14). Release the hooks of the ROLL LINK (PL14.1.10) which is secured on the right and left PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 (PL14.1.3) bearings. Remove the screws (x4) (silver, tap, 6mm) (2 for each side) which secure the right and left PLATE ROLL STOPPER 500 (PL14.1.8) to the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY (PL14.1.1). Remove the protruded part of the PLATE ROLL STOPPER from the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY hole to remove the right and left PLATE ROLL STOPPER. Release the hooks of the CASSETTE 500 (PL14.1.11) to release the front of the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500. Remove the protruded part of the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 from the depressed part of the PAPER SLIDE 500 (PL14.1.13). Keep the CASSETTE 500 widened and pull the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 bearing out of the CASSETTE 500 long hole. Remove the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500.
Removal
3)-1
3)-2
3)-2
3)-1
2)
2)
Leg_Sec03_015EA
4-155

6) 6) 7)
8)-2
8)-1 4)
5) 8)-1
4)
4) 5)
4)
Leg_Sec03_016EA
Installation 1) Align the rear boss of the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 (PL14.1.3) with the SPRING NF (PL14.1.7). Check that the rear boss of the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 is inserted in the SPRING NF.
NOTE
2)
3)
Keep the CASSETTE 500 (PL14.1.11) sides widened and pull the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 bearing out of the CASSETTE 500 long hole to remove the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500. Insert the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 protruded part into the depressed part of the PAPER SLIDE 500 (PL14.1.13) and secure the front of the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 with hooks (x2) of the CASSETTE 500. Make sure that the protruded part of the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 is inserted into the PAPER SLIDE 500 (PL14.1.13).
NOTE
4) 5) 6)
7) 8)
Fit the convex part of the PLATE ROLL STOPPER in the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY (PL14.1.1) hole to install the right and left PLATE ROLL STOPPER. Secure the right and left PLATE ROLL STOPPER to the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY with screws (x4, 2 for each side) (silver, tap, 6mm). Install the LOCK LIFT R (PL14.1.9), LOCK LIFT L (PL14.1.14), and ROLL LINK (PL14.1.10) to the right and left bearings of the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 and secure with the roll link hooks at the channels of the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 bearings. Press the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 to lock the LOCK LIFT R and LOCK LIFT L. Install the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (REP14.1)
4-156

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly REP14.4 GUIDE PAPER L ASSY 500 (PL14.1.4), GUIDE PAPER R ASSY 500 (PL14.1.6)
1) 2) 3) 4) Remove the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (REP14.1) Remove the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500. (REP14.3) Release the hooks of the CASSETTE 500 (PL14.1.11) that secure the PINION 12 (PL14.1.5) and remove the PINION 12. Shift the GUIDE PAPER L ASSY 500 (PL14.1.4) to the right and align the protruded parts (x3) of the GUIDE PAPER L ASSY 500 with the CASSETTE 500 notches to remove it upwards. Shift the GUIDE PAPER R ASSY 500 (PL14.1.6) to the left and align the protruded parts (x3) of the GUIDE PAPER R ASSY 500 with the CASSETTE 500 notches to remove it upwards.
Removal
5)
3)-1 4) 3)-2
5)
Leg_Sec03_515EA
4-157

1) 2) 3)
COVER FRONT CST 500 (PL14.1.12)

Remove the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (REP14.1) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, collared, tap, 8mm) that secure the COVER FRONT CST 500 (PL14.1.12) to the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY (PL14.1.1). Release the hook (x1) at the bottom of the COVER FRONT CST 500 with a mini-driver etc. and tilt the COVER FRONT CST 500 towards you to remove the protruded parts (x3) of the COVER FRONT CST 500 from the PAPER CASSETTE ASSY holes and remove the COVER FRONT CST 500.
Removal
3)-1
2) 3)-2 2)
3)-3
Leg_Sec03_018EA
4-158

1) 2) 3)
500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY (REFERENCE ONLY)

Remove the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (REP14.1) Turn the right and left LOCK MC TO FDR (PL14.2.12) by 90 degrees as shown in the figure to unlock the machine. Hold the recessed areas at the bottom on both sides of the machine and remove the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY.
Removal
3)
2)
Unlocked
Locked
Leg_03_019FA
NOTE
Make sure that the long edge of the elliptic part (the part to be inserted in the machine installation hole) long edge is facing in the right and left direction.
4-159

1) 2) 3)
COVER LEFT 500 (PL14.2.1)

Remove the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (REP14.1) Remove the screws (x5) (silver, collared, 8mm) that secure the COVER LEFT 500 (PL14.2.1) to the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. Widen the rear of the COVER LEFT 500 from the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY to remove the COVER LEFT 500.
Removal
2)
3)-1
2)
3)-2
2) 2) 2)
Leg_Sec03_020EA
4-160

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly REP14.8 CHUTE FDR ASSY 500 (PL14.2.2)
NOTE
1) 2) 3) 4) 5) Be careful not to damage the CHUTE FDR ASSY 500 boss when performing the following:
Removal
Remove the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (REP14.1) Remove the COVER RIGHT 500. (REP14.9) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, tap, 8mm) that secures the CHUTE FDR ASSY 500 (PL14.2.2). Open the CHUTE FDR ASSY 500 (PL14.2.2). Loosen the installation area at the right side of the CHUTE FDR ASSY 500 by pressing it with your fingers and pull the right boss out of the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY hole to remove the CHUTE FDR ASSY 500.
3)
5)-2
5)-1
Leg_Sec03_021EA
4-161

1) 2) 3)
COVER RIGHT 500 (PL14.2.10)

Remove the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (REP14.1) Remove the screws (x5) (silver, collared, 8mm) that secure the COVER RIGHT 500 (PL14.2.10) to the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. Remove the COVER RIGHT 500 from the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY.
Removal
2)
2)
2) 2) 2) 3)
Leg_Sec03_022EA
Installation 1) Insert the metal plates at the front and rear of the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY into the ribs at the front and rear of the COVER RIGHT 500 (PL14.2.10). Fit the COVER RIGHT 500 boss into the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY hole and install the COVER RIGHT 500. Secure the COVER RIGHT 500 to the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY with the screws (x5) (silver, collared, 8mm). Install the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. (REP14.1)
2) 3)
4-162

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly REP14.10 PWBA TRAY 500 (PL14.3.3)
NOTE
Removal 1) 2) 3) 4) Remove the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7) Disconnect the connectors (P/J435, P/J436, and P/J437) on the PWB ASSY 500 (PL14.3.3). Remove the screws (x3) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the PWBA TRAY 500 to the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. Remove the PWBA TRAY 500 from the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY.
3)
3)
4)
3)
Leg_Sec03_030EA
4-163

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly REP14.11 PWBA MOT (PL14.3.4)
NOTE
Removal 1) 2) 3) 4) Remove the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7) Disconnect the connectors (P/J440) and (P/J446) on the PWBA MOT (PL14.3.4). Remove the screws (x3) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secure the PWBA MOT to the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. Remove the PWBA MOT from the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY.
4)
3) 3) 3)
Leg_Sec03_029EA
4-164

1) 2)
DRIVE ASSY FEED (PL14.3.7)

Remove the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY FEED. (REP14.15) Leave the connector (P/J610) of the SOLENOID FEED at the harness when performing the following:
Removal
NOTE
3)
Disconnect the connector (P/J446) on the PWBA MOT (PL14.3.4) and the connector (P/J610) of the SOLENOID FEED (PL14.3.8). Do not remove screws other than the ones that secure the four edges (triangular marks) of the DRIVE ASSY FEED when performing the following:
NOTE
4) 5)
Remove the screws (x4) (silver, 6mm) that secure the DRIVE ASSY FEED (PL14.3.7) to the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. Remove the protruded part at the top right of the DRIVE ASSY FEED from the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY hole to remove the DRIVE ASSY FEED.
5)-1
4)
4)
4) 5)-2 4) 3)
NOTE
Leg_Sec03_023EA
4-165

1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
SOLENOID FEED (PL14.3.8)

Remove the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY FEED. (REP14.15) Remove the DRIVE ASSY FEED. (REP14.12) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, 6mm) that secures the SOLENOID FEED (PL14.3.8) to the DRIVE ASSY FEED (PL14.3.7). Remove the SOLENOID FEED from the DRIVE ASSY FEED.
Removal
4)
5)
Leg_Sec03_024FA
4-166

1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
MOTOR ASSY FEEDER (PL14.3.9)

Remove the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7) Release the clamp on the DRIVE ASSY FEED (PL14.3.7) and remove the harness of the MOTOR ASSY FEEDER (PL14.3.9). Disconnect the connector (P/J446) of the PWBA MOT (PL14.3.4). Remove the screws (x2) (silver, 6mm) that secure the MOTOR ASSY FEEDER to the DRIVE ASSY FEED. Remove the MOTOR ASSY FEEDER from the DRIVE ASSY FEED.
Removal
5)
4) 4) 2)
3)
Leg_Sec03_516EA
NOTE
Be careful of the MOTOR ASSY FEEDER installation direction.
4-167

1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
CLUTCH ASSY FEED (PL14.3.12)

Remove the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7) Release the clamp on the DRIVE ASSY FEED (PL14.3.7) and remove the harness of the CLUTCH ASSY FEED (PL14.3.12). Disconnect the connector (P/J609) of the CLUTCH ASSY FEED. Remove the KL-ring that secures the CLUTCH ASSY FEED to the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. Remove the CLUTCH ASSY FEED from the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY.
Removal
5)
4)
2)
3)
Leg_Sec03_025EA
4-168

1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
HARNESS-ASSY FEED 1 (PL14.3.14)

Remove the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. (REP14.6) Remove the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7) Release the clamps that secure the HARNESS-ASSY FEED 1 (PL14.3.14) harness. Disconnect the connector (P/J435) on the PWBA-TRAY 500 (PL14.3.3). Release the hooks (x2) that secure the HARNESS-ASSY FEED 1 to the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY and remove the HARNESS-ASSY FEED 1.
Removal
5)-2
5)-1
3) 3)
4)
Leg_Sec03_026FA
4-169

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8)
ROLL ASSY TURN 500 (PL14.3.16)

Remove the CHUTE FDR ASSY 500. (REP14.8) Remove the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7) Remove the COVER RIGHT 500. (REP14.9) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY FEED. (REP14.15) Remove the DRIVE ASSY FEED. (REP14.12) Remove the HOUSING ASSY FEED. (REP14.27) Remove the CHUTE ASSY 500. (REP14.20) Remove the E-ring that secures the right and left bearings of the ROLL ASSY TURN 500 (PL14.3.16) from the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. 9) Remove the right and left BEARING FEED (PL14.3.13) that secure the ROLL ASSY TURN 500 from the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. 10) Shift the ROLL ASSY TURN 500 to the left temporarily and pull the ROLL ASSY TURN 500 bearing out of the right shaft bearing of the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY to remove the ROLL ASSY TURN 500.
Removal
8)
9)
9)
8)
10)
Leg_Sec03_027EA
4-170

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6)
SWITCH FEEDER DOOR (PL14.3.18)

Remove the CHUTE FDR ASSY 500. (REP14.8) Remove the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, tap, 8mm) that secures the CAP FEEDER (PL14.3.33) to the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. Remove the CAP FEEDER from the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. Release the hooks (x2) that secure the SWITCH FEEDER DOOR (PL14.3.18) to the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY to remove the SWITCH FEEDER DOOR. Disconnect the connector (P/J121) of the SWITCH FEEDER DOOR.
Removal
[NOTE] 5)-1
6)
4) 5)-2
3)
Leg_Sec03_028FA
NOTE
Pull the SWITCH FEEDER DOOR harness from the outside of the 500 SHEET FEEDER to take up the slack of the harness at the SWITCH FEEDER DOOR.
4-171

1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
HARNESS-ASSY FEED 2 (PL14.3.22)

Remove the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. (REP14.6) Remove the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7) Release the clamps that secure the HARNESS-ASSY FEED 2 (PL14.3.22) harness. Disconnect the connector (P/J436) on the PWBA-TRAY 500 (PL14.3.3). Release the hooks (x2) that secure the HARNESS-ASSY FEED 2 to the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY and remove the HARNESS-ASSY FEED 2.
Removal
3) 5)-2 3) 4)
5)-1
Leg_Sec03_031FA
4-172

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8)
CHUTE FDR ASSY 500 (PL14.3.23)

Remove the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (REP14.1) Remove the CHUTE FDR ASSY 500. (REP14.8) Remove the COVER RIGHT 500. (REP14.9) Remove the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY FEED. (REP14.15) Remove the DRIVE ASSY FEED. (REP14.12) Remove the HOUSING ASSY FEED. (REP14.27) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, tap, 8mm) that secure the CHUTE ASSY 500 (PL14.3.23) to the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. 9) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, 6mm) that secures the BRACKET MAG R (PL14.3.36) to the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. 10) Remove the BRACKET MAG R from the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. 11) Remove the CHUTE ASSY 500 right bearing from the GUIDE CST R (PL14.3.32) shaft bearing. 12) Remove the CHUTE ASSY 500 left bearing from the GUIDE CST L (PL14.3.34) shaft bearing and remove the CHUTE ASSY 500 from the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY.
Removal
8)
8)
10)
9)
11)
12)
Leg_Sec03_041EA
Leg_Sec03_517EA
4-173

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8)
HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500 (PL14.3.24)

Remove the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (REP14.1) Remove the CHUTE FDR ASSY 500. (REP14.8) Remove the COVER RIGHT 500. (REP14.9) Remove the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY FEED. (REP14.15) Remove the DRIVE ASSY FEED. (REP14.12) Remove the HOUSING ASSY FEED. (REP14.27) Remove the CHUTE ASSY 500. (REP14.20) Be careful not to damage the LEVER 500 boss when performing the following: Be careful not to lose the SPRING LEVER 500 when performing the following:
Removal
NOTE NOTE
9)
Loosen the bosses at both sides of the LEVER 500 (PL14.3.29) to remove the LEVER 500 and SPRING LEVER 500 (PL14.3.28) from the CHUTE ASSY 500 (PL14.3.23). Be careful not to damage the HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500 boss when performing the following: Be careful not to lose the SPRING RETARD when performing the following:
NOTE NOTE
10) Loosen the bosses at both sides of the HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500 (PL14.3.24) and remove the HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500 from the CHUTE ASSY 500.
10)-1 10)-1
10)-2 9)-1 9)-2
9)-3
9)-1
NOTE
NOTE
Leg_Sec03_038FA
4-174

Installation
NOTE
1)
Be careful not to damage the HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500 boss when performing the following:
Align the CHUTE ASSY 500 (PL14.3.23) boss with the SPRING RETARD (PL14.3.25) and loosen the HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500 (PL14.3.24) boss to install the HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500. Check that the SPRING RETARD is fit into the HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500 boss and CHUTE ASSY 500 boss. Be careful not to damage the LEVER 500 boss when performing the following: Be careful of the LEVER 500 installation direction when performing the following:
NOTE NOTE NOTE

2)
Install the SPRING LEVER 500 (PL14.3.28) boss to the CHUTE ASSY 500 boss and loosen the bosses at both sides of the LEVER 500 (PL14.3.29) while installing the LEVER 500 to the CHUTE ASSY 500. Check that the SPRING LEVER 500 is fit into the LEVER 500 boss and CHUTE ASSY 500 boss. Make sure that the protruded part of the LEVER 500 is inserted properly under the depressed part of the HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500.
NOTE NOTE
3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10)
Install the CHUTE ASSY 500. (REP14.20) Install the HOUSING ASSY FEED. (REP14.27) Install the DRIVE ASSY FEED. (REP14.12) Install the CLUTCH ASSY FEED. (REP14.15) Install the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7) Install the COVER RIGHT 500. (REP14.9) Install the CHUTE FDR ASSY 500. (REP14.8) Install the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (REP14.1)
4-175

1) 2) 3)
FILM ASSY FDR (PL14.3.26)

Open the CHUTE FDR ASSY 500. Remove the screws (x4) (silver, tap, 8mm) that secure the FILM ASSY FDR (PL14.3.26) to the CHUTE ASSY 500 (PL14.3.23). Remove the FILM ASSY FDR from the CHUTE ASSY 500.
Removal
2) 1)
3) 2)
Leg_Sec03_205FB
4-176

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9)
STOPPER CST R (PL14.3.31)

Remove the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (REP14.1) Remove the CHUTE FDR ASSY 500. (REP14.8) Remove the COVER RIGHT 500. (REP14.9) Remove the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY FEED. (REP14.15) Remove the DRIVE ASSY FEED. (REP14.12) Remove the HOUSING ASSY FEED. (REP14.27) Remove the CHUTE ASSY 500. (REP14.20) Remove the GUIDE CST R. (REP14.24) Be careful not to lose the SPG LOCK CST LL when performing the following:
Removal
NOTE
10) Remove the STOPPER CST R (PL14.3.31) and SPG LOCK CST LL (PL14.3.30) from the GUIDE CST R (PL14.3.32).
10)-2
10)-1
Leg_Sec03_181FA
NOTE
Check that the SPG LOCK CST LL is fit in the STOPPER CST R boss and GUIDE CST R boss.
4-177

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9)
GUIDE CST R (PL14.3.32)

Remove the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (REP14.1) Remove the CHUTE FDR ASSY 500. (REP14.8) Remove the COVER RIGHT 500. (REP14.9) Remove the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY FEED. (REP14.15) Remove the DRIVE ASSY FEED. (REP14.12) Remove the HOUSING ASSY FEED. (REP14.27) Remove the CHUTE ASSY 500. (REP14.20) Remove the screws (x5) (silver, tap, 6mm) that secure the GUIDE CST R (PL14.3.32) to the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. 10) Remove the GUIDE CST R together with the SPG LOCK CST LL (PL14.3.30) and STOPPER CST R (PL14.3.31) from the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. 11) Remove the STOPPER CST R. (REP14.23)
Removal
9)
9)
9) 9) 10)
9)
Leg_Sec03_039EA
4-178

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10) 11) 12)
GUIDE CST L (PL14.3.34)

Remove the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (REP14.1) Remove the CHUTE FDR ASSY 500. (REP14.8) Remove the COVER RIGHT 500. (REP14.9) Remove the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY FEED. (REP14.15) Remove the DRIVE ASSY FEED. (REP14.12) Remove the HOUSING ASSY FEED. (REP14.27) Remove the CHUTE ASSY 500. (REP14.20) Remove the screw (x1) (silver, tap, 8mm) that secures the CAP FEEDER (PL14.3.33) to the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. Remove the CAP FEEDER from the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. Remove the screws (x5) (silver, tap, 6mm) that secure the GUIDE CST L (PL14.3.34) to the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. Shift the GUIDE CST L to the right slightly to remove it from the SWITCH FEEDER DOOR (PL14.3.18) and then remove the GUIDE CST L together with the SPG LOCK CST LL (PL14.3.30) and STOPPER CST L (PL14.4.35) from the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. Remove the STOPPER CST L. (REP14.26)
Removal
13)
10)
9)
11) 11)
11) 11) 11) 12)
Leg_Sec03_040EA
4-179

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9)
STOPPER CST L (PL14.3.35)

Remove the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (REP14.1) Remove the CHUTE FDR ASSY 500. (REP14.8) Remove the COVER RIGHT 500. (REP14.9) Remove the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY FEED. (REP14.15) Remove the DRIVE ASSY FEED. (REP14.12) Remove the HOUSING ASSY FEED. (REP14.27) Remove the CHUTE ASSY 500. (REP14.20) Remove the GUIDE CST L. (REP14.25) Be careful not to lose the SPG LOCK CST LL when performing the following:
Removal
NOTE
10) Remove the STOPPER CST L (PL14.3.35) from the GUIDE CST L (PL14.3.34).
10)-2
10)-1
Leg_Sec03_182FA
NOTE
Check that the SPG LOCK CST LL is fit in the STOPPER CST L boss and GUIDE CST L boss.
4-180

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8)
HOUSING ASSY FEED (PL14.4.1)

Remove the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (REP14.1) Remove the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY FEED. (REP14.15) Remove the DRIVE ASSY FEED. (REP14.12) Release the hooks of the GEAR FEED (PL14.3.11) that is secured to the HOUSING ASSY FEED (PL14.4.1) bearing and remove the GEAR FEED. Disconnect the connector (P/J618) of the HOUSING ASSY FEED. Remove the screw (x1) (silver, collared, 6mm) that secures the HOUSING ASSY FEED to the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. Insert your hands in the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY from the front and pull the levers (x2) of the HOUSING ASSY FEED to remove the HOUSING ASSY FEED boss from the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY hole. Shift the HOUSING ASSY FEED towards you and release the upper hooks (x4) that secure the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY. Remove the HOUSING ASSY FEED hole from the protruded part at the front of the 500 SHEET FEEDER ASSY and remove the HOUSING ASSY FEED downward.
6)
Removal
9)
9)-1 5)-1
9)-1
5)-2
9)-2
ROLL ASSY TURN 500 (PL14.3.16)
7)
NOTE ACTUATOR T/R (PL14.4.6)
8)-2 8)-1 8)-1
8)-2
Leg_Sec03_032EB
4-181

NOTE
Be careful not to damage the ACTUATOR T/R (PL14.4.6) that is installed in the HOUSING ASSY FEED. Check that the ACTUATOR T/R comes over the ROLL ASSY TURN 500 (PL14.3.16).
4-182

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9)
SENSOR NO PAPER (PL14.4.3)

Remove the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (REP14.1) Remove the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY FEED. (REP14.15) Remove the DRIVE ASSY FEED. (REP14.12) Remove the HOUSING ASSY FEED. (REP14.27) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, tap, 8mm) that secure the COVER FEED (PL14.4.13) to the HOUSING ASSY FEED (PL14.4.1). Remove the COVER FEED from the HOUSING ASSY FEED. Release the hooks (x3) that secure the SENSOR NO PAPER (PL14.4.3) to the HOUSING ASSY FEED to remove the SENSOR NO PAPER. Disconnect the connector (P/J119) of the SENSOR NO PAPER.
6) 6) 7)
Removal
8)-1
NOTE
9)
8)-2
Leg_Sec03_033FA
NOTE
Be careful of the relative positions of the SENSOR NO PAPER and ACTUATOR NO PAPER CST.
4-183

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9)
ACTUATOR NO PAPER CST (PL14.4.4)

Remove the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (REP14.1) Remove the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY FEED. (REP14.15) Remove the DRIVE ASSY FEED. (REP14.12) Remove the HOUSING ASSY FEED. (REP14.27) Release the hooks (x3) that secure the CAP ACTUATOR (PL14.4.15) to the HOUSING ASSY FEED to remove the CAP ACTUATOR. Remove the screws (x2) (silver, tap, 8mm) that secure the COVER FEED (PL14.4.13) to the HOUSING ASSY FEED (PL14.4.1). Remove the COVER FEED from the HOUSING ASSY FEED. Pull the ACTUATOR NO PAPER CST (PL14.4.4) out of the HOUSING ASSY FEED hook and shift it along the HOUSING ASSY FEED to remove the ACTUATOR NO PAPER CST.
Removal
6)-2
6)-1
Leg_Sec03_206FA
4-184

7) 7)
8)
9)-1
9)-2
NOTE
Leg_Sec03_034FA
Installation
NOTE
1)
Be careful of the relative positions of the SENSOR NO PAPER and ACTUATOR NO PAPER CST when performing the following operation:
Insert the ACTUATOR NO PAPER CST (PL14.4.4) bearing from the HOUSING ASSY FEED (PL14.4.1) notch. 2) Insert the ACTUATOR NO PAPER CST into the SENSOR NO PAPER (PL14.4.3) sensor area and fit the ACTUATOR NO PAPER CST bearing at the HOUSING ASSY FEED hook for installation. 3) Install the COVER FEED (PL14.4.13) in the HOUSING ASSY FEED. 4) Secure the COVER FEED to the HOUSING ASSY FEED with screws (x2) (silver, tap, 8mm). 5) Align the CAP ACTUATOR (PL14.4.15) boss with the HOUSING ASSY FEED boss to install the CAP ACTUATOR. 6) Install the HOUSING ASSY FEED. (REP14.27) 7) Install the DRIVE ASSY FEED. (REP14.12) 8) Install the CLUTCH ASSY FEED. (REP14.15) 9) Install the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7) 10) Remove the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (REP14.1)
4-185

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9)
ACTUATOR T/R (PL14.4.6)

Remove the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (REP14.1) Remove the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY FEED. (REP14.15) Remove the DRIVE ASSY FEED. (REP14.12) Remove the HOUSING ASSY FEED. (REP14.27) Remove the ROLL ASSY FEED 500. (REP14.32) Remove the SPRING ACTUATOR (PL14.4.5) from the HOUSING ASSY FEED (PL14.4.1) notch. Pull the ACTUATOR T/R (PL14.4.6) bearing out of the HOUSING ASSY FEED hook and remove the ACTUATOR T/R together with the SPRING ACTUATOR. Remove the SPRING ACTUATOR from the ACTUATOR T/R.
9)
Removal
7)
8)
NOTE
Leg_Sec03_035FA
NOTE
Make sure that the SPRING ACTUATOR is hooked onto the ACTUATOR T/R and HOUSING ASSY FEED notches.
4-186

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9)
SENSOR T/R (PL14.4.7)

Remove the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (REP14.1) Remove the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY FEED. (REP14.15) Remove the DRIVE ASSY FEED. (REP14.12) Remove the HOUSING ASSY FEED. (REP14.27) Remove the ROLL ASSY FEED 500. (REP14.32) Remove the ACTUATOR T/R. (REP14.30) Disconnect the connector (P/J120) of the SENSOR T/R (PL14.4.7). Release the hooks (x3) that secure the SENSOR T/R to the HOUSING ASSY FEED (PL14.4.1) and remove the SENSOR T/R.
Removal
9)-1
8)
9)-2
Leg_Sec03_036FA
4-187

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6)
ROLL ASSY FEED 500 (PL14.4.11)

Remove the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (REP14.1) Remove the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY FEED. (REP14.15) Remove the DRIVE ASSY FEED. (REP14.12) Remove the HOUSING ASSY FEED. (REP14.27) Remove the screws (x2) (silver, tap, 8mm) that secure the COVER FEED (PL14.4.13) to the HOUSING ASSY FEED (PL14.4.1). 7) Remove the COVER FEED from the HOUSING ASSY FEED. 8) Release the E-rings that secure the both sides of the SHAFT FEED (PL14.4.12) from the HOUSING ASSY FEED to remove the right and left BEARING SLEEVE (PL14.4.9). 9) Shift the SHAFT FEED to the right temporarily and pull the SHAFT FEED out of the HOUSING ASSY FEED left shaft bearing to remove it together with the ROLL ASSY FEED 500 (PL14.4.11) and ROLL SUPPORT 500 (PL14.4.10). 10) Release the hooks of the ROLL SUPPORT 500 that is secured to the SHAFT FEED to remove the ROLL SUPPORT 500. 11) Release the hooks of the ROLL ASSY FEED 500 that is secured to the SHAFT FEED to remove the ROLL ASSY FEED 500.
6) 6) 7)
Removal
9)
8)-1
8)-2
8)-1
8)-2 11)-2 11)-1 10)-1
10)-2
Leg_Sec03_037FA
4-188

Installation
NOTE
1)
Be careful of the ROLL ASSY FEED 500 installation direction when performing the following:
Install the ROLL ASSY FEED 500 (PL14.4.11) to the SHAFT FEED (PL14.4.12) so that ROLL ASSY FEED 500 (PL14.4.11) hooks are facing to the right and then secure the hooks to the SHAFT FEED channel. 2) Install the ROLL SUPPORT 500 (PL14.4.10) to the SHAFT FEED and then secure the ROLL SUPPORT 500 hooks to the SHAFT FEED channel. 3) Insert the right side of the SHAFT FEED into the HOUSING ASSY FEED (PL14.4.1) right shaft bearing and then shift the SHAFT FEED to the left to install the ROLL ASSY FEED 500 and ROLL SUPPORT 500. 4) Align the BEARING SLEEVE (PL14.4.9) double D cut side with the right and left shaft bearings of the HOUSING ASSY FEED and install the BEARING SLEEVE and then secure both sides of the SHAFT FEED with E-rings. 5) Install the COVER FEED (PL14.4.13) in the HOUSING ASSY FEED. 6) Secure the COVER FEED to the HOUSING ASSY FEED with screws (x2) (silver, tap, 8mm). 7) Install the HOUSING ASSY FEED. (REP14.27) 8) Install the DRIVE ASSY FEED. (REP14.12) 9) Install the CLUTCH ASSY FEED. (REP14.15) 10) Install the COVER LEFT 500. (REP14.7) 11) Install the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (REP14.1)
4-189

4.3 Adjustment
4.3
Adjustment
ADJ1. Firmware Download

Upgrade the firmware by downloading it from the PC to the Printer. Network (Port9100), USB port and parallel port are supported as communication interfaces. In this document, an example using a USB port will be described.
NOTE ADJ1.1 ESS F/W
When a USB port or parallel port is to be used, check that "Enable bi-directional support" is disabled (not ticked) in the Printer Port Settings on a PC.
- Work time: 2' 30" 1) When "Ready to Print" is displayed in the Control Panel on a printer, activate FWDLMgr.exe.
2)
Click on the [Agree] button.
4-190

4.3 Adjustment
3) Click the [Next] button.
4)
Specify [USB Port] and click the [Next] button.
5)
Click on the [Finish] button.
6)
After ESS F/W has been downloaded, the printer is automatically rebooted. Print out the "Printer Settings" and check that the "Firmware Version" has been updated.
NOTE
4-191

4.3 Adjustment
ADJ1.2 MCU F/W
- Work time: 6' 30" 1) When "Ready to Print" is displayed in the Control Panel on the printer, activate FWDLMgr.exe.
2)
Click on the [Agree] button.
4-192

4.3 Adjustment
3) Click the [Next] button.
4)
Specify [USB Port] and click the [Next] button.
5)
Click on the [Finish] button.
6)
When "Completed. Reboot printer" is displayed a few minutes later, turn the printer OFF and then ON for rebooting. Print out the "Printer Settings" and check that the "Engine Version" has been updated.
NOTE
4-193
Chapter 5 Parts List

Table of Contents
Table of Contents
5.1 Preface .................................................................................................................5-1
5.1.1 5.1.2 5.2.1 5.2.2 5.2.3 5.2.4 5.2.5 5.2.6 5.2.7 5.2.8 5.2.9 How to use the Parts List................................................................................................... 5-1 PRECAUTIONS................................................................................................................. 5-1 How to use the Parts Navigation ....................................................................................... 5-2 Navi. 1.1 (Printer-Front/Right) ........................................................................................... 5-2 Navi. 1.2 (Printer-Rear/Left) .............................................................................................. 5-3 Navi. 2.1 (IOT-Front/Right-Outside) .................................................................................. 5-3 Navi. 2.2 (IOT-Front/Right-Inside) ..................................................................................... 5-3 Navi. 2.3 (IOT-Rear/Left-Outside) ..................................................................................... 5-4 Navi. 2.4 (IOT-Rear/Left-Inside) ........................................................................................ 5-4 Navi. 2.5 (Duplex).............................................................................................................. 5-4 Navi. 2.6 (500 Paper Feeder) ............................................................................................ 5-5
5.2 Parts Navigation ...................................................................................................5-2
5.3 Parts List ..............................................................................................................5-6

PL1.1 Cover .................................................................................................................................. 5-6 PL 2.1 250 Paper Cassette ........................................................................................................... 5-7 PL 3.1 250 Paper Feeder (1/2) ..................................................................................................... 5-8 PL 3.2 250 Paper Feeder (2/2) ..................................................................................................... 5-9 PL 4.1 MSI .................................................................................................................................. 5-10 PL 5.1 PH Assy (1/2) .................................................................................................................. 5-11 PL 5.2 PH Assy (2/2) .................................................................................................................. 5-12 PL 6.1 Transfer ........................................................................................................................... 5-13 PL 7.1 Xero ................................................................................................................................. 5-14 PL 8.1 ROS ................................................................................................................................. 5-15 PL 9.1 DEVE (1/2) ...................................................................................................................... 5-16 PL 9.2 DEVE (2/2) ...................................................................................................................... 5-17 PL 10.1 Fuser ............................................................................................................................. 5-18 PL 11.1 Drive .............................................................................................................................. 5-19 PL 12.1 ELEC (1/3) ..................................................................................................................... 5-20 PL 12.2 ELEC (2/3) ..................................................................................................................... 5-21 PL 12.3 ELEC (3/3) ..................................................................................................................... 5-22 PL 13.1 Duplex (1/4) ................................................................................................................... 5-23 PL 13.2 Duplex ........................................................................................................................... 5-24 PL 13.3 Duplex (3/4) ................................................................................................................... 5-25 PL 13.4 Duplex (4/4) ................................................................................................................... 5-26 PL 14.1 500 Paper Cassette ....................................................................................................... 5-27 PL 14.2 500 Paper Feeder (1/3) ................................................................................................. 5-28 PL 14.3 500 Paper Feeder (2/3) ................................................................................................. 5-29 PL 14.4 500 Paper Feeder (3/3) ................................................................................................. 5-30 PL 14.4 500 Paper Feeder (3/3) (List) ........................................................................................ 5-30
5.4 Adjustment/Consumables Area Codes ..............................................................5-31
5.1
5.1.1
Preface
How to use the Parts List
Chapter 5 Parts List contains information on the spare parts and is also used when ordering replacement parts and entering area code. Before using, read the following explanations carefully and use it correctly.
5.1.2
PRECAUTIONS
A "*" attached to a part name in the DESCRIPTION column indicates that the Note or Reference for that part is included on the same page. Read the note carefully before ordering and replacing parts. Area codes are indicated in the respective plates. Area codes which cannot be described by parts on the respective plates (toner, current value adjustment, etc.) are indicated in the Area Code Table at the end of this chapter. The numbers indicated in the illustrations refer to the corresponding ITEM number and part name in the List. PL "X.Y.Z" refers to item "Z" of Plate (PL) "X.Y". The letters in the illustrations represent screws, clips, etc as follows: "S" = Screw, "E" = E Link, "KL" = KL Clip, "C" = C Link, "N" = Nut Black arrows are attached to the items which indicate the assembly parts in the illustrations. ... in the illustrations break a lead line and show the connection with the corresponding letter in the same illustration. "(with 2-5)" found in the illustrations and attached to assembly parts in the list indicate that Items "2, 3, 4 and 5" of that particular plate are included. "(P XXX)" and "(J XXX)" ("CN ZZZ" in some parts) represent the connector number for that part, where P represents "Plug" and J represents "Jack". For harnesses, both ends of the connectors are indicated as "(P XXX-J XXX)". "[Same PL X.Y.Z]" found in the illustrations and attached to parts in the list indicate that the part is the same as that particular part of Item "Z" of Plate "X.Y". Parts with (SCC) indicated before the part name in the DESCRIPTION column are Safety Critical Components. User must comply with Fuji Xerox's regulations on the handling of such components.
5.1 Preface 5-1
5-2

5.2 Parts Navigation
5.2
5.2.1
Parts Navigation
How to use the Parts Navigation
Below describes how to use the Navigation Illustrations. The Navigation Illustrations are composed of two hierarchical menus followed by a PL layer under each menu Uppermost Layer - Navi 1.1 (Printer-Front/Right) - Navi 1.2 (Printer-Rear/Left) The Front/Right view shows the whole Printer including the Duplex unit and the 500 Paper Feeder. The Rear/Left view is only shown in 2 illustrations of the Printer. Search for modules with parts to be checked and refer to the Navi 2.X or PL indicated on the lead line. More detailed illustrations for that module are included in Navi 2.X where available. Second Layer - Navi 2.1 (IOT-Front/Right-Outside) - Navi 2.2 (IOT-Front/Right-Inside) - Navi 2.3 (IOT-Rear/Left-Outside) - Navi 2.4 (IOT-Front/Left-Inside) - Navi 2.5 (Duplex) - Navi 2.6 (500 Paper Feeder) The modules checked in Navi 1.1 and Navi 1.2 have been classified in further detail and all the PL can be referred to. - The orientation of the machine is defined as follows.
5.2.2
Navi. 1.1 (Printer-Front/Right)

Navi2.5 (Duplex)
PL1.1 PL1.1
PL1.1
PL1.1
PL1.1
PL7.1 Navi2.6 (500 Paper Feeder)
Rear Left
Navi2.1 (IOT-Front / Right-Outside) Navi2.2 (IOT-Front / Right-Inside)
Right Front
PL9.2
Leg_005_101FA
Leg_005_102FA
5.2.3
Navi. 1.2 (Printer-Rear/Left)

PL1.1 Navi2.3 (IOT-Rear / Left-Outside) Navi2.4 (IOT-Rear / Left-Inside)
5.2.4
Navi. 2.1 (IOT-Front/Right-Outside)

PL9.2 PL6.1 PL7.1 PL11.1 PL10.1 PL7.1
PL9.1
PL1.1
PL11.1
PL12.1
PL12.1 PL4.1 PL12.1 PL9.1 Leg_Sec005_104EA
PL5.1
Leg_Sec005_103EA
5.2.5
Navi. 2.2 (IOT-Front/Right-Inside)

PL7.1
PL12.1 PL8.1 Leg_Sec005_105EB
5.2 Parts Navigation 5-3
5-4

5.2 Parts Navigation
5.2.6
Navi. 2.3 (IOT-Rear/Left-Outside)

PL11.1
5.2.8
Navi. 2.5 (Duplex)

PL13.2
PL11.1
PL11.1
PL12.2 PL13.1 PL6.1 PL11.1
PL12.2 PL13.3
PL13.1
PL13.2 PL12.2 PL5.1 PL12.2 Leg_Sec005_106EA PL13.4 PL13.2 PL10.1 PL13.4 PL13.3
5.2.7
Navi. 2.4 (IOT-Rear/Left-Inside)

PL6.1 PL6.1
PL12.2 PL6.1 PL13.4 PL13.3
PL13.4
PL12.2
Leg_Sec005_108EA
PL5.2 PL5.2
PL12.2 Leg_Sec005_107EA
5.2.9
Navi. 2.6 (500 Paper Feeder)

PL14.4 PL14.3
PL14.2
PL14.2
PL14.1
PL14.3
PL14.3 PL14.3 PL14.2 PL14.3 PL14.3 Leg_Sec005_109EA
5.2 Parts Navigation 5-5
5-6

5.3 Parts List
5.3
Parts List
ITEM 1 2 3 4 5
PARTS No. 802K 76960 802E 78010 -802E 77720 802E 77901 802E 71222 111K 12250 ----017E 96982 017E 97031 802E 77611 802K 77000 802K 76981 802K 77260 962K 24752 -802E 77810 802K 77010 110K 12261 -----802K 76970 --802E 78030 802E 77600 802E 64683 110K 12240 -110E 93440 --802E 79330 802E 76900 604K 22630 TRAY EXTENSION COVER TOP COVER FUSER COVER TOP SIDE L COVER TOP SIDE R
DESCRIPTION COVER ASSY TOP (with 2, 3, 23)
A.C 32B1 32B2 32B3 32B4 32B5 32B6 32B7 32B8 32B9 32C1 32C2 32C3 32C4 32C5 32C6 32C7 32C8 32C9 32D1 32D2 32D3 32D4 32D5 32D6 32D7 32D8 32D9 32E1 32E2 32E3 32E4 32E5 32E6 32E7 32E8 32E9 32F1 32F2 32F3 32F4 32F5
PL1.1 Cover
1 (with 2,3,23) 2 19 (with 20,21) 21 23 20 37 22 (with 34-36) 35 36 5 7 6 38 24 3 4
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
SWITCH ASSY TOP (P116) -COVER RH COVER CLEANER COVER PI FOOT REAR FOOT FRONT COVER MSI COVER FRONT L COVER FRONT ASSY U OP PANEL HARNESS ASSY PANEL (J29-J220) COVER ASSY LH (with 20, 21) COVER LH COVER ESS SWITCH ASSY FUSER (with 34-36) COVER TRAY COVER INNER TOP ---COVER ASSY RH (with 9, 10, 29-32) GUIDE BAR SLIDE BAR COVER ROS WINDOW COVER DUP COVER INNER L SWITCH-INLK FUSER (P117) BRACKET INLK FUSER SWITCH-FUSER DOOR (P114) BRACKET TOP S LH BRACKET TOP S RH COVER CONPANE COVER HINGE KIT SLIDE BAR (with 29-31)
34
11 11
33 18
16 17 13 40
12
12 9
28 29 30 31
13 39
31 32
32 33 34
15
29
30 10
35 36 37 38 39 40
99 (with 29-31)
14
28 (with 9,10,29-32)
Leg_005_001FA
99
PL 2.1 250 Paper Cassette

ITEM PARTS No. 050K 52230 050K 52280 038K 88530 --038K 88550 802E 02460 038K 88540 809E 60710 -003E 61031 059E 99150 -802E 77700 -003E 61021 --DESCRIPTION 250 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY (with 2-17)-FX 250 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY (with 2-17)-AP GUIDE END ASSY 250 PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 250 (with 4) PAD BOTTOM GUIDE PAPER L ASSY 250 PINION 12 GUIDE PAPER R ASSY 250 SPRING NF 250 PLATE ROLL STOPPER 250 LOCK LIFT R ROLL LINK CASSETTE 250 COVER FRONT CST 250 PLATE SLIDE 250 LOCK LIFT L PLATE STOPPER R PLATE STOPPER L A.C 5010 50B1 50B2 50B3 50B4 50B5 50B6 50B7 50B8 50B9 50C1 50C2 50C3 50C4 50C5 50C6 50C7
1 (with 2-17) 2 3 (with 4) 4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16
8 11 15 14 9
17
9 10 11
12 17 13 16
Leg_Sec005_002FB
5.3 Parts List 5-7
5-8

5.3 Parts List
PL 3.1 250 Paper Feeder (1/2)

ITEM PARTS No. 802E 77690 054K 28310 ------802E 77680 --------COVER LEFT 250 CHUTE FDR ASSY 250 (with 3-8, 13) COVER-REAR 250 MAGNET-CATCH ROLL PINCH A ROLL PINCH B SPRING-PINCH A SPRING-PINCH B COVER RIGHT 250 FOOT BLOCK CST SPRING EARTH FEEDER GUIDE REAR FEEDER ASSY 250 (with 10-12, PL3.2) 250 PAPER FEEDER ASSY (with 1-14, PL2.1, 3.2) COVER JOIN HOLE LOCK MC TO FDR DESCRIPTION A.C. 50D1 50D2 50D3 50D4 50D5 50D6 50D7 50D8 50D9 50E1 50E2 50E3 50E4 50E5 50E6 50E7 50E8
15 (with 1-14,16,17,PL2.1,3.2)
2 (with 3-8,13) 3 5
2 3 4 5
6 7 8
7 1 16 13
4 8 7
9 10 11 12 13
16 14 (with 10-12, PL3.2)
14 15 16 17
12 12 10
10 11 17
10 11 17 10
[Ref PL3.2]
[Ref PL2.1]
Leg_Sec005_005FB
ITEM 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47
PARTS No. 962K 20500 007K 89090 121E 89991 807E 02490 121K 35481 962K 20481 -059K 32953 110E 93440 -960K 00881 160K 98921 962K 20490 802K 60380 -930W 00113 --930W 00113 ---059K 32940 -019K 06831 809E 60720 054E 89392 --003E 61182 --032E 22102 032E 21872 003E 61371 110E 10500 962K 24730 962K 23810 --054K 26870 103K 81171 ------
DESCRIPTION HARNESS-ASSY FEED MAIN (J437-J121, J440, J609, J610, J618) DRIVE ASSY FEED 250 (with 3) SOLENOID FEED (P610) GEAR FEED CLUTCH ASSY PH (P609) HARNESS-ASSY FEED1 (J435-P608) BEARING EARTH ROLL ASSY TURN SWITCH-I/L CAB (P121) CLAMP PWBA MOT PWBA TRAY CONT (250) HARNESS-ASSY FEED 2 (J436-J4358) HOUSING ASSY FEED (with 15-24, 38-40) HOUSING FEED SENSOR PHOTO (P119) ACTUATOR NO PAPER CST ACTUATOR SENSOR PHOTO (P120) SHAFT FEED BEARING EARTH BRACKET FEED ROLL ASSY FEED COVER FEED HOLDER ASSY RETARD (with 26) SPRING RETARD CHUTE 250 LEVER 250 SPRING LEVER 250 BUTTON FDR 250 SPG LOCK CST LL STOPPER CST R GUIDE CST R 250 GUIDE CST L 250 STOPPER CST L SNR CST (P127) HARNESS-ASSY FEED SW (J127-J438) HARNESS-ASSY FEED 3 (P618-J119, J120) SPRING ACTUATOR ROLL SUPPORT CHUTE ASSY 250 (with 27, 42) FILM ASSY FDR CAP CLAMP MSB-1207 BUSH SADDLE ES-0510-2 BRACKET MAG R CAP ACTUATOR
A.C. 50F1 5090 5092 5093 50G1 50G2 50G3 50G4 50G5 50G6 50G7 50G8 50G9 50H1 50H2 50H3 50H4 50H5 50H6 50H7 50H8 50H9 50J1 50J1 50J1 50J1 50J1 50J1 50J1 50J1 50J1 50K1 50K1 50K1 50K1 50K1 50K1 50K1 50K1 50K1 50L1 50L2 50L3 50L4 50L5 50L6 50L7
3
(P610)
5 2 (with 3)
(P609)
7
(P608)
(J446)
10 10 10
(J610)
44 44 10 45
4 44
6
(J435)
8 44
(P121)
9 7
11 45
(J609) (J121) (J436)
12 1
(J618) (J440) (J437)
13
(J4358)
47 15 38 17 39 16
46 14 (with 15-24,38-40,47) 25 (with 26) 26 18 19 22 21 40 24 35 37

(J438)
41 (with 27,42)
42
20
23
21 40
29 29 28
27
30 34 31
43 31 32
(J127) (P127)
36 33
Leg_005_006FA
5.3 Parts List 5-9
5-10

5.3 Parts List
PL 4.1 MSI
ITEM 1 2 PARTS No. 059K 41340 059K 36843 -----059K 36852 054E 88760 -807E 01260 038E 32350 038K 88460 -050K 51124 019K 06860 015K 64762 --004E 14240 -807E 01271 121E 92700 930W 00113 120E 22511 962K 20431 --MSI ASSY (with 2-28) ROLL ASSY MSI (with 3-8, 28) BEARING MSI CAM PICK UP MSI SHAFT ASSY MSI PAPER GUIDE CORE ROLL MSI CHUTE MSI GUIDE SIDE COVER GEAR MANUAL GUIDE SIDE L GUIDE ASSY SIDE R PLATE BOTTOM 2 PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI (with 14) HOLDER ASSY RETARD MSI (with 27) PLATE ASSY RETARD SPRING-N/F MSI FRAME ASSY BOTTOM OIL DAMPER DAMPER BRACKET GEAR PICK UP SOLENOID PICK UP (P605) SENSOR PAPER EMPTY (P103) ACTUATOR EMPTY HARNESS-ASSY P/H 1 (J408, J409-J103, J603, J604, J605) SPRING RETARD MSI CHUTE ASSY PAPER GUIDE DESCRIPTION A.C. 5110 5132 51B1 51B2 51B3 51B4 51B5 51B6 51B7 51B8 51B9 51C1 51C2 51C3 51C4 5133 51C5 51C6 51C7 51C8 51C9 51D1 51D2 51D3 51D4 51D5 51D6 51D7
1 (with 2-28) 2 (with 3-8,28) 3 4 5 6 10 7
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
28 8 7 6 4 3
10 11 12 13
11 12
14
15 (with 14)
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
13
26 24 25 16 (with 27)
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
23 22 18 21 20
17
27
18
19
Leg_Sec005_002EB
PL 5.1 PH Assy (1/2)

ITEM 1 2 3 4 PARTS No. 802K 76940 054K 28110 --COVER-PH CHUTE ASSY-REAR (with 3, 4) CHUTE-REAR UP CHUTE-REAR LOW DESCRIPTION A.C. 32G1 32G2 32G3 32G4
2 (with 3,4)
3 4
[Ref PL5.2.1]
Leg_Sec005_003EB
5.3 Parts List 5-11
5-12

5.3 Parts List
PL 5.2 PH Assy (2/2)
ITEM 1 2 3 4
PARTS No. 801K 18310 121K 32310 ---807E 04590 -059K 31491 --107E 20930 059K 31500 059E 98770 809E 51021 809E 17670 930W 00113 809E 51030 120E 22441 930W 00113 127K 45271 962K 20440 121K 32310 110E 93440 007K 89461 802E 64882
DESCRIPTION FRAME ASSY-PH (with 2-25) CLUTCH ASSY REGI (P203) *1 BEARING METAL ROLL-REGI METAL BEARING RUBBER GEAR-REGI SPRING-REGI R (METAL) ROLL REGI RUBBER SPRING-REGI L (BLACK) FRAME-PH VARISTOR ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI ROLL-PINCH SPRING-PRE REGI BRACKET-SENSOR OHP SENSOR OHP (P101) SPRING-ACTUATOR ACTUATOR-REGI SENSOR REGI (P102) MOTOR-PH (P604) HARNESS-ASSY P/H2 (P603-J100, J101, J102, J202, J203) CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI (P202) *1 SWITCH-PH DOOR (P100) DRIVE ASSY-PH COVER-HARNESS
A.C. 5310 53B1 53B2 53B3 53B4 53B5 53B6 5313 53B7 53B8 53B9 5311 53C1 53C2 53C3 53C4 53C5 53C6 5314 53C7 53C8 5312 53D1 53D2 53D3
1 (with 2-25) 2
3 4
5 6 7 8
9 24
23 8 10
5 3 6
9 10 11 12
7 6
13 14 15 16
25
22
3 11 19 18 20 15 17 16 3
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
21
13 12
*1: Same part
14 14
13
Leg_Sec005_004EB
PL 6.1 Transfer
ITEM 1 PARTS No. 054K 26690 -130E 87400 962K 20461 -107E 07100 801K 15040 807E 01570 ---022K 67480 088K 91640 -802K 65280 962K 24590 -110E 93440 -130K 66863 019E 58404 930W 00113 ---930W 00113 015K 65210 -008K 01890 962K 20471 --HOUSING-CHUTE FSR SENSOR FUSER IN (P111) HARNESS ASSY 2BTR SENS (J111-P620) CHUTE-FSR DIODE FUSER FRAME ASSY-2ND (with 8-10) GEAR 27 SHAFT-CENT 2ND FRAME ASSY BTR BEARING-BRUSH CAM 2ND BTR ASSY *1 CAM ASSY-2ND BEARING COVER ASSY-RR 2ND (with 16-19) HARNESS ASSY 2BTR SW (J113-P621) BRACKET-SWITCH 2ND SWITCH 2BTR COVER (P113) COVER-RR 2ND SENSOR ASSY ADC (P431) HOLDER-ADC 2ND SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT (P112) *2 BRACKET-SENSOR PHOTO BUSH SADDLE ES-0505-2 SPRING-2ND SENSOR IBT RETRACT (P107) * WIRE ASSY 2BTR (J505-T2) CAM ASSY-IBT CL HARNESS ASSY ADC (J418, J422-J112, J431, J620, J621) BRACKET-SENSOR CLN PLATE DIS 2ND
2
DESCRIPTION CHUTE ASSY-FSR (with 2-6, 32)
A.C. 53E1 53E2 53E3 53E4 53E5 53E6 53E7 53E8 53E9 53F1 53F2 53F3 53F4 53F5 53F6 53F7 53F8 53F9 53G1 53G2 53G3 53G4 53G5 53G6 53G7 53G8 53G9 53H1 53H2 53H3 53H4 53H5
3 4 5 32 7 (with 8-10) 6 11 8 9 10 2
1 (with 2-6,32)
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
11 14
13 14 15
12 13 14
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
30 16 17 18 19
15 (with 16-19)
20 26 31
25 22 23 24
21
27
PLATE BIAS-2ND ASSY (with 28)
28 25 27 (with 28)
28 29 30 31 32
11
*1: Periodic replacement parts *2: Same part
11
29
Leg_Sec005_005EA
5.3 Parts List 5-13
5-14

5.3 Parts List
PL 7.1 Xero
ITEM PARTS No. -130E 87341 -032K 97090 -------962K 20451 032K 97100 -011E 15922 021E 98920 ---011K 97471 ---130E 88160 --032E 22491 --117K 36030 117K 36010 117K 36050 117K 36040 -IBT ASSY *1 SENSOR TR-0 (P108) PLATE-TR-0 GUIDE CRU ASSY D (with 5-12) SPRING-TORSION D LATCH ASSY D ARM-COUPLING SPRING-TORSION ARM LINK-COUPLING ANTENNA ASSY (P109) HOUSING-GUIDE D HARNESS-ASSY XERO (J416-J108, J109) GUIDE CRU ASSY AD (with 14-19) HOUSING ASSY-GUIDE AD LEVER-LATCH PR CAP-PLATE PR PLATE-ASSY PR SPRING-TORSION AD LATCH ASSY AD BCR CLN XERO ASSY (with 24-26) ---SENSOR TNER FULL (P126) HARNESS-ASSY TNER FULL (J126-P617) PLATE SOLENOID GUIDE CRU -SPRING-LATCH WIRE ASSY IBT (J506-J513) WIRE ASSY BTR (J504-J512) WIRE ASSY BCR (J508-J514) WIRE ASSY DTN (J507-T4) PLATE-ASSY GND DESCRIPTION A.C. 4200 44B1 44B2 44B3 44B4 44B5 44B6 44B7 44B8 44B9 44C1 44C2 44C3 44C4 44C5 44C6 44C7 44C8 44C9 44D1 44D2 44D3 44D4 44D5 44D6 44D7 44D8 44D9 44E1 44E2 44E3 44E4 44E5 44E6
1 2 3 4
4 (with 5-12) 5 6 2 3 10 14 7 8 9 12 11 33 30 31 19 18 20 (with 24-26) 26 32 27 27 24 25 13 (with 14-19) 15 16 17
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 *1 : Consumables
34 29
Leg_Sec005_006EB
PL 8.1 ROS
ITEM 1 2 PARTS No. 062K 15770 042K 92930 --042K 92880 ROS ASSY (P601, P602) CLEANER ASSY (with 4, 5) GUIDE-ROS CLN ROD-CLEANER CLEANER ASSY-BASE DESCRIPTION A.C. 1310 13B1 13B2 13B3 13B4
3 4 5
2 (with 4,5) 4 3 5
Leg_Sec005_007EB
5.3 Parts List 5-15
5-16

5.3 Parts List
PL 9.1 DEVE (1/2)

ITEM 1 PARTS No. 003K 13589 --------142K 01856 ----011E 14793 -015K 63326 930W 00113 -117K 35892 SPRING LINK *1 LINK LATCH LEVER LATCH SPRING STOPPER LATCH *1 SPRING LATCH *2 LATCH ROTARY STOPPER LATCH HOLDER LATCH ROTARY ANTENNA ASSY-CTRG (with 11-16) HOLDER ANTENNA CTRG ANTENNA CTRG (P106) SPRING LEVER *2 LINK LEVER LEVER CTRG SET SPRING LEVER CTRG *1 HOLDER ASSY-BIAS SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI (P105) BRACKET SENSOR WIRE ASSY DEVE (J509-J510) DESCRIPTION LATCH ASSY-ROTARY (with 2-9) A.C. 40B1 40B2 40B3 40B4 40B5 40B6 40B7 40B8 40B9 40C1 40C2 40C3 40C4 40C5 40C6 40C7 40C8 40C9 40D1 40D2
1 (with 2-9) 2 4 3
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
9 11
10 (with 11-16) 12 14
5 6 7
8 15 13 16
*1: Same part *2: Same part
17 19
18
20
Leg_Sec005_008EB
PL 9.2 DEVE (2/2)

ITEM 1 PARTS No. ----802K 75732 802K 75702 802K 75712 802K 75722 810K 05954 015K 63310 029E 32710 -413W 10750 TNR CRU K *1 TNR CRU Y *1 TNR CRU M *1 TNR CRU C *1 HOUSING ASSY-DEVE K (with 11) *2 HOUSING ASSY-DEVE Y (with 11) *2 HOUSING ASSY-DEVE M (with 11) *2 HOUSING ASSY-DEVE C (with 11) *2 FRAME ASSY-ROTARY PIVOT ASSY PIVOT AD SHAFT ASSY-ROTARY BEARING BALL DESCRIPTION A.C. 40E1 40E2 40E3 40E4 400K 400Y 400M 400C 40F1 40F2 40F3 40F4 40F5
1 5 (with 11) 2 10 9 10 11 11
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
8 (with 11)
13
6 (with 11)
10
10 11 11
13
*1: Consumables *2: Periodic replacement parts
7 (with 11) 3 12
12
Leg_Sec005_009EB
5.3 Parts List 5-17
5-18

5.3 Parts List
PL 10.1 Fuser
ITEM 1 PARTS No. 126K 19220 FUSER ASSY*1-FX FUSER ASSY*1-AP 115V FUSER ASSY*1-AP 220V HARNESS ASSY MCU C/L (J614-J3, J417)-FX HARNESS ASSY MCU C/L (J614-J3, J417)-AP 220V BRACKET-RIZ --FUSER LOCK SWITCH (P128) 43B1 43B2 43B3 43B4 43B5 43AA 126K 19230 126K 19240 2 3 962K 24434 962K 27444 ---110K 12332 DESCRIPTION A.C.
4 5 6
*1: Periodic replacement parts
Leg_Sec005_010EB
PL 11.1 Drive
ITEM 1 2 3 4 PARTS No. 007K 89650 007K 89802 127K 45281 127K 45891 127K 38551 127K 45770 127K 39681 -807E 08260 -DRIVE ASSY BTR DRIVE ASSY PRO (P411, P414) MOT ASSY FSR (P404) MOT ASSY MAG (P405, P406) MOT ASSY ROT (P433) MOT ASSY P/R (P200, P201) MOT ASSY MICRO (P600) BRACKET ASSY 2ND GEAR GEAR 2ND PLATE LEFT DESCRIPTION A.C. 30B1 30B2 30B3 30B4 30B5 30B6 30B7 30B8 30B9 30C1
5 6 7 8
8 1
9 10
10
Leg_005_011EB
5.3 Parts List 5-19
5-20

5.3 Parts List
PL 12.1 ELEC (1/3)

ITEM 1 2 PARTS No. -----130K 87800 --105K 21410 960K 07090 960K 00860 ----CLAMP MSB-1207 BUSH STB-19 CLAMP RLWT-1V0 BUSH-OPEN OLBT-13 -SENSOR HUM & TEMP (P104) HOLDER SENSOR BUSH STB-26 PWBA HVPS PWB ASSY ROT PWBA CRUM CLAMP WPC-21SP CLAMP RLWT-3V0 BUSH STB-13 BUSH OLBT-19 DESCRIPTION A.C. 71B1 71B2 71B3 71B4 71B5 71B6 71B7 71B8 7320 71C1 71C2 71C3 71C4 71C5 71C6
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
3 4 3 3 14 3 1 14 1 3 15 1 3
12 13 14 15
12 12 11
13 10 1 1
3 13 3 9 8 2
Leg_Sec005_012EC
PL 12.2 ELEC (2/3)

ITEM 1 2 PARTS No. 960K 07530 962K 20540 105K 21420 105K 21430 962K 22201 960K 27302 962K 20530 -960K 07980 960K 08130 -960K 08150 962K 19353 -960K 07050 960K 07060 117K 34750 117K 24270 13 117K 24290 117K 24320 117K 24280 117K 24310 14 -PWBA MCU FFC-ASSY LV/MCU (P401-P500) LV/HVPS-FX LV/HVPS-AP 220V HARNESS ASSY AC (J2-J503)-FX HARNESS ASSY AC (J2-J503)-AP 220V FFC-ASSY ESS (P400-P70) CHASSIS ESS PWBA ESS-FX PWBA ESS-AP OPTION MEMORY NETWORK CARD HARNESS ASSY MAIN (J403-J114, J200, J600/J407-J601/ J410-J1, J116, J117, J128, J201, J432, J502/J412-J429/J413J104, J105, J606, J617/J415-J106, J107, J430/J420-J607/ J421-J608/J501-J71/J515-J516/J602-J72) -PWBA FUSER CONT-FX PWBA FUSER CONT-AP 220V POWER CODE-FX POWER CODE-FXA, FXNZ POWER CODE-FXCL POWER CODE-FXP POWER CODE-FXM, FXHK, FXS POWER CODE-AG, THFX, ICO CLAMP RLWT-3V0 72C2 72C1 DESCRIPTION A.C. 7210 72B1 7310 72B2 72B3 72B4 7630 72B5 72B6 72B7 72B8 72B9
1 2
3 4 5 6 7
3 4
8 9 10 11
14 7 14
12
12
13
10
Leg_005_013FA
5.3 Parts List 5-21
5-22

5.3 Parts List
PL 12.3 ELEC (3/3)

ITEM 1 PARTS No. --------------CLAMP MSB-1207 CLAMP LWS-03S CLAMP RLWT-1V0 FLAT CLAMP FCR-30 -BUSH SADDLE ES-0510-2 BUSH SADDLE ES-0505-2 BUSH-OPEN OLBT-13 BUSH STB-19 BUSH STB-26 -CLAMP RLWT-1V0 CLAMP RLWT-4V0 BUSH STB-13 DESCRIPTION A.C. 71E1 71E2 71E3 71E4 71E5 71E6 71E7 71E8 71E9 71F1 71F2 71F3 71F4 71F5
3 1 3 6 2 2 12
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
14
6 2 13 13 9 2 9 2 4 2 7 2 4 2 10 2
9 10 11 12 13 14
1 1
1 8 1 2 1 14
1 3
2 3
Leg_Sec005_022EB
PL 13.1 Duplex (1/4)

ITEM 1 2 3 4 5 6 PARTS No. -802E 77630 802E 77640 826E 09123 --DESCRIPTION DUPLEX ASSY (with 2-4, PL13.2-13.4) *1 COVER-R DUP COVER-L DUP SCREW THUMB -COVER CONNECTOR A.C. 52B1 52B2 52B3 52B4 52B5 52B6
*1: Products (Optional parts)
6 1 (with 2-4, PL13.2-13.4)
[Ref PL13.2.1]
2 3
[Ref PL13.3.1]
Leg_Sec005_014EB
5.3 Parts List 5-23
5-24

5.3 Parts List
PL 13.2 Duplex
ITEM PARTS No. 802E 78700 012E 11920 012E 13560 809E 55270 059K 41240 -121K 32723 809E 51700 120E 22541 930W 00113 --105E 12570 -807E 01580 807E 01220 807E 01250 127K 38981 -807E 01230 059K 32061 054K 27731 022E 27500 ----962K 20510 022K 67770 COVER-INV LINK-LATCH LINK-BUTTON SPRING-LINK INVERTER ASSY DUP (with 6-29) BEARING DUP SOLENOID ASSY DUP (P611) SPRING ACTUATOR ACTUATOR INV SENSOR UPPER PASS (P124) BRACKET-SNS -ELIMINATOR FRAME-INV GEAR 20/21H GEAR 30 GEAR 36 MOTOR ASSY DUP INV (P612) BRACKET-MOTO INV GEAR 48H ROLLER ASSY INVERTER CHUTE ASSY-INV LOW (with 23-27, 29) ROLL PINCH DUP SPRING-TORSION INV CHUTE-INV LOW PLATE-SUPPORT INV COVER-SUPPORT INV HARNESS-ASSY DUP 1 (J444-J122, J124, J611, J612) ROLL ASSY PINCH DUP DESCRIPTION A.C. 52C1 52C2 52C3 52C4 5240 52C5 52C6 52C7 52C8 52C9 52D1 52D2 52D3 52D4 52D5 52D6 52D7 5251 52D8 52D9 52E1 52E2 52E3 52E4 52E5 52E6 52E7 52E8 52E9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
5 (with 6-29) 7 8 4 3 2 6 10 11 14 15 6 16 17 9 13
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
18
21 22 23
20 28 23 21 19 29 29 22 (with 23-27,29) 23 24 25 26 27
Leg_Sec005_015EA
24 25 26 27 28 29

ITEM PARTS No. 059K 40669 -003E 60523 -809E 51690 003E 60560 110E 93440 -120E 22541 809E 51700 930W 00113 003E 60532 ---003K 13741 ---003K 13732 -962K 20522 802E 78710 802E 78720 019E 58912 ----019E 58922 -849E 42431 121E 82660 -604K 20871 SPRING LATCH LATCH DUP R SHAFT LATCH SPRING BUTTON BUTTON DUP SWITCH-DUP DOOR (P122) COVER REAR ACTUATOR DUP SPRING ACTUATOR SENSOR LOW PASS (P123) LATCH DUP L SHAFT SUPPORT L SUPPORT DUP SCREW SUPPORT HINGE ASSY L (with 25-27) BEARING DUP SHAFT DAMPER SHAFT HINGE HINGE ASSY R (with 29-31) SHAFT SUPPORT R HARNESS-ASSY DUP 2 (J443-J123, P607) COVER LOW-DUP TRANS COVER UP-DUP TRANS (with 33) PAD DAMPER L HINGE-L BRACKET PAD L HINGE-R BRACKET ASSY R PAD DAMPER R BRACKET PAD R LOWER PLATE MAGNET MAGNET-CATCH CORE KIT SUPPORT DUP (with 14, 15, RING KL) DESCRIPTION TRANSPORT ASSY DUP (with 2-22, 25-32, 34, PL13.4) A.C. 52F1 52F2 52F3 52F4 52F5 52F6 52F7 52F8 52F9 52G1 52G2 52G3 52G4 52G5 52G6 52G7 52G8 52G9 52H1 52H2 52H3 52H4 52H5 52H6 52H7 52H8 52H9 52J1 52J2 52J3 52J4 52J5 52J6 52J7 52J8 99 52J9
8 1 (with 2-22,25-32,34,PL13.4) 32 2 4 3 99 (with 14,15,RING KL) 15 21 14 28 12 29 13 10 11 99 (with 14,15 ,RING KL) 14 15 5 6 6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
32
5 9
30 30 31 20 (with 29-31)
[Ref PL13.4]
17 26 25 25 27 16 (with 25-27) 33 22 34
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34
18 19
33
23 24 (with 33)
Leg_Sec005_016EB
5.3 Parts List 5-25
5-26

5.3 Parts List

ITEM 1 PARTS No. 059K 32070 ----807E 01220 807E 01250 807E 01240 807E 01230 807E 01400 --160K 98934 127K 38981 --059K 32080 ROLLER ASSY DUP ROLL PINCH DUP SPRING PINCH CHUTE DUP TRANS BEARING DUP GEAR 30 GEAR 36 GEAR 40/42 GEAR 48H GEAR 30 OW CLAMP LWS-03S SUPPORT PWB PWBA DUP-L MOTOR ASSY DUP (P442) CLAMP LWS-05S BKT MOTOR DUP TRANS ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT DESCRIPTION A.C. 52K1 52K2 52K3 52K4 52K5 52K6 52K7 52K8 52K9 52L1 52L2 52L3 52L4 52L5 52L6 52L7 52L8
3 1 2 2 3
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
4 5
9 10 11 12 13
6 7 7 8
11 12 9 12
14 15 16 17
13 15
8 7 7 2 3 5 2 3 17 10
14 16 15
Leg_Sec005_017EA
PL 14.1 500 Paper Cassette

ITEM PARTS No. 050K 52250 050K 52290 038K 88530 -038K 88570 807E 02460 038K 88560 809E 60700 -003E 61031 059E 99150 -050E 93770 -003E 61021 --DESCRIPTION 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY (with 2-16)-FX 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY (with 2-16)-AP GUIDE END ASSY PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 GUIDE PAPER L ASSY 500 PINION 12 GUIDE PAPER R ASSY 500 SPRING NF PLATE ROLL STOPPER 500 LOCK LIFT R ROLL LINK CASSETTE 500 COVER FRONT CST 500 PAPER SLIDE 500 LOCK LIFT L PLATE STOPPER R PLATE STOPPER L A.C. 50M1 50M2 50M3 50M4 50M5 50M6 50M7 50M8 50M9 50N1 50N2 50N3 50N4 50N5 50N6 50N7
1 (with 2-16) 2 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
4 5 6
11 12 13 14 15 16
7 7 8 13 10 14 8 9 10
11 16 15
Leg_Sec005_018EA
12
5.3 Parts List 5-27
5-28

5.3 Parts List

ITEM PARTS No. 802E 77870 054K 28320 -------802E 77880 --COVER LEFT 500 CHUTE FDR ASSY 500 (with 3-9) COVER-REAR 500 GUIDE REAR MAGNET-CATCH ROLL PINCH A ROLL PINCH B SPRING-PINCH A SPRING-PINCH B COVER RIGHT 500 COVER JOINT HOLE LOCK MC TO FDR DESCRIPTION A.C. 50P1 50P2 50P3 50P4 50P5 50P6 50P7 50P8 50P9 50Q1 50Q2 50Q3
2 (with 3-9) 3 6
1 2 3 4 5
7 6
6 7 8
4 1 11
5 8
9 10 11 12
11
12 12
[Ref PL14.3.1]
10
[Ref PL14.1.1]
Leg_Sec005_019EA

ITEM PARTS No. -962K 20500 960K 01551 960K 00881 --007K 89090 121E 89991 127K 45281 007K 89710 807E 02490 121K 35481 -962K 20481 -059K 32953 -110E 93440 -017E 97172 014E 45421 962K 20490 019K 07160 019K 06831 -604K 22640 --011K 97800 --003E 61381 -003E 61371 --DESCRIPTION FEEDER ASSY 500 (with 2-36, PL14.4) HARNESS-ASSY FEED MAIN (J437-J121, J440, J609, J610, J618) PWBA TRAY 500 PWBA MOT CLAMP CLAMP MSB-1207 DRIVE ASSY FEED (with 8-10) SOLENOID FEED (P610) MOTOR ASSY FEEDER (P446) GEAR ASSY DRIVE GEAR FEED CLUTCH ASSY FEED (P609) BEARING FEED HARNESS-ASSY FEED 1 (J435-P608) SPRING EARTH FEEDER ROLL ASSY TURN 500 BUSH SADDLE ES-0510-2 SWITCH FEEDER DOOR (P121) FRAME ASSY FEEDER FOOT FEEDER BLOCK CST HARNESS-ASSY FEED2 (J436-J4358) CHUTE ASSY 500 (with 24-29) HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500 (with 25) SPRING RETARD FILM ASSY FDR CHUTE 500 SPRING LEVER 500 LEVER 500 (with 28) SPG LOCK CST LL STOPPER CST R GUIDE CST R CAP FEEDER GUIDE CST L STOPPER CST L BRACKET MAG R A.C. 50R1 50R2 50R3 50R4 50R5 50R6 50R7 50R8 50R9 50S1 50S2 50S3 50S4 50S5 50S6 50S7 50S8 50S9 50T1 50T2 50T3 50T4 50T5 50T6 50T7 50T8 50T9 50V1 50V2 50V3 50V4 50V5 50V6 50V7 50V8 50V9
7 (with 8-10) 8 9 10
12
13
1 (with 2-36, PL14.4)
1 2 3 4 5
11
14 15 16
6 7 8 9 10 11
5 5 4 3 2 21 5 5
15 6
17
18
13
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 20 22 21 20 20 23 (with 24-29) 26
19
36
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35
24 (with 25)
[Ref PL14.4.1]
25 27 28 29 (with 28) 30 35 34 33 30 31 32
Leg_Sec005_020EA
36
5.3 Parts List 5-29
5-30

5.3 Parts List
PL 14.4 500 Paper Feeder (3/3) (List)

ITEM 1 PARTS No. 802K 60380 -930W 00113 120E 13230 809E 55940 120E 23753 930W 00113 ---059K 32940 --962K 23810 021E 98981 HOUSING FEED SENSOR NO PAPER (P119) *1 ACTUATOR NO PAPER CST SPRING ACTUATOR ACTUATOR T/R SENSOR T/R (P120) *1 BRACKET FEED BEARING SLEEVE ROLL SUPPORT 500 ROLL ASSY FEED 500 SHAFT FEED COVER FEED HARNESS ASSY FEED 3 (P618-J119, J120) CAP ACTUATOR DESCRIPTION HOUSHING ASSY FEED (with 2-15) A.C. 50W1 50W2 50W3 50W4 50W5 50W6 50W7 50W8 50W9 50X1 50X2 50X3 50X4 50X5 50X6
1 (with 2-15) 15 2
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
14 3 4 5 12 9 6 7 8
10 11 12 13 14 15
*1: Same part
10
9 11 10
13
Leg_Sec005_021EB
5.4
Adjustment/Consumables Area Codes

Mechanical Adjustment Contact Arc Area Code 4344
Paper JD Paper J paper Plain Paper (XEROX Paper) Plain Paper (Non-standard)
Area Code 57B1 5711 57B2 57B3 5712 57B4 5713 57B5 57B6 5714 57B7 57B8 57B9 57BB 57BC
Electrical Adjustment Side Regi Adjustment (250) Side Regi Adjustment (500) Side Regi Adjustment (MSI) MSI Guide Correction ROS Writing Timing Adjustment ROS Border Erase Adjustment MSI Trail Edge Border Deletion Adjustment NVM Initialization ALL NVM Initialization UI NVM Initialization SYS IOT TOOL S Initial Setting Preset R/E Change Buzzer Level Other NVM Change Other Diag Adjustments
Area Code 7715 7716 7712 7718 771D 771E 771F 7000 7040 7041 772E 772F 772G 772H 772J
Recycled Paper (XEROX Paper) Recycled Paper (Non-standard) Transparency (Standard) Transparency (Non-standard) Application Paper Tracing Paper Postcard Opaque Film Heavyweight Tack Film Envelope
Use Environment Corrective Action Failure (Within User Guide) Corrective Action Failure (Out of User Guide) Operation Failure (Within User Guide) Operation Failure (Out of User Guide) No recurrence during visit No recurrence after Power OFF/ON (Recurs during visit) No corresponding codes (Recurs during visit) Disturbance from surrounding machines
Area Code 9051 9052 9053 9054 8888 8889 888C 9040
Software Reinstallation/ Initialization (OFF/ON included) OS Firmware Application Device Driver Patch Software Others
Area Code 7060 7010 7020 7030 7070 7050 70B1
5.4 Adjustment/Consumables Area Codes 5-31
Chapter 6 General
Chapter 6 General
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
6.1 Specifications............................................................................................................6-4
6.1.1 Device Name/P Code/XJ Code/Product Code ....................................................................... 6-4 6.1.2 Dimensions and Weight.......................................................................................................... 6-4 6.1.3 Installation Space ................................................................................................................... 6-4 6.1.4 Printer System Configuration.................................................................................................. 6-5 6.1.4.1 Printer Overview ........................................................................................................... 6-5 6.1.4.2 IOT Functions Overview ............................................................................................... 6-6 6.1.4.3 Standard ESS Configuration ........................................................................................ 6-6 6.1.5 Optional List............................................................................................................................ 6-7 6.1.6 Engine Specifications ............................................................................................................. 6-8 6.1.6.1 Print Speed ................................................................................................................... 6-8 6.1.6.2 FPOT ............................................................................................................................ 6-9 6.1.6.3 Warm Up Time ............................................................................................................. 6-9 6.1.6.4 Resolution .................................................................................................................... 6-9 6.1.7 Paper Handling..................................................................................................................... 6-10 6.1.7.1 Paper Source ............................................................................................................. 6-10 6.1.7.2 Paper Output .............................................................................................................. 6-11 6.1.7.3 Duplex ........................................................................................................................ 6-11 6.1.7.4 Other Paper Handling ................................................................................................. 6-11 6.1.7.5 Auto Tray Switch ........................................................................................................ 6-11 6.1.7.6 Load While Run .......................................................................................................... 6-12 6.1.7.7 Loading Envelopes ..................................................................................................... 6-12 6.1.7.8 Summary of Restrictive Conditions ............................................................................ 6-12 6.1.8 Controller Specifications....................................................................................................... 6-15 6.1.8.1 External Interface ....................................................................................................... 6-15 6.1.8.2 Network Protocol ........................................................................................................ 6-16 6.1.8.3 Decomposer ............................................................................................................... 6-18 6.1.8.4 Job Control Function .................................................................................................. 6-18 6.1.8.5 Log Function ............................................................................................................... 6-19 6.1.8.6 3rd Party Mode ........................................................................................................... 6-20 6.1.8.7 Maintenance ............................................................................................................... 6-20 6.1.8.8 Power Saver ............................................................................................................... 6-21 6.1.8.9 Utility Print .................................................................................................................. 6-22 6.1.8.10 EWS ........................................................................................................................... 6-23 6.1.8.11 Status Messenger ...................................................................................................... 6-23 6.1.8.12 Multilingual Support .................................................................................................... 6-23 6.1.9 Software Specifications ........................................................................................................ 6-24 6.1.9.1 Firmware Update tool ................................................................................................. 6-24 6.1.9.2 Client Hardware .......................................................................................................... 6-24 6.1.9.3 Client OS .................................................................................................................... 6-24 6.1.9.4 Other Network OS ...................................................................................................... 6-25 6.1.9.5 Utility Software Support .............................................................................................. 6-25 6.1.9.6 3rd Party Software Support ........................................................................................ 6-25 6.1.10 Performance ......................................................................................................................... 6-26 6.1.10.1 Print Speed ................................................................................................................. 6-26 6.1.11 Electrical Properties.............................................................................................................. 6-28 6.1.11.1 Power Supply Operating Voltage/Frequency ............................................................. 6-28 6.1.11.2 Power Consumption ................................................................................................... 6-28 6.1.12 Noise .................................................................................................................................... 6-28 6.1.12.1 Single Unit .................................................................................................................. 6-28 6.1.12.2 Full System ................................................................................................................. 6-28
6.2 Tools and Service Consumables ............................................................................6-29 6.3 Consumables ..........................................................................................................6-29 6.4 Periodic Replacement Parts ...................................................................................6-29 6-1
Chapter 6 General
Table of Contents 6.5 Installing the Printer ................................................................................................6-30
6.5.1 Checking the Package Contents, Unpacking the Printer...................................................... 6-30 6.5.2 Installing the Optional Accessories....................................................................................... 6-31 6.5.2.1 Installing the Additional Memory ................................................................................ 6-31 6.5.2.2 Installing the Network Expansion Card ...................................................................... 6-32 6.5.3 Connecting the Power Cord to Switch On the Printer .......................................................... 6-33 6.5.4 Installing the Toner Cartridge ............................................................................................... 6-34 6.5.5 Installing the Drum Cartridge ................................................................................................ 6-36 6.5.6 Connecting the Interface Cable ............................................................................................ 6-37 6.5.7 Loading Paper ...................................................................................................................... 6-38 6.5.7.1 Loading Paper in the Bypass Tray ............................................................................. 6-38 6.5.7.2 Loading Paper in Paper Trays (Optional) ................................................................... 6-39 6.5.7.3 Using the Extension Output Tray ............................................................................... 6-40 6.5.8 Printing Reports/Lists ........................................................................................................... 6-40 6.5.8.1 Printing Example ........................................................................................................ 6-41
6.6 Setting the Printer Environment ..............................................................................6-42

6.6.1 Supported Environment........................................................................................................ 6-42 6.6.1.1 Supported OS and Environment ................................................................................ 6-42 6.6.2 Setting IP Address................................................................................................................ 6-43 6.6.2.1 Setting IP Address ...................................................................................................... 6-44 6.6.2.2 Setting Subnet Mask/Gateway Address ..................................................................... 6-44 6.6.3 Setting Printer Configurations via CentreWare Internet Services......................................... 6-45 6.6.3.1 Items that can be set on CentreWare Internet Services ............................................. 6-46 6.6.3.2 Using Online Help ...................................................................................................... 6-46 6.6.4 Installing the Print Driver. ..................................................................................................... 6-47 6.6.4.1 Installing the SimpleMonitor ....................................................................................... 6-47 6.6.4.2 Setting Configuration of Optional Accessories and Paper ......................................... 6-47 6.6.4.3 Uninstalling the Print Driver ........................................................................................ 6-47
6.7 Software Related Information .................................................................................6-48

6.7.1 List of Menu Items on the Control Panel .............................................................................. 6-48
6-2
Chapter 6 General
Table of Contents
6-3
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specifications
6.1
6.1.1
Specifications
Device Name/P Code/XJ Code/Product Code
Device Name DocuPrint C525 A (110V) DocuPrint C525 A (220V) P-726 P-726 P Code XJ Code XJ-NFK XJ-NFL Product Code TL300328 TL300329
6.1.2
Dimensions and Weight

Width (mm) 425 422 Depth (mm) 434 Height (mm) Weight (kg) 24.5 and below *
*1: Excluding consumables
6.1.3
Installation Space
For normal connection and operation of the machine, there should be sufficient space around the print engine during installation as shown in the figure below.
850 (250FDR + 500FDR)
ROS Cleaning Bar operating area
346 400
(424) (with A4 Cassette slid out)
100
(420)
251 300
6-4
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specifications 6.1.4 Printer System Configuration
(1) Host Computer Different computers may be connected to DocuPrint C525 A as a host computer. Point-to-point and network connections may be achieved at the same time. (2) ESS ESS interprets the print information (control code data, character code data, graphics data, image data etc.) sent from the host computer, converts it into video data and transfers it to the IOT. (3) IOT Video data received from the ESS is printed on paper. Printing speed is 25 ppm for B/W copies and 5 ppm for color copies. Laser Xerographic method with a resolution of 600dpi for A4 paper is adopted.
6.1.4.1 Printer Overview
Host Computer
IEEE1284 or USB 2.0
Network
ESS
IOT
Control Panel
Power
AC
6-5
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specifications
6.1.4.2 IOT Functions Overview
Configuration Recorder Details Color 5 ppm, B/W 25 ppm, A4, 600dpi 4-Cycle System using Intermediate Transfer Belt Chemical Toner, 2-element (Carrier and Toner) Trickle Development Black Toner Cartridge Yellow Toner Cartridge Magenta Toner Cartridge Cyan Toner Cartridge Drum/IBT Cartridge (with Waste Toner Bottle) Standard: MSI (200 sheets) Optional: The following options may be added - (1) 250 Sheet Feeder - (2) 500 Sheet Feeder Only the following 3 combinations are possible: Main Unit+(1), Main Unit+(2), Main Unit+(1)+(2) Optional: Duplex Unit Center Output Tray (250 sheets, Face Down) - LCD: 16 digits x 2 rows with white back light - 8 buttons - 3 LEDs: [Ready], [Error], [Power Saver]
Consumables
Paper Source
Duplex Paper Output Control Panel
6.1.4.3 Standard ESS Configuration

Item CPU Memory RM5231A/300MHz RAM: Standard 64MB, Maximum+512MB 144pin empty SO-DIMM slot ROM: 8MB (for Program) HDD: Not included Optional: Additional RAM (128/256/512MB) IEEE1284 USB2.0: High Speed capable, TypeB Connector Ethernet: 10Base-T/100Base-TX (TCP/IP (standard)) Network Expansion Card (optional) Expansion Slot: Yes Details
External Interface
6-6
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specifications 6.1.5 Optional List
Optional Product 250 Sheet Feeder 500 Sheet Feeder Duplex Unit Product Code/ Model EL300459 EL300460 EL300461 Yes Yes Yes No No No Yes No USB 2.0 compatible Serial No. Management Remarks Cassette included (x1) Cassette included (x1)
Expansion Memory (128MB) E3300053 Expansion Memory (256MB) E3300061 Expansion Memory (512MB) EL300452 Network Expansion Card USB Cable EL300462 -
The serial number of the main unit is stored as electronic information in the printer, but the serial numbers of the optional parts are not stored.
6-7
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specifications 6.1.6 Engine Specifications
6.1.6.1 Print Speed

Paper Type Plain and Bond (60-105gsm) Paper Size Letter Letter A4 A4 A5 A5 Legal-14 Legal-14 Heavyweight 1 (106-163gsm) Letter Letter A4 A4 A5 A5 Legal-14 Legal-14 Heavyweight 2 (164-216gsm) Letter Letter A4 A4 A5 A5 Legal-14 Legal-14 Transparency Letter Letter A4 A4 The values above do not include ProCon. Output Color Mono Color Mono Color Mono Color Mono Color Mono Color Mono Color Mono Color Mono Color Mono Color Mono Color Mono Color Mono Color Mono Color Mono Color Print Speed 25ppm and above 5ppm and above 25ppm and above 5ppm and above 25ppm and above 5ppm and above 20ppm and above 2.3ppm and above 25ppm and above 2.3ppm and above 25ppm and above 2.3ppm and above 25ppm and above 2.3ppm and above 20ppm and above 2.3ppm and above 4ppm and above 2.3ppm and above 4ppm and above 2.3ppm and above 4ppm and above 2.3ppm and above 4ppm and above 2.3ppm and above 4ppm and above 1.9ppm and above 4ppm and above 1.9ppm and above
6-8
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specifications
6.1.6.2 FPOT
Shows the FPOT (First Print Output Time) from the time when the engine receives a command from the Controller to print. The conditions at this time are as follows: The Controller does not make the engine wait The engine is in Standby mode (ROS Motor Off, Fuser Ready) Paper used is A4 SEF ProCon is excluded Output Color Mono MSI Optional 250 Sheet Feeder Optional 500 Sheet Feeder Color MSI Optional 250 Sheet Feeder Optional 500 Sheet Feeder Paper Source FPOT (sec) 8 sec or less 8 sec or less 8 sec or less 17 sec or less 17 sec or less 17 sec or less
The FPOT value is rounded off to the nearest 2 decimal places.
6.1.6.3 Warm Up Time

When a nominal voltage (100V, 200V) is applied, the engine goes into Standby mode within 37 seconds after the power is turned ON.
6.1.6.4 Resolution
Engine resolution is 600 x 600dpi multi-value (5bit/pixel).
6-9
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specifications 6.1.7 Paper Handling
The standard bypass tray is a standard equipment, while (1) the 250 Sheet Feeder and (2) 500 Sheet Feeder can be added optionally. The possible combinations are as follows: Main Unit+(1), Main Unit+(2), Main Unit+(1)+(2) Restrictions Do not place the 250 Sheet Feeder beneath the 500 Sheet Feeder Do not add two 250 Sheet Feeders Do not add two 500 Sheet Feeders The machine is equipped with a mechanism to detect the addition of the 250 and 500 Sheet Feeders (when the user makes a mistake during tray installation, the printer displays an error message and does not receive print commands). 1) Standard Bypass Tray Comes standard with a Bypass Tray. Paper Size A4, B5, A5, Letter, Executive, Legal-13/14 Postcard, Youkei 2, Youkei 3, Choukei 3 com-10, Monarch, DL, C5 Non-standard: Width 90mm-215.9mm, Length 139.7mm-355.6mm Plain (JPN)/Plain (US/EU)/Bond/Heavyweight 1/Heavyweight 2/Coated 1 Coated 2/Coated 3/Transparency/Labels (JPN)/Labels (US/EU)/Envelope/ Postcard Paper Weight 60gsm-216gsm 200 sheets or more for standard paper Paper Availability: Yes, Paper Size: No, Remaining Paper Amount: No
6.1.7.1 Paper Source
Paper Type
Quantity Sensor
Refer to 6.1.7.8 Summary of Restrictive Conditions for restrictions on drivers. 2) 250 Sheet Feeder Optional 250 Sheet Feeder can be installed. Paper Size Paper Type Quantity Sensor A4, B5, A5, Letter, Executive. No non-standard sizes. Plain (JPN)/Plain (US/EU)/Bond/Coated 250 sheets or more for standard paper Paper Availability: Yes, Paper Size: No, Remaining Paper Amount: No, Pull-out sensor: No
Refer to 6.1.7.8 Summary of Restrictive Conditions for restrictions on drivers. 3) 500 Sheet Feeder Optional 500 Sheet Feeder can be installed. Paper Size Paper Type Quantity Sensor A4, Letter. No non-standard sizes. Plain (JPN)/Plain (US/EU)/Bond/Coated 1 500 sheets or more for standard paper Paper Availability: Yes, Paper Size: No, Remaining Paper Amount: No, Pull-out sensor: No
Refer to 6.1.7.8 Summary of Restrictive Conditions for restrictions on drivers.
6-10
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specifications
6.1.7.2 Paper Output
1) Sensor Tray Uses the output tray at the center on top of the printer Main Unit. Paper Size Paper Type Quantity Sensor All paper sizes that can be fed All paper sizes that can be fed 250 sheets or more (X-Pression Letter/C2 A4 SEF) Full Stack: No
6.1.7.3 Duplex
1) Duplex Unit The specifications for Duplex Unit is shown below. Duplex Paper Size Duplex Paper Type A4, B5, Letter, Executive, Legal-13/14 (Not applicable to non-standard sizes) Plain (JPN)/Plain (US/EU)/Bond/Coated 1
6.1.7.4 Other Paper Handling

1) Paper Size/Paper Type settings for each tray from the Control Panel As the Bypass Tray, 250 Sheet Feeder and 500 Sheet Feeder do not auto detect the paper size/ paper type, the paper size and paper type can be set for each tray from the Control Panel of the printer. When paper is loaded in the Bypass Tray, the 250 Sheet Feeder cassette or the 500 Sheet Feeder cassette, a message will appear on the Control Panel to bring about the operation for the corresponding paper type and size set in the relevant tray. The previous settings for paper size and paper type would be considered first so that changes to the settings for the operation procedure will be minimal. There is, however, a mode where the message is not sent to the Control Panel. 2) Function for changing the Postcard paper type in the the printer main unit Postcard paper type will automatically be chosen if a Postcard type that is not supported is specified from an AP (MS Word etc) without setting in the printer driver. Postcard paper type will automatically be chosen when Postcard size is specified for a print job by specifying an unsupported paper type for Postcard size in the Control Panel. 3) Exception in handling when Postcard or Envelope is specified as the paper size from a driver When Postcard or Envelope is selected as the output paper size for the Bypass Tray, a warning will be displayed to the user, afterwhich the paper type will be changed to Postcard or Envelope. However, the user can reset the paper type.
6.1.7.5 Auto Tray Switch

If paper runs out during a print job specified as Auto feed by the user and paper of the same size and type is available in another tray, the printer will automatically switch to that tray and continue printing. * When the optional tray modules are installed
6-11
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specifications
6.1.7.6 Load While Run
The machine will continue printing when a tray not in use is pulled out. Therefore, the user can load paper in other trays during printing. (Enables Load While Run from the downstream tray module even when the upstream cassette has been removed.) * When the optional tray modules are installed
6.1.7.7 Loading Envelopes

The standard of loading is to open the flap and place the envelope in the MSI such that the flap is at the back in the feeding direction (the printing side facing up). However, if the width exceeds the possible feeding size for the above method, close the flap and do a SEF print. The combinations are as follows: Youkei 2, Youkei 3 LEF Flap open Choukei 3, C5 SEF Flap open C5 SEF Flap open Monarch, DL SEF Flap closed, LEF Flap open
6.1.7.8 Summary of Restrictive Conditions

The Restrictive Conditions relevant to Paper Handling are summarized in the following table. 1) Paper Size Restrictions Standard Bypass Tray O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O X X O X X X X X X X X X 250 Sheet Feeder X X O O X X X X X X X X X X X X 500 Sheet Feeder X O O O O O O X X X X X X X X X Duplex Unit O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O: OK X: NG Sensor Tray
Selected Paper Size A5 SEF B5 SEF A4 SEF Letter SEF Legal-13 SEF Legal-14 SEF Executive SEF Postcard SEF Youkei 2 LEF Youkei 3 LEF Choukei 3 SEF Com-10 SEF Monarch LEF/SEF C5 SEF DL LEF/SEF Custom Paper
6-12
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specifications
2) Paper Type Restrictions Driver Selected Paper Type Plain Plain (Side 2) Bond Bond (Side 2) Transparency Heavyweight 1 Heavyweight 1 (Side 2) Heavyweight 2 Heavyweight 2 (Side 2) Labels Coated 1 Coated 1 (Side 2) Coated 2 Coated 2 (Side 2) Coated 3 Coated 3 (Side 2) Postcard Postcard (Side 2) Envelope Standard Bypass Tray O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O X O X X X X X X X O X X X X X X X X 250 Sheet Feeder O X O X X X X X X X O X X X X X X X X 500 Sheet Feeder O X O X X X X X X X O X X X X X X X X Duplex Unit O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O: OK X: NG Sensor Tray
6-13
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specifications
When Postcard or Envelope is selected as the output paper size for the Bypass Tray, a warning will be displayed to the user, afterwhich the paper type will be changed to Postcard or Envelope. However, the user can reset the paper type. 3) Size-Type Restrictions Driver Selected Paper Type Plain Plain (Side 2) Bond Bond (Side 2) Transparency Heavyweight 1 Heavyweight 1 (Side 2) Heavyweight 2 Heavyweight 2 (Side 2) Labels Coated 1 Coated 1 (Side 2) Coated 2 Coated 2 (Side 2) Coated 3 Coated 3 (Side 2) Postcard Postcard (Side 2) Envelope X X X X X O O O O X X X O O O O X X V Envelope Size X X X X X O O O O X X X O O O O V O X V: Default O: OK X: NG Postcard
6-14
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specifications 6.1.8 Controller Specifications
1) USB Specifications Type B x1 Compliance with USB 2.0. High Speed capable Windows98*1/Me/2000/XP/2003 Server, USB standard device Mac OS X, USB standard device
6.1.8.1 External Interface
Item Connector Protocol Support Client
*1: Pre-requisite is that the patch provided by MS is applicable to Win98 (Not required for Win98SE) 2) IEEE1284 Specifications Centronics 36pin x1 Standard/nibble/ECP Windows98/Me/NT4.0/2000/XP/2003 Server, standard device
Item Connector Protocol Support Client 3) Ethernet
Item Connection Protocol Support Client
Specifications 10Base-T/100Base-TX Refer to 6.1.8.2 Network Protocol for details Windows98/Me/NT4.0/2000/XP/2003 Server, standard device Mac OS X, standard device Linux
6-15
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specifications
6.1.8.2 Network Protocol
1) Printing Protocol The Printing Protocol is shown below. Protocol LPD Transport TCP/IP Maximum No. of Sessions*2 1 Support Client Windows98/Me/NT4.0/2000/XP/ 2003 Server Linux Windows98 and ME are supported by DPU Windows98/Me/NT4.0/2000/XP/ 2003 Server Windows98 and ME are supported by DPU WinMe/2000/XP/2003 Server Windows98/Me/NT4.0/2000/XP/ 2003 Server Windows98/Me/NT4.0/2000 NetWare 3.12, 3.2 (NDS not supported NetWare 4.1, 4.11, 4.2, 5, 6, 6.5*3 Windows98/Me/NT4.0/2000/XP/ 2003 Server Linux
Port9100
TCP/IP
IPP *1 SMB*1
TCP/IP TCP/IP NetBEUI
5 5 5 1
NetWare (Pserver)*1 ftp
NCP/IPX
TCP/IP
*1: Optional Network Expansion Card required. *2: Maximum no. of sessions is defined as the number of commands that can be received at the same time. *3: NetWare 6.5 is applicable to SP1.1 or later.
6-16
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specifications
2) Other Protocol Transport TCP/IP IPX*1 Support [Supported MIB] MIB-II (RFC1213) HostResources MIB (RFC1514) Printer MIB (RFC1759) XCMI2.4 [Client] (Windows98/Me/NT4.0/2000/XP) Netscape Communicator 7.x or later Internet Explorer 6.0 or later Mac OS X 10.3 or later SAFARI 1.0 or later [Supported OS] DHCP Server Windows NT4.0 Server/2000 Server/2003 Server, Linux [Supported OS] Server Windows NT4.0 Server/2000 Server/2003 Server, Linux [Supported OS] Unix [Supported OS] Windows NT4.0 Server/2000 Server/2003 Server Status Messenger FirmWare Update
Protocol SNMP
http (EWS)
TCP/IP
DHCP
TCP/IP
TCP/IP bootp rarp AutoIP WINS* SMTP ftp

1
TCP/IP TCP/IP TCP/IP TCP/IP TCP/IP
*1: Optional Network Expansion Card required.
6-17
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specifications
6.1.8.3 Decomposer
1) PDL The PDL functions are shown in the table below. Interface/Protocol USB 1284 LPD Port9100 IPP SMB NetWare (Pserver) EtherTalk (A-PAP) ftp O: Supported *: When MPC is installed 2) Font Font 1 (Size 1) of Bitmap font is used for printing reports. 3) Image Area HBPL O O O O O* O* O* -
Sizes that can be Maximum Size: 215.9mm x 355.6mm used Non-printable conditions Printable Area Not printable within 4mm from all 4 edges For DL: Not printable within 6.1mm from left/right edges and 4mm from top/ bottom edges Maximum Size: 207.9mm x 347.6mm
Image Quality Same as Printable Area Guaranteed Area
6.1.8.4 Job Control Function

1) Canceling Printing A job in progress can be canceled (aborted) from the Control Panel. 2) Job Recovery When a paper jam causes a job to fail, the job will resume automatically when the jammed paper is removed. 3) Job Timeout When a pause occurs for a period of time (can be changed or indefinite) during a job transfer, the data transferred halfway will be aborted as an error. 4) IP Filter The IP Filter can be enabled or disable according to the IPs set. Up to 5 IPs can be set. However, the IP Filter can only be used for LPD and Port9100.
6-18
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specifications
6.1.8.5 Log Function
1) Job Log Function Keeps a job log up to a maximum of 22 items. A log is printed at the user's command or printed automatically when the maximum number of log files is reached. Log details are as follows: - Job Received Date/Time - Input Interface (USB, LPD, etc.) - Document Name (File Name) (Displays "." for 2byte) - Output Color - User Name/Host Name (Displays "." for 2byte) - No. of Sheets (Color/B/W) - No. of Pages (Color/B/W) - Paper Size - Result (Completed, Error, etc.) 2) Error Log Function Keeps a maximum of 42 items each for Jam History and Fatal Error History Log Print can be released from the Control Panel. Log details are as follows: Jam History - Total PV when jam occured - Name of Jam Fatal Error History - Total PV when error occured - Error Code 3) Print Counter Function Counts the number of completed prints (+1 for 1 Sided prints (including N-Up)) and +2 for 2 Sided prints (including N-Up)). +1 if an error occurs during a 2 Sided print after one side has been printed. Special Notes: - Carries out data storage or data check (checksum etc.) in more than one address within the same IC - The IC can be moved and changed when the ESS is being replaced (the IC socket is mounted) Counter Type Color Print Counter B/W Print Counter Total Print Counter Counter Details Counts the number of sheets for Color Print (7 digits) Counts the number of sheets for B/W Print (7 digits) Counts the total number of sheets for Color Print and B/W Print (7 digits)
6-19
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specifications
6.1.8.6 3rd Party Mode
There is a mode to disable the NearEmpty Warning for toner cartridge so that a refillable toner cartridge that has been refilled with toner after NearEmpty has occurred once can be used again. This printer counts the time taken to dispense the toner. If the dispense time exceeds the regular time taken, a NearEmpty Warning is given. Also, if toner concentration stops rising when printing is continued, it is considered that the toner life has expired. As this dispense time is recorded in the CRUM, the NearEmpty Warning will occur as usual if NearEmpty has occurred once on a refillable toner cartridge and the refilled cartridge is installed again. When this mode is set, the following are changed: When this mode is displayed, NearEnd Warning does not appear. Does not display the amount of remaining toner. (EWS, SimpleMonitor) Although the ProCon frequency is increased in the NearEnd status to guarantee print, the ProCon frequency is not increased in this mode. For this reason, although refillable toners are used, the ProCon frequency is increased when the toner is full to prevent problems such as toner spurting out. However, as the data in the CRUM is not saved and the required ProCon frequency is low when toner runs low, image quality guarantee is not applicable in this mode. In addition, the toners cannot be set separately for each individual color in this mode. * As toner Life End is detected by toner concentration, the machine is stopped in the same way as in Normal mode. * Only toner cartridges that can be used in Normal mode can be used in the 3rd Party Mode. For example, if a NEC toner cartridge is installed in a FX printer, there will be an error and operation does not start, as in a normal case. * For the drum, there is no operation that is specific to the 3rd Party Mode. * Unlike DocuPrint C2428, the life of the toner cartridge cannot be extended after toner Empty has occurred once even by setting to 3rd Party Mode because the toner cartridge is considered Empty in toner concentration. (Printing cannot be carried out unless the toner cartridge is replaced and the toner concentration recovered.)
6.1.8.7 Maintenance
1) Firmware Update User can update the ESS, NIC and MCU Firmware. Update can be done from a Windows PC with the dedicated utility. When the Firmware Update fails due to errors in rewriting, the update can be carried out using other means. (via USB, 1284) Applies To Windows via USB ESS NIC MCU Yes Yes Yes via 1284 Yes Yes Yes via Network Yes Yes Yes
2) Diagnostic Function There are 3 types of diagnostic functions as follows. 1) When power is connected, automatic diagnosis is carried out to check whether hardware such as ROM, RAM and ASIC is operating normally. 2) Manual diagnosis from the Control Panel for test items such as Code ROM Test, EEPROM Test and Control Panel Test can be carried out separately by specifying from the Control Panel.
6-20
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specifications
3) User Maintenance - Transfer Voltage Adjustment With improved response to environmental changes, the offset value of the 2nd transfer voltage can be adjusted. Paper Type Plain Bond Heavyweight 1 Heavyweight 2 Coated 1 Coated 2 Coated 3 Postcard Transparency Label Envelope Setting Range 0-15 0-15 0-15 0-15 0-15 0-15 0-15 0-15 0-15 0-15 0-15 Default 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Common for local/overseas Remarks Common for local/overseas
6.1.8.8 Power Saver

1) Power Saver Modes The printer has 2 Power Saver modes to reduce power consumption when it is left idle. When no print data is received for a period of time, the printer will enter the Power Saver mode. The switch to Low Power mode cannot be prohibited. (Cannot be disabled) The switch to Deep Sleep mode can be enabled or disabled. * The function is the same when installing the optional Network Expansion Card. Mode Low Power mode Deep Sleep mode Power Saver Details Fusing: Paused, Exposure: Paused, Recording: Paused Fusing: Paused, Exposure: Paused, Recording: Paused, etc. Default Enabled only Enabled
2) Power Saver Mode Timer The time between Standby mode and Low Power mode and the time between Lower Power mode and Deep Sleep mode can be specified. Mode Standby mode to Low Power mode Low Power mode to Deep Sleep mode Specifying Switch Time Specify between 1-60min in increments of 1min Specify between 1-120min in increments of 1min Default 3min 5min
3) Resume from Power Saver mode Printer returns to Normal mode when a print job is received or any button on the Control Panel is pressed in Low Power mode. Printer returns to Normal mode when a print job is received or the Power Saver button on the Control Panel is pressed in Deep Sleep mode.
6-21
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specifications
6.1.8.9 Utility Print
1) Printer Settings Printer Settings can be printed at user's command. Prints B/W on A4 by selecting Auto Tray. The content of Printer Settings is as follows: [Title] Product Name (Log) [General] Memory Capacity, ESS Version, IOT Version, Boot Version, Color Print Volume, Black Print Volume, Total Print Volume, Default Paper Size, Default Plain, Default Label [Network] NIC Version, MAC Address, 10 or 100 base & half or full TCP/IP: TCP/IP Settings (Panel or DHCP), IP Address, Subnet Mask, Gateway Address, IP Filter (Off or On) Other available protocol [Printer Options] Availability of Network Expansion Card (that version if available) Shows the trays that can be used as Feeder Tray (Tray 1, Tray 2, MSI) Availability of Duplex Unit 250 Sheet Feeder 500 Sheet Feeder [Print Volume] Print Volume by paper size 2) Printing the Panel Settings User can print the settings set in the Control Panel (refer to Section 6.7 Software Related Information). Prints B/W on A4 by selecting Auto Tray. 3) Printing the Job Log Job Log can be printed instantly as specified by user or set to print automatically. Prints B/W on A4 by selecting Auto Tray. 4) Printing the Error Log User can print the content of the Error Log. Prints the Paper Jam History and Fatal Error History in B/W on A4 by selecting Auto Tray.
6-22
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specifications
6.1.8.10 EWS
The website in the main unit or the optional Network Expansion Card can be accessed in a generalpurpose web browser. UI corresponds to 7thGen under FX specifications. Items include Printer Status display, Job History display, Network Parameter settings/display functions.
6.1.8.11 Status Messenger

The printer has a function that sends a notification E-mail to the preset address to inform of any phenomenon that has occurred. "Contact Person" and "Location" are also included in the E-mail. Japanese and English only The notification to be sent can be chosen from Warning/Caution/Others. The printer status can also be acquired.
6.1.8.12 Multilingual Support

Multilingual support for each function is shown in the table below. Function Report/List Control Panel Display EWS Status Messenger FX English Japanese and English (switch) Japanese and English (switch) Japanese and English (switch) AP <English English, TC, SC, K English
6-23
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specifications 6.1.9 Software Specifications
This tool operates in a Windows environment. This tool operates with USB, 1284 and Port9100. Tool Name: FWDL tool
6.1.9.1 Firmware Update tool
6.1.9.2 Client Hardware

Hardware PC/AT Guaranteed Conditions Pentium II 400Hz or higher Operation is guaranteed with Windows98, Me, NT4.0, 2000, XP or 2003 Server. Operation is guaranteed with Mac OS X. Remarks This is not a guarantee for performance.
Macintosh
6.1.9.3 Client OS
The Client OS supported for each software is shown in the table below. Software Driver Supported Client OS - Windows 2000/XP/2003 Server Post Launch - Windows98/Me/NT4.0 - Mac OS X 10.3~ - Linux Status Monitor - Windows 2000/XP/2003 Server Post Launch - Windows98/Me/NT4.0 Installer (Win) - Windows 2000/XP/2003 Server Post Launch - Windows98/Me/NT4.0 Installer (Mac) Installer (Linux (RPM)) Firmware Update tool Post Launch - Mac OS X 10.3~ Post Launch Linux - Windows98/Me/NT4.0/2000/XP/2003 Server)
6-24
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specifications
6.1.9.4 Other Network OS
None
6.1.9.5 Utility Software Support

To be applicable to DocuHouse.
6.1.9.6 3rd Party Software Support

1) 2) 3) 4) Cooperation with MetaFrame Applicable to PUMF Cooperation with InterStage (Old SystemWalker) Not applicable. Cooperation with Hitachi JP1 Not applicable. SAP R3 Device Type Application Not applicable.
6-25
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specifications 6.1.10 Performance
6.1.10.1 Print Speed
1) PC Conditions/Print Driver Settings When there is no special notice, the OS/application software will use the latest patch by default. - PC Conditions Item PC Connection Interface OS Application Software Print Driver Settings Conditions Win: Default Default Conditions PC/WinXP: Pentium 4/2.4GHz, 256MB PC/WinXP: Ethernet (Sizeless LPR)/USB 2.0 WinXP Win: MS-Office XP
Item Driver Settings Printer Settings
2) First Print Output Time (FPOT) The table below shows the time from receiving a print command on the print driver to the time when the print is output to the Output Tray. ProCon, however, is excluded. OS XP XP Measurement Paper Chart J6 J4 A4 SEF A4 SEF Paper Type Plain Plain Paper Source Bypass Tray Bypass Tray Color Color B/W FPOT sec or less 12sec or less
IMPORTANT
This value is the average of 5 measurements excluding the highest and lowest values, rounded off to the nearest 2 decimal places.
6-26
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specifications
3) Continuous print speed for different document modes. The table below shows the continuous print speed for different documents. ProCon, however, is excluded. OS XP XP XP XP Measurement Paper Chart J11 J11 J11 J11 A4 SEF A4 SEF A4 SEF A4 SEF Paper Type Plain Plain Plain Plain Paper Source Bypass Tray Bypass Tray Bypass Tray Bypass Tray Color Color B/W Color B/W 1 or 2 Sided 1 Sided 1 Sided 2 Sided 2 Sided Average Print Speed 152sec or less 48sec or less 165sec or less 65sec or less
IMPORTANT REFERENCE
This value is the average of 5 measurements excluding the highest and lowest values, rounded off to the nearest 2 decimal places. MS-Office 2000 Color 1 Sided 150sec or less; B/W 1 Sided 45sec or less
4) Warm Up Time The Warm Up time of the whole printer including the controller is defined as the time from power ON to when the printer is online (this is the state where printing from USB or IEEE1284 becomes possible. Ping will be established for Ethernet after the IP address is fixed. The Warm Up time is within 39sec. (This excludes the Color Regi Adjustment process)
6-27
Chapter 6 General
6.1 Specifications 6.1.11 Electrical Properties
Follows the regional standards shown below.
6.1.11.1 Power Supply Operating Voltage/Frequency

Item Phase Power Supply Frequency Current Capacity Specifications Two wire line single phase AC100V10%, AC110-127V10%, AC220-240V10% 50Hz3Hz / 60Hz3Hz 100V system 8.5A and below, 120V system 7.0A and below, 200V system 4.0A and below
6.1.11.2 Power Consumption

Mode 100V Low Power Deep Sleep Standby Color Continuous Print*1 B/W Continuous Print*1 Maximum rating value*1 17W and below 7W and below 60W and below 220W and below 280W and below 840W and below Power Consumption 110V 17W and below 7W and below 60W and below 220W and below 280W and below 880W and below 220V 20W and below 9W and below 72W and below 220W and below 290W and below 910W and below Reference value Reference value Reference value Complies with International Energy Star Remarks
*1: During full option configuration
6.1.12 Noise
6.1.12.1 Single Unit
Power Level (B) Standby Print Noise (Standard: less than or equal to 4.0) Less than or equal to 6.33 (Standard: 6.30) Less than or equal to 7.05 (Standard: 6.6) Impulse Power Level (B)
6.1.12.2 Full System

Power Level (B) Standby Print Noise (Standard: less than or equal to 4.0) Less than or equal to 6.80 (Standard: 6.80) Less than or equal to 7.66 (Standard: 7.1) Impulse Power Level (B)
6-28
Chapter 6 General
6.2 Tools and Service Consumables
6.2
Tools and Service Consumables

Basic Tool
6.3
Consumables
Consumables Product Code (Different Destinations) CT200649 CT200652 CT200651 CT200650 CT350380 Life Remarks
Black Toner Cartridge Yellow Toner Cartridge Magenta Toner Cartridge Cyan Toner Cartridge Drum/IBT Cartridge (with Waste Toner Bottle)
4KPV*1 4KPV*1 4KPV*1 4KPV*1 14KPV *2
CRUM equipped CRUM equipped CRUM equipped CRUM equipped CRUM equipped
*1: Conditions are Color: Mono=2:1, and Image Coverage=5% for each B(50) *2: Conditions are Color: Mono=2:1, Image Coverage=5% for each, Run Length=2
6.4
Periodic Replacement Parts

Periodic Replacement Parts Fuser Unit *2 Deve ASSY K *3 Deve ASSY Y *4 Deve ASSY M *4 Deve ASSY C *4 2nd BTR ASSY *2 Life (Life Warning Interval) 100KPV*1(99KPV) 100KPV (99KPV) 67KPV (66KPV) 67KPV (66KPV) 67KPV (66KPV) 100KPV*1 (99KPV) 1,650K MagRoll ON Time B (10), without CRUM; 2,475K MagRoll ON Time Remarks B (50), without CRUM
*1: Conditions are Color: Mono=2:1, Image Coverage=5% for each, Run Length=2 *2: Replace the Fuser and the 2nd BTR at the same time (whichever needs to be replaced earlier) *3: Replace Deve-K independently *4: Replace Deve-Y, M and C at the same time (replace when whichever's life has expired)
6-29
Chapter 6 General
6.5 Installing the Printer
6.5
6.5.1
Installing the Printer

Checking the Package Contents, Unpacking the Printer
1) Check that all items in the packaging box are available.
NOTE
Retain the packaging material and box for future use if there is a possiblilty that the printer will be moved over long distances.
- This printer - Drum Cartridge - 4x Toner Cartridge ([K]: 4K, [Y] [M] [C]: 1.5K) - Power cord - Setup and Quick Reference Guide - CentreWare CD-ROM - Control Panel Sheet 2) Remove the printer from its packaging material, and move it to its installation location. Ensure that the installation location is equipped with the following conditions or conditions stated in "For Installation & Relocation" (P. 8). Temperature range 10 - 32 degrees Celsius, humidity range 15 - 85% (no condensation). Humidity should be 70% or below at 32 degrees Celsius, and temperature should be at 28 degrees Celsius or below at 85% humidity. Do not expose the machine to direct sunlight. Do not expose the printer to the direct draft of an air-conditioner or heater. Sudden temperature fluctuations can affect print quality. Rapid heating of a cold room or moving the printer from a location with low humidity/temperature to high humidity/temperature can cause condensation inside the printer, directly interfering with image transfer. When condensation occurs, refer to "Problems With the Printer" (P. 37). When you use the printer with the bypass tray opened, do not locate the printer in direct sunlight. Doing so may cause a malfunction or unnatural screen image. When the printer is first taken out of the packaging box, the cover of the printer is taped. Remove the tape. Open the front cover and remove the spacer. Then, close the front cover.
NOTE
3) 4)
6-30
Chapter 6 General
6.5 Installing the Printer 6.5.2 Installing the Optional Accessories
If you have bought optional 250/500 Sheet Feeder or Duplex Unit, install them according to the manual bundled with each of the optional accessory. This section describes how to install the additional memory and network expansion card.
WARNING Never open or remove machine covers that are secured with screws
unless specifically instructed in the manual. A high voltage component can cause electric shock. Do not try to alter the machine configuration, or modify any parts. An unauthorized modification can cause smoke or fire.
CAUTION
Switch OFF the machine before connecting the interface cable or optional product. Connecting the cable or optional product with a live machine can cause electric shock.
6.5.2.1 Installing the Additional Memory

There are three types of additional memory for this printer, 128 MB, 256 MB and 512 MB. When an additional memory is installed, the total memory capacity becomes 192/320/576 MB respectively.
IMPORTANT
Do not touch the terminal area of the addition memory. Do not bend or damage the additional memory. Be sure to touch a metal surface to eliminate static electricity before touching the additional memory with your bare hands. To add more memory when the printer is in use, you need to configure the memory capacity in the print driver. For details, refer to the Online Help for the print driver.
1)
Pull the cover on the left side of the printer forward by hooking your finger on the notch to remove the cover.
2)
Hold the additional memory so the notch is aligned with the protrusion on the slot, and insert the additional memory into the slot firmly.
NOTE
Insert the additional memory firmly by pushing it from the top.
When you install a network expansion card, skip the next step and proceed to Step 2 in the next section. 3) Reattach the cover on the left side of the printer to the printer.
6-31
Chapter 6 General
6.5.2.2 Installing the Network Expansion Card
1) Pull the cover on the left side of the printer forward by hooking your finger on the notch to remove the cover.
2)
Hold the network expansion card so its connector is toward the connector of the printer, and insert the connector into the slot on the left side of the printer.
NOTE
3)
Insert the network expansion card firmly by pushing it from the top.
Tighten the two screws supplied with the network expansion card on the back side of the printer.
4)
Reattach the cover on the left side of the printer to the printer.
6-32
Chapter 6 General
6.5 Installing the Printer 6.5.3 Connecting the Power Cord to Switch On the Printer
You can load the paper or install the Toner Cartridge and Drum Cartridge into this printer while the printer is switched on. When connecting the power cord, keep in mind the warning and caution items stated in "For Power & Earth Connection" (P. 9). 1) Connect the power cord to the power cord connector at the back of the printer.
2) 3)
Connect the other end of the power cord to the power outlet. Press the power switch of the printer to the [ | ] position. The Toner Cartridge carrier rotates and then stops. The "Load Black Cartridge" message is displayed on the Control Panel.
6-33
Chapter 6 General
6.5 Installing the Printer 6.5.4 Installing the Toner Cartridge
WARNING IMPORTANT
1) Never throw a toner cartridge into an open flame. It can cause an explosion and you can get burnt. Although the toner is not harmful to your body, wash it off immediately if your hands or clothes are stained with it.
After confirming the "Load XXXX (the color of the toner) Cartridge" message on the Control Panel, open the front cover.
2)
Hold the tape and gently pull it forward to remove the protective cover.
IMPORTANT
The protective cover is attached to each toner cartridge slot at the factory. You only have to remove the cover from each toner cartridge slot the first time that you install the toner.
3)
Take the Toner Cartridge out of the box, and gently shake it several times as shown in the diagram to distribute the toner evenly.
6-34
Chapter 6 General
4) Remove the top part of the seal from the Toner Cartridge and pull the seal straight off, keeping it parallel with the Toner Cartridge.
5)
When pulling out the seal, pull it out horizontally. The tape might break if it is pulled out diagonally. After the seal has been pulled out, do not shake or bump the Toner Cartridge. Insert the Toner Cartridge by facing the label on the cartridge to the front and aligning it with the arrows on the printer.
IMPORTANT
IMPORTANT
6) mark.
Do not touch any parts inside the printer. mark to the mark nex to the
Push down the lever on the right of the Toner Cartridge to turn
7)
Close the front cover. The Toner Cartridge carrier rotates to the next empty slot.
IMPORTANT
8)
Make sure the Toner Cartridge is installed correctly. Otherwise, the front cover cannot close firmly.
Repeat Steps 1 through 7 until all cartridges are installed.
6-35
Chapter 6 General
6.5 Installing the Printer 6.5.5 Installing the Drum Cartridge
WARNING
1) Never throw a Drum Cartridge into an open flame. It can cause an explosion and you can get burnt.
When the "Load Drum Cartridge" message is displayed on the Control Panel, open the front cover. Then lift and push back the top cover.
IMPORTANT
If the optional Duplex Unit is installed, first open the unit D then the top cover.
2)
Take the Drum Cartridge out of the packaging box, and then remove the protective sheet.
IMPORTANT
Hold the Drum Cartridge by the handle. Do not touch the surface of the drum (blue colored part). Also, never allow any material to hit or rub the surface of the drum. Do not expose the Drum Cartridge to direct sunlight or strong light. To ensure good print quality, always keep the Drum Cartridge level when handling it.
Handle
3)
To insert the Drum Cartridge, push up the lever on the right side of the printer. With the lever in the upright position, hold the Drum Cartridge by the handle, align the arrows on the Drum Cartridge with the corresponding arrows on the printer and guide the cartridge in until it snaps into place.
6-36
Chapter 6 General
4) Pull down the lever on the right to lock the Drum Cartridge in place. Close the top cover, then close the front cover.
NOTE IMPORTANT
When the unit D has been opened as in Step 1, close it. After installing the Drum Cartridge, the printer makes an adjustment for about 1 to 2 minutes. Do not switch off the printer during this time.
6.5.6
Connecting the Interface Cable

Connect the interface cable to be used to the printer. Connect the USB cable only after the print driver has been installed on the computer. 1) Connect the interface cable to the interface connector at the back of the printer.
Parallel USB
Network
2)
Connect the other end of the cable to the computer or a LAN drop or hub.
6-37
Chapter 6 General
6.5 Installing the Printer 6.5.7 Loading Paper
This section explains how to load A4 size plain paper in the portrait orientation in the paper tray.
Paper feed direction
NOTE REFERENCE
Load the paper into this printer while the printer is switched ON. Paper type and size that can be loaded: "About Paper" (P. 28).
6.5.7.1 Loading Paper in the Bypass Tray

1) Gently pull open the bypass tray cover.
IMPORTANT
2)
Do not apply excessive force to the bypass tray cover when you open or close it as doing so may damage the machine.
Slide the paper guide to the edge of the tray while pinching the knob on the right paper guide. The paper guides should be fully extended.
3)
Insert the paper into the bypass tray with the side to be printed facing up and with all four corners aligned. Slide the right paper guide until they rest lightly against the edge of the paper stack.
Maximum fill line
4)
Align the paper guides with the paper width correctly. Be careful not to bend the paper. Do not load paper exceeding the maximum fill line or the maximum capacity allowed. Close the bypass tray cover.
IMPORTANT
NOTE
When you print on paper fed from the bypass tray, set the paper size and type in the print driver.
6-38
Chapter 6 General
6.5.7.2 Loading Paper in Paper Trays (Optional)
1) Remove the paper tray from this printer.
2)
Slide the width guides to the edge of the tray. Squeeze the length guide and slide it to the desired paper size.
3)
Load the paper with the side to be printed facing up and with all four corners aligned. Slide the width guides until they rest lightly against the edge of the paper stack.
Maximum fill line
4) 5)
Do not load paper exceeding the maximum fill line or the maximum capacity allowed. Align the width guides with the paper width correctly. If the width guides are not in place, the paper will not be properly fed and this may cause paper jams. Push the paper tray completely into the printer. Set the paper size and type according to the message displayed on the Control Panel.
IMPORTANT
NOTE
When you set the paper size and type on the Control Panel, press the [ ] or [ ] button to select the item, then press the [Eject/Set] button to determine the selection. For details, refer to "6 List of Menu Items on the Control Panel" (P. 32).
6-39
Chapter 6 General
6.5.7.3 Using the Extension Output Tray
Before printing a document, pull out the extension output tray. The extension output tray is designed to prevent paper from falling from the printer after the print job is complete. If the extension output tray is still not long enough for the paper you are loading, pull the extension output tray further.
6.5.8
Printing Reports/Lists
To check whether the printer is correctly installed, use the Control Panel to print the reports/lists. Print the [Printer Settings] to check whether optional accessories have been correctly installed. Print the [Panel Settings] to check paper size and type for each tray.
NOTE
If you have made a mistake when operating the Control Panel, press the [Menu] button to restart. For details on how to operate the Control Panel, refer to "6 List of Menu Items on the Control Panel" (P. 32). When you have installed 250 sheet/500 Sheet Feeder (optional), load A4 size paper in Tray 1 to print reports/lists.
IMPORTANT
1) 2) 3)
Press the [Menu] button to display the Menu screen. Press the [ ] or [ ] button until [Report/List] is displayed, then press the [ ] or [Eject/Set] button. Press the [ ] or [ ] button until [Printer Settings] or [Panel Settings] is displayed, then press the [Eject/Set] button. The specified report/list will be printed.
6-40
Chapter 6 General
6.5.8.1 Printing Example
This section introduces an example of [Printer Settings].
NOTE
The layout of the reports/lists may be different depending on the configuration and settings of the printer.
Check the installed optional accessories here.
6-41
Chapter 6 General
6.6 Setting the Printer Environment
6.6
6.6.1
Setting the Printer Environment

Supported Environment
This printer can be used as a local printer when connected to a computer directly by interface cable or as a network printer via a network.
6.6.1.1 Supported OS and Environment IMPORTANT

Supported OS are subject to change without prior notice. Refer to our company's web site.
Local Parallel USB LPD NetWare*1 Network SMB*1*2 Net BEUI O IPP*1*3 Port 9100 TCP/IP O O O
Connection Port
Protocol Windows 2000 OS Windows XP Windows ServerTM 2003 *1: *2: *3: *4:
O O O
O*4 O*4 O*4
TCP/IP O O O
IPX/SPX O O O
TCP/IP O O O
TCP/IP O O O
Network expansion card (optional) is required. Used when printing via Windows network. Used when printing via the internet. Connected computer must have USB port.
IMPORTANT
To use this printer as a network printer, refer to the CD-ROM Documentation (HTML) in the CentreWare CD-ROM to configure the network environment settings.
6-42
Chapter 6 General
6.6 Setting the Printer Environment 6.6.2 Setting IP Address
When the printer is connected to the network, it retrieves the IP address automatically from the DHCP server once it is switched on. If the DHCP server is not available or not in use, use one of the following methods to retrieve and set the IP address. Set the IP address from the Control Panel. Use the IP Address Setting Tool in the CentreWare CD-ROM bundled with this printer.
IMPORTANT
When using the DHCP server, the IP address may be changed so you need to check the IP address on a regular basis. When using the DHCP server in the WINS (Windows Internet Name Service) environment, the network expansion card is required. The address information can also be retrieved automatically via the BOOTP or RARP servers. For such cases, change the [Get IP Address] selection on the Control Panel to [BOOTP] or [RARP]. The IP address is controlled by the whole network system. Setting an incorrect IP address may have an adverse effect on the whole network system. Please check with your network administrator if you have any questions concerning your network environment. Details on retrieving IP address: User Guide 4.2 "Description of Menu Items" IP Address Setting Tool: CD-ROM Documentation (HTML) in the CentreWare CD-ROM CentreWare Internet Services: "Setting Printer Configurations via CentreWare Internet Services" (P. 45) You can change the IP address using the CentreWare Internet Services. You can check the current IP address, subnet mask and gateway address settings from the [Printer Settings]. Refer to "Printing Reports/Lists" (P. 40) on how to print the [Printer Settings].
REFERENCE
NOTE
This section explains how to set the IP address from the Control Panel.
NOTE
If you have made a mistake when operating the Control Panel, press the [Menu] button to restart.
6-43
Chapter 6 General
6.6.2.1 Setting IP Address
1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) Press the [Menu] button to display the Menu screen. Press the [ ] or [ ] button until [Admin Menu] is displayed, then press the [ ] or [Eject/Set] button. Check that [Network Settings] is displayed, then press the [ ] or [Eject/Set] button. Press the [ ] or [ ] button until [TCP/IP] is displayed, then press the [ ] or [Eject/Set] button. Check that [Get IP Address] is displayed, then press the [ ] or [Eject/Set] button. Press the [ ] or [ ] button until [Panel] is displayed, then press the [Eject/Set] button. After "Reboot to apply settings" is displayed for 3 seconds, return to the setting screen. After you complete setting the gateway address, switch ON the printer. Then continue. Press the [ ] button to return to [Get IP Address]. Press the [ ] to display [IP Address], then press the [ ] or [Eject/Set] button.
10) Press the [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] buttons to enter the IP address, then press the [Eject/Set] button. 11) To set the subnet mask and gateway address, press the [ ] button and proceed to "Setting Subnet Mask/Gateway Address".
6.6.2.2 Setting Subnet Mask/Gateway Address NOTE

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) When "Ready to Print" is displayed, follow Steps 1 to 4 in the previous section before proceeding to the next procedure.
When [IP Address] is displayed, press the [ ] or [ ] button to display [Subnet Mask], then press the [ ] or [Eject/Set] button. Press the [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] buttons to enter the subnet mask, then press the [Eject/Set] button. Press the [ ] button to return to [Subnet Mask]. Press the [ ] or [ ] button until [Gateway Address] is displayed, then press the [ ] or [Eject/Set] button. Press the [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] buttons to enter the gateway address, then press the [Eject/Set] button. Switch OFF the printer and then switch it ON again.
6-44
Chapter 6 General
6.6 Setting the Printer Environment 6.6.3 Setting Printer Configurations via CentreWare Internet Services
CentreWare Internet Services are services that allow the user to make use of a web browser in a TCP/IP-enabled environment to display the printer or job printing status and to change the settings. Settings for the system and network ports can be configured under the [Properties] tab of this service.
NOTE
CentreWare Internet Services is not available when the printer is used as a local printer. Refer to the User Guide 6.3 "Checking/Managing the Printer Status on a Web Browser" when the CentreWare Internet Services screen does not appear after following the procedures below.
1) 2)
Boot up the computer, and start the web browser. Enter the printers IP address or URL in the address input column of the web browser and press the [Enter] key. - Entering IP address
- Entering URL
The top page of CentreWare Internet Services appears.
6-45
Chapter 6 General
6.6.3.1 Items that can be set on CentreWare Internet Services
Main features that can be set in each tab of the CentreWare Internet Services are as follows.
Tab Jobs Status Displays the Job list and Job History list. [General] Displays the printer product name, IP address, and status of the printer. [Printer Status] Displays the sizes of paper loaded in the paper trays and the amount remaining, output tray status, remaining status of consumables. [Fault Status] Displays the status of the Control Panel, location of the error and contents of the Fault Status. [Machine Details] Displays the [Product Name] and [Serial Number]. You can also configure the [Name]*, [Location]*, [Contact Person]* and [Administrator E-mail Address]*. [Configuration] Displays the printers specifications, Page Description Language (PDL), and information about the memory. [Billing Meter] Displays the total number of output pages and the number of output pages after turning on the printer of output pages. [Initialization] Initialize NV memory and restart printer. [Internet Services Settings]* Allows you to configure the intervals of the update by the second and whether the display of the CentreWare Internet Services is updated automatically using the browser. Allows you to configure the administrators name and password and whether the administrator mode is to be used in CentreWare Internet Services. The default administrators name and password are "admin" and "x-admin" respectively. Be sure to change the default password. [Port Status] Allows you to activate or deactivate the ports. [Port settings] Allows you to configure Ethernet settings. [Protocol Settings]* Allows you to configure detailed settings for each protocol. Displays the support information. This is linked to our company's web site. Main features
Properties
Support
*: These items can be configured only on CentreWare Internet Services. They cannot be set on the Control Panel.
6.6.3.2 Using Online Help

For details regarding the items that can be set in each tab, click the [Help] button to display the Online Help.
NOTE
When you click the [Help] button, the online manual on our companys web site is displayed.
6-46
Chapter 6 General
6.6 Setting the Printer Environment 6.6.4 Installing the Print Driver.
To print from the computer, install the print driver and other reguired software. The print driver is software that converts print data and instructions from the computer to data that can be interpreted by this printer. Depending on the environment being used, the required software and its installation procedure may be different. Refer to the CD-ROM Documentation (HTML) in the CentreWare CD-ROM bundled with this printer to install each software.
6.6.4.1 Installing the SimpleMonitor

SimpleMonitor is a tool that allows you to check the print job you sent and printer status on a computer, when you use this printer as a local printer. Allows you to check the sizes of paper loaded in the paper trays and their remaining amount, output tray status, remaining status of consumables. Refer to the CD-ROM Documentation (HTML) in the CentreWare CD-ROM for the installation procedure.
6.6.4.2 Setting Configuration of Optional Accessories and Paper

When installation of the print driver is completed, set the configuration of the optional accessories, and type and size of the paper loaded in the paper trays on the [Options] tab in the print driver. For details on the way of setting, refer to the Online Help for the print driver or User Guide 1.5 "Display Optional Accessory Configuration and Paper Tray Settings". Display the [Options] tab by the following procedure. The procedure here explains with Windows XP as an example. 1) 2) 3) From the [Start] menu, click [Printers and Faxes]. Click the icon of this printer, and then select [Properties] from the [File] menu. Click the [Options] tab.
6.6.4.3 Uninstalling the Print Driver

The print driver for Windows can be uninstalled by using the uninstall tool of the print driver in the CentreWare CD-ROM bundled with this printer. For details, refer to the CD-ROM Documentation (HTML) in the CentreWare CD-ROM for the uninstall tool.
NOTE
To uninstall another software of Fuji Xerox, refer to the ReadMe files for each software in the product information (HTML) on the CentreWare CD-ROM.
6-47
Chapter 6 General
6.7 Software Related Information
6.7
6.7.1
Software Related Information

List of Menu Items on the Control Panel
For details on how to operate the Control Panel, refer to the User Guide 4 Setting on the Control Panel. Main operations and buttons on the Control Panel
Display/Close the Menu screen Switch between the menu levels [Menu] button [ ] button (moves one level downwards) or [ level upwards) [ ] button (displays the next menu) or [ menu or item) [ ] button (moves to the right) or [ ] button (displays one
Switch between menu or items in the same level Move the cursor (_) of the setting value to the right or left Confirm setting Reset settings to default value
] button (displays the next
] button (moves to the left)
[Eject/Set] button Press [ ] and [ ] button at the same time
NOTE
Indicates items that can be set when optional accessories are installed. (1): Network expansion card (2): 250 Sheet Feeder or 500 Sheet Feeder * Indicates default value.
Continued on next page
6-48
Chapter 6 General
6.7 Software Related Information
Continued from previous page
6-49
Chapter 7 Wiring Data

Table of Contents
Table of Contents
7.1 Connectors [P (Plug) / J (Jack)] ................................................................................7-2
7.1.1 P/J List.................................................................................................................................... 7-2
7.2 P/J Layout .................................................................................................................7-5 7.3 Connection Chart ....................................................................................................7-12

7.3.1 7.3.2 Symbols in Overall Connection Chart................................................................................... 7-12 Overall Connection Chart ..................................................................................................... 7-13
7.4 Connection Charts Between Parts..........................................................................7-14

7.4.1 Notes on using the Connection Charts Between Parts ........................................................ 7-14 7.4.2 Organization of the Connection Charts Between Parts ........................................................ 7-16 1 DC POWER SUPPLY ................................................................................................................... 7-18 2 MSI & REGI .................................................................................................................................. 7-20 3 FEEDER (500) .............................................................................................................................. 7-22 4 ROS .............................................................................................................................................. 7-24 5 XEROGRAPHIC ........................................................................................................................... 7-26 6 HIGH VOLTAGE ........................................................................................................................... 7-28 7 DEVELOPER ................................................................................................................................ 7-30 8 2nd BTR ........................................................................................................................................ 7-32 9 FUSER .......................................................................................................................................... 7-34 10 CONTROLLER ........................................................................................................................... 7-36 11 DUPLEX ...................................................................................................................................... 7-38
7-1

7.1 Connectors [P (Plug) / J (Jack)]
7.1
7.1.1
Connectors [P (Plug) / J (Jack)]

P/J List IOT
P/J 1 2 3 29 70 71 72 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 111 112 113 114 116 117 126 128 200 201 202 203 204 220 400 401 403 404 405 Coordinates Remarks G-156 Connection between the PWBA FUSER CONT and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN G-156 Connection between the PWBA FUSER CONT and the HARNESS ASSY AC Connection between the PWBA FUSER CONT and the HARNESS ASSY G-157 MCU C/L H-154 Connection between the PWBA ESS and the HARNESS ASSY PANEL H-154 Connection between the PWBA ESS and the FFC-ASSY ESS H-155 Connection between the PWBA ESS and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN H-155 Connection between the PWBA ESS and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN F-122 Connection between the SWITCH-P/H DOOR and the HARNESS ASSY P/H2 G-123 Connection between the SENSOR OHP and the HARNESS ASSY P/H2 F-123 Connection between the SENSOR REGI and the HARNESS ASSY P/H2 Connection between the SENSOR PAPER EMPTY and the HARNESS D-124 ASSY P/H1 H-110 Connection between the SENSOR HUM & TEMP and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN Connection between the SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI and the D-108 HARNESS ASSY MAIN H-108 Connection between the ANTENNA CTRG and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN D-107 Connection between the SENSOR IBT RETRACT and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN D-106 Connection between the SENSOR TR-0 and the HARNESS-ASSY XERO D-106 Connection between the ANTENNA ASSY and the HARNESS-ASSY XERO Connection between the SENSOR FUSER IN and the HARNESS ASSY G-137 2BTR SENS Connection between the SENSOR 2BTR RETRUCT and the HARNESS H-137 ASSY ADC Connection between the SWITCH 2BTR COVER and the HARNESS ASSY H-136 2BTR SW D-104 Connection between the SWITCH-INLK FUSER and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN G-108 Connection between the SWITCH ASSY TOP and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN D-105 Connection between the SWITCH-INLK FUSER and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN Connection between the SENSOR TNER FULL and the HARNESS ASSY F-138 TNER FULL G-153 Connection between the FUSER LOCK SWITCH and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN H-153 Connection between the MOT ASSY P/R and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN G-153 Connection between the MOT ASSY P/R and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN Connection between the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI and the HARNESS F-124 ASSY P/H2 F-122 Connection between the CLUTCH ASSY REGI and the HARNESS ASSY P/H2 C-109 Connection within the MOT ASSY ROT B-106 Connection between the OP PANEL and the HARNESS ASSY PANEL I-149 Connection between the PWBA MCU and the FFC-ASSY ESS I-149 Connection between the PWBA MCU and the FFC-ASSY LV/MCU H-148 Connection between the PWBA MCU and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN H-148 Connection between the PWBA MCU and the MOT ASSY FSR H-148 Connection between the PWBA MCU and the MOT ASSY MAG
7-2

P/J 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 420 421 422 429 430 431 432 433 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 512 513 514 515 516 600 601 602 603 604 605 607 614 617 Coordinates H-149 H-149 H-148 H-148 I-148 I-148 I-148 I-148 I-147 J-147 J-147 I-147 I-147 J-148 J-148 I-147 D-109 E-109 F-138 D-109 D-109 H-153 I-152 I-153 I-155 H-154 F-109 E-109 E-109 H-155 H-156 I-108 I-107 H-107 I-108 H-153 F-110 F-153 H-138 H-138 F-124 F-124 E-124 E-140 E-105 D-140 Remarks Connection between the PWBA MCU and the MOT ASSY MAG Connection between the PWBA MCU and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN Connection between the PWBA MCU and the HARNESS ASSY P/H1 Connection between the PWBA MCU and the HARNESS ASSY P/H1 Connection between the PWBA MCU and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN Connection between the PWBA MCU and the DRIVE ASSY PRO Connection between the PWBA MCU and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN Connection between the PWBA MCU and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN Connection between the PWBA MCU and the DRIVE ASSY PRO Connection between the PWBA MCU and the HARNESS-ASSY MAIN Connection between the PWBA MCU and the HARNESS-ASSY XERO Connection between the PWBA MCU and the HARNESS ASSY MCU C/L Connection between the PWBA MCU and the HARNESS ASSY ADC Connection between the PWBA MCU and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN Connection between the PWBA MCU and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN Connection between the PWBA MCU and the HARNESS ASSY ADC Connection between the PWBA CRUM and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN Connection between the PWB ASSY ROT and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN Connection between the SENSOR ASSY ADC and the HARNESS ASSY ADC Connection between the PWB ASSY ROT and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN Connection between the PWB ASSY ROT and the PWB ASSY MOT Connection between the LV/HVPS and the FFC-ASSY LV/MCU Connection between the LV/HVPS and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN Connection between the LV/HVPS and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN Connection between the LV/HVPS and the HARNESS ASSY AC Connection between the LV/HVPS and the WIRE ASSY BTR Connection between the LV/HVPS and the WIRE ASSY 2BTR Connection between the PWBA HVPS and the WIRE ASSY IBT Connection between the PWBA HVPS and the WIRE ASSY DTN Connection between the LV/HVPS and the WIRE ASSY BCR Connection between the LV/HVPS and the WIRE ASSY DEVE Connection between the HOLDER ASSY BIAS and the WIRE ASSY DEVE Connection between the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD and the WIRE ASSY BTR Connection between the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD and the WIRE ASSY IBT Connection between the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD and the WIRE ASSY BCR Connection between the LV/HVPS and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN Connection between the PWBA HVPS and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN Connection between the MOT ASSY MICRO and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN Connection between the ROS ASSY and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN Connection between the ROS ASSY and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN Connection between the HARNESS ASSY P/H1 and the HARNESS ASSY P/H2 Connection between the MOTOR-PH and the HARNESS ASSY P/H1 Connection between the SOLENOID PICK UP and the HARNESS ASSY P/H1 Connection between the HARNESS ASSY MAIN and the HARNESS ASSY DUP2 Connection between the FUSER ASSY and the HARNESS ASSY MCU C/L Connection between the HARNESS-ASSY TNER FULL and the HARNESS ASSY MAIN
7-3

P/J 620 621 T2 T4 Coordinates H-137 I-136 I-107 H-107 Remarks Connection between the HARNESS ASSY 2BTR SENS and the HARNESS ASSY ADC Connection between the HARNESS ASSY 2BTR SW and the HARNESS ASSY ADC Connection between the PLATE BIAS-2ND ASSY and the WIRE ASSY 2BTR Connection between the GUIDE CRU ASSY AD and the WIRE ASSY DTN
DUP
P/J 122 123 124 442 443 444 607 611 612 Coordinates G-207 E-209 F-205 H-209 G-209 H-208 B-209 D-204 G-206 Remarks Connection between the SWITCH-DUP DOOR and the HARNESS-ASSY DUP1 Connection between the SENSOR LOW PASS and the HARNESS-ASSY DUP2 Connection between the SENSOR UPPER PASS and the HARNESS-ASSY DUP1 Connection between the SENSOR UPPER PASS and the MOTOR ASSY DUP Connection between the PWBA DUP-L and the HARNESS-ASSY DUP2 Connection between the PWBA DUP-L and the HARNESS-ASSY DUP1 Connection between the HARNESS ASSY MAIN and the HARNESS-ASSY DUP2 Connection between the SOLENOID ASSY DUP and the HARNESS-ASSY DUP1 Connection between the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV and the HARNESS-ASSY DUP1
500 FEEDER
P/J 119 120 121 435 436 437 440 446 608 609 610 618 4358 Coordinates E-307 D-307 C-308 E-309 E-309 E-309 E-308 D-308 D-307 C-309 C-308 D-307 D-309 Remarks Connection between the SENSOR NO PAPER and the HARNESS ASSY FEED3 Connection between the SENSOR T/R (P120) and the HARNESS ASSY FEED3 Connection between the SWITCH FEEDER DOOR and the HARNESS-ASSY FEED MAIN Connection between the PWBA TRAY 500 and the HARNESS-ASSY FEED1 Connection between the PWBA TRAY 500 and the HARNESS-ASSY FEED2 Connection between the PWBA TRAY 500 and the HARNESS-ASSY FEED MAIN Connection between the PWBA MOT and the HARNESS-ASSY FEED MAIN Connection between the PWBA MOT and the MOTOR ASSY FEEDER Connection between the HARNESS ASSY MAIN and the HARNESS-ASSY FEED1 Connection between the CLUTCH ASSY FEED and the HARNESS-ASSY FEED MAIN Connection between the SOLENOID FEED and the HARNESS-ASSY FEED MAIN Connection between the HARNESS ASSY FEED MAIN and the HARNESS-ASSY FEED3 Does Not Connect
7-4

7.2 P/J Layout
7.2
P/J Layout
A B C D E F G H I J K L
101
102
109
108
117
114
614
T4 (IBT)
103
104
107
105
106
220
T2 (2BTR) 512 (1BTR)
107
513 (IBT) 105 514 (BCR) 510 (DEVE) 106 429
108
109
204
110
111
112
113
433
432
430
507
506
516
505
104
116
114
115
Leg_Sec04_001FA
7-5

7.2 P/J Layout
116
117
100
118
119
120
121
203 102 101 202
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
103
605
603
604
129
130
Leg_Sec04_002FA
7-6

7.2 P/J Layout
131
132
126
133
431
111
620
112
113
134
135
136
621
137
602 601
138
139
140
141
142
143
617
144
607
145
Leg_Sec04_003EB
7-7

7.2 P/J Layout
146
417 418 422 414 416 404 403 405 409 406 408 407 410 400 401 415 412 421 420 411 413
147
148
149
150
200 201 500 502
151
152
501 515
153
600
154
504
128 503
155
156
CN29 CN70 CN71 CN72 1 2 3
508 509
157
608
158
159
160
Leg_Sec04_004FA
7-8

7.2 P/J Layout
201
202
611
124
612
203
204
205
206
207
607
122
208
444
209
443
210
211
212
213
123
442
214
215
Leg_Sec04_005EA
7-9

7.2 P/J Layout
301
302
303
304
121
608
618
120
119
446
440
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
609
312
610
4358
436
435
437
313
314
315
Leg_Sec04_006EA
7-10

7.2 P/J Layout Blank Page
7-11

7.3 Connection Chart
7.3
7.3.1
Connection Chart
Symbols in Overall Connection Chart
The way to read the Overall Connection Chart is shown below. Symbol Description Shows the connection to a part from a harness, wire, etc. Shows the difference in connection from the specifications. Shows the connection to a part from a conductive component (leaf spring, etc). Shows the connection to a part from a screwed end. Shows a frame ground.
Shows a connector and the corresponding connector number.
Shows a joining terminal with a leaf spring, etc. on a circuit board and the corresponding connector (port) number. Shows a connector that is directly mounted onto a circuit board and the corresponding connector number.
Shows a part if a part name is indicated. Shows item 'Z' of Plate (PL) 'X.Y' in "Chapter 5 Parts List" if PL X.Y.Z is indicated.
Shows a functional component within a part and the corresponding component name.
Shows a section in "7.4. Connection Charts Between Parts" and the corresponding section number.
Shows the screw for securing a conductive component (harness, leaf spring, etc). Shows a conductive component (leaf spring, etc).
7-12

7.3 Connection Chart 7.3.2 Overall Connection Chart
PWBA MCU PL12.2.1 9-1 MOT ASSY FSR PL11.1.3 FUSER ASSY PL10.1.1 P/J614 P/J404 4 P/J400 10 P/J410 1 FUSER LOCK SWITCH PL10.1.6 P/J128 P/J128 LV/HVPS PL12.2.3 P/J502 P/J501 P/J71 P/J29 OP PANEL PL1.1.17 P/J220 P/J407 PWBA ESS PL12.2.7 P/J70 P/J72 P/J602 ROS ASSY PL8.1.1 P/J601
P/J417
6 SWITCH-INLK FUSER PL1.1.34 P/J114 P/J403 5 MOT ASSY P/R PL11.1.6 P/J201 P/J200 P/J401 9-2 P/J117 P/J116 SWITCH ASSY TOP PL1.1.7 SWITCH-INLK FUSER PL1.1.34 P/J116 P/J515 P/J504 P/J117 P/J500 P/J503 PWBA FUSER CONT PL12.2.12 P/J1 P/J2 P/J3 P/J4 SENSOR TNER FULL PL7.1.24 SENSOR IBT RETRACT PL6.1.26 SENSOR TR-0 PL7.1.2 ANTENNA ASSY PL7.1.10 P/J126 P/J617 P/J413 3 FUSER ASSY PL10.1.1 P/J614 P/J509 P/J508
PWBA HVPS PL12.1.9 P/J516 P/J507 P/J505 P/J506
P/J411 DRIVE ASSY PRO PL11.1.2 P/J414
HOUSING ASSY-DEVE PL9.2.5 IBT ASSY PL7.1.1 2ND BTR ASSY PL6.1.12
PWBA TRAY 500 PL14.3.3 P/J436 P/J421 P/J608 P/J435 PWBA MOT PL14.3.4 P/J437 P/J440 P/J446 MOTOR ASSY FEEDER PL14.3.9 P/J609 CLUTCH ASSY FEED PL14.3.12 SWITCH FEEDER DOOR PL14.3.18 SENSOR NO PAPER PL14.4.3 SENSOR T/R (P120) PL14.4.7 SOLENOID FEED PL14.3.8 J4358 N.C.
P/J107
P/J415
P/J108
P/J416
P/J109 7 P/J104 P/J121 P/J429 P/J412 P/J618 P/J119 P/J405 P/J406 P/J120
SENSOR HUM & TEMP PL12.1.6 PWBA CRUM PL12.1.11 MOT ASSY MAG PL11.1.4 SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI PL9.1.18 ANTENNA CTRG PL9.1.12
P/J105
P/J610
P/J106
2 PWB ASSY ROT PL12.1.10 MOT ASSY ROT PL11.1.5 P/J204 P/J433 P/J430 P/J432 P/J408 SENSOR FUSER IN PL6.1.3 SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT PL6.1.22 SWITCH 2BTR COVER PL6.1.18 SENSOR ASSY ADC PL6.1.20 MOT ASSY MICRO PL11.1.7 8 P/J111 P/J620 P/J418 P/J203 P/J603 P/J202 P/J409 P/J604
MOTOR-PH PL5.2.20 SOLENOID PICK UP PL4.1.23 CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI PL5.2.22 CLUTCH ASSY REGI PL5.2.2 SWITCH-PH DOOR PL5.2.23 SENSOR OHP PL5.2.16 P/J611 SENSOR REGI PL5.2.19 P/J124
P/J605
P/J112
P/J100
PWBA DUP-L PL13.4.13 P/J444 P/J122 SWITCH-DUP DOOR PL13.3.7 SOLENOID ASSY DUP PL13.2.7 SENSOR UPPER PASS PL13.2.10 MOTOR ASSY DUP INV PL13.2.18 MOTOR ASSY DUP PL13.4.14 Leg_007_001FA
P/J101 P/J113 P/J621 P/J102
P/J431
P/J422 P/J103 P/J600 P/J420 11 P/J607
SENSOR PAPER EMPTY PL4.1.24 P/J612 P/J443 SENSOR LOW PASS PL13.3.11
P/J123
P/J442
7-13

7.4 Connection Charts Between Parts
7.4
7.4.1
Connection Charts Between Parts

Notes on using the Connection Charts Between Parts
The way to read the Connection Charts Between Parts in the following pages is shown below. The descriptions for common symbols have been omitted. Symbols Description
Shows a plug.
Shows a jack.
P/JXX
YY
Shows Pin yy and Jack yy of connectors Pxx and Jxx.
PWBA HNB DRV PL X.Y.Z
Shows a part. Shows item 'Z' of Plate (PL) 'X.Y' in "Chapter 5 Parts List" if PL X.Y.Z is indicated.
Heater
Shows a functional component within a part and the corresponding component name.
Control
Shows a Control within the PWB section and an overview of it.
DEVE_A
Shows the connection to a part from a harness, wire, etc. and the corresponding signal name/description. The arrow shows the direction of the signal. Shows a function and the logical value (Low: L, High: H) of the signal when the function is in operation. The voltage value shown is when the signal is high. The arrow shows the direction of the signal. Shows a function and the logical value (Low: L, High: H) of the signal when the function is detected. The voltage value shown is when the signal is high. The arrow shows the direction of the signal.
REGI CLUTCH ON(L)+24VDC
EXIT PAPER SENSED(L)+3.3VDC
7-14

Symbols Description
Shows the connection between wires.
I/L +24VDC
Shows the DC voltage when the Interlock Switch within the HNB MCU with CPU is turned ON.
+5VDC +3.3VDC
Shows DC voltage.
SG
Shows a signal ground.
AG
Shows an analog ground.
RTN
Shows a return.
7-15

7.4 Connection Charts Between Parts 7.4.2 Organization of the Connection Charts Between Parts
The Connection Charts are divided into 11 sections showing in detail the connection between parts. 1 DC POWER SUPPLY Connection between the PWBA MCU and the LV/HVPS Connection between the LV/HVPS and the PWBA FUSER CONTROL Connection between the LV/HVPS and the MOT ASSY P/R Connection between the LV/HVPS and the PWB ASSY ROT Connection between the LV/HVPS and the SWITCH ASSY TOP Connection between the SWITCH ASSY TOP and the SWITCH-INLK FUSER Connection between the SWITCH-INLK FUSER and the LV/HVPS 2 MSI & REGI Connection between the PWBA MCU and the MOTOR-PH Connection between the PWBA MCU and the SOLENOID PICK UP Connection between the PWBA MCU and the CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI Connection between the PWBA MCU and the CLUTCH ASSY REGI Connection between the PWBA MCU and the SWITCH-PH DOOR Connection between the PWBA MCU and the SENSOR OHP Connection between the PWBA MCU and the SENSOR REGI Connection between the PWBA MCU and the SENSOR PAPER EMPTY 3 FEEDER (500) Connection between the PWBA MCU and the PWBA TRAY 500 Connection between the PWBA TRAY 500 and the CLUTCH ASSY FEED Connection between the PWBA TRAY 500 and the SWITCH FEEDER Connection between the PWBA TRAY 500 and the SENSOR NO PAPER Connection between the PWBA TRAY 500 and the SENSOR T/R Connection between the PWBA TRAY 500 and the SOLENOID FEEDER Connection between the PWBA TRAY 500 and the PWBA MOT Connection between the PWBA MOT and the MOTOR ASSY FEEDER 4 ROS Connection between the PWBA MCU and the ROS ASSY Connection between the ROS ASSY and the PWBA ESS 5 XEROGRAPHIC Connection between the PWBA MCU and the DRIVE ASSY PRO Connection between the PWBA MCU and the SENSOR TNER FULL Connection between the PWBA MCU and the SENSOR IBT RETRACT Connection between the PWBA MCU and the SENSOR TR-O Connection between the PWBA MCU and the ANTENNA ASSY Connection between the PWBA MCU and the MOT ASSY P/R Connection between the LV/HVPS and the MOT ASSY P/R 6 HIGH VOLTAGE Connection between the LV/HVPS and the PWBA HVPS Connection between the LV/HVPS and the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE, IBT ASSY, 2ND BTR ASSY Connection between the LV/HVPS and the PWBA MCU
7-16

7 DEVELOPER Connection between the PWBA MCU and the SENSOR HUM & TEMP Connection between the PWBA MCU and the PWBA CRUM Connection between the PWBA MCU and the MOT ASSY MAG Connection between the PWBA MCU and the SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI Connection between the PWBA MCU and the ANTENNA CTRG Connection between the PWBA MCU and the PWB ASSY ROT Connection between the PWB ASSY ROT and the MOT ASSY ROT Connection between the PWB ASSY ROT and the LV/HVPS 8 2nd BTR Connection between the PWBA MCU and the SENSOR FUSER IN Connection between the PWBA MCU and the SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT Connection between the PWBA MCU and the SWITCH 2BTR COVER Connection between the PWBA MCU and the SENSOR ASSY ADC Connection between the PWBA MCU and the MOT ASSY MICRO 9 FUSER Connection between the PWBA MCU and the MOT ASSY FUSER Connection between the PWBA MCU and the FUSER ASSY Connection between the PWBA MCU and the SWITCH-FUSER DOOR Connection between the PWBA MCU and the FUSER LOCK SWITCH Connection between the LV/HVPS and the PWBA FUSER CONTROL Connection between the PWBA FUSER CONT and the FUSER ASSY Connection between the PWBA FUSER CONT and the PWBA MCU Connection between the PWBA FUSER CONT and the FUSER LOCK SWITCH Connection between the LV/HVPS and the PWBA MCU 10 CONTROLLER Connection between the PWBA MCU and the PWBA ESS Connection between the PWBA ESS and the OP PANEL Connection between the PWBA ESS and the LV/HVPS 11 DUPLEX Connection between the PWBA MCU and the PWBA DUP-L Connection between the PWBA DUP-L and the SENSOR LOW PASS Connection between the PWBA DUP-L and the SWITCH-DUP DOOR Connection between the PWBA DUP-L and the SOLENOID ASSY DUP Connection between the PWBA DUP-L and the SENSOR UPPER PASS Connection between the PWBA DUP-L and the MOTOR ASSY DUP INV Connection between the PWBA DUP-L and the MOTOR ASSY DUP
7-17

7.4 Connection Charts Between Parts 1 DC POWER SUPPLY
LV/HVPS PL12.2.3 Power Save PWBA MCU PL12.2.1 P/J401 20 19
P/J500 3 4
POWER SAVE
P/J502 +5VDC 13 SWITCHINLK FUSER PL.1.1.34
P/J116 13
SWITCH ASSY TOP PL.1.1.7
P/J116 13
+5VDC +5VDC Supply
15
I/L +5VDC
P/J117 31
P/J117 31 PWBA MCU PL12.2.1 P/J401 Interlock +5VDC 18 P/J410 3 4 +5VDC
P/J500 5 P/J502 3 4
I/L +5VDC +5VDC SG
+24VDC +24VDC Supply I/L +24VDC I/L +24VDC SG SG
INTERLOCK +24VDC 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 +3.3VDC 1 2 +3.3VDC SG 1 2
+3.3VDC Supply
+3.3VDC
9 10
I/L +24VDC SG
P/J201 1 2
MOT ASSY P/R PL11.1.6 Interlock +24VDC
11 12
I/L +24VDC SG PWBA FUSER CONTROL PL12.2.12
P/J432 1 3
PWB ASSY ROT PL12.1.10 Interlock +24VDC
P/J503 3 1
P/J2 3 1
Leg_007_002FA
7-18

- Overcurrent Protection All output will be suspended if each output (+24VDC, +5VDC, +3.3VDC) of the LV/HVPS is short circuited between the earth or the ground. The power supply of equipment is turned OFF after the short circuit is released. After some time, the power is turned ON and each output resumes. When the current exceeds 16A for each output, overcurrent protection will be activated. - Overvoltage Protection All output will be suspended if overvoltage occurs for each output of the LV/HVPS. The voltage for each output when overvoltage protection is activated is as follows. +24VDC:36VDC +5VDC:7VDC +3.3VDC:5VDC - Power Save Signal Wire Name POWER SAVE Signal that turns OFF +24VDC Remarks
- Output suspended by Interlock Switch Signal Wire Name Remarks
I/L +5VDC The I/L +5VDC signal which passed through the Upper Interlock Switch and the Fuser Interlock Switch serves as the power supply for the relay coil within the LV/HVPS. The signal opens and closes the relay contact and controls the Interlock +24VDC and Interlock +5VDC.
7-19

7.4 Connection Charts Between Parts 2 MSI & REGI
PWBA MCU PL12.2.1 P/J409 1 2 INTERLOCK +24VDC 3 4 5 6 P/J409 7 8 INTERLOCK +24VDC P/J408 1 2 P/J604 6 5 4 3 2 1 P/J605 2 1 P/J202 12 1 11 2 P/J203 10 3 9 4 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 M MOTOR-PH PL5.2.20
P/H MOT ON (H) +3.3VDC P/H MOT PWM +3.3VDC P/H MOT TG +3.3VDC P/H MOT ON CW/CCW SG I/L +24VDC
I/L +24VDC FEED SOL ON (L) +24VDC
SOLENOID PICK UP PL4.1.23
PRE REGI CL ON (L) +24VDC I/L +24VDC
P/J603
CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI PL5.2.22
3 4
REGI CL ON (L) +24VDC I/L +24VDC
CLUTCH ASSY REGI PL5.2.2
5 6 +5VDC 7 8 9
SG P/H POOR SW OPENED (H) +3.3VDC
8 7
5 6
P/J100 2 1 P/J101 3 2 1 P/J102 3 2 1 P/J103 3 2 1
SWITCH-PH DOOR PL5.2.23
SG OHP SENSED (H) +5VDC +5VDC
6 5 4
7 8 9
SENSOR OHP PL5.2.16
10 +5VDC 11 12
PULL UP +5VDC SG REGI SENSED (H) +5VDC
3 10 2 11 1 12
SENSOR REGI PL5.2.19
13 14 15
PULL UP +5VDC SG PAPER EMPTY SENSED (H) +5VDC
SENSOR PAPER EMPTY PL4.1.24
Leg_Sec007_003FB
7-20

Signal Wire Name PAPER EMPTY SENSED (H) +5VDC P/H MOTER ON (H)+3.3VDC P/H MOTER PWM P/H MOTER FG P/H MOTER CW/CCW FEED SOL ON (L)+24VDC PREREGI CL ON (L)+24VDC REGI CL ON (L)+24VDC P/H DOOR SW OPEND (H)+3.3VDC OHP SENSED (H)+5VDC REGI SENSED (H)+5VDC Remarks Signal for detection of paper in MSI by Sensor Photo (No Paper Sensor). P/H Motor drive control signal. Solenoid Feed ON/OFF signal. Pre-Regi Clutch ON/OFF signal. Regi Clutch ON/OFF signal. Signal for detection of the opening/closing of the CHTE ASSY REATR by the P/H Door Switch. Signal for detection of transparency by Sensor Photo (OHP Sensor). Signal for detection of paper at the Regi section by Sensor Photo (REGI Sensor).
7-21

7.4 Connection Charts Between Parts 3 FEEDER (500)
PWBA MCU PL12.2.1 P/J421 10 9 +5VDC 8 7 6 5 INTERLOCK +24VDC 4 3 2 1 P/J608 TRAY SENSOR RXD TXD SG +5VDC SG SG I/L +24VDC I/L +24VDC 1 10 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 Tray Interface Connector P/J435 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 INTERLOCK +24VDC PWBA TRAY 500 PL14.3.3
INTERLOCK +24VDC +5VDC
N.C.
+5VDC N.C.
P/J436 J4358 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 N.C.
10 1
PWBA TRAY 500 PL.14.3.3 INTERLOCK +24VDC P/J437 1 2 4 5 FEED MOT ON (H) I/L +24VDC SG P/J440 5 4 2 1
PWBA MOT PL14.3.4 INTERLOCK +24VDC P/J446 1 2 3 4 5 6
MOTOR ASSY FEEDER PL14.3.9
INTERLOCK +24VDC 6 7 I/L +24VDC FEED CL ON (L) +24VDC P/J609 2 1 1 2 CLUTCH ASSY FEED PL14.3.12
8 +5VDC 9
DOOR SW OPENED (H) +5VDC SG
P/J121 2 1
SWITCH FEEDER DOOR PL14.3.18
10 11 12 13 14 15 INTERLOCK +24VDC 16 17
PULL UP +5VDC SG
P/J618 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6
P/J119 3 2 1 P/J120 3 2 1
NO PAPER SENSED (H) +5VDC PULL UP +5VDC SG PAPER PASS SENSED (L) +5VDC
SENSOR NO PAPER PL14.4.3
SENSOR T/R PL14.4.7
I/L +24VDC FEED SOL ON (L) +24VDC
P/J610 2 1 1 2
SOLENOID FEED PL14.3.8
Leg_Sec007_004FB
7-22

Signal Wire Name TRAY SENSOR RXD TXD FEED MOTOR ON (H)+ FEED CL ON (L)+24VDC DOOR SW OPEND (H)+5VDC NO PAPER SENSED (H)+5VDC PAPER PASS SENSED (L)+5VDC FEED SOL ON (L)+24VDC Remarks PWBA TRAY CONT. control signal FEEDER MOTOR control signal Feed Clutch ON/OFF signal. Signal for detection of the opening/closing of the Rear Cover by the Door Rear Cover Switch. Signal for detection of paper in paper tray by Sensor Photo (No Paper Sensor). Signal for detection of start of paper transport by Sensor Photo (Paper Pass Sensor). Solenoid Feed ON/OFF signal.
7-23

7.4 Connection Charts Between Parts 4 ROS
PWBA ESS PL12.2.7 P/J72 1 2 P/J602 2 1 1 2 ROS ASSY PL8.1.1 PWBA LD DATADATA+ P/J427 2 1
PWBA MCU PL12.2.1
P/J407 1 2 3
DATADATA+ P CONT LASER ON (L) +5VDC SG VREF SG +5VDC +3.3VDC
P/J601 16 1 15 2 14 3 13 4 12 5 11 6 10 7 9 8 8 9
P/J424 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Single Beam Laser Diode
+5VDC +3.3VDC
4 5 6 7 8 9
INTERLOCK +24VDC 10 11 12 13 I/L +24VDC SG SCAN MOT ON(L) +5VDC SCAN MOT CLOCK 7 10 6 11 5 12 4 13 P/J425 5 4 3 1
SCANNER PWB SCANNER MOTOR
+5VDC 14 15 16 SG SOS SENSED (L) +5VDC +5VDC 3 14 2 15 1 16 P/J426 3 2 1
SOS PWB
Leg_007_005FA
7-24

Signal Wire Name ESS DATAESS DATA+ MCU DATAMCU DATA+ PCONT LASER ON (L)+5VDC VREF Image signal from ESS. Image signal from MCU. Control signal of the PWBA LD within the ROS ASSY. Remarks
SCANNER MOTOR ON(L)+5VDC Control signal of the PWBA Scanner within the ROS ASSY. SCANNER MOTOR CLOCK SOS SENSED (L)+5VDC Standard signal for start of Laser Fast Scan.
7-25

7.4 Connection Charts Between Parts 5 XEROGRAPHIC
PWBA MCU PL12.2.1 P/J411 1 2 INTERLOCK +24VDC 3 4 5 6 IBT BRUSH MOT ON IBT BRUSH MOT PWM IBT BRUSH MOT TG IBT BRUSH MOT CW/CCW SG I/L +24VDC IBT CLEANER RETRACT MOTOR IBT CLEN RET MOT ON SG I/L +24VDC M M DRIVE ASSY PRO PL11.1.2 IBT BRUSH MOTOR
INTERLOCK +24VDC
P/J414 1 2 3
P/J413 8 9 +5VDC 10 11 12 P/J415 3 4 5 +5VDC P/J416 1 2 3
I/L +24VDC RETRACT SOL ON (L) +24VDC SG FULL TONER SENSED (H) +5VDC PULL UP +5VDC P/J617 3 2 1 1 2 3
P/J606 2 1 N.C. P/J126 3 2 1 P/J107 3 2 1 P/J108 3 2 1 P/J109 2 1 MOT ASSY P/R PL11.1.6
SENSOR TNER FULL PL7.1.24
PULL UP +5VDC SG IBT RETRACT SENSED (L) +5VDC
SENSOR IBT RETRACT PL6.1.26
+5VDC TRO SENSED (H) +5VDC SG
SENSOR TR-0 PL7.1.2
4 5 P/J403 4 5 6 +5VDC 7 8 9 10
ANTENNA OUT ANTENNA IN
ANTENNA ASSY PL7.1.10
P/R MOT GAIN P/R MOT CLK P/R MOT LD P/R MOT FG P/R MOT ON (L) + +5VDC SG
P/J200 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
LV/HVPS PL12.2.3 INTERLOCK +24VDC P/J502 9 10 I/L +24VDC SG P/J201 1 2
INTERLOCK +24VDC
Leg_Sec007_006FC
7-26

Signal Wire Name IBT BRUSH MOT ON IBT BRUSH MOT PWM IBT BRUSH MOT TG IBT BRUSH MOT CW/CCW IBT CLEN RET MOT START IBT CLEN RET MOT PWM IBT CLEN RET MOT TG FULL TONER SENSED (H)+5VDC IBT RETRACT SENSED (L)+5VDC TR0 SENSED (H)+5VDCS ANTENNA OUT ANTENNA IN P/R MOT GAIN P/R MOT CLK P/R MOT LD P/R MOT FG P/R MOT ON (L)+ Remarks
IBT Brush Motor drive control signal.
IBT Cleaner Retract Motor drive control signal. Signal for detection of full toner by Sensor Photo (Sensor Toner Full). Signal for detection of retraction of IBT Cleaner by Sensor Photo (IBT Retract Sensor). Signal for detection of belt position by Sensor Photo (TR0 Sensor). Crum XERO Antenna control signal.
P/R Motor drive control signal.
7-27

7.4 Connection Charts Between Parts 6 HIGH VOLTAGE
LV/HVPS 12.2.3 PWBA MCU PL12.2.1
P/J500 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6
1st BTR CONT IBT CLEANER H/L SG SG BCR CONT DE-TONER CONT DEVE BIAS ON DEVE BIAS CONT IBT CLEANER ON 1st BTR REV ON 2nd BTR REV ON 1st BTR ON 2nd BTR ON DEVE BIAS CLK 2nd BTR CONT BCR CLK
P/J401 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
INTERLOCK +24VDC
P/J515 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 P/J504 1st BTR 1 P/J509 DEVE 1 P/J508 BCR 1
SG I/L +24VDC CLEANER H/L DE-TONER CONT IBT CLEANER ON 2nd BTR REV ON 2nd BTR ON 2nd BTR CONT DE-TONER
P/J516 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 P/J507 1 P/J505 1
PWBA HVPS PL12.1.9 INTERLOCK +24VDC
D C A
H F G
IBT ASSY PL7.1.1
P/J506 1
2nd BTR 2ND BTR ASSY PL6.1.12 HOUSING ASSY-DEVE PL9.2.5
IBT CLEANER
Leg_Sec007_007FB
7-28

Signal Wire Name 1st BTR CONT IBT CLEANER H/L BCR CONT DE-TONER CONT DEVE BIAS ON DEVE BIAS CONT IBT CLEANER ON 1st BTR REV ON 2nd BTR REV ON 1st BTR ON 2nd BTR ON DEVE BIAS CLK 2nd BTR CONT BCR CLK Remarks 1st BTR Bias voltage control signal. IBT Cleaner Bias voltage control signal. BCR Bias voltage control signal. DE-TONER Bias voltage control signal. DEVE Bias ON/OFF signal. DEVE Bias voltage control signal. Belt Cleaning Brush Bias ON/OFF signal. 1st BTR DC Bias control signal. 2nd BTR DC Bias control signal. 1st BTR Bias ON/OFF signal. 2nd BTR Bias ON/OFF signal. DEVE AC Bias cycle control signal. 2nd BTR Bias voltage control signal. BCR Bias cycle control signal.
7-29

7.4 Connection Charts Between Parts 7 DEVELOPER
PWBA MCU PL12.2.1
+5VDC
P/J413 1 2 3 4
TEMP. SG HUMI. +5VDC
P/J104 4 3 2 1
SENSOR HUM & TEMP PL12.1.6 +5VDC
+5VDC
P/J412 1 2 3 4
DATA CLOCK +5VDC SG
P/J429 4 3 2 1
PWBA CRUM PL12.1.11 +5VDC
MOT ASSY MAG PL11.1.4 P/J405 1 2 Interlock +24VDC 3 4 5 6 P/J406 1 +5VDC 2 P/J413 5 6 7 P/J415 1 2 MAG ROLL MOT ON MAG ROLL MOT PWM MAG ROLL MOT TG MAG ROLL MOT CW/CCW SG I/L +24VDC M MAGNET ROLL MOTOR
I/L +24VDC DISP CLUTCH ON (L) +24VDC DISPENSE CLUTCH
PULL UP +5VDC SG HOME POSITION SENSED (H) +5VDC ANTENNA OUT ANTENNA IN PWB ASSY ROT PL12.1.10
P/J105 3 2 1 P/J106 2 1
SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI PL9.1.18
ANTENNA CTRG PL9.1.12
P/J415 6 7 8 9 LV/HVPS PL12.2.3 Interlock +24VDC P/J502 11 12
SG HOLD CLOCK ON (H) +5VDC
P/J430 4 3 2 1
Interlock +24VDC
MOT ASSY ROT PL11.1.5 P/J433 1 2 3 4 5 DEVE ROT A I/L +24VDC DEVE ROT XA DEVE ROT B I/L +24VDC DEVE ROT XB P/J204 1 3 5 7 9 11 M
I/L +24VDC SG
P/J432 1 3
Leg_007_008FA
7-30

Signal Wire Name MAG ROLL MOT ON MAG ROLL MOT PWM MAG ROLL MOT TG MAG ROLL MOT CW/CCW TEMP. HUMI. HOME POSITION SENSED (H)+5VDC ANTENNA OUT ANTENNA IN SG HOLD CLOCK ON (H) +5VDC DEVE ROT A,XA,B,XB DATA CLOCK Remarks
Magnet Roll Motor drive control signal. Temperature data in the equipment measured by sensor. (Analog value) Humidity data in the equipment measured by sensor. (Analog value) Signal for detection of Home Position of Deve Rotary by Sensor Photo (Rotary Home Position Sensor). CRUME Cartridge Antenna control signal.
PWBA Rotate Motor Control control signal. Deve Rotate Motor excitation signal. PWBA CRUM control signal.
7-31

7.4 Connection Charts Between Parts 8 2nd BTR
PWBA MCU PL12.2.1 +5VDC +5VDC
P/J418 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SG FUSER IN SENSED (L)+5VDC +5VDC
P/J620 3 2 1 PULL UP +5VDC SG 1 2 3
P/J111 3 2 1 P/J112 3 2 1 SWITCH 2BTR COVER PL6.1.18
SENSOR FUSER IN PL6.1.3 SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT PL6.1.22
RETRACT SENSED (H) +5VDC SG COVER OPENED (H) +3.3VDC
P/J621 2 1 1 2
P/J113 2 1
Interlock +24VDC
P/J422 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ADC SOL RELEASE ON (L) +24VDC I/L +24VDC ADC SOL NIP ON (L ) +24VDC SG ADC LED COLOR ON (L) +5VDC ADC LED BLACK ON (L) +5VDC ADC SENSOR +5VDC
P/J431 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
SENSOR ASSY ADC PL6.1.20
+5VDC
Interlock +24VDC
MOT ASSY MICRO PL11.1.7 P/J403 1 2 3 RETRACT MOT ON (H) +3.3VDC SG I/L +24VDC P/J600 3 2 1 1 2 3 M
Leg_Sec007_009FB
7-32

Signal Wire Name FUSER IN SENSED (L)+5VDC RETRACT SENSED (H)+5VDC ADC SOL RELEASE ON (L)+24VDC ADC SOL NIP ON (L)+24VDC ADC LED COLOR ON (L)+5VDC ADC LED BLACK ON (L)+5VDC ADC SENSOR Remarks Signal for detection of paper at the 2nd BTR section by Sensor Photo (Fuser In Sensor). Signal for detection of retraction of 2nd BTR section by Sensor Photo (2nd BTR Retract Sensor). ON/OFF signal of Solenoid within Sensor ADC. (Shutter is at reference board reflection measurement position) ON/OFF signal of Solenoid within Sensor ADC. (Shutter is at diffused light measurement position) LED ON signal for detection of Color Toner Patch within Sensor ADC. LED ON signal for detection of Black Toner Patch within Sensor ADC. Toner patch density data in the equipment measured by sensor. (Analog value)
RETRACT MOT ON (H)+3.3VDC 2nd BTR Retract Motor control signal. RETRACT MOT PWM
7-33

7.4 Connection Charts Between Parts 9 FUSER
PWBA MCU PL12.2.1 +5VDC Interlock +24VDC P/J404 1 2 3 4 5 6 MOT ASSY FSR PL11.1.3
FUSER MOT ON (H) +3.3VDC FUSER MOT PWM FUSER MOT TG +5VDC SG I/L +24VDC
FUSER ASSY PL10.1.1 P/J417 1 2 3 4 5 +5VDC 6 7 8 PULL UP +5VDC SG FUSER EXIT SENSED (L) +5VDC RL SG SG Vc Vd P/J614 12 2 11 3 P/J616 10 4 9 8 7 6 5 5 6 P/J619 7 8 9 3 2 1 1 2 3 3 2 1 1 2 3 P/J110 3 2 1 FUSER EXIT SENSOR Temp. Sensor P/J615 2 1 1 2 Safety Temp. Sensor
P/J403 11 12
SG FUSER DOOR SW OPENED (H) +3.3VDC LV/HVPS PL12.2.3
P/J114 2 1 P/J503 4 5 6
SWITCH-FUSER DOOR PL1.1.36
P/J401 P/J500 FRIKER CLK +3.3VDC 21 2 LAMP ON (L) 22 1
FUSER RELAY CONTROL 220/240V ONLY USE
P/J2 4 5
PWBA FUSER CONT PL12.2.12
P614 3 2
220/240V Thermostat
Heater
Interlock +24VDC P/J410 10 9 RELAY ON (L) +24VDC FUSER LOCK SWITCH PL10.1.6 1 2 I/L +24VDC
6 P/J1 1 3 P/J3 2 1 P/J614 3 1 Heater 100/115V Thermostat
Leg_Sec007_010FB
7-34

Signal Wire Name FUSER MOT ON (H)+3.3VDC FUSER MOT PWM FUSER MOT TG FUSER MOT CW/CCW RL VC VD FUSER EXIT SENSED (L)+5VDC DATA CLOCK FLICKER CLK +3.3VDC LAMP ON (L)+ RELAY ON (L)+24VDC FUSER DOOR SW OPENED (H)+3.3VDC Remarks
Fuser Motor drive control signal. Heat Roll surface temperature data measured by Temp. Sensor used for detection of high temperatures. (Analog value) Temperature data measured by Temp. Sensor used for temperature control. (Analog value) Temperature data measured by Temp. Sensor used for temperature control. (Analog value) Signal for detection of paper output by Sensor Photo (Fuser Exit Sensor). Crum control signal. Control signal for countering flickering. (Exclusively for AC220V/AC240V) Fuser Lamp ON signal. ON/OFF signal for Fuser Lamp Relay within PWBA Fuser Cont. Signal for detection of the opening/closing of the Cover Fuser.
7-35

7.4 Connection Charts Between Parts 10 CONTROLLER
PWBA ESS PL12.2.7 P/J70 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 PWBA MCU PL12.2.1 P/J400 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
P/J71 1 2 3 4 5 6
P/J501 1 2 3 4 5 6
LV/HVPS PL12.2.3 +3.3VDC
+5VDC
P/J29
P/J220
OP PANEL PL1.1.17
Leg_007_011FA
7-36

Blank Page
7-37

7.4 Connection Charts Between Parts 11 DUPLEX
PWBA MCU PL12.2.1 INTERLOCK +24VDC P/J420 1 2 3 +5VDC 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 SG SG I/L +24VDC I/L +24VDC SG +5VDC DUPLEX START DUPLEX READY FUSER EXIT SENSOR PRE REGI CLUTCH RXD TXD J607 12 1 11 2 10 3 9 8 7 6 5 4 4 5 6 7 8 9 P607 P/J443 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 +5VDC PWBA DUP-L PL13.4.13 INTERLOCK +24VDC
3 10 2 11 1 12
PWBA DUP-L PL13.4.13 +5VDC P/J443 13 14 15 P/J444 1 2 PULL UP +5VDC SG LOW PASS SENSED (L) +5VDC P/J123 3 2 1 P/J122 2 1 SENSOR LOW PASS PL13.3.11
SG DOOR SW OPENED (H) +5VDC
SWITCH-DUP DOOR PL13.3.7
INTERLOCK +24VDC
3 4 5
PULL (L) +24VDC I/L +24VDC PUSH (L) +24VDC
P/J611 3 2 1 1 2 3 SOLENOID ASSY DUP PL13.2.7
+5VDC PULL UP +5VDC SG UPPER PASS SENSED (L) +5VDC P/J124 3 2 1
6 7 8 INTERLOCK +24VDC 9 10 11 12 13 INTERLOCK +24VDC 14 P/J442 1 2 3 4 5 6
SENSOR UPPER PASS PL13.2.10
I/L +24VDC I/L +24VDC DUP UPPER A DUP UPPER B DUP UPPER XA DUP UPPER XB
P/J612 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 M MOTOR ASSY DUP INV PL13.2.18
I/L +24VDC I/L +24VDC DUP LOWER A DUP LOWER B DUP LOWER XA DUP LOWER XB Leg_Sec007_012FB M MOTOR ASSY DUP PL13.4.14
7-38

Signal Wire Name DUPLEX START DUPLEX READY FUSER EXIT SENSOR PRE REGI CLUTCH TXD RXD LOW PASS SENSED (L)+5VDC DOOR SW OPENED (H)+5VDC Remarks
PWBA DUP control signal.
Signal for detection of paper at the Transport section by Sensor Photo (Low Pass Sensor). Signal for detection of the opening/closing of the Cover Dup by the Duplex Door Switch.
GATE SOL PULL ON (L)+24VDC Signal for Gate Solenoid Pull (for use during 1-Sided Print). GATE SOL PUSH ON (L)+24VDC Signal for Gate Solenoid Push (for use during 2-Sided Print). UPPER PASS SENSED (L)+5VDC DUP UPPER A, XA, B, XB DUP LOWER A, XA, B, XB Signal for detection of paper at the Invert section by Sensor Photo (Upper Pass Sensor). Upper Roll Motor excitation signal. Lower Roll Motor excitation signal.
7-39
Chapter 8 Accessories
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
8.1 250/500 Sheet Feeder Installation Guide .................................................................8-2
8.1.1 Checking the Packaged Items................................................................................................ 8-2 8.1.2 Installation Procedure............................................................................................................. 8-3 8.1.2.1 Removing the Tray Module from the Printer ................................................................ 8-3 8.1.2.2 Connecting Tray Modules ............................................................................................ 8-5 8.1.2.3 Installing the Printer onto the Tray Modules ................................................................. 8-6
8.2 Duplex Unit Installation Guide...................................................................................8-8

8.2.1 8.2.2 Checking the Packaged Items................................................................................................ 8-8 Installation Procedure............................................................................................................. 8-8
8-1
8.1 250/500 Sheet Feeder Installation Guide
8.1
250/500 Sheet Feeder Installation Guide

This guide explains how to install the 250 Sheet Feeder or the 500 Sheet Feeder. To ensure safe operation, be sure to read the Safety Notes section of the manual bundled with the printer.
CAUTION
Switch OFF the machine before connecting the interface cable or optional product. Connecting the cable or optional product with a live machine can cause electric shock. When lifting the machine, one facing the front of the machine (Control Panel) and the other facing the back, should firmly grip the recessed areas on the bottom part of both sides of the machine. Never try to lift the machine by gripping any other areas. Lifting the machine by gripping any other areas can cause the machine to fall and result in injuries.
8.1.1
Checking the Packaged Items

The following items can be found inside the packaging box. If there are any missing items, contact our Customer Support Center or your dealers. Tray module and paper tray 2 screws (only 500 Sheet Feeder)
Paper tray
(These screws are not used when installing only one tray module.)
Tray module
Label G, H (only for 500 Sheet Feeder)
(This illustration shows the 250 Sheet Feeder.)
This guide
8-2
8.1 250/500 Sheet Feeder Installation Guide 8.1.2 Installation Procedure
The 250 Sheet Feeder and 500 Sheet Feeder can be installed to the printer in the following configurations. The installation procedures differ depending on the configurations. Follow the procedure for your tray configuration.
When installing one 250 Sheet Feeder When installing one 500 Sheet Feeder When installing the 250 Sheet Feeder in the upper position and the 500 Sheet Feeder in the lower position
250 250 500 500
"Installing the Printer onto the Tray Modules"(P.6)
"Installing the Printer onto the Tray Modules"(P.6)
When one tray module has already been installed - "Removing the Tray Module from the Printer"(P.3) When installing two tray modules at the same time - "Connecting Tray Modules"(P.5)
8.1.2.1 Removing the Tray Module from the Printer

1) 2) 3) Press the power switch on the left side of the printer to the [O] position to switch OFF the power. Next, unplug the power cord from the power outlet and the printer. Remove the paper tray from the tray module that is already installed to the printer. Loosen the 2 fixing screws located on the upper surface inside the tray module by turning them in the directions shown by the arrows.
IMPORTANT
Be sure to loosen both the fixing screws. If the printer is lifted up while only one fixing screw is loosened, the tray module may fall and cause injury.
8-3
4) Remove the printer from the tray module by holding the recessed areas at the bottom on both sides of the printer.
IMPORTANT
The rear side of this printer is heavier than the front. Take note of this difference in weight when moving the printer. To lift the printer, face the front and back of the printer and grip the recessed areas at the bottom left and right with both hands.
5)
In the case of removing the tray module of the 500 Sheet Feeder, reinsert the paper tray into the tray module, and then proceed to the next section. In case of removing the tray module of the 250 Sheet Feeder, leave the paper tray removed from the tray module, and then proceed to the Step 2 of the next section.
8-4
8.1.2.2 Connecting Tray Modules
1) 2) Remove the paper tray from the upper tray module of the 250 Sheet Feeder. Align the corners of the top and bottom tray modules, lower the top tray module so that the three guide pins on the bottom tray module enter the holes on the bottom of the top tray module.
IMPORTANT
3)
The tray module must be lowered gently. Otherwise, the interior parts may be damaged.
Tighten the two screws, which were included in the packaging, until they are secure. Then, proceed to Step 2 of the next section.
8-5
8.1.2.3 Installing the Printer onto the Tray Modules NOTE
1) 2) 3) Although the following illustrations are for the case of installing two tray modules, the procedure to install one tray module is the same as below.
Remove the paper tray from the tray module. Press the power switch on the left side of the printer to the [O] position to switch OFF the power. Next, unplug the power cord from the power outlet and the printer. Lift the printer by holding the recessed areas at the bottom on both sides of the printer and align the three guide pins on the tray module with the holes at the bottom of the printer. Gently lower the printer onto the tray module.
IMPORTANT
The rear side of this printer is heavier than the front. Take note of this difference in weight when moving the printer. To lift the printer, face the front and back of the printer and grip the recessed areas at the bottom left and right with both hands. The printer must be lowered gently. Otherwise, the interior parts may be damaged.
4)
Tighten the 2 fixing screws located on the upper surface inside the tray module by turning them in the directions shown by the arrows, while pushing upward.
5)
Insert the paper tray completely into the tray module.
8-6
6) When installing the 500 Sheet Feeder, put the labels, which were included in the packaging, on the feed cover at the back of the tray module.
IMPORTANT
7)
When the 500 Sheet Feeder is installed directly under the printer, use the "G" label. When it is under the 250 Sheet Feeder, use the "H" label.
Connect the power cord. Press the power switch of this printer to the [ | ] position to switch ON the power.
Installation of the 250/500 Sheet Feeder is now completed. For details on how to load paper into the paper tray, refer to the manual bundled with the printer.
NOTE
You can check if the 250/500 Sheet Feeder is installed correctly by printing the [Printer Settings]. For details on how to print the list, refer to the manual bundled with the printer. After installing the 250/500 Sheet Feeder, update the options configuration of the printer on the [Options] tab of the [Properties] dialog box. For details, refer to the Online Help for the print driver.
8-7
8.2 Duplex Unit Installation Guide
8.2
Duplex Unit Installation Guide

This guide explains how to install the Duplex Unit. To ensure safe operation, be sure to read the Safety Notes section of the manual bundled with the printer.
CAUTION
Switch OFF the machine before connecting the interface cable or optional product. Connecting the cable or optional product with a live machine can cause electric shock.
8.2.1
Checking the Packaged Items

The following items can be found inside the packaging box. If there are any missing items, contact our Customer Support Center or your dealers. Unit D Connector cover
Label
This guide
8.2.2
Installation Procedure
1) 2) Press the power switch on the left side of the printer to the [O] position to switch OFF the power. Next, unplug the power cord from the power outlet and the printer. Open the cover E. Insert and push your fingers into the round holes on both sides of the cover E, then remove only the outside cover by sliding the cover up slightly.
8-8
3) Close the cover E.
4)
Open the cover A. To remove the cover A, push in the cover A while pulling out on the left side of the printer cover.
5)
Insert the hooks on the unit D into the grooves on the back side of the printer.
IMPORTANT
6)
The unit D must be supported until the support straps have been fastened in Step 7.
Attach the straps to both sides of the printer with the screw.
8-9
7) Close the unit D. Tighten the screws at the bottom left and right.
8)
Open the unit D. Remove the connector cover, and then connect the connector at the bottom left of the unit D to the printer.
NOTE
9)
Keep the original cover somewhere safe.
Attach the connector cover provided with this product.
10) Close the unit D. 11) Put the label provided with this product in the position as shown in the diagram.
8-10
12) Connect the power cord. Press the power switch of this printer to the [ | ] position to switch ON the power. Installation of the duplex unit is now completed.
NOTE
You can check if the Duplex Unit is installed correctly by printing the [Printer Settings]. For details on how to print the list, refer to the manual bundled with the printer. After installing the Duplex Unit, update the options configuration of the printer on the [Options] tab of the [Properties] dialog box. For details, refer to the Online Help for the print driver.
8-11

Table of Contents
Table of Contents
10.1 Print Process...........................................................................................................10-2
10.1.1 Print Process Overview ........................................................................................................ 10-2 10.1.2 Print Process Schematic ...................................................................................................... 10-3 10.1.3 Print Process Technical Description ..................................................................................... 10-4 10.1.3.1 Electrical charge .......................................................................................................... 10-4 10.1.3.2 Exposure ..................................................................................................................... 10-5 10.1.3.3 Development ............................................................................................................... 10-7 10.1.3.4 Primary transfer (Drum to Belt) ................................................................................. 10-10 10.1.3.5 Cleaning (Drum) ........................................................................................................ 10-11 10.1.3.6 Repetition (Complete Toner Image Formation) ......................................................... 10-11 10.1.3.7 Secondary transfer (Belt to paper) ............................................................................ 10-13 10.1.3.8 Discharge .................................................................................................................. 10-15 10.1.3.9 Cleaning .................................................................................................................... 10-15 10.1.3.10 Fusing........................................................................................................................ 10-16
10.2 Print Data Flow .....................................................................................................10-17

10.2.1 Data Flow ........................................................................................................................... 10-17
10.3 Drive Channels .....................................................................................................10-18

10.3.1 10.3.2 10.3.3 10.3.4 10.3.5 10.3.6 DRIVE ASSY FEED ........................................................................................................... 10-18 MOTOR ASSY P/R, DRIVE ASSY PRO ............................................................................ 10-19 MOTOR ASSY MAG, MOTOR ASSY ROT ........................................................................ 10-20 MOTOR ASSY DUP ........................................................................................................... 10-21 MOTOR ASSY FSR ........................................................................................................... 10-22 MOTOR-PH ........................................................................................................................ 10-23
10.4 Paper Feed ...........................................................................................................10-24

10.4.1 MSI (Multi Sheet Inserter)................................................................................................... 10-25 10.4.1.1 Primary Operations ................................................................................................... 10-25 10.4.2 Registration & FUSER........................................................................................................ 10-27 10.4.2.1 Primary Operations ................................................................................................... 10-27 10.4.2.2 Paper Lead Edge Adjustment ................................................................................... 10-29 10.4.3 500 Paper Feeder............................................................................................................... 10-30 10.4.3.1 Primary Operations ................................................................................................... 10-30 10.4.4 Duplex ................................................................................................................................ 10-33 10.4.4.1 Primary Operations ................................................................................................... 10-33
10.5 Xerographic...........................................................................................................10-34
10.5.1 Component Functions ........................................................................................................ 10-35 10.5.1.1 ROS ASSY ................................................................................................................ 10-35 10.5.1.2 XERO CRU ............................................................................................................... 10-36 10.5.1.3 Development ............................................................................................................. 10-39 10.5.1.4 2nd BTR .................................................................................................................... 10-41 10.5.1.5 FUSER ASSY............................................................................................................ 10-42 10.5.2 Process Control .................................................................................................................. 10-43
10.6 Electrical ...............................................................................................................10-46

10.6.1 Primary Operations............................................................................................................. 10-46
10.7 Operation Modes ..................................................................................................10-48
10-1

10.1 Print Process
10.1
Print Process
10.1.1 Print Process Overview

This machine is a "full-color laser printer", which makes use of the electrophotographic recording method principles. The machine has 4 toners: "Yellow, Magenta, Cyan and Black (Y, M, C, K)" and a Drum that develops toner images. The toner image for each color is developed on the Drum and transferred to the Belt (intermediate transfer unit). Superposing the color images on the Belt realizes full-color printing. This machine's print process consists of the following basic steps: (1) Electrical charge: Charges the Drum surface with electrical charges. (2) Exposure: Exposes the image part with laser beams. (3) Development: Develops the image part with toners. (4) Primary transfer: Transfers the toner image on the Drum to the Belt. (5) Cleaning: Cleans the Drum. (6) Repetition: Repeats steps (1) to (5) for each toner in full-color mode. (7) Secondary transfer: Transfers the toner image on the Belt to paper. (8) Discharge: Removes the electrical charge on the paper. (9) Cleaning: Cleans the Belt. (10) Fusing: Fuses the toners on the paper with heat and pressure.
Drum
1Charge
Belt (Intermediate transfer Belt)
Paper
2Exposure
6Forming complete toner image
6Repeating 3Development
41st transfer (drum to belt)
72nd transfer (belt to paper)
5Cleaning
9Cleaning
8Neutralization
Fixing
Leg_Sec06_001FA
10-2

10.1 Print Process 10.1.2 Print Process Schematic
The print process schematic is shown below.
: Laser beam : Paper feed
IBT BELT ASSY(Belt) [41st transfer (drum to belt)] [6Repeating (forming complete toner image)] [72nd transfer (belt to paper)] Cleaning Sheet [9Cleaning (Belt)] Cleaning Roll [9Cleaning (Belt)] Cleaning Brush [9Cleaning (Belt)] BELT CLEANER ASSY Developer Assy [3Development] Toner Cartridge ROTARY FRAME ASSY 1ST BTR [41st transfer (drum to belt)] HEAT ROLL [ Fixing]
PRESSURE ROLL [ Fixing] BACK UP ROLL [72nd transfer (belt to paper)] Detack Saw [8Neutralization] 2ND BTR [72nd transfer (belt to paper)]
Drum
Cleaning Blade [5Cleaning (drum)]
ROS ASSY [2Exposure]
BCR [1Charge]
Leg_Sec06_002EB
10-3

10.1 Print Process 10.1.3 Print Process Technical Description
10.1.3.1 Electrical charge
In the "electrical charge" process, the BCR (Bias Charge Roll) evenly distributes a negative electrical charge on the surface of the Drum that rotates at a fixed speed. The BCR is always in contact with the Drum and driven by the Drum rotation. The BCR is a conductive roll that discharges the negative voltage with added AC voltage applied to it from the HVPS to the Drum surface. The Drum surface is evenly charged with negative electricity by DC bias voltage. The Drum surface is photoconductive (becomes a nonconductor when it is in a dark place and a conductor when it receives light) and is internally composed of a conductor (aluminum cylinder).
: Negative charge : Positive charge

Drum
Conductor Photoconductor
HVPS
BCR
Leg_Sec06_005FA
Drum surface
-V
Potential on drum surface
0
Leg_Sec06_007FA Leg_Sec06_006FA
10-4

10.1 Print Process
10.1.3.2 Exposure
In the "exposure" process, the negatively charged Drum surface is scanned with laser light to form an invisible electrostatic latent image on the Drum surface. The laser light is emitted from the laser diode in the ROS ASSY to scan the Drum surface thoroughly from end to end with the polygon mirror, fixed mirrors and lenses of the Scanner Assy in the ROS ASSY. The laser diode emits one beam of laser light.
Drum
Mirror SOS PWBA LD Window
Mirror
SOS Sensor Lens COL Lens CYL Scanner Assy Polygon Mirror Lens L1
Leg_Sec06_008FA
PWBA SOS
10-5

10.1 Print Process
Emission of the laser light is triggered by the print data (image data) from the printer controller. Laser light is output only when the print data is composed of pixels (small dots forming a text, image, etc). (The laser diodes for the parts that will be developed with toners are lit up, while the diodes for the parts that will not be developed are lit off.) The Drum surface exposed to the laser light becomes a conductor, in which negative electric charges flows towards positive side on the Drum and counteract with positive electric charges, resulting in potential drop on the Drum surface. This lower potential parts forms an electrostatic latent image.
Photoconductor
: Negative charge
Conductor
: Positive charge
Drum
(Laser beam)
Drum surface
(Laser beam)
ROS ASSY
Electrostatic latent image

Leg_Sec06_009FA
Leg_Sec06_011FA
<Concept of drum>
Laser beam Electrostatic latent image

-V
Photoconductor
(Laser beam)
Conductor
0
Leg_Sec06_010FA
Leg_Sec06_012FA
10-6

10.1 Print Process
10.1.3.3 Development
In the "development" process, the electrically charged toners adhere to the electrostatic latent image on the Drum surface to form a visible image on it. This machine employs the "rotary development method", which performs development by rotating 4 developers (Developer Assy) sequentially, and the "trickle development method", which uses 2-element (carrier and toner) developer. The developer in the Developer Assy is beat with a spiral stirrer called Auger and supplied to the Magnet Roll, which is placed in neighborhood on the Drum surface. Beating generates frictional electric charges (toner becomes negative and carrier becomes positive) and they magnetize each other and fuse. Since the carrier is a magnetic substance, it is magnetized by the Magnet Roll and forms even layers through the Trimmer Blade. Negative voltage with added AC voltage from the HVPS has been applied onto the Magnet Roll. Since the potential of the electrostatic latent image that has been formed on the Drum by exposure is relatively positive, the negatively charged toners on the Magnet Roll are magnetized to form a toner image.
10-7

10.1 Print Process
Toner Cartridge Magnet Roll
: Negative charge : Positive charge : Toner : Carrier
Drum
Developer Assy Auger

HVPS
Trimmer Blade
Leg_Sec06_013FA
Drum surface
-V
Developer bias Toner image

Leg_Sec06_014FA
0
Leg_Sec06_015FA
10-8

10.1 Print Process
As the number of printed sheets increases, more toners in the developer are consumed. To keep appropriate development density, the equivalent amount of toner to the one consumed must be filled from the Toner Cartridge to the Developer Assy. This filling is called "toner dispense". Dispensing of toner is carried out by using two kinds of controls ("PCDC" and "ADC"). To create a full-color image using 4 color toners, toner images for Y, M, C and K must be formed on the Drum sequentially. This machine has 4 Developer Assy, which are placed at 90-degree intervals on a circle. By rotating the Rotary Frame Assy, the Developer Assy for each color is opposed to the Drum to form a toner image for the color. This is called "Rotary Development Method".
Developer Assy M Toner Cartridge M Toner Cartridge Y Developer Assy Y
Drum
Developer Assy C Toner Cartridge C Rotary Frame Assy
Toner Cartridge BK Developer Assy BK

Leg_Sec06_016FA
The carrier's electrostatic charge characteristic will deteriorate due to toner contamination on the surface or surface damage by beating. To maintain the electrostatic charge, a small amount of carrier is mixed in toner of a Toner Cartridge. While the toner and carrier is supplied at toner dispense, the deteriorated carrier in the Developer Assy is collected in a separate compartment in the Toner Cartridge. This is called "Trickle Development Method". The trickle development is performed by using the Rotary Frame Assy rotation at rotary development. The trickle development mechanism is shown below. (1) A pipe is inserted in the carrier in the Developer Assy. (2) A small amount of carrier enters the pipe hole. (3) The carrier is taken up and moved inside the pipe. (4) The carrier is collected in the Toner Cartridge.
Rotary Frame Assy L shaped pipe
Drum
Toner Cartridge
Leg_Sec06_017FA
Separate chamber for collecting carrier
Leg_Sec06_018FA
10-9

10.1 Print Process
10.1.3.4 Primary transfer (Drum to Belt)
In the "primary transfer" process, the toner images formed on the Drum surface are transferred onto the Belt surface in the XERO CRU by the 1st BTR (First Bias Transfer Roll). The 1st BTR is a conductive roll and has positive charge from the HVPS. The 1st BTR contacts the rear side of the Belt and supplies positive electricity on the side. The toner images on the Drum surface that have been negatively charged are magnetized by the positive electricity on the rear side of the Belt and transferred from the Drum to the Belt.
1ST BTR
: Negative charge : Positive charge : Toner
HVPS
Drum Belt
Leg_Sec06_019FA
Drum surface
-V
Belt surface
Un-transferred toner
0
Leg_Sec06_020FA
Leg_Sec06_021FA
Leg_Sec06_022FA
10-10

10.1 Print Process
10.1.3.5 Cleaning (Drum)
In the "Cleaning (Drum)" process, unnecessary toner is removed from the Drum surface. Cleaning a Drum The toner that was not transferred to the Belt in the "primary transfer" process remains on the Drum surface. Since the remaining toner on the Drum surface becomes an obstacle for the subsequent processes, the Cleaning Blade that is in contact with the Drum sweeps off the remaining toner and collects it in the Cleaner Box.
: Negative charge : Positive charge : Toner

Drum
Cleaning Blade
Leg_Sec06_023FA
10.1.3.6 Repetition (Complete Toner Image Formation)

In the "Repetition (Complete Toner Image Formation)" process, the toner images for each color that have formed on the Drum surface are transferred to the Belt sequentially, forming a complete toner image that is composed of 4 colors on the Belt surface.
1ST BTR
: Black toner : Cyan toner : Magenta toner : Yellow toner
Drum Belt
Leg_Sec06_024FA
10-11

10.1 Print Process
Drum surface (Yellow toner image)
Drum surface (Magenta toner image)
Belt surface Yellow toner image Magenta toner image Drum surface (Cyan toner image) Cyan toner image Black toner image
Drum surface (Black toner image)
Leg_Sec06_025FA
10-12

10.1 Print Process
10.1.3.7 Secondary transfer (Belt to paper) In the "secondary transfer" process, the toner image formed on the Belt surface is transferred onto paper by the 2nd BTR (Second Bias Transfer Roll). The 2nd BTR gets in contact with paper only during paper transfer so that it will not damage the toner image forming on the Belt surface. In normal situations, the 2nd BTR is in the Home position, which is detected by the SENSOR RETRACT 2BTR. To get in contact with the paper, it is driven and moved by the MOT ASSY MICRO.
SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT 2ND BTR ASSY
MOT ASSY MICRO

Leg_Sec06_026FB
10-13

10.1 Print Process
The 2nd BTR is a conductive roll which is in contact with the back of the toner transfer paper. It has positive charge from the HVPS. The Back Up Roll, which is placed opposite the 2nd BTR, is grounded to the frame ground by using a conductive roll. The 2nd BTR positioned at the back of the paper charges the paper positively so that the negatively charged toner images can be transferred from the Belt surface to the paper.
: Negative charge : Positive charge
Detack Saw
Back Up Roll
Belt
Paper
2nd BTR
: Toner
HVPS
Back Up Roll
2nd BTR
Leg_Sec06_027FA
HVPS
Belt
Paper
Leg_Sec06_028FA
Belt surface
Paper surface
Residual toner
Leg_Sec06_029FA
Leg_Sec06_030FA
10-14

10.1 Print Process
10.1.3.8 Discharge In the "Discharge" process, the electrical charge on the paper is neutralized/removed by the Detack Saw (discharge plate). - The Detack Saw is in contact with the back of paper. The electrical charge from "the secondary transfer" makes the toners scatter to neighboring metals. Therefore, the electricity must be neutralized/removed. 10.1.3.9 Cleaning In the "Cleaning (Belt)" process, the remaining toner is removed after toner images have been transferred to paper. The Belt Cleaner gets in contact with the Belt only during the cleaning so that it will not damage the toner images forming on the Belt surface. It is driven by the IBT Retract Motor when getting in contact. The remaining toner on the Belt surface is absorbed by the Cleaning Roll. After that, it is absorbed by a cleaning brush and collected in the Cleaner Box.
Cleaning Blade
: Toner
Belt Cleaner Assy
Cleaning Brush Belt

Leg_Sec06_031FB
10-15

10.1 Print Process
10.1.3.10 Fusing In the "Fusing" process, the toners are fused on the paper using heat and pressure. The Fuser Assy does not have a Pressure Roll and has a Fuser Belt instead. The Heat Roll is rotated by the MOT ASSY FSR drive and the Fuser Belt starts operation by following the friction. The inside of the Fuser Belt is as shown in the figure below. The pressure system in the Belt nips the Belt and Heat Roll. In the Fuser Assy, toners are melted in the Heat Roll by heat from the Heater Lamp. And the pressure for nipping the Heat Roll and Fuser Belt makes the toners fuse on paper.
Fuser Belt
Heat Roll
Nip Area Paper Leg_Sec06_032FB
10-16

10.2 Print Data Flow
10.2
Print Data Flow
10.2.1 Data Flow

The print data (electric signals) from the Printer Controller goes through the following flow before becoming a print image.
Host (electric signal) Printer controller (electric signal) ROS ASSY (laser beam) Electrostatic latent image on drum (invisible image) Toner image on drum (toner image) Toner image on belt (intermediate transfer belt) Toner image on paper Printed image on paper
Leg_Sec06_033FB
REFERENCE Forming a 2-dimensional Print Image According to the electric signals from the Printer Controller (VIDEO signals: representing image data using high and low voltages), scanning an image while turning ON/OFF the laser light creates a dot image for one line. By doing the above scan for a whole image, a complete monochromatic image (2-dimensional dot image) is created. To create a full-color image, this 2-dimensional dot image must be created respectively for 4 colors. The resolution is calculated as follows: Fast scan direction: number of dots/inch Slow scan direction: number of scan lines/inch
Paper feeding direction Number of dots/inch
Number of scanning lines/inch
Leg_Sec06_034FA
10-17

10.3 Drive Channels
10.3
Drive Channels
10.3.1 DRIVE ASSY FEED

The DRIVE ASSY FEED rotation is transmitted through the following flow:
DRIVE ASSY FEED
CLUTCH ASSY FEED
GEAR FEED
ROLL ASSY TURN 500
ROLL ASSY FEED 500
500 FEEDER ASSY

Leg_Sec06_035EB
CLUTCH ASSY FEED
GEAR FEED
DRIVE ASSY FEED
FRONT
Leg_Sec06_042EB
10-18

10.3 Drive Channels 10.3.2 MOTOR ASSY P/R, DRIVE ASSY PRO
The MOTOR ASSY P/R and DRIVE ASSY PRO rotations are transmitted through the following flow:
MOT ASSY P/R DRIVE ASSY PRO
FLANGE GEAR INPUT DRUM GEAR BRUSH 22/30 CAM ASSY-IBT CL CAM ASSY GEAR BRUSH 32 GEAR-19
GEAR DRIVE BRUSH
ROLL ASSY BRUSH IBT
GEAR IDLE 26/40
GEAR DTR 23
ROLL DTN XERO CRU

Leg_Sec06_036EB
GEAR DRIVE BRUSH GEAR DTR 23 GEAR IDLE 26/40 GEAR BRUSH 22/30 IBT ASSY MOT ASSY P/R GEAR BRUSH 32
GEAR INPUT GEAR-19 DRIVE ASSY PRO FRONT

Leg_Sec06_045EC
10-19

10.3 Drive Channels 10.3.3 MOTOR ASSY MAG, MOTOR ASSY ROT
The MOTOR ASSY MAG and MOTOR ASSY ROT rotations are transmitted through the following flow:
MOT ASSY MAG MOT ASSY ROT
GEAR IDLE DISP
INPUT GEAR
FRAM ASSY-ROTARY
GEAR AUGER DISPENCE
AUGER DISPENCE
GEAR MAG
GEAR IDLE
GEAR AUGER SUPPLY
ROLL MAG
GEAR AUGER ADMIX
AUGER SUPPLY
HOUSING ASSY-DEVE
AUGER ADMIX
GEAR AGITATOR DEVE ASSY AGITATOR TNR CRU (TONER CARTRIDGE)

Leg_Sec06_037FB
MOT ASSY MAG
INPUT GEAR(C) INPUT GEAR(K)
GEAR IDLE DISP(K) GEAR IDLE DISP(C) INPUT GEAR(M)
GEAR IDLE DISP(Y)
GEAR IDLE DISP(M) INPUT GEAR(Y)
FRAM ASSY-ROTARY
MOT ASSY ROT FRONT

Leg_Sec06_044FC
10-20

10.3 Drive Channels 10.3.4 MOTOR ASSY DUP
The MOTOR ASSY DUP rotation is transmitted through the following flow:
MOTOR ASSY DUP MOTOR ASSY DUP INV
GEAR 48H
GEAR 48H
GEAR 40/42
GEAR 40/42
GEAR 20/21H
GEAR 36
GEAR 36
GEAR 36
GEAR 36
GEAR 36
GEAR 30
GEAR 30 OW
GEAR 30
ROLLER ASSY INVERTER INVERTER ASSY DUP
ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT
ROLLER ASSY DUP
TRANSPORT ASSY DUP

INVERTER ASSY DUP
Leg_Sec06_038FB
GEAR 30 GEAR 36 GEAR 20/21H GEAR 30 GEAR 36 GEAR 36 GEAR 40/42 GEAR 48H MOTOR ASSY DUP GEAR 40/42 GEAR 36 GEAR 36 GEAR 30 OW TRANSPORT ASSY DUP GEAR 48H MOTOR ASSY DUP INV
FRONT
Leg_Sec06_041FC
10-21

10.3 Drive Channels 10.3.5 MOTOR ASSY FSR
The MOTOR ASSY FSR rotation is transmitted through the following flow:
MOTOR ASSY FSR (Fuser Motor)
GEAR 2ND
DRIVE ASSY BTR
GEAR-IDLER
GEAR-27
GEAR-IDLER EXIT
GEAR HR
2ND BTR ASSY
GEAR EXIT
ROLL ASSY FUSER
MOT ASSY MICRO
EXIT ROLLER
BELT ASSY
GEAR-28
FUSER ASSY CAM ASSY-2ND TRANSFER ASSY

Leg_Sec06_039EB
FUSER ASSY GEAR EXIT GEAR-IDLER EXIT ROLL ASSY FUSER GEAR-IDLER
BELT ASSY
GEAR 2ND
GEAR HR MOTOR ASSY FSR
DRIVE ASSY BTR GEAR-28 GEAR-27 MOT ASSY MICRO 2ND BTR ASSY TRANSFER ASSY FRONT
Leg_Sec06_043EC
10-22

10.3 Drive Channels 10.3.6 MOTOR-PH
The MOTOR -PH rotation is transmitted through the following flow:
MOTOR-PH
GEAR 21/104
GEAR 43
GEAR 43
CLUTCH ASSY REGI
CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI
GEAR 28/40
ROLL REGI METAL
ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI
GEAR PICK UP
ROLL REGI RUBBER PH ASSY
ROLL ASSY MSI
HOLDER ASSY RETARD MSI MSI

Leg_Sec06_040EB
PH ASSY
CLUTCH ASSY REGI
GEAR 21/104 MOTOR -PH GEAR 28/40
GEAR 43
GEAR 43
GEAR PICK UP
CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI
FRONT HOLDER ASSY RETARD MSI MSI

Leg_Sec06_046EC
10-23

10.4 Paper Feed
10.4
Paper Feed
The following illustration describes the main functional parts for paper feed. They are separated in the following blocks according to the basic configuration. - MSI (Multi Sheet Inserter) - Registration & FUSER - 500 Paper Feeder - Duplex (Option)
PAPER FEED
ROLLER ASSY INVERTER (PL13.2.21)
Fuser Exit Sensor (FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1))
Registration & Fuser
Duplex
SENSOR UPPER PASS (PL13.2.10)
SENSOR FUSER IN (PL6.1.3) IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1) ROLLER ASSY DUP (PL13.4.1) 2ND BTR ASSY (PL6.1.12) ROLL REGI RUBBER (PL5.2.8) ROLL-REGI METAL (PL5.2.4)
SENSOR OHP (PL5.2.16) ROLL MSI (PL4.1.8) SENSOR PAPER EMPTY (PL4.1.24)
SENSOR LOW PASS (PL13.3.11)
SENSOR REGI (PL5.2.19)
MSI
ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT (PL13.4.17) ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI (PL5.2.12) SENSOR T/R (PL14.4.7)
SENSOR NO PAPER (PL14.4.3)
ROLL ASSY TURN 500 (PL14.3.16) ROLL ASSY FEED 500 (PL14.4.11) HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500 (PL14.3.24)
500 Paper Feeder

Leg_Sec06_004EC
10-24

10.4 Paper Feed 10.4.1 MSI (Multi Sheet Inserter)
10.4.1.1 Primary Operations
SOLENOID PICK UP
SENSOR PAPER EMPTY
ROLL MSI
GUIDE SIDE L
GUIDE ASSY SIDE R PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI

Leg_06_047FA
GUIDE SIDE L (PL4.1.12)/GUIDE ASSY SIDE R (PL4.1.13) The GUIDE SIDE L/GUIDE ASSY SIDE R move vertically against the paper feed direction to align paper widths. SOLENOID PICK UP (PL4.1.23) The SOLENOID PICK UP controls the GEAR PICK UP rotation. When the Solenoid is excited, the GEAR PICK UP is unlocked and the MOTOR-PH drives to rotate the ROLL MSI.
ROLL MSI
SOLENOID PICK UP
Leg_Sec06_048FB
10-25

10.4 Paper Feed
PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI (PL4.1.15) In normal situations, the PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI is pressed down by the Cam, which is attached to the shaft. When paper is fed, the shaft rotates and removes the pressure from the Cam. Then, the paper is pressed on the ROLL MSI by spring pressure.
Cam ROLL MSI
Cam
Leg_Sec06_049FB
ROLL MSI (PL4.1.8) The paper that has been pressed by the PLATE BOTTOM ASSY MSI is fed by frictional force from the ROLL MSI. SENSOR PAPER EMPTY (PL4.1.24) The SENSOR PAPER EMPTY detects whether or not paper is loaded. When no paper is loaded, the Actuator empty weight blocks a sensor, which enables it to detect no paper status. (No Paper: Sensor Blocked)
10-26

10.4 Paper Feed 10.4.2 Registration & FUSER
FUSER ASSY Fuser Exit Sensor CLUTCH ASSY REGI SENSOR FUSER IN
SENSOR REGI
MOTOR-PH
CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI SENSOR OHP

Leg_06_050FA
CLUTCH ASSY PRE REGI (PL5.2.22) Drive from the MOTOR-PH is transmitted to the ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI to feed paper to the Regi part. SENSOR OHP (PL5.2.16) This is a reflective sensor that detects whether paper is a plain paper or transparency. When the light emitted from the emission part of the sensor is reflected on the paper and the sensor receiver detected it, the paper is considered as a plain paper. SENSOR REGI (PL5.2.19) This detects that paper leading edge has reached the Regi Assy. (No Paper: Light Received By Sensor) Since this unit does not have a switch for paper size detection, it only detects the paper length by using the SENSOR REGI during paper feed. If the print data and paper size do not match, an error is sent to the Controller. CLUTCH ASSY REGI (PL5.2.2) Drive from the MOTOR-PH is transmitted to the ROLL-REGI METAL to feed paper to the Transfer part. MOTOR-PH (PL5.2.20) This is a DC motor that drives the Rolls in the MSI and REGI. SENSOR FUSER IN (PL6.1.3) This is a reflective sensor that detects the paper after toner image transfer has been fed just before the Fuser.
10-27

10.4 Paper Feed
FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) This fuses the complete toner images that have been transferred by the 2nd BTR on paper. It also feeds the paper before/after fusing. Fuser Exit Sensor (In FUSER ASSY) This detects that paper has been output from the Fuser. (No Paper: Sensor Blocked)
10-28

10.4 Paper Feed
10.4.2.2 Paper Lead Edge Adjustment
When this is loaded in a tray or cassette and it feeds paper to the toner transfer part, images may not be transferred on a proper location. Therefore, paper lead edge needs alignment using the "Roll Loop" method at the Regi part. With the "Roll Loop" method, paper enters a loop by aligning the paper that has passed through the ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI to the stopped ROLL-REGI METAL. Rotating the ROLL-REGI METAL in the loop aligns the paper lead edges before it is output from the ROLL-REGI METAL.
ROLL-REGI METAL
ROLL ASSY-PRE REGI
Leg_Sec06_051FB
10-29

10.4 Paper Feed 10.4.3 500 Paper Feeder
PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY GUIDE PAPER L ASSY 500 GUIDE PAPER R ASSY 500
GUIDE END ASSY
Leg_Sec06_052EB
MOTOR ASSY FEEDER SWITCH FEEDER DOOR Connection Connector SENSOR T/R PWBA MOT PWBA TRAY 500 ROLL ASSY TURN 500
HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500 ROLL ASSY FEED 500 SOLENOID FEED SENSOR NO PAPER
Leg_Sec06_053EB
Connector (HARNESS-ASSY FEED1 (PL14.3.14)) This is used for communications with and power supply to the machine. PWBA TRAY 500 (PL14.3.3) This controls the Motor, Sensor, etc. in the 500 Paper Feeder. 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY (PL14.1.1) The 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY capacity is only 500 sheets (optional).
10-30

10.4 Paper Feed
GUIDE PAPER L ASSY 500 (PL14.1.4)/GUIDE PAPER R ASSY 500 (PL14.1.6) The GUIDE PAPER L ASSY 500/GUIDE PAPER R ASSY 500 move vertically against the paper feed direction to align paper widths. GUIDE END ASSY (PL14.1.2) The GUIDE END ASSY moves in parallel to the paper feed direction to align paper widths. SOLENOID FEED (PL14.3.8) This controls rotation of the Feed Gear. When the Solenoid is turned ON, the Feed Gear is unlocked and the Feed Roll starts rotating. The SOLENOID FEED controls the paper feed timing by repeatedly turning ON/OFF for each sheet.
ROLL ASSY FEED 500 HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500
SOLENOID FEED
Leg_Sec06_054FB
PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 (PL14.1.3) The PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 is locked at the Bottom side when the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY is pulled out from the 500 Paper Feeder. When the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY is inserted in the 500 Paper Feeder, the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 is unlocked and presses paper on the ROLL ASSY FEED 500 using spring pressure. MOTOR ASSY FEEDER (PL14.3.9) The MOTOR ASSY FEEDER drives the ROLL ASSY FEED 500 and ROLL ASSY TURN 500. ROLL ASSY FEED 500 (PL14.4.11) The paper that has been pressed by the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 500 is fed by frictional force from the ROLL ASSY FEED 500. When 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY is pulled out, the nip with HOLDER ASSY RETARD 500 is released. ROLL ASSY TURN 500 (PL14.3.16) This transfers the paper that has been fed by the ROLL ASSY FEED 500 to the Regi part. SENSOR T/R (PL14.4.7) This detects that paper has been transferred from the 500 PAPER CASSETTE ASSY. (No Paper: Sensor Blocked) SENSOR NO PAPER (PL14.4.3) The SENSOR NO PAPER detects whether or not paper is loaded. When no paper is loaded, the Actuator empty weight blocks a sensor, which enables it to detect no paper status. (No Paper: Sensor Blocked) SWITCH FEEDER DOOR (PL14.3.18) The SWITCH FEEDER DOOR detects the opening/closing of the Tray door.
10-31

10.4 Paper Feed
LOCK MC TO FDR (PL14.2.12) This secures the 500 Paper Feeder to the machine by rotating the right and left levers.
LOCK MC TO FDR
Leg_06_071FA
10-32

10.4 Paper Feed 10.4.4 Duplex
SOLENOID ASSY DUP ROLLER ASSY INVERTER SENSOR UPPER PASS
MOTOR ASSY DUP INV ROLLER ASSY DUP SWITCH-DUP DOOR ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT PWBA DUP-L
MOTOR ASSY DUP
SENSOR LOW PASS
Leg_Sec06_055FB
SWITCH-DUP DOOR (PL13.3.7) The SWITCH-DUP DOOR detects the opening/closing of the Duplex door. SOLENOID ASSY DUP (PL13.2.7) The SOLENOID ASSY DUP switches the gate in the Fuser. When the SOLENOID ASSY DUP is turned ON, the Actuator pushes up the gate to feed paper to the Invert part. MOTOR ASSY DUP INV (PL13.2.18) The MOTOR ASSY DUP INV drives the ROLLER ASSY INVERTER to feed paper to the Transport part. When the paper from the Fuser is output halfway to the Catch Tray, the Motor reverses rotation to feed the paper to the Transport part. SENSOR UPPER PASS (PL13.2.10) The SENSOR UPPER PASS detects that paper has been fed to the Invert part of the Duplex. (No Paper: Sensor Blocked) MOTOR ASSY DUP (PL13.4.14) The MOTOR ASSY DUP drives the ROLLER ASSY DUP and ROLLER ASSY DUP OUT to feed paper in the Transport part. SENSOR LOW PASS (PL13.3.11) The SENSOR LOW PASS detects that paper has been fed in the Transport part. (No Paper: Sensor Blocked) PWBA DUP-L (PL13.4.13) This controls the Motor, Sensor, etc. in the Duplex.
10-33

10.5 Xerographic
10.5
Xerographic
The following describes the main functions of the Xerographic parts and how to control them (process control). The Xerographic is composed of the following blocks according to the function. - ROS ASSY - XERO CRU - Development - 2nd BTR - FUSER
: Laser beam : Paper feed XERO CRU FUSER
Development
Second BTR
ROS ASSY
Leg_Sec06_003EB
10-34

10.5 Xerographic 10.5.1 Component Functions
10.5.1.1 ROS ASSY
ROS ASSY (PL8.1.1) - The ROS ASSY (Raster Output Scanner Assembly) is an exposure device that outputs laser light to form the electrostatic latent image on the Drum surface. (The ROS ASSY is referred to as "ROS" hereinafter) The ROS is composed of the following main components.
Drum
Mirror SOS PWBA LD Window
Mirror
SOS Sensor Lens COL Lens CYL Scanner Assy Polygon Mirror Lens L1
Leg_Sec06_008FA
PWBA SOS
The PWBA LD (Laser Diode) converts the image data of input electric signals to blinking laser light. To stabilize laser light amount when the electrostatic latent image is formed, the PWBA LD always monitors and controls the laser light amount. This is called "APC (Auto Power Control)". The Scanner Assy contains the polygon mirror that is attached to the Scanner Motor that rotates at a fixed speed and Motor rotation axis. The polygon mirror is exposed to the laser light output from the PWBA LD. The polygon mirror has a six-face reflective mirror. By rotating the Scanner Motor, the reflection angle of laser light is changed. This reflection angle change enables scanning of laser light in the Drum axis direction. One mirror face can scan one line. The laser light reflected from the polygon mirror reaches the Drum surface via a lens, mirror and window. The lens corrects aberration, the mirror ensures the correct light path, and the window prevents foreign substances from entering the interior of the ROS. The SOS Sensor on the PWBA SOS (Start of Scan) converts incoming laser light to electric signals as scan start reference and sends it to the PWBA MCU. The signals from the SOS Sensor are used to match the start timing of laser light scan and the timing of image drawing.
10-35

10.5 Xerographic
10.5.1.2 XERO CRU
Cleaning Sheet Cleaner Brush Cleaning Roll
SENSOR IBT RETRACT 1ST BTR ANTENNA ASSY
Belt IBT Cleaner Retract Motor
IBT Brush Motor
Drum Cleaner
SENSOR TR-0
MOT ASSY P/R
SENSOR HUM & TEMP SENSOR ASSY ADC SENSOR TNER FULL
Drum
Leg_Sec06_056EC
The XERO CRU is composed of the Belt, Belt Cleaner, Drum, Drum Cleaner, 1st BTR and Toner Waste Box for each Cleaner. For the XERO CRU, the ANTENNA ASSY, SENSOR TR-0, SENSOR ASSY ADC, SENSOR IBT RETRACT, SENSOR HUM & TEMP, MOT ASSY P/R, IBT Brush Motor and IBT Cleaner Retract Motor are attached in the unit. XERO CRU (IBT ASSY (PL7.1.1)) - The Belt forms a complete toner image by superposing 4 color images, each of which has been transferred from the 1st BTR to the IBT Belt. After forming the complete 4-color toner image, the image is transferred onto paper by using the positive electricity arisen from the 2nd BTR (secondary transfer). - The remaining toner on the Belt surface is collected by the Cleaning Blade in the Belt Cleaner in the Waste Toner Box. - The Drum surface is photoconductive (becomes a nonconductor when it is in a dark place and a conductor when it receives light) and is internally composed of a conductor (aluminum cylinder).
10-36

10.5 Xerographic
The Drum Cleaner is composed of the Cleaning Blade and Toner Waste Box. It sweeps off the remaining toner on the Drum surface with the Cleaning Blade that is in contact with the Drum. The Toner Waste Box has the SENSOR TNER FULL Actuator that operates when the waste toner increases and blocks the Sensor to detect full toner. When full toner is detected, the XERO CRU needs to be replaced. - The 1st BTR is a conductive roll and positive voltage from the HVPS is applied to it. The 1st BTR contacts the rear side of the Belt and applies positive voltage on the side. - In the CRUM XERO, specific data that is related to the XERO CRU is stored. IBT Brush Motor (DRIVE ASSY PRO(PL11.1.2)) The IBT Brush Motor drives the brush in the Belt Cleaner. IBT Cleaner Retract Motor (DRIVE ASSY PRO (PL11.1.2)) The IBT Cleaner Retract Motor drives the Cam to advance the Belt Cleaner to the IBT Belt (gets in contact with the Belt). The Belt Cleaner comes into contact with the Belt by rotating the Cam. SENSOR IBT RETRACT (PL6.1.26) The SENSOR IBT RETRACT detects the Cam position for the Belt Cleaner retract. MOT ASSY P/R (PL11.1.6) The MOT ASSY P/R drives the Drum. The Motor is combined with the Drum by coupling. SENSOR TR-0 (PL7.1.2) The SENSOR TR-0 reads a silver seal on the Belt surface that is out of the toner image formation area and detects the Belt position. When the silver seal detection count exceeds the specified value, the XERO CRU needs to be replaced. SENSOR ASSY ADC (PL6.1.20) The SENSOR ASSY ADC reads a toner patch on the Belt before the secondary transfer and converts it to a voltage value. The voltage value is used for toner density control. SENSOR HUM & TEMP (PL12.1.6) The SENSOR HUM & TEMP reads the temperature/humidity in the device and converts them to voltage values. The voltage values are used for toner density control.
10-37

10.5 Xerographic
SENSOR TNER FULL (PL7.1.24) The SENSOR TNER FULL detects Full Toner in the Remaining Toner Waste Box. The remaining toner swept by the Drum Cleaning Blade is collected in the Waste Box. The Waste Box has an Actuator, which blocks the area that has been detected by the SENSOR TNER FULL. The Actuator is retained by a spring and lowered by the weight of the Waste Toner Box. When it blocks the Sensor detectable part, Full Toner is detected.
Actuator
SENSOR TNER FULL
Leg_Sec06_068FB
10-38

10.5 Xerographic
10.5.1.3 Development
TNR CRU ANTENNA CTRG HOUSING ASSY-DEVE
MOT ASSY MAG
MOT ASSY ROT
Dispense Clutch
SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI

Leg_Sec06_058EA
The Rotary Developer is composed of the TNR CRU (Toner Cartridge) and ANTENNA CTRG for 4 colors, HOUSING ASSY-DEVE and FRAME ASSY ROTARY. The Dispense Clutch, MOT ASSY MAG, MOT ASSY ROT, and SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI are attached in the unit. - TNR CRU (PL9.2.1-4) (Toner Cartridge) - The TNR CRU supplies toner and carrier and has a separate compartment in which deteriorated carrier will be collected. This is called the "Trickle Development Method". - In the ANTENNA CTRG (PL9.1.12), specific data that is related to the Toner Cartridge is stored. Wireless communication is used for writing data in the ANTENNA CTRG. - HOUSING ASSY-DEVE (PL9.2.5-8) The HOUSING ASSY-DEVE for 4 colors (Y, M, C and K) are provided. Each of them is composed of two Augers (for toner beating and toner supply respectively), the Magnet Roll (which magnetizes magnetic carrier to form developed layers and supplies toner to the Drum) and the Trimmer Blade (which makes the developed layers even on the Magnet Roll). To avoid insertion mistake, the FRAME ASSY ROTARY is designed with a hole at a raised portion.
K
Leg_Sec06_066FA
10-39

10.5 Xerographic
When the Magnet Roll rotation time exceeds the specified value, the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE needs to be replaced. Dispense Clutch (In MOT ASSY MAG) The Dispense Clutch links with the MOT ASSY MAG drive to rotate the Auger for toner supply. MOT ASSY MAG (PL11.1.4) The MOT ASSY MAG rotates the Magnet Roll in the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE. MOT ASSY ROT (PL11.1.5) The MOT ASSY ROT rotates the FRAME ASSY ROTARY, which holds the HOUSING ASSYDEVE. SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI (PL9.1.18) The SENSOR ROTARY HOME POSI detects the Rotary Developer position so that the Rotary Developer is placed at an appropriate location. The Home position can be obtained by rotating the Black toner Developer transfer position by approximate 10 degrees clockwise. LATCH ROTARY (PL9.1.7) The LATCH ROTARY locks the Rotary Developer so that it does not move when the Front Cover is opened.
LATCH ROTARY
Front Cover
Leg_06_059FA
10-40

10.5 Xerographic
10.5.1.4 2nd BTR
The 2nd BTR (2ND BTR ASSY(PL6.1.12)) is a conductive roll in contact with the back side of the toner transfer paper. It has applied voltage from the HVPS. The MOT ASSY MICRO (PL11.1.7) operates when the toner images on the Belt are transferred to paper. The Motor drive rotates the shaft, which rotates the Cam that is attached to the shaft. The Cam advances the BTR (to be in contact with the paper) to transfer the toner images. After the transfer is complete, the Motor starts rotation and the BTR is returned to the retract position by a spring.
SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT 2ND BTR ASSY MOT ASSY MICRO

Leg_Sec06_070FB
The SENSOR 2BTR RETRACT (PL6.1.22) detects the BTR position. The shaft with Cam, which retracts the BTR, has a Sensor Actuator. When it is blocked, retraction occurs. When it is not blocked, advancement occurs. When the number of printed sheets exceeds the specified value, the 2nd BTR needs to be replaced.
10-41

10.5 Xerographic
10.5.1.5 FUSER ASSY
The FUSER ASSY (PL10.1.1) fuses the complete toner image that has been transferred on the paper by using heat and pressure, feeds the paper before/after fusing, and switches the gate in the Fuser to feed the paper to the Output Tray or Duplex Unit. The Fuser is composed of the following parts. Heat Roll Belt Heater Lamp Exit Roll Thermostat Temp. Sensor (contact type/non-contact type) Exit Sensor Thermostat When the Heat Roll temperature is over a certain temperature, it blocks the Heater Lamp path in the Heat Roll. Temp. Sensor (contact type/non-contact type) Non-contact type: Monitors the Heat Roll surface temperature and controls the ON/OFF of the Heater Lamp. Contact type: Monitors the Heat Roll surface temperature and shuts power supply to the Heater Lamp when the temperature becomes abnormally high.
FUSER ASSY Exit Roll Exit Sensor
Fuser Belt
Heat Roll Heater Lamp
Temp. Sensor (Contact Type)
Temp. Sensor (Non-Contact Type)
Thermostat
Leg_06_060FA
When the number of printed sheets exceeds the specified value, the FUSER ASSY needs to be replaced.
10-42

10.5 Xerographic 10.5.2 Process Control
To always gain a stable image quality, the parameters related to image formation needs to be corrected as needed. The control of the whole print process including the parameter correction is called "Process Control". TC (Toner Content) Control The SENSOR ASSY ADC reads the density of the toner patch for TC Control that has been created on the Belt surface. Using the read data, it controls the laser light amount and application of high voltages.
1st BTR
Motor/ Clutch
BCR
SENSOR ASSY ADC
ROS ASSY Toner Dispense Control MCU PWB
Laser Power Control
LV/HVPS Voltage/Current Control
Calculation of correction value
Calculation of parameter for creation of ADC toner patch
Life Counter
Temp. Humidity SENSOR HUM&TEMP
Toner Density
PWBA CRUM
Leg_Sec06_064EB
The TC Control steps are shown below. (1) Sensor ADC Adjustment The Sensor ADC has a configuration as shown in the figure. Using two LEDs for Black and Color, it reads the patch density of each of the two reflection paths, which have difference light axis angles. The LED for Black uses a mirror reflection light path and the LED for Color uses a diffused reflection light path.
10-43

10.5 Xerographic
LED for diffuse reflection (For YMC) Position when shutter opens, Position at (Patch detection)
Built in reference plate Parts for switching light path of reference plate
Belt
Common light receiving element Position when shutter is closed (reference plate is detected) LED for front reflection (For K)
Leg_Sec06_057FA
(2) Adjustments for Environment and Component Deterioration Temperature and humidity that change everyday and component deterioration (e.g. the IBT Belt or Drum, etc.) due to print jobs have influences on the image quality. Therefore, the temperature/ humidity data from the SENSOR HUM & TEMP and the unit usage information from the CRUM are checked and imported during parameter correction. (3) Toner Patch Creation Using the parameters that have been calculated using various information, the HVPS supplied power, laser light amount and toner supply amount are determined and 4 toner patches for each color are created on the Belt surface. (4) Toner Patch Reading The SENSOR ASSY ADC reads the density of the created toner patches and compares it with a desired value. When a difference is detected, it re-calculates the parameter and goes back to (3). When the read value is extremely light or dark, the following controls are carried out: - Admix Control When the patch density read by the SENSOR ASSY ADC is too light, toner supply to the Developer is increased. This is called "Admix Control". - Sweep Control When the patch density read by the SENSOR ASSY ADC is too dark, toner is transferred to the Drum and toner in the Drum Cleaner is swept off to forcibly output the toner from the Developer. This is called "Sweep Control".
10-44

10.5 Xerographic
(5) Adjustment during Print Job Performing a print job consumes the toner in the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE. To keep a stable image quality, toner is loaded in the HOUSING ASSY-DEVE even during printing. To achieve an appropriate toner supply amount, the following controls are carried out: - PCDC (Pixel Count Dispense Control) Estimates the toner amount to be consumed by using the count value of the image data that has been entered from the Controller to control the toner supply amount to the Developer. The supply amount control is performed using the Toner Dispense time.
Toner Cartridge (Printer controller)
MOT ASSY MAG
Dispense Clutch Auger
Drum
Developer Assy
Laser beam ROS ASSY
(MCU PWB) Video signal
Video signal count Calculation of toner consumption
Calculation of dispense time

Leg_Sec06_062FB
(6) Adjustment after printing When more than 20 sheets has been printed in total, the following image quality adjustments described in (1) to (4) are carried out. - Toner Cartridge Management (1) Near Empty detection Counts the operation time of the Dispense Clutch, which operates to supply toner from the Cartridge. When the time exceeds a specified value, Near Empty is detected. (2) Empty detection Whether or not the Cartridge has no toner is determined by using the TC value. When the read value from the TC patch is low, forced toner supply (Admix Control) is performed. If the low density persists, Toner Empty is detected. (3) Empty reset In the Toner Empty status, turning the power OFF/ON and opening/closing a cover are considered that the toner cartridge has been replaced. When the system considers the Toner Cartridge is placed (installed), it carries out forced toner supply.
10-45

10.6 Electrical
10.6
Electrical
The following illustrates and describes the main functional parts.
FUSER LOCK SWITCH SWITCH-FUSER DOOR SWITCH-INLK FUSER SWITCH 2BTR COVER OP PANEL SWITCH ASSY TOP
PWBA MCU
SWITCH-PH DOOR
PWBA ESS
PWBA FUSER CONT PWB ASSY ROT PWBA CRUM
PWBA HVPS LV / HVPS
Leg_Sec06_061EC
10.6.1 Primary Operations

PWBA MCU (PL12.2.1) The PWBA MCU communicates with the Printer Controller and controls the units for printing operation. LV/HVPS (PL12.2.3) The LV/HVPS supplies the +24VDC, +5VDC and +3.3VDC power supplies from the AC power supply to respective units and supplies high voltages to the units for transfer or discharge. PWBA HVPS (PL12.1.9) The PWBA HVPS supplies high voltages to the IBT Cleaner, 2nd BTR and Cleaning Sheet. PWBA FUSER CONT (PL12.2.12) The PWBA FUSER CONT controls the ON/OFF of the Fuser Lamp and turns ON/OFF the AC power supply, which is supplied to the machine by using the Switch on the PWBA. PWB ASSY ROT (PL12.1.10) The PWB ASSY ROT uses the PWBA MCU input signals to generate pulses for the Motor and supplies them to the Motor.
10-46

10.6 Electrical
PWBA ESS (PL12.2.7) The PWBA ESS converts print data that has been input from a network, USB or parallel port etc. and communicates with a PC. The optional expansion memory is 512MB at the maximum. OP PANEL (PL1.1.17) The OP PANEL displays the machine status by using the LCD and LED and perform operations with the Switches on the OP PANEL. SWITCH-FUSER DOOR (PL1.1.36) The SWITCH-FUSER DOOR is a switch to detect the opening/closing of the COVER FUSER. SWITCH-PH DOOR (PL5.2.23) The SWITCH-PH DOOR is a switch to detect the opening/closing of the CHUTE ASSY REAR. PWBA CRUM (PL12.1.11) This is a non-volatile memory that stores machine information. (Non-Volatile Memory) SWITCH 2BTR COVER (PL6.1.18) The SWITCH 2BTR COVER is a switch to detect the opening/closing of the COVER-RR 2ND. SWITCH ASSY TOP (PL1.1.7) The SWITCH ASSY TOP is a switch to disconnect +24VDC drive power supply for the Motor etc. when the COVER TOP and COVER FRONT ASSY U are opened. SWITCH-INLK FUSER (PL1.1.34) The SWITCH-INLK FUSER is a switch to disconnect +24VDC drive power supply for the Motor etc. when the COVER FUSER is opened. FUSER LOCK SWITCH (PL10.1.6) The FUSER LOCK SWITCH is a switch to disconnect the coil power supply for the Fuser Lamp power supply relay in the PWBA FUSER CONT when the Fuser latch lever is released.
Latch Lever
FUSER ASSY
FUSER LOCK SWITCH

Leg_Sec06_072EB
10-47

10.7 Operation Modes
10.7
Operation Modes
There are 7 operation modes: WARM UP mode The status when the machine is warming up (before it gets ready to print). READY mode The status when the machine is waiting for a print operation after the WARM UP mode. PRINTING mode The status when the machine is printing. LIGHT SLEEP mode The status when the Fuser has been turned OFF to save electricity. DEEP SLEEP mode The status when the +24VDC is turned OFF in addition to the status in the LIGHT SLEEP mode to save electricity. DIAG TEST mode The status when the machine is ready to accept diag commands or performing a diag. ERROR mode The status when the machine has detected any error. (Excluding the errors related to No Paper Tray, No Paper and Life Warnings)
The status transition among the modes is shown below.

l
NOTE
For more information on the transitions between each mode, refer to the interface specifications.
DEEP SLEEP mode

SLPOFF Power Up SLPON (Deep) SLPON (Deep)
LIGHT SLEEP mode

SLPOFF SLPON (Light) DIAGOFF
WARM UP mode
PERST ENGERR ENGERR Warmed Up SLPON (Light)
DIAG TEST mode
ERROR mode
READY mode
PAGE on DIAGON
ENGERR
PRINTING mode
Any Mode
Leg_Sec06_065FA
10-48
PUBLICATION COMMENT SHEET Use this feedback sheet to make us aware of the strengths and weaknesses of the material you have received. Please comment on adequacy, quality, usability, format, parts of manual not used, etc. Specific errors or deficiencies should be referenced by page and/or page number. Mail to your Technical Support Department and they will pass to us. (Customer EngineerOpCo Technical Support DepartmentFX/CSS/IBS)
Use black pencil or ink:
Name :
Date :
Publication No. :
Job Title : OpCo (Country) :
Employee No. : Mailing Address :
Title of Publication : WorkCentre Pro 423/428 Service Manual Date and Revision of Publication :
Page No. - Figure No.
Description of Error or Deficiency (please be specific).
Please check if answer is requested.
No
Yes
If yes, be sure to fill in Name, Job Title, Employee No., OpCo name and Mailing Address
FIRST FOLD
Place Postage Stamp Here
FUJI XEROX Co., Ltd.

Attn: CSS/IBS KSP/R&D Business Park Bldg.6A7 3-2-1,Sakado Takatsu-ku,Kanagawa-ken 213-8508 Japan
SECOND FOLD
CLEAR TAPE
Before sealing, please be sure that all information is completed on reverse side.
CLEAR TAPE

Dell 3100 3000 Service Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Dell 3100 3000 Service Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Dell 3100 3000 Service Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

DocuPrint C525 A

Service Manual 1st Edition

Issued: January 2005

Terms and Symbols ....................................................................................... Preface-4 Abbreviations ................................................................................................. Preface-5

Getting to know the Service Manual

How to use the Service Manual

Terms and Symbols

INSTRUCTION NOTE REFERENCE OBJECTIVE

Chapter 1 Service Call Procedure

Chapter 1 Service Call Procedure

1.2 Servicing Call Procedure ..........................................................................................1-4 1.3 TRIM Servicing .........................................................................................................1-5

Chapter 1 Service Call Procedure

Before Starting the Servicing

Chapter 1 Service Call Procedure

Chapter 1 Service Call Procedure

Servicing Call Procedure

Chapter 1 Service Call Procedure

TRIM Servicing Procedure

Chapter 1 Service Call Procedure

Service Call Procedure

2.2 Level 1 Troubleshooting..........................................................................................2-10

2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting..........................................................................................2-11

2.4 How to use the Diag. (CE) Mode ..........................................................................2-156

2.5 Diag. by the Unit Alone .........................................................................................2-183

2.6 NVM List ...............................................................................................................2-185

Fault repair flow

Start fault repair

Chapter 7 Perform FIP

Chapter 10 Machine Overview

Check fault repair Perform preventive maintenance

*Clean the Feed Roll. Check for any other problems.

Resolve each error. (See Error/Status Codes List.)

BTR/IBT Cleaning (11 sec) IBT Brush Motor operates.

A total of 37~840 sec (depending on the environment)

Is an error message (error code) displayed on the Control Panel?

Refer to "2.3.4 Abnormal Noise" and repair the problem.

Refer to "Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting" to repair the problem.

Refer to the FIP to solve the problem.

FIP/ Corrective Action FIP-1 26

Tray1 PSNR1 On Jam

MSI Regi On Jam

Tray Regi On Jam

Regi Off Jam

OHP (lead) Jam

Exit Off Jam

Duplex Regi On Jam

Duplex Out On Jam

Static Jam (Remain at Fuser In)

Static Jam (Remain at Exit)

IOT Tray Path2 JAM

TrayPath2 Sensor JAM Detected

IOT Feeder2 JAM IOT Tray2 PSNR1 On JAM

Tray2 Misfeed JAM Detected

JAM Caused By Tray2 PSNR1 On

ROS Motor Failure

Deve Home Position Sensor Error ADC Contamination High Density

009-342 009-344 009-359 009-358

Low Density High Coverage BTR 2 Error BTR 2 Advance Error

FIP-1 49 FIP-1 51 FIP-1 52 FIP-1 53

Status Code Or LCD Display